ML101230157: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(3 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:007 EA1.10 001 Given the following:
{{#Wiki_filter:QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 007 EA1.10 001 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 is at 2% power preparing to place the first MFPT in service when a reactor trip occurs. Reactor Trip Breaker B (RTB) fails to open. Which ONE of the following identifies how steam generator (SG) pressure will be controlled when the transition is made to ES-O.1, "Reactor Trip Response?" SG pressure will be controlled by the steam dump valves modulating due to .. , A. the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg, and the steam dumps could be controlled in manual without repositioning the steam dump mode selector switch. B. the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg and if manual control was required the steam dump mode selector switch would have to be repositioned. the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure, and the steam dumps could be controlled in manual without repositioning the the steam dump mode selector switch. D. the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure and if manual control was required the steam dump mode selector switch would have to be repositioned.
Unit 2 is at 2% power preparing to place the first MFPT in service when a reactor trip occurs.
007 EA1.10 001 Given the following:
Reactor Trip Breaker B (RTB) fails to open.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 is at 2% power preparing to place the first MFPT in service when a reactor trip occurs. Reactor Trip Breaker B (RTB) fails to open. Which ONE of the following identifies how steam generator (SG) pressure will be controlled when the transition is made to ES-O.1, "Reactor Trip Response?" SG pressure will be controlled by the steam dump valves modulating due to .. , A. the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg, and the steam dumps could be controlled in manual without repositioning the steam dump mode selector switch. B. the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg and if manual control was required the steam dump mode selector switch would have to be repositioned. the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure, and the steam dumps could be controlled in manual without repositioning the the steam dump mode selector switch. D. the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure and if manual control was required the steam dump mode selector switch would have to be repositioned.
Which ONE of the following identifies how steam generator (SG) pressure will be controlled when the transition is made to ES-O.1, "Reactor Trip Response?"
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, The steam generator pressures would not be controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg because the dumps would be in the steam pressure mode and manual control is only available in the Steam Pressure mode. Plausible because if the reactor trip had of occurred at a higher power level then the steam pressures would have been controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg due to the failure of the reactor trip breaker B dump and mode switch would be required to be repositioned but for this question setup, not positioning the steam dump mode switch is correct. B. Incorrect, The steam generator pressures would not be controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg because the dumps would be in the steam pressure mode and manual control is only available in the Steam Pressure mode. Plausible because if the reactor trip had of occurred at a higher power level then the steam pressures would have been controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg due to the failure of the reactor trip breaker B dump and mode switch would be required to be repositioned.
SG pressure will be controlled by the steam dump valves modulating due to .. ,
C. Correct, The steam generator pressures would be controlled by the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure, and the steam dumps could be controlled in manual without repositioning the steam dump mode control switch because at the low power level the "Steam Pressure" mode of control would be in service. D. Incorrect, The steam generator pressures would be controlled by the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure, and the steam dumps mode switch would not have to be repositioned because at the low power level, the "Steam Pressure" mode of control would be in service. Plausible because the method steam generator pressure control is correct and if the reactor trip had of occurred at a higher power level then the steam dump mode switch would be required to be repositioned.
A. the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg, and the steam dumps could be controlled in manual without repositioning the steam dump mode selector switch.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, The steam generator pressures would not be controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg because the dumps would be in the steam pressure mode and manual control is only available in the Steam Pressure mode. Plausible because if the reactor trip had of occurred at a higher power level then the steam pressures would have been controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg due to the failure of the reactor trip breaker B dump and mode switch would be required to be repositioned but for this question setup, not positioning the steam dump mode switch is correct. B. Incorrect, The steam generator pressures would not be controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg because the dumps would be in the steam pressure mode and manual control is only available in the Steam Pressure mode. Plausible because if the reactor trip had of occurred at a higher power level then the steam pressures would have been controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg due to the failure of the reactor trip breaker B dump and mode switch would be required to be repositioned.
B. the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg and if manual control was required the steam dump mode selector switch would have to be repositioned.
C. Correct, The steam generator pressures would be controlled by the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure, and the steam dumps could be controlled in manual without repositioning the steam dump mode control switch because at the low power level the "Steam Pressure" mode of control would be in service. D. Incorrect, The steam generator pressures would be controlled by the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure, and the steam dumps mode switch would not have to be repositioned because at the low power level, the "Steam Pressure" mode of control would be in service. Plausible because the method steam generator pressure control is correct and if the reactor trip had of occurred at a higher power level then the steam dump mode switch would be required to be repositioned.
c~  the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure, and the steam dumps could be controlled in manual without repositioning the the steam dump mode selector switch.
Question Number: 1 Tier: _1_ Group 1 KIA: 007EA1.10 Reactor Trip QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam EA 1 Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a reactor trip: EA 1.10 S/G pressure . Importance Rating: 3.7 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6 10CFR55.43.b:
D. the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure and if manual control was required the steam dump mode selector switch would have to be repositioned.
Not applicable KIA Match: Ap[plicant must demonstrate the knowledge of how the steam generator pressures would be controlled following a reactor trip and knowleadge of requried actions if manual control was required Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, The steam generator pressures would not be controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg because the dumps would be in the steam pressure mode and manual control is only available in the Steam Pressure mode. Plausible because if the reactor trip had of occurred at a higher power level then the steam pressures would have been controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg due to the failure of the reactor trip breaker B dump and mode switch would be required to be repositioned but for this question setup, not positioning the steam dump mode switch is correct.
B. Incorrect, The steam generator pressures would not be controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg because the dumps would be in the steam pressure mode and manual control is only available in the Steam Pressure mode. Plausible because if the reactor trip had of occurred at a higher power level then the steam pressures would have been controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg due to the failure of the reactor trip breaker B dump and mode switch would be required to be repositioned.
C. Correct, The steam generator pressures would be controlled by the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure, and the steam dumps could be controlled in manual without repositioning the steam dump mode control switch because at the low power level the "Steam Pressure" mode of control would be in service.
D. Incorrect, The steam generator pressures would be controlled by the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure, and the steam dumps mode switch would not have to be repositioned because at the low power level, the "Steam Pressure" mode of control would be in service. Plausible because the method steam generator pressure control is correct and if the reactor trip had of occurred at a higher power level then the steam dump mode switch would be required to be repositioned.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:             1 Tier:   _1_ Group           1 KIA:       007EA1.10 Reactor Trip EA 1 Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a reactor trip:
Learning Objective:
EA 1.10 S/G pressure .
Question Source: ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, Rev 32 0-SO-1-2, STEAM DUMP SYSTEM, Rev 0011 0-GO-4, Power Ascension from Less Than 5% Reactor Power to 30% Reactor Power, Rev 0062 None OPT200.SDCS
Importance Rating:         3.7 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       Ap[plicant must demonstrate the knowledge of how the steam generator pressures would be controlled following a reactor trip and knowleadge of requried actions if manual control was required Technical  
: 4. Describe the following items for each major component in the Steam Dump Control System as described in this lesson: e. Component operation
: f. Controls New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Source If Bank: Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:
Job Position:
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 1 Tier: _1_ Group 1 KIA: 007EA1.10 Reactor Trip QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam EA 1 Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a reactor trip: EA 1.10 S/G pressure . Importance Rating: 3.7 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Ap[plicant must demonstrate the knowledge of how the steam generator pressures would be controlled following a reactor trip and knowleadge of requried actions if manual control was required Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, Rev 32 0-SO-1-2, STEAM DUMP SYSTEM, Rev 0011 0-GO-4, Power Ascension from Less Than 5% Reactor Power to 30% Reactor Power, Rev 0062 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.SDCS
: 4. Describe the following items for each major component in the Steam Dump Control System as described in this lesson:
: e. Component operation
: f. Controls Question Source:
New                    X Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:          NEW                                  Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                  Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                              Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 009 EKl.OI 002 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
    -   A small break LOCA has occurred.
Question Source: ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, Rev 32 0-SO-1-2, STEAM DUMP SYSTEM, Rev 0011 0-GO-4, Power Ascension from Less Than 5% Reactor Power to 30% Reactor Power, Rev 0062 None OPT200.SDCS
    -   Sl pumps fail to start.
: 4. Describe the following items for each major component in the Steam Dump Control System as described in this lesson: e. Component operation
    -   RCS Hot Legs and the Reactor Vessel Head have voided ..
: f. Controls New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
    -   RCS Pressure is 1200 psig.
Source: NEW Source If Bank: Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:
    -   RCP's are tripped in accordance with the EOP network.
Job Position:
    -   Assume that all other ECCS equipment operates as required.
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO 009 EKl.OI 002 Given the following:
Which ONE of the following describes the current method of cooling the core?
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam -A small break LOCA has occurred.  
A. Break flow is the only core cooling method available.
-Sl pumps fail to start. -RCS Hot Legs and the Reactor Vessel Head have voided .. -RCS Pressure is 1200 psig. -RCP's are tripped in accordance with the EOP network. -Assume that all other ECCS equipment operates as required.
Which ONE of the following describes the current method of cooling the core? A. Break flow is the only core cooling method available.
B:I Break flow and reflux boiling are providing core cooling.
B:I Break flow and reflux boiling are providing core cooling.
C. No core cooling mechanism exists at the present time. D. Natural Circulation is the principle means of core cooling. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect.
C. No core cooling mechanism exists at the present time.
Plausible since first part of answer is correct, however the initial conditions due not exclude a SIG heat sink to supplement the heat removal taking place at these conditions.
D. Natural Circulation is the principle means of core cooling.
B. Correct. Initial conditions would indicate that break and reflux boiling are both taking place removing decay heat from the core. C. Incorrect.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Plausible if candidate determines that since SI pumps are off that a makeup mechanism to the RCS is not avaliable.
A. Incorrect. Plausible since first part of answer is correct, however the initial conditions due not exclude a SIG heat sink to supplement the heat removal taking place at these conditions.
However a heat sink, with break flow cooling and reflux boiling, still exists. D. Incorrect.
B. Correct. Initial conditions would indicate that break and reflux boiling are both taking place removing decay heat from the core.
Plausible if candidate does not recognize that steam voiding in the hot legs and vessel head does not allow natural circulation.
C. Incorrect. Plausible if candidate determines that since SI pumps are off that a makeup mechanism to the RCS is not avaliable. However a heat sink, with break flow cooling and reflux boiling, still exists.
009 EKl.OI 002 Given the following:
D. Incorrect. Plausible if candidate does not recognize that steam voiding in the hot legs and vessel head does not allow natural circulation.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam -A small break LOCA has occurred.
-Sl pumps fail to start. -RCS Hot Legs and the Reactor Vessel Head have voided .. -RCS Pressure is 1200 psig. -RCP's are tripped in accordance with the EOP network. -Assume that all other ECCS equipment operates as required.
Which ONE of the following describes the current method of cooling the core? A. Break flow is the only core cooling method available.
B:I Break flow and reflux boiling are providing core cooling.
C. No core cooling mechanism exists at the present time. D. Natural Circulation is the principle means of core cooling. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect.
Plausible since first part of answer is correct, however the initial conditions due not exclude a SIG heat sink to supplement the heat removal taking place at these conditions.
B. Correct. Initial conditions would indicate that break and reflux boiling are both taking place removing decay heat from the core. C. Incorrect.
Plausible if candidate determines that since SI pumps are off that a makeup mechanism to the RCS is not avaliable.
However a heat sink, with break flow cooling and reflux boiling, still exists. D. Incorrect.
Plausible if candidate does not recognize that steam voiding in the hot legs and vessel head does not allow natural circulation.
Question Number: 2 Tier: _1_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 009 Small Break LOCA EK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the Small Break LOCA: Natural Circulation and cooling, including reflux boiling. Importance Rating: 4.2/4.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.8 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA because it asks the candidate to determine the method of RCS heat removal during a Small Break LOCA. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           2 Tier:   _1_ Group         1 KIA:       009 Small Break LOCA EK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the Small Break LOCA:
 
Natural Circulation and cooling, including reflux boiling.
EPM-3-ES-0.3, Basis Document for ES-0.3 Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (with RVLlS), Rev 2 Proposed references None to be provided:
Importance Rating:       4.2/4.7 10 CFR Part 55:         41.8 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA because it asks the candidate to determine the method of RCS heat removal during a Small Break LOCA.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
OPL271 ES-0.3 obj 7 Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank X Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:
Job Position:
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 2 Tier: _1_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 009 Small Break LOCA EK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the Small Break LOCA: Natural Circulation and cooling, including reflux boiling. Importance Rating: 4.2/4.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.8 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA because it asks the candidate to determine the method of RCS heat removal during a Small Break LOCA. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EPM-3-ES-0.3, Basis Document for ES-0.3 Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (with RVLlS), Rev 2 Proposed references          None to be provided:
Learning Objective:          OPL271 ES-0.3 obj 7 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                X Question History:
Comments:
Source:          BANK                              Source If Bank:  SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:            SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:      NO


EPM-3-ES-0.3, Basis Document for ES-0.3 Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (with RVLlS), Rev 2 Proposed references None to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 011 EK2.02 003 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 is initially at 100% power.
OPL271 ES-0.3 obj 7 Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank X Question History: Comments:
    -   A large break LOCA occurs.
Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:
    -   The crew is currently implementing ES-1.3, "Transfer to RHR Containment Sump."
Job Position:
Both RHR pumps' suction automatic switchover is complete.
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO 011 EK2.02 003 Given the following:
    -   All steps are complete through isolating charging pump suction from RWST.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is initially at 100% power. -A large break LOCA occurs. -The crew is currently implementing ES-1.3, "Transfer to RHR Containment Sump." Both RHR pumps' suction automatic switchover is complete.
    -   The crew is ready to close 1-FCV-63-5, SI pump suction from RWST.
-All steps are complete through isolating charging pump suction from RWST. -The crew is ready to close 1-FCV-63-5, SI pump suction from RWST. RHR pump 1 A-A trips. Which ONE of the following identifies the correct crew response?
RHR pump 1A-A trips.
A. Close 1-FCV-63-5 and continue with instruction.
Which ONE of the following identifies the correct crew response?
B. Close 1-FCV-63-72, Train A Containment Sump valve and continue with instruction.
C. Stop SIP 1 A-A only, Place control switch in Pull-to-Lock and continue with instruction. Stop SIP 1 A-A and CCP 1A-A, Place control switches in Pull-to-Lock and continue with instruction.
011 EK2.02 003 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is initially at 100% power. -A large break LOCA occurs. -The crew is currently implementing ES-1.3, "Transfer to RHR Containment Sump." Both RHR pumps' suction automatic switchover is complete.  
-All steps are complete through isolating charging pump suction from RWST. -The crew is ready to close 1-FCV-63-5, SI pump suction from RWST. RHR pump 1 A-A trips. Which ONE of the following identifies the correct crew response?
A. Close 1-FCV-63-5 and continue with instruction.
A. Close 1-FCV-63-5 and continue with instruction.
B. Close 1-FCV-63-72, Train A Containment Sump valve and continue with instruction.
B. Close 1-FCV-63-72, Train A Containment Sump valve and continue with instruction.
C. Stop SIP 1 A-A only, Place control switch in Pull-to-Lock and continue with instruction. Stop SIP 1 A-A and CCP 1A-A, Place control switches in Pull-to-Lock and continue with instruction.
C. Stop SIP 1A-A only, Place control switch in Pull-to-Lock and continue with instruction.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since either RHR pump can supply adequate suction for both trains of ECCS pumps, operators are directed to only operate 1 train of ECCS during recirc mode to prevent possible damage to both trains if the only remaining RHR pump were to fail. B. Incorrect, 1-FCV-63-72, Train A Containment Sump valve, would not be closed. Plausible since this valve is part of the flow path for the tripped pump, however there no direction or need to close this valve. C. Incorrect, the SIP 1A-A would not be the only pump stopped. Plausible because the SIP 1A-A and the RHR pump 1A-A are on the same equipment train and the RHR pumps do supply suction to the SIPs during sump recirculation operations.
D~  Stop SIP 1A-A and CCP 1A-A, Place control switches in Pull-to-Lock and continue with instruction.
D. Correct, From ES-1.3 step 14 (continuous monitoring step) if 1 RHR trips, the operators are instructed to stop the affected train SIP and CCP. Even though both trains of ECCS pumps can be provided suction from either RHR pump, it has been decided that a conservative action is appropriate so that a subsequent failure of the only remaining RHR would not damage both CCPs and SIPs. Question Number: 3 Tier: _1 __ Group _1_ KIA: 011 Large Break LOGA EK2.02 Knowledge of the interrelations between the and the following Large Break LOGA: Pumps Importance Rating: 2.6*/2.7*
10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to apply the affect of the trip of one of the EGGS pumps taking suction from the containment sump during a LOGA and how the trip will relate to the remaining pumps supplying water to cool the core. Also must apply procedure requirement of allowing only 1 train of EGGS if only 1 RHR is available when on containment recirculation.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since either RHR pump can supply adequate suction for both trains of ECCS pumps, operators are directed to only operate 1 train of ECCS during recirc mode to prevent possible damage to both trains if the only remaining RHR pump were to fail. B. Incorrect, 1-FCV-63-72, Train A Containment Sump valve, would not be closed. Plausible since this valve is part of the flow path for the tripped pump, however there no direction or need to close this valve. C. Incorrect, the SIP 1A-A would not be the only pump stopped. Plausible because the SIP 1A-A and the RHR pump 1A-A are on the same equipment train and the RHR pumps do supply suction to the SIPs during sump recirculation operations.
D. Correct, From ES-1.3 step 14 (continuous monitoring step) if 1 RHR trips, the operators are instructed to stop the affected train SIP and CCP. Even though both trains of ECCS pumps can be provided suction from either RHR pump, it has been decided that a conservative action is appropriate so that a subsequent failure of the only remaining RHR would not damage both CCPs and SIPs. Question Number: 3 Tier: _1 __ Group _1_ KIA: 011 Large Break LOGA EK2.02 Knowledge of the interrelations between the and the following Large Break LOGA: Pumps Importance Rating: 2.6*/2.7*
10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to apply the affect of the trip of one of the EGGS pumps taking suction from the containment sump during a LOGA and how the trip will relate to the remaining pumps supplying water to cool the core. Also must apply procedure requirement of allowing only 1 train of EGGS if only 1 RHR is available when on containment recirculation.
Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, Plausible since either RHR pump can supply adequate suction for both trains of ECCS pumps, operators are directed to only operate 1 train of ECCS during recirc mode to prevent possible damage to both trains if the only remaining RHR pump were to fail.
B. Incorrect, 1-FCV-63-72, Train A Containment Sump valve, would not be closed.
Plausible since this valve is part of the flow path for the tripped pump, however there no direction or need to close this valve.
C. Incorrect, the SIP 1A-A would not be the only pump stopped. Plausible because the SIP 1A-A and the RHR pump 1A-A are on the same equipment train and the RHR pumps do supply suction to the SIPs during sump recirculation operations.
D. Correct, From ES-1.3 step 14 (continuous monitoring step) if 1 RHR trips, the operators are instructed to stop the affected train SIP and CCP. Even though both trains of ECCS pumps can be provided suction from either RHR pump, it has been decided that a conservative action is appropriate so that a subsequent failure of the only remaining RHR would not damage both CCPs and SIPs.
Question Number:          3 Tier:    _1__ Group _1_
KIA:      011 Large Break LOGA EK2.02 Knowledge of the interrelations between the and the following Large Break LOGA:
Pumps Importance Rating:        2.6*/2.7*
10 CFR Part 55:          41.7 10CFR55.43.b:            Not applicable KIA Match:      Applicant is required to apply the affect of the trip of one of the EGGS pumps taking suction from the containment sump during a LOGA and how the trip will relate to the remaining pumps supplying water to cool the core. Also must apply procedure requirement of allowing only 1 train of EGGS if only 1 RHR is available when on containment recirculation.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Technical  
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam ES-1.3, Transfer to RHR Containment Sump, Rev 15, EPM-ES-1.3, step 14. None OPT200.ECCS B.5.d Describe the operation of the ECCS as it relates to the following:
: d. How a component failure will affect system operation OPL271 ES-1.3 B.5.6 a&b Given a set of initial plant conditions use ES-1.3 to correctly:
: a. Identify required actions b. Respond to Contigencies x WBN question 011 EK 2.02 002 with some minor changes Reworded stem to consolodate operate actions. Changed correct answer to D due to continuous action step (14) which requires only 1 train of ECCS with only 1 RHR pump available.
Source If Banle WBN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ES-1.3, Transfer to RHR Containment Sump, Rev 15, EPM-ES-1.3, step 14.
Proposed references    None to be provided:
Learning Objective:    OPT200.ECCS B.5.d Describe the operation of the ECCS as it relates to the following:
: d. How a component failure will affect system operation OPL271 ES-1.3 B.5.6 a&b Given a set of initial plant conditions use ES-1.3 to correctly:
: a. Identify required actions
: b. Respond to Contigencies Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank          x Question History:      WBN question 011 EK 2.02 002 with some minor changes Comments:              Reworded stem to consolodate operate actions.
Changed correct answer to D due to continuous action step (14) which requires only 1 train of ECCS with only 1 RHR pump available.
Source:          BANK                          Source If Banle WBN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                        Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                            Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            212010                        Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 015 AK1.01 004 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
The plant is tripped from full power due to a loss of Component Cooling Water.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
The crew transitions to ES-0.1, "Reactor Trip Response," while continuing to perform the actions of AOP-M.03, "Loss of Component Cooling Water."
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Ten minutes after the trip, the following conditions exist:
RO Date: 212010 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam ES-1.3, Transfer to RHR Containment Sump, Rev 15, EPM-ES-1.3, step 14. None OPT200.ECCS B.5.d Describe the operation of the ECCS as it relates to the following:
SG pressures are all approximately 1005 psig and stable.
: d. How a component failure will affect system operation OPL271 ES-1.3 B.5.6 a&b Given a set of initial plant conditions use ES-1.3 to correctly:
RCS pressure 2235 psig and stable.
: a. Identify required actions b. Respond to Contigencies x WBN question 011 EK 2.02 002 with some minor changes Reworded stem to consolodate operate actions. Changed correct answer to D due to continuous action step (14) which requires only 1 train of ECCS with only 1 RHR pump available.
          -   Thot is approximately 570°F in all loops and slowly lowering.
Source If Banle WBN Difficulty:
Core exit TC's indicate approximately 575 OF and stable.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 015 AK1.01 004 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following:
          -   Tcold is approximately 547°F in all loops and stable.
The plant is tripped from full power due to a loss of Component Cooling Water. The crew transitions to ES-0.1, "Reactor Trip Response," while continuing to perform the actions of AOP-M.03, "Loss of Component Cooling Water." Ten minutes after the trip, the following conditions exist: SG pressures are all approximately 1005 psig and stable. RCS pressure 2235 psig and stable. -Thot is approximately 570°F in all loops and slowly lowering.
Which ONE of the following describes the status of RCS heat removal for the current plant conditions?
Core exit TC's indicate approximately 575 OF and stable. -Tcold is approximately 547°F in all loops and stable. Which ONE of the following describes the status of RCS heat removal for the current plant conditions?
A. Heat removal via natural circulation is not established at this time.
A. Heat removal via natural circulation is not established at this time. B. Heat removal is via forced circulation and the condenser steam dumps. Heat removal is via natural circulation and the condenser steam dumps. D. Heat removal is via natural circulation and both the condenser and 10% atmospheric steam dumps. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that natural circulation has been established.
B. Heat removal is via forced circulation and the condenser steam dumps.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that due to loss of component cooling water the RCPs are tripped. C. Correct, Per EA-68-6, Monitoring Natural Circulation Conditions, natural circulation has been established.
C~  Heat removal is via natural circulation and the condenser steam dumps.
D. Heat removal is via natural circulation and both the condenser and 10%
atmospheric steam dumps.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that natural circulation has been established.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that due to loss of component cooling water the RCPs are tripped.
C. Correct, Per EA-68-6, Monitoring Natural Circulation Conditions, natural circulation has been established.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that condenser steam dumps alone are maintaining RCS temperature.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that condenser steam dumps alone are maintaining RCS temperature.
015 AK1.01 004 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following:
 
The plant is tripped from full power due to a loss of Component Cooling Water. The crew transitions to ES-0.1, "Reactor Trip Response," while continuing to perform the actions of AOP-M.03, "Loss of Component Cooling Water." Ten minutes after the trip, the following conditions exist: SG pressures are all approximately 1005 psig and stable. RCS pressure 2235 psig and stable. -Thot is approximately 570°F in all loops and slowly lowering.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           04 Tier:   _1__ Group         1 KIA:       015 RCP Malfunctions AK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC flow):
Core exit TC's indicate approximately 575 OF and stable. -Tcold is approximately 547°F in all loops and stable. Which ONE of the following describes the status of RCS heat removal for the current plant conditions?
Natural Circulation in a nuclear reactor power plant.
A. Heat removal via natural circulation is not established at this time. B. Heat removal is via forced circulation and the condenser steam dumps. Heat removal is via natural circulation and the condenser steam dumps. D. Heat removal is via natural circulation and both the condenser and 10% atmospheric steam dumps. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that natural circulation has been established.
Importance Rating:         4.4 / 4.6 10 CFR Part 55:         41.10 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question requires the candidate to recognize a condition where the RCPs are off and the associated RCS conditions which indicate that natural circulation is established.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that due to loss of component cooling water the RCPs are tripped. C. Correct, Per EA-68-6, Monitoring Natural Circulation Conditions, natural circulation has been established.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that condenser steam dumps alone are maintaining RCS temperature.
Question Number: 04 Tier: _1 __ Group 1 KIA: 015 RCP Malfunctions QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam AK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC flow): Natural Circulation in a nuclear reactor power plant. Importance Rating: 4.4 / 4.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question requires the candidate to recognize a condition where the RCPs are off and the associated RCS conditions which indicate that natural circulation is established.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EA-68-6, Monitoring Natural Circulation Conditions, Rev o
Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 ES-0.2, Obj 6 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              From Diablo Canyon -2007 RO exam Comments:
Source:          BANK                              Source If Bank: DIABLO CANYON Cognitive Level: HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 022 AA1.07 005 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 2 at 100% power.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Letdown was removed from service to repair a leak.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Excess Letdown is in service.
RO Date: 2/2010 EA-68-6, Monitoring Natural Circulation Conditions, Rev o None OPL271 ES-0.2, Obj 6 x From Diablo Canyon -2007 RO exam Source If Bank: DIABLO CANYON Difficulty:
    -  A LOCA occurs and the crew initiates a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 04 Tier: _1 __ Group 1 KIA: 015 RCP Malfunctions QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam AK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC flow): Natural Circulation in a nuclear reactor power plant. Importance Rating: 4.4 / 4.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Containment pressure is currently 1 psig and slowly rising.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question requires the candidate to recognize a condition where the RCPs are off and the associated RCS conditions which indicate that natural circulation is established.
Which ONE of the following describes how excess letdown flow will be affected?
Technical
A. Phase A Containment Isolation will isolate the Seal Water Return Line and 2-FCV-62-59, Excess Letdown Divert, will automatically route excess letdown flow to the RCDT.
B~  Phase A Containment Isolation will isolate the Seal Water Return Line Valves, 2-FCV-62-61 and 2-FCV-62-63, causing excess letdown flow to be routed to the PRT via the seal return line relief valve.
C. Excess letdown flow will continue until containment pressure rises to 1.5 psig causing Excess Letdown Isolation valves, 2-FCV-62-54 and 2-FCV-62-55 to close.
D. Excess letdown flow will continue until Phase B Containment Isolation isolates the Excess Letdown Isolation valves, 2-FCV-62-54 and 2-FCV-62-55.


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, 2-FCV-62-59, Excess Letdown Divert, will route excess letdown flow to the RCDT if placed in the DIVERT position but a safety injection will not cause the routing to the RCDT (Excess flow path will be to the PRT.) Plausible because the seal return line does isolate when the Safety injection is initiated and 2-FCV-62-59 can be positioned to the RCD T.
B. Correct, The excess letdown is routed into the seal return line before the line leaves containment. the seal return line isolates on a Phase A isolation Signal which is generated by a safety injection. The Excess letdown and seal return flow is then routed to the PRT by way of a relief valve on the seal return line.
C. Incorrect, Excess letdown flow will not continue until containment pressure rises to 1.5 psig. The seal return valve will close when the SI is initiated. Plausible because the seal return line actually receives its Signal from containment Phase A isolation which is generated by the safety injection signal and 1.5 psig is an automatic safety injection signal.
D. Incorrect, Excess letdown flow will not continue until containment pressure rises to Phase B setpoint. The seal return valve will close when the SI is initiated. plausible because other valves do receive an isolation signal when Phase B pressure is reached.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:             5 Tier:   _1_ Group           1 KIA:       022AA1.07 Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup Ability to operate and 1 or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup:
Learning Objective:
Excess letdown containment isolation valve switches and indicators Importance Rating:         2.8* 1 2.7*
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
10 CFR Part 55:           41.7/45.5/45.6 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       Applicant is required to determine how containment isolation signals affect the excess letdown flow path.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Technical  
RO Date: 2/2010 EA-68-6, Monitoring Natural Circulation Conditions, Rev o None OPL271 ES-0.2, Obj 6 x From Diablo Canyon -2007 RO exam Source If Bank: DIABLO CANYON Difficulty:
 
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 022 AA1.07 005 Given the following:
Unit 2 at 100% power. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Letdown was removed from service to repair a leak. Excess Letdown is in service. -A LOCA occurs and the crew initiates a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection.
Containment pressure is currently 1 psig and slowly rising. Which ONE of the following describes how excess letdown flow will be affected?
A. Phase A Containment Isolation will isolate the Seal Water Return Line and 2-FCV-62-59, Excess Letdown Divert, will automatically route excess letdown flow to the RCDT. Phase A Containment Isolation will isolate the Seal Water Return Line Valves, 2-FCV-62-61 and 2-FCV-62-63, causing excess letdown flow to be routed to the PRT via the seal return line relief valve. C. Excess letdown flow will continue until containment pressure rises to 1.5 psig causing Excess Letdown Isolation valves, 2-FCV-62-54 and 2-FCV-62-55 to close. D. Excess letdown flow will continue until Phase B Containment Isolation isolates the Excess Letdown Isolation valves, 2-FCV-62-54 and 2-FCV-62-55.
022 AA1.07 005 Given the following:
Unit 2 at 100% power. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Letdown was removed from service to repair a leak. Excess Letdown is in service. -A LOCA occurs and the crew initiates a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection.
Containment pressure is currently 1 psig and slowly rising. Which ONE of the following describes how excess letdown flow will be affected?
A. Phase A Containment Isolation will isolate the Seal Water Return Line and 2-FCV-62-59, Excess Letdown Divert, will automatically route excess letdown flow to the RCDT. Phase A Containment Isolation will isolate the Seal Water Return Line Valves, 2-FCV-62-61 and 2-FCV-62-63, causing excess letdown flow to be routed to the PRT via the seal return line relief valve. C. Excess letdown flow will continue until containment pressure rises to 1.5 psig causing Excess Letdown Isolation valves, 2-FCV-62-54 and 2-FCV-62-55 to close. D. Excess letdown flow will continue until Phase B Containment Isolation isolates the Excess Letdown Isolation valves, 2-FCV-62-54 and 2-FCV-62-55.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, 2-FCV-62-59, Excess Letdown Divert, will route excess letdown flow to the RCDT if placed in the DIVERT position but a safety injection will not cause the routing to the RCDT (Excess flow path will be to the PRT.) Plausible because the seal return line does isolate when the Safety injection is initiated and 2-FCV-62-59 can be positioned to the RCD T. B. Correct, The excess letdown is routed into the seal return line before the line leaves containment.
the seal return line isolates on a Phase A isolation Signal which is generated by a safety injection.
The Excess letdown and seal return flow is then routed to the PRT by way of a relief valve on the seal return line. C. Incorrect, Excess letdown flow will not continue until containment pressure rises to 1.5 psig. The seal return valve will close when the SI is initiated.
Plausible because the seal return line actually receives its Signal from containment Phase A isolation which is generated by the safety injection signal and 1.5 psig is an automatic safety injection signal. D. Incorrect, Excess letdown flow will not continue until containment pressure rises to Phase B setpoint.
The seal return valve will close when the SI is initiated.
plausible because other valves do receive an isolation signal when Phase B pressure is reached. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, 2-FCV-62-59, Excess Letdown Divert, will route excess letdown flow to the RCDT if placed in the DIVERT position but a safety injection will not cause the routing to the RCDT (Excess flow path will be to the PRT.) Plausible because the seal return line does isolate when the Safety injection is initiated and 2-FCV-62-59 can be positioned to the RCD T. B. Correct, The excess letdown is routed into the seal return line before the line leaves containment.
the seal return line isolates on a Phase A isolation Signal which is generated by a safety injection.
The Excess letdown and seal return flow is then routed to the PRT by way of a relief valve on the seal return line. C. Incorrect, Excess letdown flow will not continue until containment pressure rises to 1.5 psig. The seal return valve will close when the SI is initiated.
Plausible because the seal return line actually receives its Signal from containment Phase A isolation which is generated by the safety injection signal and 1.5 psig is an automatic safety injection signal. D. Incorrect, Excess letdown flow will not continue until containment pressure rises to Phase B setpoint.
The seal return valve will close when the SI is initiated.
plausible because other valves do receive an isolation signal when Phase B pressure is reached.
Question Number: 5 Tier: _1_ Group 1 KIA: 022AA1.07 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup Ability to operate and 1 or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup: Excess letdown containment isolation valve switches and indicators Importance Rating: 2.8* 1 2.7* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.5/45.6 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to determine how containment isolation signals affect the excess letdown flow path. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
1-47W809-1 R74 1,2-47W813-1 R53 2-47W611-62-1 R4 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.CVCS
Learning Objective:
: 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the CVCS system:
Question Source: 1-47W809-1 R74 1,2-47W813-1 R53 2-47W611-62-1 R4 None OPT200.CVCS  
: e. Component Operation
: 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the CVCS system: e. Component Operation  
: i. Protective features (including setpoints)
: i. Protective features (including setpoints)
New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: New question for 2/2010 exam Comments:
Question Source:
Source: NEW Source If Bank: Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:
New                     X Modified Bank Bank Question History:               New question for 2/2010 exam Comments:
Job Position:
Source:             NEW                               Source If Bank:
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 5 Tier: _1_ Group 1 KIA: 022AA1.07 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup Ability to operate and 1 or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup: Excess letdown containment isolation valve switches and indicators Importance Rating: 2.8* 1 2.7* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.5/45.6 10CFR55.43.b:
Cognitive Level:   LOWER                             Difficulty:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to determine how containment isolation signals affect the excess letdown flow path. Technical
Job Position:       RO                                 Plant:         SEQUOYAH Date:               2/2010                             Last 2 NRC?:   NO


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 025 AK3.02 006 Given the following:
 
Unit 1 is in Mode 5 with the PZR solid.
Proposed references to be provided:
Train "A" RHR is aligned to provide shutdown cooling.
Learning Objective:
An equipment malfunction occurs causing RCS pressure to rise.
Question Source: 1-47W809-1 R74 1,2-47W813-1 R53 2-47W611-62-1 R4 None OPT200.CVCS
1A-A RHR pump has just tripped It is reported that RCS pressure is 375 psi and rising.
: 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the CVCS system: e. Component Operation
In accordance with AOP-R.03, "RHR System Malfunction," which ONE of the following identifies the RCS pressure at which FCV-74-1 & FCV-74-2 are closed and the reason for this action?
: i. Protective features (including setpoints)
A. 380 psig, to prevent LTOP from initiating.
New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: New question for 2/2010 exam Comments:
B. 410 psig, to ensure RCP #1 seals are not damaged.
Source: NEW Source If Bank: Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:
C~  450 psig, to prevent inventory loss through the suction relief valve.
Job Position:
D. 600 psig, to prevent over-pressurization of the PRT.
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO 025 AK3.02 006 Given the following:
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is in Mode 5 with the PZR solid. Train "A" RHR is aligned to provide shutdown cooling. An equipment malfunction occurs causing RCS pressure to rise. 1 A-A RHR pump has just tripped It is reported that RCS pressure is 375 psi and rising. In accordance with AOP-R.03, "RHR System Malfunction," which ONE of the following identifies the RCS pressure at which FCV-74-1 & FCV-74-2 are closed and the reason for this action? A. 380 psig, to prevent L TOP from initiating.
A. Incorrect, Plausible since this is the pressure at which actions are dictated in AOP-R.03 to be taken and attempt to control RCS pressure at this value, but this pressure is not the setpoint directed by AOP where RHR is to be isolated.
B. 410 psig, to ensure RCP #1 seals are not damaged. 450 psig, to prevent inventory loss through the suction relief valve. D. 600 psig, to prevent over-pressurization of the PRT. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since this is the pressure at which actions are dictated in AOP-R.03 to be taken and attempt to control RCS pressure at this value, but this pressure is not the setpoint directed by AOP where RHR is to be isolated.
B. Incorrect, This is the pressure setpoint of RHR Pressure Hi alarm, but this pressure is not the pressure where RHR is directed to be isolated. Plausible since this action is in AOP-R.03 but to check for 200 psid.
B. Incorrect, This is the pressure setpoint of RHR Pressure Hi alarm, but this pressure is not the pressure where RHR is directed to be isolated.
C. Correct, AOP-R. 03 states that if RCS pressure cannot be kept below 450 psig then close FCV-74-1 & 74-2. this is to isolate the system due to lifting the suction relief valve which will reduce RCS inventory.
Plausible since this action is in AOP-R.03 but to check for 200 psid. C. Correct, AOP-R. 03 states that if RCS pressure cannot be kept below 450 psig then close FCV-74-1 & 74-2. this is to isolate the system due to lifting the suction relief valve which will reduce RCS inventory.
D. Incorrect, This is the design pressure of the system, AOP-R.03 directs isolation at 450 psi. Plausible since the RHR suction and discharge relief valves go to PRT. 025 AK3.02 006 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is in Mode 5 with the PZR solid. Train "A" RHR is aligned to provide shutdown cooling. An equipment malfunction occurs causing RCS pressure to rise. 1 A-A RHR pump has just tripped It is reported that RCS pressure is 375 psi and rising. In accordance with AOP-R.03, "RHR System Malfunction," which ONE of the following identifies the RCS pressure at which FCV-74-1 & FCV-74-2 are closed and the reason for this action? A. 380 psig, to prevent L TOP from initiating.
B. 410 psig, to ensure RCP #1 seals are not damaged. 450 psig, to prevent inventory loss through the suction relief valve. D. 600 psig, to prevent over-pressurization of the PRT. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since this is the pressure at which actions are dictated in AOP-R.03 to be taken and attempt to control RCS pressure at this value, but this pressure is not the setpoint directed by AOP where RHR is to be isolated.
B. Incorrect, This is the pressure setpoint of RHR Pressure Hi alarm, but this pressure is not the pressure where RHR is directed to be isolated.
Plausible since this action is in AOP-R.03 but to check for 200 psid. C. Correct, AOP-R. 03 states that if RCS pressure cannot be kept below 450 psig then close FCV-74-1 & 74-2. this is to isolate the system due to lifting the suction relief valve which will reduce RCS inventory.
D. Incorrect, This is the design pressure of the system, AOP-R.03 directs isolation at 450 psi. Plausible since the RHR suction and discharge relief valves go to PRT.
D. Incorrect, This is the design pressure of the system, AOP-R.03 directs isolation at 450 psi. Plausible since the RHR suction and discharge relief valves go to PRT.
Question Number: 6 Tier: 1 Group QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 025 Loss of Residual Heat Removal System AK3.02 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Residual Heat Removal System: Isolation of RHR low-pressure piping prior to pressure increase above specified level. Importance Rating: 3.3/3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5,41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to identify the pressure at which RHR must be isolated and the reason why. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           6 Tier:     1     Group KIA:       025 Loss of Residual Heat Removal System AK3.02 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Residual Heat Removal System:
 
Isolation of RHR low-pressure piping prior to pressure increase above specified level.
AR-M6-C E-7, Rev 34; AOP-R.03 rev 21; SQN-21; 0-SO-74-1, Residual Heat Removal System, Rev 68 OPT200.RHR Rev 3 Proposed references None to be provided:
Importance Rating:         3.3/3.7 10 CFR Part 55:           41.5,41.10 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to identify the pressure at which RHR must be isolated and the reason why.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
OPL271AOP-R.03 Obj 6 Question Source: New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 6 Tier: 1 Group QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 025 Loss of Residual Heat Removal System AK3.02 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Residual Heat Removal System: Isolation of RHR low-pressure piping prior to pressure increase above specified level. Importance Rating: 3.3/3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5,41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to identify the pressure at which RHR must be isolated and the reason why. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AR-M6-C E-7, Rev 34; AOP-R.03 rev 21; SQN-21; 0-SO-74-1, Residual Heat Removal System, Rev 68 OPT200.RHR Rev 3 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271AOP-R.03 Obj 6 Question Source:
New                    X Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:            NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level:  LOWER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


AR-M6-C E-7, Rev 34; AOP-R.03 rev 21; SQN-21; 0-SO-74-1, Residual Heat Removal System, Rev 68 OPT200.RHR Rev 3 Proposed references None to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 027 AAl.03 007 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Reactor at 85% RTP stable conditions for 10 days.
OPL271AOP-R.03 Obj 6 Question Source: New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Both Pressurizer Spray Valve Controllers in MANUAL and output set to "0".
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
  -   All other systems and controllers in normal alignment.
RO Date: 212010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Which ONE of the following would be the immediate effect if the Pressurizer Master Pressure Controller output fails to 100%?
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO 027 AAl.03 007 Given the following:
A. Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to rise.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Reactor at 85% RTP stable conditions for 10 days. Both Pressurizer Spray Valve Controllers in MANUAL and output set to "0". -All other systems and controllers in normal alignment.
B~  Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to drop.
Which ONE of the following would be the immediate effect if the Pressurizer Master Pressure Controller output fails to 100%? A. Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to rise. Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to drop. C. Pressurizer Pressure LO alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to rise. D. Pressurizer Pressure LO alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to drop. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, The Hi pressure alarm is actuated.
C. Pressurizer Pressure LO alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to rise.
Heaters do not energize but plausible because if it did the pressure would start to rise and high pressure alarm could come in because the spray valves are in manual and will not open. B. Correct, The Hi pressure alarm is actuated by the output of the controller as the output is increased, variable heaters all deenergize, with NO heaters the pressurizer pressure will start to drop due to ambient losses and pressurizer spray bypass flow. C. Incorrect, low pressure alarm comes from the output of the controller dropping and the controller output is being raised to 100%, Heaters do not energize (but if they did the pressure would rise). Plausible to conclude that raising controller output could result in raising pressure.
D. Pressurizer Pressure LO alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to drop.
D. Incorrect, low pressure alarm comes from the output of the controller dropping and the controller output is being raised to 100%, Heaters do de energize and the pressure does drop. Plausible to conclude that the heater would de energize causing pressure to lower and the low pressure alarm to come in. 027 AAl.03 007 Given the following:
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Reactor at 85% RTP stable conditions for 10 days. Both Pressurizer Spray Valve Controllers in MANUAL and output set to "0". -All other systems and controllers in normal alignment.
A. Incorrect, The Hi pressure alarm is actuated. Heaters do not energize but plausible because if it did the pressure would start to rise and high pressure alarm could come in because the spray valves are in manual and will not open.
Which ONE of the following would be the immediate effect if the Pressurizer Master Pressure Controller output fails to 100%? A. Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to rise. Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to drop. C. Pressurizer Pressure LO alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to rise. D. Pressurizer Pressure LO alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to drop. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, The Hi pressure alarm is actuated.
B. Correct, The Hi pressure alarm is actuated by the output of the controller as the output is increased, variable heaters all deenergize, with NO heaters the pressurizer pressure will start to drop due to ambient losses and pressurizer spray bypass flow.
Heaters do not energize but plausible because if it did the pressure would start to rise and high pressure alarm could come in because the spray valves are in manual and will not open. B. Correct, The Hi pressure alarm is actuated by the output of the controller as the output is increased, variable heaters all deenergize, with NO heaters the pressurizer pressure will start to drop due to ambient losses and pressurizer spray bypass flow. C. Incorrect, low pressure alarm comes from the output of the controller dropping and the controller output is being raised to 100%, Heaters do not energize (but if they did the pressure would rise). Plausible to conclude that raising controller output could result in raising pressure.
C. Incorrect, low pressure alarm comes from the output of the controller dropping and the controller output is being raised to 100%, Heaters do not energize (but if they did the pressure would rise). Plausible to conclude that raising controller output could result in raising pressure.
D. Incorrect, low pressure alarm comes from the output of the controller dropping and the controller output is being raised to 100%, Heaters do de energize and the pressure does drop. Plausible to conclude that the heater would de energize causing pressure to lower and the low pressure alarm to come in.
D. Incorrect, low pressure alarm comes from the output of the controller dropping and the controller output is being raised to 100%, Heaters do de energize and the pressure does drop. Plausible to conclude that the heater would de energize causing pressure to lower and the low pressure alarm to come in.
Question Number: 7 Tier: _1 __ Group 1 KIA: APE 027 AA1.03 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunction, Ability to operate and / or Monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunction:
Pressure Control when on a steam bubble. Importance Rating: 3.6/3.5 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.5/45.6 10CFR55.43.b:
KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the plant response if the master pressure controller fails while at power. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:         7 Tier:   _1__ Group       1 KIA:       APE 027 AA1.03 Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunction, Ability to operate and / or Monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunction: Pressure Control when on a steam bubble.
 
Importance Rating:       3.6/3.5 10 CFR Part 55:         41.7/45.5/45.6 10CFR55.43.b:
Proposed references to be provided:
KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the plant response if the master pressure controller fails while at power.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-1.04, Pressurizer Instrument and Control Malfunctions R9 None OPT200.PZRPCS B.4, B.5 SQN Bank x SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Modified stem to have the pressure controller malfunction to meet KA Source If Bank: SQNBANK Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 7 Tier: _1 __ Group 1 KIA: APE 027 AA1.03 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunction, Ability to operate and / or Monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunction:
Pressure Control when on a steam bubble. Importance Rating: 3.6/3.5 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.5/45.6 10CFR55.43.b:
KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the plant response if the master pressure controller fails while at power. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-1.04, Pressurizer Instrument and Control Malfunctions R9 Proposed references          None to be provided:
Learning Objective:          OPT200.PZRPCS B.4, B.5 Question Source:                  SQN Bank New Modified Bank Bank                x Question History:            SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Comments:                    Modified stem to have the pressure controller malfunction to meet KA Source:          BANK                            Source If Bank: SQNBANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 029 EK2.06 008 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 at 100% power with SSPS testing in progress on Train "A."
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Reactor Trip Breaker "A" is open.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
    -   A transient occurs that requires a reactor trip.
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-1.04, Pressurizer Instrument and Control Malfunctions R9 None OPT200.PZRPCS B.4, B.5 SQN Bank x SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Modified stem to have the pressure controller malfunction to meet KA Source If Bank: SQNBANK Difficulty:
    -   The OATC attempts to trip the reactor but the reactor fails to trip.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 029 EK2.06 008 Given the following:
Which ONE of the choices completes the statement below relative to failure of the reactor trip and bypass breakers that would have caused the reactor NOT to trip and the local action(s) required to trip the reactor?
Unit 1 at 100% power with SSPS testing in progress on Train "A." Reactor Trip Breaker "A" is open. -A transient occurs that requires a reactor trip. -The OATC attempts to trip the reactor but the reactor fails to trip. Which ONE of the choices completes the statement below relative to failure of the reactor trip and bypass breakers that would have caused the reactor NOT to trip and the local action(s) required to trip the reactor? The Reactor Trip & Bypass Breakers (RTB & BYA) 125V dc trip coils failed to (1) and to trip the reactor locally (2) ill A'! energize only one breaker must be open B. energize both breakers must be open C. de-energize only one breaker must be open D. de-energize both breakers must be open QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 029 EK2.06 008 Given the following:
The Reactor Trip & Bypass Breakers (RTB & BYA) 125V dc trip coils failed to (1)     and to trip the reactor locally     (2) ill                               ~
Unit 1 at 100% power with SSPS testing in progress on Train "A." Reactor Trip Breaker "A" is open. -A transient occurs that requires a reactor trip. -The OATC attempts to trip the reactor but the reactor fails to trip. Which ONE of the choices completes the statement below relative to failure of the reactor trip and bypass breakers that would have caused the reactor NOT to trip and the local action(s) required to trip the reactor? The Reactor Trip & Bypass Breakers (RTB & BYA) 125V dc trip coils failed to (1) and to trip the reactor locally (2) ill A'! energize only one breaker must be open B. energize both breakers must be open C. de-energize only one breaker must be open D. de-energize both breakers must be open QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, the shunt trip coils should be energized from the reactor trip hand switches (and from the SSPS for the reactor trip breaker) and if this did not occur then one of the two breaker trip devices would not function, thus contributing to the A TWS along with whatever caused the UV coil on the breakers to also fail to trip the breakers.
A'! energize                         only one breaker must be open B. energize                           both breakers must be open C. de-energize                       only one breaker must be open D. de-energize                       both breakers must be open
Opening either one of the breakers would cause the reactor to trip. B. Incorrect, The failure to energize the reactor trip breaker shunt coils contributing to the reactor failing to trip is correct but both breakers do not have to be open to cause a reactor trip, only one has to be opened. Plausible because the failure to energize the shunt coils is correct and the breakers scheme could be mistaken to be in parallel instead of series because there is a bypass breaker in parallel with each reactor trip breaker C. Incorrect, The the reactor trip switch actuation (and SSPS signal for RTB) energizes the shunt trip coils to cause a trip, so the failure would be to energize not failure to de-energize and the reactor would trip when either breaker was opened. Plausible because the failure to de energize the coils would be correct concerning the undervoltage coils and the reactor tripping after either of the breakers opening is correct. D. Incorrect, The the reactor trip switch actuation (and SSPS signal for RTB) energizes the shunt trip coils to cause a trip, so the failure would be to energize not failure to de-energize and the reactor trip would not required both breakers to be open. It would trip when either breaker was opened. Plausible because the failure to deenergize the coils would be correct concerning the undervoltage coils and the breakers scheme could be mistaken to be in parallel instead of series because there is a bypass breaker in parallel with each reactor trip breaker Question Number: 8 Tier: 1 Group 1 KIA: 029 EK2.06 Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS) Knowledge of the interrelations between the and the following an ATWS: Breakers, relays, and disconnects Importance Rating: 2.9* / 3.1
* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required demonstrate the knowledge of how the reactor trip breakers and relays that control their operation are related to the reactor trip system if malfunctions occur and actions required to disconnect the power to control rods locally during an ATWS event. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, the shunt trip coils should be energized from the reactor trip hand switches (and from the SSPS for the reactor trip breaker) and if this did not occur then one of the two breaker trip devices would not function, thus contributing to the A TWS along with whatever caused the UV coil on the breakers to also fail to trip the breakers.
Opening either one of the breakers would cause the reactor to trip. B. Incorrect, The failure to energize the reactor trip breaker shunt coils contributing to the reactor failing to trip is correct but both breakers do not have to be open to cause a reactor trip, only one has to be opened. Plausible because the failure to energize the shunt coils is correct and the breakers scheme could be mistaken to be in parallel instead of series because there is a bypass breaker in parallel with each reactor trip breaker C. Incorrect, The the reactor trip switch actuation (and SSPS signal for RTB) energizes the shunt trip coils to cause a trip, so the failure would be to energize not failure to de-energize and the reactor would trip when either breaker was opened. Plausible because the failure to de energize the coils would be correct concerning the undervoltage coils and the reactor tripping after either of the breakers opening is correct. D. Incorrect, The the reactor trip switch actuation (and SSPS signal for RTB) energizes the shunt trip coils to cause a trip, so the failure would be to energize not failure to de-energize and the reactor trip would not required both breakers to be open. It would trip when either breaker was opened. Plausible because the failure to deenergize the coils would be correct concerning the undervoltage coils and the breakers scheme could be mistaken to be in parallel instead of series because there is a bypass breaker in parallel with each reactor trip breaker Question Number: 8 Tier: 1 Group 1 KIA: 029 EK2.06 Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS) Knowledge of the interrelations between the and the following an ATWS: Breakers, relays, and disconnects Importance Rating: 2.9* / 3.1
* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required demonstrate the knowledge of how the reactor trip breakers and relays that control their operation are related to the reactor trip system if malfunctions occur and actions required to disconnect the power to control rods locally during an ATWS event.
Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Correct, the shunt trip coils should be energized from the reactor trip hand switches (and from the SSPS for the reactor trip breaker) and if this did not occur then one of the two breaker trip devices would not function, thus contributing to the A TWS along with whatever caused the UV coil on the breakers to also fail to trip the breakers. Opening either one of the breakers would cause the reactor to trip.
B. Incorrect, The failure to energize the reactor trip breaker shunt coils contributing to the reactor failing to trip is correct but both breakers do not have to be open to cause a reactor trip, only one has to be opened. Plausible because the failure to energize the shunt coils is correct and the breakers scheme could be mistaken to be in parallel instead of series because there is a bypass breaker in parallel with each reactor trip breaker C. Incorrect, The the reactor trip switch actuation (and SSPS signal for RTB) energizes the shunt trip coils to cause a trip, so the failure would be to energize not failure to de-energize and the reactor would trip when either breaker was opened.
Plausible because the failure to de energize the coils would be correct concerning the undervoltage coils and the reactor tripping after either of the breakers opening is correct.
D. Incorrect, The the reactor trip switch actuation (and SSPS signal for RTB) energizes the shunt trip coils to cause a trip, so the failure would be to energize not failure to de-energize and the reactor trip would not required both breakers to be open. It would trip when either breaker was opened. Plausible because the failure to deenergize the coils would be correct concerning the undervoltage coils and the breakers scheme could be mistaken to be in parallel instead of series because there is a bypass breaker in parallel with each reactor trip breaker Question Number:            8 Tier:      1    Group        1 KIA:      029 EK2.06 Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS)
Knowledge of the interrelations between the and the following an ATWS:
Breakers, relays, and disconnects Importance Rating:          2.9* / 3.1
* 10 CFR Part 55:          41.7/45.7 10CFR55.43.b:            Not applicable KIA Match:      Applicant is required demonstrate the knowledge of how the reactor trip breakers and relays that control their operation are related to the reactor trip system if malfunctions occur and actions required to disconnect the power to control rods locally during an ATWS event.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Technical  
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 1,2-45N699-1 R10 1 ,2-47w611-99-1 R11 None OPT200RPS
: 3. Explain the purpose/function of each major component in the flow path of the Reactor Protection
& Engineered Safety Features Actuation Systems as illustrated on a simplified system drawing. 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the Reactor Protection
& Engineered Safety Features Actuation Systems: c. Support equipment and systems 5. Describe the operation of the Reactor Protection and Engineered Safety Features Actuation Systems: e. How a support system failure will affect system operation.
Modified Bank X Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 SON bank question E-O-B.O 001 modified and modeled on question used on Diablo Canyon 2007 exam Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOY AH Last 2 NRC?: NO Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1,2-45N699-1 R10 1 ,2-47w611-99-1 R11 Proposed references      None to be provided:
Learning Objective:      OPT200RPS
: 3. Explain the purpose/function of each major component in the flow path of the Reactor Protection
                              & Engineered Safety Features Actuation Systems as illustrated on a simplified system drawing.
: 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the Reactor Protection & Engineered Safety Features Actuation Systems:
: c. Support equipment and systems
: 5. Describe the operation of the Reactor Protection and Engineered Safety Features Actuation Systems:
: e. How a support system failure will affect system operation.
Question Source:
New Modified Bank    X Bank Question History:        SON bank question E-O-B.O 001 modified and modeled on question used on Diablo Canyon 2007 exam Comments:
Source:          BANK MOD                        Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                          Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 038 EA2.06 009 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 2 was operating at 100% rated thermal power.
Question Source: New QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 1,2-45N699-1 R10 1 ,2-47w611-99-1 R11 None OPT200RPS
The plant was tripped and SI was actuated due to a SGTR in #3 SG.
: 3. Explain the purpose/function of each major component in the flow path of the Reactor Protection
The crew is currently implementing ES-3.1, "Post-SGTR Cooldown Using Backfill."
& Engineered Safety Features Actuation Systems as illustrated on a simplified system drawing. 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the Reactor Protection
The following boron concentrations have just been reported by Chemistry:
& Engineered Safety Features Actuation Systems: c. Support equipment and systems 5. Describe the operation of the Reactor Protection and Engineered Safety Features Actuation Systems: e. How a support system failure will affect system operation.
        - RCS required boron for Cold Shutdown - 1750 ppm
Modified Bank X Bank Question History: Comments:
        - Current RCS boron concentration -                 1800 ppm
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
        - . Ruptured SG boron concentration -               1200 ppm Which ONE of the following will be directed by the procedure before continuing with the cooldown?
RO Date: 2/2010 SON bank question E-O-B.O 001 modified and modeled on question used on Diablo Canyon 2007 exam Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
A'I Establish continuous boration flow of > 35 gpm from the BAT.
Plant: SEQUOY AH Last 2 NRC?: NO 038 EA2.06 009 Given the following:
B. Ensure #3 RCP is running to provide adequate mixing in the ruptured SG loop.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 was operating at 100% rated thermal power. The plant was tripped and SI was actuated due to a SGTR in #3 SG. The crew is currently implementing ES-3.1, "Post-SGTR Cooldown Using Backfill." The following boron concentrations have just been reported by Chemistry:  
C. Transition to ES-3.2, "Post SGTR Cooldown Using Blowdown," to prevent diluting the RCS.
-RCS required boron for Cold Shutdown -1750 ppm -Current RCS boron concentration  
D. Add boron to ruptured SG using secondary boron injection until ruptured SG boron at least 1750 ppm.
-1800 ppm -. Ruptured SG boron concentration  
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
-1200 ppm Which ONE of the following will be directed by the procedure before continuing with the cooldown?
A. Correct, step 4.e. Check one of the following conditions met: ruptured SG boron conc less than minimum RCS boron required for shutdown margin then step 4.f.
A'I Establish continuous boration flow of > 35 gpm from the BAT. B. Ensure #3 RCP is running to provide adequate mixing in the ruptured SG loop. C. Transition to ES-3.2, "Post SGTR Cooldown Using Blowdown," to prevent diluting the RCS. D. Add boron to ruptured SG using secondary boron injection until ruptured SG boron at least 1750 ppm. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, step 4.e. Check one of the following conditions met: ruptured SG boron conc less than minimum RCS boron required for shutdown margin then step 4.f. "Establish continuous boration flow greater than 35 gpm from BA T" B. Incorrect, Plausible since previous caution in ES-3. 1 states the inadvertant criticality could occur if the first RCP started is in a ruptured SG loop following a natuarl circulation cooldown.
    "Establish continuous boration flow greater than 35 gpm from BA T" B. Incorrect, Plausible since previous caution in ES-3. 1 states the inadvertant criticality could occur if the first RCP started is in a ruptured SG loop following a natuarl circulation cooldown. However since offsite power was not lost RCPs are still running so no need for further mixing.
However since offsite power was not lost RCPs are still running so no need for further mixing. C. Incorrect, Plausible since this would prevent ruptured SG water from backfilling into the RCS but this is not the quidance provided in the procedure.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since this would prevent ruptured SG water from backfilling into the RCS but this is not the quidance provided in the procedure.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since on U-2, boron is added to the secondary side for chemistry control, however this is not the guidance provided in the procedure.
038 EA2.06 009 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 was operating at 100% rated thermal power. The plant was tripped and SI was actuated due to a SGTR in #3 SG. The crew is currently implementing ES-3.1, "Post-SGTR Cooldown Using Backfill." The following boron concentrations have just been reported by Chemistry:
-RCS required boron for Cold Shutdown -1750 ppm -Current RCS boron concentration
-1800 ppm -. Ruptured SG boron concentration
-1200 ppm Which ONE of the following will be directed by the procedure before continuing with the cooldown?
A'I Establish continuous boration flow of > 35 gpm from the BAT. B. Ensure #3 RCP is running to provide adequate mixing in the ruptured SG loop. C. Transition to ES-3.2, "Post SGTR Cooldown Using Blowdown," to prevent diluting the RCS. D. Add boron to ruptured SG using secondary boron injection until ruptured SG boron at least 1750 ppm. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, step 4.e. Check one of the following conditions met: ruptured SG boron conc less than minimum RCS boron required for shutdown margin then step 4.f. "Establish continuous boration flow greater than 35 gpm from BA T" B. Incorrect, Plausible since previous caution in ES-3. 1 states the inadvertant criticality could occur if the first RCP started is in a ruptured SG loop following a natuarl circulation cooldown.
However since offsite power was not lost RCPs are still running so no need for further mixing. C. Incorrect, Plausible since this would prevent ruptured SG water from backfilling into the RCS but this is not the quidance provided in the procedure.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since on U-2, boron is added to the secondary side for chemistry control, however this is not the guidance provided in the procedure.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since on U-2, boron is added to the secondary side for chemistry control, however this is not the guidance provided in the procedure.
Question Number: 9 Tier: _1 __ Group _1_ QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 038 Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) EA2.06 Ablility to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a SGTR: Shutdown margins and required boron concentrations.
Importance Rating: 3.8 1 4.4 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 (43.5) 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to determine if the boron concentration in the ruptured SG is adequate for backfill operations and what needs to be done if not. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           9 Tier:   _1__ Group _1_
 
KIA:       038 Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR)
Proposed references to be provided:
EA2.06 Ablility to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a SGTR:
Learning Objective:
Shutdown margins and required boron concentrations.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Importance Rating:         3.8 1 4.4 10 CFR Part 55:         41.10 (43.5) 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to determine if the boron concentration in the ruptured SG is adequate for backfill operations and what needs to be done if not.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Technical  
RO Date: 2/2010 ES-3.1, Post-SGTR Cooldown Using Backfill, Rev. 1 0 None OPL271 ES-3.1 Objective 6 x New question for 02/2010 IL T exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 9 Tier: _1 __ Group _1_ QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 038 Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) EA2.06 Ablility to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a SGTR: Shutdown margins and required boron concentrations.
Importance Rating: 3.8 1 4.4 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 (43.5) 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to determine if the boron concentration in the ruptured SG is adequate for backfill operations and what needs to be done if not. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ES-3.1, Post-SGTR Cooldown Using Backfill, Rev. 10 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 ES-3.1 Objective 6 Question Source:
New                  x Modified Bank Bank Question History:              New question for 02/2010 ILT exam Comments:
Source:          NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level: HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 040 AKl.04 010 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 2 experiences a steam line break accident and subsequent cooldown resulting in plant operation to the left of Limit A on F-OA, "Pressurized Thermal Shock."
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Which ONE of the following describes the potential consequences to the reactor vessel?
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
A. Fatigue stresses from the rapid cooldown may cause cracking of CRDM penetration welds.
RO Date: 2/2010 ES-3.1, Post-SGTR Cooldown Using Backfill, Rev. 1 0 None OPL271 ES-3.1 Objective 6 x New question for 02/2010 IL T exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
B:' An existing flaw CQuid grow and may lead to a loss of vessel integrity.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 040 AKl.04 010 Given the following:
C. It may result in creation of a flaw in the beltline region of the vessel wall.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 experiences a steam line break accident and subsequent cooldown resulting in plant operation to the left of Limit A on F-OA, "Pressurized Thermal Shock." Which ONE of the following describes the potential consequences to the reactor vessel? A. Fatigue stresses from the rapid cooldown may cause cracking of CRDM penetration welds. B:' An existing flaw CQuid grow and may lead to a loss of vessel integrity.
D. Failure of the vessel could occur, since the nil-ductility temperature increases with increasing pressure.
C. It may result in creation of a flaw in the beltline region of the vessel wall. D. Failure of the vessel could occur, since the nil-ductility temperature increases with increasing pressure.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since CROM welds have been known to leak, but major concern is brittle fracture of the reactor vessel during accident conditions.
A. Incorrect, Plausible since CROM welds have been known to leak, but major concern is brittle fracture of the reactor vessel during accident conditions.
B. Correct, From F-O.4 basis, large uncontrolled cool down, which puts the vessel temperature at or near the RT-NOT temperature, along with high RCS pressure could cause an existing flaw to propagate leading to failure of the reactor vessel during accident conditions.
C. Incorrect, Plausible but the cooldown alone does not create a flaw, it would only aid in possible propagation if a flaw already existed. O. Incorrect, Plausible since RT-NOT does change over life, but NOT does not vary based on RCS pressure, only neutron fluence. 040 AKl.04 010 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 experiences a steam line break accident and subsequent cooldown resulting in plant operation to the left of Limit A on F-OA, "Pressurized Thermal Shock." Which ONE of the following describes the potential consequences to the reactor vessel? A. Fatigue stresses from the rapid cooldown may cause cracking of CRDM penetration welds. B:' An existing flaw CQuid grow and may lead to a loss of vessel integrity.
C. It may result in creation of a flaw in the beltline region of the vessel wall. D. Failure of the vessel could occur, since the nil-ductility temperature increases with increasing pressure.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since CROM welds have been known to leak, but major concern is brittle fracture of the reactor vessel during accident conditions.
B. Correct, From F-O.4 basis, large uncontrolled cool down, which puts the vessel temperature at or near the RT-NOT temperature, along with high RCS pressure could cause an existing flaw to propagate leading to failure of the reactor vessel during accident conditions.
B. Correct, From F-O.4 basis, large uncontrolled cool down, which puts the vessel temperature at or near the RT-NOT temperature, along with high RCS pressure could cause an existing flaw to propagate leading to failure of the reactor vessel during accident conditions.
C. Incorrect, Plausible but the cooldown alone does not create a flaw, it would only aid in possible propagation if a flaw already existed. O. Incorrect, Plausible since RT-NOT does change over life, but NOT does not vary based on RCS pressure, only neutron fluence.
C. Incorrect, Plausible but the cooldown alone does not create a flaw, it would only aid in possible propagation if a flaw already existed.
Question Number: 10 Tier: _1 __ Group _1_ QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 040 Steam Line Rupture AK1.04 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Steam Line Rupture: Nil Ductility Temperature Importance Rating: 3.2/3.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.8 10CFR55.43.b:
O. Incorrect, Plausible since RT-NOT does change over life, but NOT does not vary based on RCS pressure, only neutron fluence.
Not applicable KIA Match: this questions tests whether the candidate is knowledgeable about NOT and how the RED path temperature, based on rapid cooldown, applies to RT-NDT and whether pressure affects RT-NDT. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           10 Tier:   _1__ Group _1_
 
KIA:       040 Steam Line Rupture AK1.04 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Steam Line Rupture:
Proposed references to be provided:
Nil Ductility Temperature Importance Rating:         3.2/3.6 10 CFR Part 55:           41.8 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       this questions tests whether the candidate is knowledgeable about NOT and how the RED path temperature, based on rapid cooldown, applies to RT-NDT and whether pressure affects RT-NDT.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 EPM-3-FR-0, Basis Document For FR-P.1 Pressurized Thermal Shock, Rev 4. FR-P.1, Pressurized Thermal Shock, Rev 13. 1-FR-0, Status Trees, Rev 1 None OPL271 FR-P.1 obj 2 x from WBN bank (FR-P.1-B.2.B 001) Source If Barue WBN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 10 Tier: _1 __ Group _1_ QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 040 Steam Line Rupture AK1.04 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Steam Line Rupture: Nil Ductility Temperature Importance Rating: 3.2/3.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.8 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: this questions tests whether the candidate is knowledgeable about NOT and how the RED path temperature, based on rapid cooldown, applies to RT-NDT and whether pressure affects RT-NDT. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EPM-3-FR-0, Basis Document For FR-P.1 Pressurized Thermal Shock, Rev 4.
FR-P.1, Pressurized Thermal Shock, Rev 13.
1-FR-0, Status Trees, Rev 1 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 FR-P.1 obj 2 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              from WBN bank (FR-P.1-B.2.B 001)
Comments:
Source:            BANK                            Source If Barue WBN Cognitive Level:  LOWER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 054 AG2.1.31 011 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 at 6% power, startup in progress in accordance with GO-4, "Power Ascension from Less than 5 Percent Reactor Power to 30%
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Reactor Power."
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
    - The MFW Bypass Reg valves are controlling steam generator levels in AUTO.
RO Date: 212010 EPM-3-FR-0, Basis Document For FR-P.1 Pressurized Thermal Shock, Rev 4. FR-P.1, Pressurized Thermal Shock, Rev 13. 1-FR-0, Status Trees, Rev 1 None OPL271 FR-P.1 obj 2 x from WBN bank (FR-P.1-B.2.B 001) Source If Barue WBN Difficulty:
Main Feed Pump (MFP) 1A in service.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 054 AG2.1.31 011 Given the following:
Motor Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps have been stopped and placed in A-P AUTO.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 at 6% power, startup in progress in accordance with GO-4, "Power Ascension from Less than 5 Percent Reactor Power to 30% Reactor Power." -The MFW Bypass Reg valves are controlling steam generator levels in AUTO. Main Feed Pump (MFP) 1A in service. Motor Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps have been stopped and placed in A-P AUTO. -An inadvertent Feedwater Isolation occurs. Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the MFW Bypass Reg Valves and the expected SG level trend? A. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be closed; SG levels rising. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be closed; SG levels lowering.
    - An inadvertent Feedwater Isolation occurs.
C. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be opening; SG levels rising. D. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be opening; SG levels lowering.
Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the MFW Bypass Reg Valves and the expected SG level trend?
054 AG2.1.31 011 Given the following:
A. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be closed; SG levels rising.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 at 6% power, startup in progress in accordance with GO-4, "Power Ascension from Less than 5 Percent Reactor Power to 30% Reactor Power." -The MFW Bypass Reg valves are controlling steam generator levels in AUTO. Main Feed Pump (MFP) 1A in service. Motor Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps have been stopped and placed in A-P AUTO. -An inadvertent Feedwater Isolation occurs. Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the MFW Bypass Reg Valves and the expected SG level trend? A. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be closed; SG levels rising. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be closed; SG levels lowering.
B~  MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be closed; SG levels lowering.
C. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be opening; SG levels rising. D. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be opening; SG levels lowering.
C. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be opening; SG levels rising.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, The valves would be closed due to the FWI, even with the SG levels dropping and Bypass reg valve controllers sending signal to open the valves. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1 B having control power on its trip bus and being in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power level above the capability of AFW , the levels would continue to drop. A reactor trip would be required, following by a transition to ES-O. 1 where the plant would be stabilized.
D. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be opening; SG levels lowering.
Plausible because all the AFW pumps would be running however the power level is greater than the capacity of the pumps. B. Correct, The valves would be closed due to the FWI, even with the SG levels dropping and Bypass reg valve controllers sending signal to open the valves. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1 B having control power on its trip bus and being in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power level above the capability of AFW, the levels would continue to drop. C. Incorrect, Due to SG levels dropping, Bypass reg valve controllers would be a sending signal to open the valves but the FWI would have the valves closed. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1 B having control power on its trip bus and be in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped which starts AFW pumps. Plausible because the bypass reg valve would normally be responding to the low S/G levels by modulating opening. Because there is a FWI valve downstream, the candidate may not realize the bypass reg valve is also isolated and because the AFW system does not have the capacity to maintain SG levels. D. Incorrect, Due to SG levels dropping, Bypass reg valve controllers would be sending a signal to open the valves but the FWI would have the valves closed. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1 B having control power on its trip bus and be in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped which starts AFW pumps. Plausible because the bypass reg valve would normally be responding to the low S/G levels by modulating opening. Because there is a FWI valve downstream, the candidate may not realize the bypass reg valve is also isolated.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, The valves would be closed due to the FWI, even with the SG levels dropping and Bypass reg valve controllers sending signal to open the valves. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1 B having control power on its trip bus and being in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power level above the capability of AFW , the levels would continue to drop. A reactor trip would be required, following by a transition to ES-O. 1 where the plant would be stabilized.
Plausible because all the AFW pumps would be running however the power level is greater than the capacity of the pumps. B. Correct, The valves would be closed due to the FWI, even with the SG levels dropping and Bypass reg valve controllers sending signal to open the valves. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1 B having control power on its trip bus and being in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power level above the capability of AFW, the levels would continue to drop. C. Incorrect, Due to SG levels dropping, Bypass reg valve controllers would be a sending signal to open the valves but the FWI would have the valves closed. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1 B having control power on its trip bus and be in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped which starts AFW pumps. Plausible because the bypass reg valve would normally be responding to the low S/G levels by modulating opening. Because there is a FWI valve downstream, the candidate may not realize the bypass reg valve is also isolated and because the AFW system does not have the capacity to maintain SG levels. D. Incorrect, Due to SG levels dropping, Bypass reg valve controllers would be sending a signal to open the valves but the FWI would have the valves closed. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1 B having control power on its trip bus and be in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped which starts AFW pumps. Plausible because the bypass reg valve would normally be responding to the low S/G levels by modulating opening. Because there is a FWI valve downstream, the candidate may not realize the bypass reg valve is also isolated.
Question Number: 11 Tier: _1__ Group 1 KIA: 054 AG 2.1.31 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Loss of Main Feedwater Ability to locate control room switches, controls and indications, and to determine that they correctly reflect the desired plant conditions.
Importance Rating: 4.6/4.3 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the expected response MFW valves following an inadvertant feedwater isolation.
Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, The valves would be closed due to the FWI, even with the SG levels dropping and Bypass reg valve controllers sending signal to open the valves. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and being in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power level above the capability of AFW , the levels would continue to drop. A reactor trip would be required, following by a transition to ES-O. 1 where the plant would be stabilized. Plausible because all the AFW pumps would be running however the power level is greater than the capacity of the pumps.
B. Correct, The valves would be closed due to the FWI, even with the SG levels dropping and Bypass reg valve controllers sending signal to open the valves. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and being in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power level above the capability of AFW, the levels would continue to drop.
C. Incorrect, Due to SG levels dropping, Bypass reg valve controllers would be a sending signal to open the valves but the FWI would have the valves closed. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and be in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped which starts AFW pumps.
Plausible because the bypass reg valve would normally be responding to the low S/G levels by modulating opening. Because there is a FWI valve downstream, the candidate may not realize the bypass reg valve is also isolated and because the AFW system does not have the capacity to maintain SG levels.
D. Incorrect, Due to SG levels dropping, Bypass reg valve controllers would be sending a signal to open the valves but the FWI would have the valves closed. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and be in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped which starts AFW pumps.
Plausible because the bypass reg valve would normally be responding to the low S/G levels by modulating opening. Because there is a FWI valve downstream, the candidate may not realize the bypass reg valve is also isolated.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:             11 Tier:   _1__ Group           1 KIA:       054 AG 2.1.31 Loss of Main Feedwater Ability to locate control room switches, controls and indications, and to determine that they correctly reflect the desired plant conditions.
Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:           4.6/4.3 10 CFR Part 55:           41.10 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the expected response MFW valves following an inadvertant feedwater isolation.
Question Source: New AOP-S.1, Loss of Normal Feedwater, Rev 14 None OPT200.MFW-BA, OPL271AOP-S.01 B2 Modified Bank X Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 modified from a question on the SRO portion of 2008 ILT exam Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 11 Tier: _1__ Group 1 KIA: 054 AG 2.1.31 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Loss of Main Feedwater Ability to locate control room switches, controls and indications, and to determine that they correctly reflect the desired plant conditions.
Importance Rating: 4.6/4.3 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the expected response MFW valves following an inadvertant feedwater isolation.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-S.1, Loss of Normal Feedwater, Rev 14 Proposed references              None to be provided:
Learning Objective:              OPT200.MFW-BA, OPL271AOP-S.01 B2 Question Source:
New Modified Bank          X Bank Question History:                modified from a question on the SRO portion of 2008 ILT exam Comments:
Source:            BANK MOD                        Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:    HIGHER                          Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 056 AK3.01 012 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Time               Event o seconds         Loss of all Offsite Power 13.5 seconds        LOCA resulting in Safety Injection (SI)
Question Source: New AOP-S.1, Loss of Normal Feedwater, Rev 14 None OPT200.MFW-BA, OPL271AOP-S.01 B2 Modified Bank X Bank Question History: Comments:
Assuming all equipment operates as designed, which ONE of the following describes ...
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
(1) the conditions at the time of the SI signal and (2) the expected automatic actions following the SI signal?
RO Date: 2/2010 modified from a question on the SRO portion of 2008 ILT exam Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
CONDITIONS                     EXPECTED AUTOMATIC ACTIONS A. CCPs tripped                       CCP Pumps sequence on -2 seconds due to blackout.                  after shutdown board voltage is restored.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 056 AK3.01 012 Given the following:
B. CCPs tripped                      CCPs sequence on -2 seconds after the due to blackout.                 SI signal is received.
Time o seconds 13.5 seconds QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Event Loss of all Offsite Power LOCA resulting in Safety Injection (SI) Assuming all equipment operates as designed, which ONE of the following describes  
C. ERCW pumps tripped                 Selected ERCW pumps sequence on due to blackout.                 -15 seconds after shutdown board voltage is restored.
... (1) the conditions at the time of the SI signal and (2) the expected automatic actions following the SI signal? CONDITIONS A. CCPs tripped due to blackout.
D'f ERCW pumps tripped                Selected ERCW pumps sequence on due to blackout.                   -15 seconds after the SI signal is received.
B. CCPs tripped due to blackout.
C. ERCW pumps tripped due to blackout.
D'f ERCW pumps tripped due to blackout.
EXPECTED AUTOMATIC ACTIONS CCP Pumps sequence on -2 seconds after shutdown board voltage is restored.
CCPs sequence on -2 seconds after the SI signal is received.
Selected ERCW pumps sequence on -15 seconds after shutdown board voltage is restored.
Selected ERCW pumps sequence on -15 seconds after the SI signal is received.
056 AK3.01 012 Given the following:
Time o seconds 13.5 seconds QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Event Loss of all Offsite Power LOCA resulting in Safety Injection (SI) Assuming all equipment operates as designed, which ONE of the following describes
... (1) the conditions at the time of the SI signal and (2) the expected automatic actions following the SI signal? CONDITIONS A. CCPs tripped due to blackout.
B. CCPs tripped due to blackout.
C. ERCW pumps tripped due to blackout.
D'f ERCW pumps tripped due to blackout.
EXPECTED AUTOMATIC ACTIONS CCP Pumps sequence on -2 seconds after shutdown board voltage is restored.
CCPs sequence on -2 seconds after the SI signal is received.
Selected ERCW pumps sequence on -15 seconds after shutdown board voltage is restored.
Selected ERCW pumps sequence on -15 seconds after the SI signal is received.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, the CCP pumps do strip initially but have already sequenced back on at time 2 seconds and will not strip again on a SI signal alone. The CPPs do sequence on 2 seconds after SO board voltage is restored, however in this case they will not re-sequence on with the SI. This distracter is plausible because CCPs do strip and do sequence on in 2 seconds with a 80 signal. 8. Incorrect, the CCP pumps do strip initially but have already sequenced back on at time 2 seconds and will not strip again on a SI signal alone. The CPPs do sequence on 2 seconds after SO board voltage is restored, however in this case they will not re-sequence on with the SI. This distractor is plausible because CCPs do strip and do sequence on in 2 seconds but not with the SI. C. Incorrect, ERCW pumps strip on 80 and sequence on at time 15 seconds. The second part of this distracter is incorrect as the timer resets and the ERCW will start 15 seconds after the SI signal is developed.
This is plausible as the first part of the distracter is correct and the pump does sequence on in 15 seconds. O. Correct, ERCW pumps strip on 80 and sequence on at time 15 seconds. Having not started before the SI signal is actuated caused the timer to reset and start 15 seconds after the SI signal is developed.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, the CCP pumps do strip initially but have already sequenced back on at time 2 seconds and will not strip again on a SI signal alone. The CPPs do sequence on 2 seconds after SO board voltage is restored, however in this case they will not re-sequence on with the SI. This distracter is plausible because CCPs do strip and do sequence on in 2 seconds with a 80 signal. 8. Incorrect, the CCP pumps do strip initially but have already sequenced back on at time 2 seconds and will not strip again on a SI signal alone. The CPPs do sequence on 2 seconds after SO board voltage is restored, however in this case they will not re-sequence on with the SI. This distractor is plausible because CCPs do strip and do sequence on in 2 seconds but not with the SI. C. Incorrect, ERCW pumps strip on 80 and sequence on at time 15 seconds. The second part of this distracter is incorrect as the timer resets and the ERCW will start 15 seconds after the SI signal is developed.
This is plausible as the first part of the distracter is correct and the pump does sequence on in 15 seconds. O. Correct, ERCW pumps strip on 80 and sequence on at time 15 seconds. Having not started before the SI signal is actuated caused the timer to reset and start 15 seconds after the SI signal is developed.
Question Number: 12 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _1_ Group _1_ KIA: 056 AK3.01, Loss of Offsite Power: Knowledge of the reasons for the following as they apply to the loss of Offsite Power: Order and time to initiation of power for the load sequencer.
Importance Rating: 3.5/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/41.10/45.6/45.13 10CFR55.43.b:
KIA Match: This question matches KIA by having candidate determine the Status of CCPs and ERCW pumps following a loss of offsite power and a subsequent SI and the expected timed sequence for restart of the equipment.
Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, the CCP pumps do strip initially but have already sequenced back on at time 2 seconds and will not strip again on a SI signal alone. The CPPs do sequence on 2 seconds after SO board voltage is restored, however in this case they will not re-sequence on with the SI. This distracter is plausible because CCPs do strip and do sequence on in 2 seconds with a 80 signal.
: 8. Incorrect, the CCP pumps do strip initially but have already sequenced back on at time 2 seconds and will not strip again on a SI signal alone. The CPPs do sequence on 2 seconds after SO board voltage is restored, however in this case they will not re-sequence on with the SI. This distractor is plausible because CCPs do strip and do sequence on in 2 seconds but not with the SI.
C. Incorrect, ERCW pumps strip on 80 and sequence on at time 15 seconds. The second part of this distracter is incorrect as the timer resets and the ERCW will start 15 seconds after the SI signal is developed. This is plausible as the first part of the distracter is correct and the pump does sequence on in 15 seconds.
O. Correct, ERCW pumps strip on 80 and sequence on at time 15 seconds. Having not started before the SI signal is actuated caused the timer to reset and start 15 seconds after the SI signal is developed.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:            12 Tier:   _1_ Group _1_
Learning Objective:
KIA:       056 AK3.01, Loss of Offsite Power:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Knowledge of the reasons for the following as they apply to the loss of Offsite Power: Order and time to initiation of power for the load sequencer.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
Importance Rating:         3.5/3.9 10 CFR Part 55:           41.5/41.10/45.6/45.13 10CFR55.43.b:
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-P.01, Loss of Offsite Power, Rev 24, App. B 1 ,2-45N765-12 R4 1 ,2-45N765-15 R24 1 ,2-45N765-3 R22 None OPT200.DG Obj B.4.f & i OPT200.RPS, Obj B.4.f & i x Modified question by changing distracter
KIA Match:       This question matches KIA by having candidate determine the Status of CCPs and ERCW pumps following a loss of offsite power and a subsequent SI and the expected timed sequence for restart of the equipment.
'A' to refer to CCP as well to achieve psychometic balance. Source If Bank: SQNBANK Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 12 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _1_ Group _1_ KIA: 056 AK3.01, Loss of Offsite Power: Knowledge of the reasons for the following as they apply to the loss of Offsite Power: Order and time to initiation of power for the load sequencer.
Importance Rating: 3.5/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/41.10/45.6/45.13 10CFR55.43.b:
KIA Match: This question matches KIA by having candidate determine the Status of CCPs and ERCW pumps following a loss of offsite power and a subsequent SI and the expected timed sequence for restart of the equipment.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-P.01, Loss of Offsite Power, Rev 24, App. B 1 ,2-45N765-12 R4 1 ,2-45N765-15 R24 1 ,2-45N765-3 R22 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.DG Obj B.4.f & i OPT200.RPS, Obj B.4.f & i Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:
Comments:                      Modified question by changing distracter 'A' to refer to CCP as well to achieve psychometic balance.
Source:            BANK                              Source If Bank: SQNBANK Cognitive Level: LOWER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 057 AA2.16 013 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
    - Unit 1 is at 100% RTP.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
    - A loss of the 120V Vital instrument Power Board 1-11 occurs.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
    - Pressurizer Level Control Level Selector Switch is in the 339/320 position.
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-P.01, Loss of Offsite Power, Rev 24, App. B 1 ,2-45N765-12 R4 1 ,2-45N765-15 R24 1 ,2-45N765-3 R22 None OPT200.DG Obj B.4.f & i OPT200.RPS, Obj B.4.f & i x Modified question by changing distracter
Which one of the following describes the actions required to control CVCS?
'A' to refer to CCP as well to achieve psychometic balance. Source If Bank: SQNBANK Difficulty:
Take manual control of A'! 1-FCV-62-93, Charging Flow Control Valve, to control pressurizer level at 25%.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 057 AA2.16 013 Given the following:
B. 1-FCV-62-93, Charging Flow Control Valve, to control pressurizer level at 60%.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam -Unit 1 is at 100% RTP. -A loss of the 120V Vital instrument Power Board 1-11 occurs. -Pressurizer Level Control Level Selector Switch is in the 339/320 position.
C. 1-FCV-62-89, Charging Seal Water Flow Control Valve, to reduce seal injection to less than 11 gpm.
Which one of the following describes the actions required to control CVCS? Take manual control of -------------------
D. 1-FCV-62-89, Charging Seal Water Flow Control Valve, to control seal injection greater than 6 gpm.
A'! 1-FCV-62-93, Charging Flow Control Valve, to control pressurizer level at 25%. B. 1-FCV-62-93, Charging Flow Control Valve, to control pressurizer level at 60%. C. 1-FCV-62-89, Charging Seal Water Flow Control Valve, to reduce seal injection to less than 11 gpm. D. 1-FCV-62-89, Charging Seal Water Flow Control Valve, to control seal injection greater than 6 gpm. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct. Charging flow controller 1-HIC-62-93 will not function in automatic.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Therefore, the operator must take manual control to reduce charging flow to lower pressurizer level to -25% since this is no-load program level following a Reactor Trip. B. Incorrect.
A. Correct. Charging flow controller 1-HIC-62-93 will not function in automatic.
Rx trip would occur thus PZR level would be maintianed at 25%, not 60% which is normal level. Plausible if candidate does not realize the required PZR level to maintain for plant conditions.
Therefore, the operator must take manual control to reduce charging flow to lower pressurizer level to - 25% since this is no-load program level following a Reactor Trip.
C. Incorrect.
B. Incorrect. Rx trip would occur thus PZR level would be maintianed at 25%, not 60% which is normal level. Plausible if candidate does not realize the required PZR level to maintain for plant conditions.
Seal injection flow control valve is not affected by a loss of the 1-1/ board. Plausible because this valve is affected by a loss of the 1-1 board. D. Incorrect.
C. Incorrect. Seal injection flow control valve is not affected by a loss of the 1-1/
Seal injection flow control valve is not affected by a loss of the 1-1/ board. Plausible because this valve is affected by a loss of the 1-1 board. 057 AA2.16 013 Given the following:
board. Plausible because this valve is affected by a loss of the 1-1 board.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam -Unit 1 is at 100% RTP. -A loss of the 120V Vital instrument Power Board 1-11 occurs. -Pressurizer Level Control Level Selector Switch is in the 339/320 position.
D. Incorrect. Seal injection flow control valve is not affected by a loss of the 1-1/
Which one of the following describes the actions required to control CVCS? Take manual control of -------------------
board. Plausible because this valve is affected by a loss of the 1-1 board.
A'! 1-FCV-62-93, Charging Flow Control Valve, to control pressurizer level at 25%. B. 1-FCV-62-93, Charging Flow Control Valve, to control pressurizer level at 60%. C. 1-FCV-62-89, Charging Seal Water Flow Control Valve, to reduce seal injection to less than 11 gpm. D. 1-FCV-62-89, Charging Seal Water Flow Control Valve, to control seal injection greater than 6 gpm. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct. Charging flow controller 1-HIC-62-93 will not function in automatic.
Therefore, the operator must take manual control to reduce charging flow to lower pressurizer level to -25% since this is no-load program level following a Reactor Trip. B. Incorrect.
Rx trip would occur thus PZR level would be maintianed at 25%, not 60% which is normal level. Plausible if candidate does not realize the required PZR level to maintain for plant conditions.
C. Incorrect.
Seal injection flow control valve is not affected by a loss of the 1-1/ board. Plausible because this valve is affected by a loss of the 1-1 board. D. Incorrect.
Seal injection flow control valve is not affected by a loss of the 1-1/ board. Plausible because this valve is affected by a loss of the 1-1 board.
Question Number: 13 Tier: _1 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 057 Loss of Vital AC Instrumentation Bus AA2.16 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrumentation Bus: Normal and abnormal PZR level for various modes of operation.
Importance Rating: 3.0/3.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the loss of a vital AC instrument bus has on the automatic PZR level control system and valves. Technical
 
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           13 Tier:   _1__ Group         1 KIA:       057 Loss of Vital AC Instrumentation Bus AA2.16 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrumentation Bus:
Learning Objective:
Normal and abnormal PZR level for various modes of operation.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Importance Rating:         3.0/3.1 10 CFR Part 55:           41.10 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the loss of a vital AC instrument bus has on the automatic PZR level control system and valves.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Technical  
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-P.03, Loss of Unit 1 Vital Instrumetn Power Board, Rev 21 None OPL271 AOP-P.03 Obj 3, 10 x New for 2008 class Source If Banle SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 13 Tier: _1 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 057 Loss of Vital AC Instrumentation Bus AA2.16 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrumentation Bus: Normal and abnormal PZR level for various modes of operation.
Importance Rating: 3.0/3.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the loss of a vital AC instrument bus has on the automatic PZR level control system and valves. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-P.03, Loss of Unit 1 Vital Instrumetn Power Board, Rev 21 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 AOP-P.03 Obj 3, 10 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              New for 2008 class Comments:
Source:            BANK                            Source If Banle  SQN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                          Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 062 AG2.4.9 014 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Both Units are operating at 100% rated thermal power.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
If a total loss of ERCW occurred, which ONE of the following describes the Shutdown / Cooldown strategy in AOP-M.01, "Loss of Essential Raw Cooling Water?"
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
A. Trip both Units, implement E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection" and place the units in Mode 5.
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-P.03, Loss of Unit 1 Vital Instrumetn Power Board, Rev 21 None OPL271 AOP-P.03 Obj 3, 10 x New for 2008 class Source If Banle SQN Difficulty:
B. Enter T.S 3.0.3 on Both Units, Commence a Shutdown on Both Units, concurrently, using O-GO-5, "Normal Power Operation."
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 062 AG2.4.9 014 Given the following:
C. Enter T.S 3.0.3 on Both Units, Perform a rapid shutdown on each unit, one at a time, using AOP-C.03, "Rapid Shutdown or Load Reduction."
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Both Units are operating at 100% rated thermal power. If a total loss of ERCW occurred, which ONE of the following describes the Shutdown / Cooldown strategy in AOP-M.01, "Loss of Essential Raw Cooling Water?" A. Trip both Units, implement E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection" and place the units in Mode 5. B. Enter T.S 3.0.3 on Both Units, Commence a Shutdown on Both Units, concurrently, using O-GO-5, "Normal Power Operation." C. Enter T.S 3.0.3 on Both Units, Perform a rapid shutdown on each unit, one at a time, using AOP-C.03, "Rapid Shutdown or Load Reduction." Trip both Units, do NOT implement E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection," perform cooldown as directed by AOP-M.01.
D~  Trip both Units, do NOT implement E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection," perform cooldown as directed by AOP-M.01.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since a loss of flow in both trains of ERCW would affect both units, however specific guideance in AOP-M01 informs the operators not implement E-O. B. Incorrect, Plausible since loss of both ERCW trains would put both units in Tech Spec 3.0.3. This would require both units to be shutdown, AOP-M01 directs the operators to trip the units, not just do a controlled shutdown to Hot Standby. C. Incorrect, Plausible since loss of both ERCW trains would put both units in Tech Spec 3.0.3. This would require both units to be shutdown, AOP-M01 directs the operators to trip the units, not just do a controlled shutdown to Hot Standby. D. Correct, Per the direction in AOP-M01 sect 2.12 Trip both Units, do not implement E-O strategy but stay in AOP-M01, perform cooldown as directed by AOP unless directed otherwise by TSC . 062 AG2.4.9 014 Given the following:
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Both Units are operating at 100% rated thermal power. If a total loss of ERCW occurred, which ONE of the following describes the Shutdown / Cooldown strategy in AOP-M.01, "Loss of Essential Raw Cooling Water?" A. Trip both Units, implement E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection" and place the units in Mode 5. B. Enter T.S 3.0.3 on Both Units, Commence a Shutdown on Both Units, concurrently, using O-GO-5, "Normal Power Operation." C. Enter T.S 3.0.3 on Both Units, Perform a rapid shutdown on each unit, one at a time, using AOP-C.03, "Rapid Shutdown or Load Reduction." Trip both Units, do NOT implement E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection," perform cooldown as directed by AOP-M.01.
A. Incorrect, Plausible since a loss of flow in both trains of ERCW would affect both units, however specific guideance in AOP-M01 informs the operators not implement E-O.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since a loss of flow in both trains of ERCW would affect both units, however specific guideance in AOP-M01 informs the operators not implement E-O. B. Incorrect, Plausible since loss of both ERCW trains would put both units in Tech Spec 3.0.3. This would require both units to be shutdown, AOP-M01 directs the operators to trip the units, not just do a controlled shutdown to Hot Standby. C. Incorrect, Plausible since loss of both ERCW trains would put both units in Tech Spec 3.0.3. This would require both units to be shutdown, AOP-M01 directs the operators to trip the units, not just do a controlled shutdown to Hot Standby. D. Correct, Per the direction in AOP-M01 sect 2.12 Trip both Units, do not implement E-O strategy but stay in AOP-M01, perform cooldown as directed by AOP unless directed otherwise by TSC .
B. Incorrect, Plausible since loss of both ERCW trains would put both units in Tech Spec 3.0.3. This would require both units to be shutdown, AOP-M01 directs the operators to trip the units, not just do a controlled shutdown to Hot Standby.
Question Number: 14 Tier: _1_ Group 1 KIA: 062 AG 2.4.9 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Loss of Nuclear Service Water .9 Knowledge of low power/ shutdown implications in accident (e.g., Loss of coolant accident or loss of residual heat removal) mitigation strategies.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since loss of both ERCW trains would put both units in Tech Spec 3.0.3. This would require both units to be shutdown, AOP-M01 directs the operators to trip the units, not just do a controlled shutdown to Hot Standby.
Importance Rating: 3.8/4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
D. Correct, Per the direction in AOP-M01 sect 2.12 Trip both Units, do not implement E-O strategy but stay in AOP-M01, perform cooldown as directed by AOP unless directed otherwise by TSC .
Not applicable KIA Match: This questions asks the candidate about accident mitigation strategy within AOP-M.01 for a loss of both trains of ERCW (this is essentially a loss of the ultimate heat for plant components.
Technical
 
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           14 Tier:   _1_ Group         1 KIA:       062 AG 2.4.9 Loss of Nuclear Service Water
Learning Objective:
          .9 Knowledge of low power/ shutdown implications in accident (e.g., Loss of coolant accident or loss of residual heat removal) mitigation strategies.
Question Source: AOP-M.01, Loss of Essential Raw Cooling Water, Rev 20 None OPL271AOP-M.01 obj 5 New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Importance Rating:         3.8/4.2 10 CFR Part 55:         41.10 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:       This questions asks the candidate about accident mitigation strategy within AOP-M.01 for a loss of both trains of ERCW (this is essentially a loss of the ultimate heat for plant components.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 14 Tier: _1_ Group 1 KIA: 062 AG 2.4.9 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Loss of Nuclear Service Water .9 Knowledge of low power/ shutdown implications in accident (e.g., Loss of coolant accident or loss of residual heat removal) mitigation strategies.
Importance Rating: 3.8/4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This questions asks the candidate about accident mitigation strategy within AOP-M.01 for a loss of both trains of ERCW (this is essentially a loss of the ultimate heat for plant components.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-M.01, Loss of Essential Raw Cooling Water, Rev 20 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271AOP-M.01 obj 5 Question Source:
New                  X Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:          NEW                                Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 065 AK3.04 015 Which ONE of the following identifies the pressure that Aux Air Compressor 8-8 starts and O-FCV-32-85 "Train 8 Control Air Supply" closes on a loss of pressure in the Control & Service Air system and why?
Learning Objective:
A"I 8-8 starts at 77 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 69 psig to ensure A8GTS will have a reliable source of instrument air under all design basis accident conditions.
Question Source: AOP-M.01, Loss of Essential Raw Cooling Water, Rev 20 None OPL271AOP-M.01 obj 5 New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 065 AK3.04 015 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Which ONE of the following identifies the pressure that Aux Air Compressor 8-8 starts and O-FCV-32-85 "Train 8 Control Air Supply" closes on a loss of pressure in the Control & Service Air system and why? A"I 8-8 starts at 77 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 69 psig to ensure A8GTS will have a reliable source of instrument air under all design basis accident conditions.  
: 8. 8-8 starts at 77 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 50 psig to ensure that a leak in the Essential air header in CNMT will not effect the Control Room Vent Dampers during accident conditions.
: 8. 8-8 starts at 77 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 50 psig to ensure that a leak in the Essential air header in CNMT will not effect the Control Room Vent Dampers during accident conditions.
C. 8-8 starts at 90 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 69 psig to ensure that a reliable source of air is provided to the MFW regulation valves during all postulated transient conditions.
C. 8-8 starts at 90 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 69 psig to ensure that a reliable source of air is provided to the MFW regulation valves during all postulated transient conditions.
D. 8-8 starts at 90 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 88 psig to ensure that a reliable source of breathing air provided to personnel working in airborne contaminated environments.
D. 8-8 starts at 90 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 88 psig to ensure that a reliable source of breathing air provided to personnel working in airborne contaminated environments.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, Aux air compressor B-B starts at 77 psig to supplement the normal supply of essential air on deceaseing pressure.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
If supply pressure continues to lower, at 69 psig,0-FCV-32-85 closes to isolate the normal control air supply to B essental air header to ensure that non-essential air and essential air are seperated and essential air is supplied solely from B-B aux compressor.
A. Correct, Aux air compressor B-B starts at 77 psig to supplement the normal supply of essential air on deceaseing pressure. If supply pressure continues to lower, at 69 psig,0-FCV-32-85 closes to isolate the normal control air supply to B essental air header to ensure that non-essential air and essential air are seperated and essential air is supplied solely from B-B aux compressor. This is the design basis accident operation of the system.
This is the design basis accident operation of the system. B. Incorrect, Plausible since the Aux compressor start pressure is correct, the isolation pressure wrong. This isolation pressure is associated with the Auto isolation of Essential and non-essential air to CNMT, thus making the reason for 50 psig correct however a different valve closes at 50 psig. C. Incorrect, Plausible since this is the start pressure of the standby control air compressor.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since the Aux compressor start pressure is correct, the isolation pressure wrong. This isolation pressure is associated with the Auto isolation of Essential and non-essential air to CNMT, thus making the reason for 50 psig correct however a different valve closes at 50 psig.
If candidate associates the reason with standby air compressors which do supply the MFW reg valves. D. Incorrect, Plausible since the candidate may apply the normal start pressure of the standby control air compressor.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since this is the start pressure of the standby control air compressor. If candidate associates the reason with standby air compressors which do supply the MFW reg valves.
Also the isolation pressure is wrong but plausible since this is the isolation pressure for Service air system which also supplies Breathing air. 065 AK3.04 015 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Which ONE of the following identifies the pressure that Aux Air Compressor 8-8 starts and O-FCV-32-85 "Train 8 Control Air Supply" closes on a loss of pressure in the Control & Service Air system and why? A"I 8-8 starts at 77 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 69 psig to ensure A8GTS will have a reliable source of instrument air under all design basis accident conditions.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since the candidate may apply the normal start pressure of the standby control air compressor. Also the isolation pressure is wrong but plausible since this is the isolation pressure for Service air system which also supplies Breathing air.
: 8. 8-8 starts at 77 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 50 psig to ensure that a leak in the Essential air header in CNMT will not effect the Control Room Vent Dampers during accident conditions.
C. 8-8 starts at 90 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 69 psig to ensure that a reliable source of air is provided to the MFW regulation valves during all postulated transient conditions.
D. 8-8 starts at 90 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 88 psig to ensure that a reliable source of breathing air provided to personnel working in airborne contaminated environments.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, Aux air compressor B-B starts at 77 psig to supplement the normal supply of essential air on deceaseing pressure.
If supply pressure continues to lower, at 69 psig,0-FCV-32-85 closes to isolate the normal control air supply to B essental air header to ensure that non-essential air and essential air are seperated and essential air is supplied solely from B-B aux compressor.
This is the design basis accident operation of the system. B. Incorrect, Plausible since the Aux compressor start pressure is correct, the isolation pressure wrong. This isolation pressure is associated with the Auto isolation of Essential and non-essential air to CNMT, thus making the reason for 50 psig correct however a different valve closes at 50 psig. C. Incorrect, Plausible since this is the start pressure of the standby control air compressor.
If candidate associates the reason with standby air compressors which do supply the MFW reg valves. D. Incorrect, Plausible since the candidate may apply the normal start pressure of the standby control air compressor.
Also the isolation pressure is wrong but plausible since this is the isolation pressure for Service air system which also supplies Breathing air.
Question Number: 15 Tier: _1 __ Group 1 KIA: 065 AK3.04 Loss of Instrument Air QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam AK3.04 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air: Cross-over to backup air supplies.
Importance Rating: 3.0/3.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine at which pressure the Aux Air compressor starts and when essential air is isolated from normal control air Technical
 
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           15 Tier:   _1__ Group         1 KIA:       065 AK3.04 Loss of Instrument Air AK3.04 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air:
Learning Objective:
Cross-over to backup air supplies.
Question Source: OPT200.CSA, Rev 3 AOP-M.02, Loss of Control Air, Rev 14 None OPT200.CSA B4.c, e & g New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Importance Rating:         3.0/3.2 10 CFR Part 55:         41.5 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine at which pressure the Aux Air compressor starts and when essential air is isolated from normal control air Technical  
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 developed for 02/10 NRC exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 15 Tier: _1 __ Group 1 KIA: 065 AK3.04 Loss of Instrument Air QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam AK3.04 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air: Cross-over to backup air supplies.
Importance Rating: 3.0/3.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine at which pressure the Aux Air compressor starts and when essential air is isolated from normal control air Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
OPT200.CSA, Rev 3 AOP-M.02, Loss of Control Air, Rev 14 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.CSA B4.c, e & g Question Source:
New                  X Modified Bank Bank Question History:              developed for 02/10 NRC exam Comments:
Source:          NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level: LOWER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 077 AG2.2.44 016 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 is operating at 100% rated thermal power.
Question Source: OPT200.CSA, Rev 3 AOP-M.02, Loss of Control Air, Rev 14 None OPT200.CSA B4.c, e & g New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Alarm A-6 on 1-XA-55-1A, liGEN EXCITER FIELD OVERCURRENT" has just been received.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
The generator voltage regulator is taken to manual in an attempt to stabilize main generator output.
RO Date: 2/2010 developed for 02/10 NRC exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
The Nuclear Offsite Power - Grid Status Forecast for Sequoyah is currently Green (no offsite power risks exist for Sequoyah).
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 077 AG2.2.44 016 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is operating at 100% rated thermal power. Alarm A-6 on 1-XA-55-1A, liGEN EXCITER FIELD OVERCURRENT" has just been received.
The generator voltage regulator is taken to manual in an attempt to stabilize main generator output. The Nuclear Offsite Power -Grid Status Forecast for Sequoyah is currently Green (no offsite power risks exist for Sequoyah).
Which ONE of the following identifies the maximum generator output voltage allowed and if the South East Load Dispatcher (SELD) needs to be notified?
Which ONE of the following identifies the maximum generator output voltage allowed and if the South East Load Dispatcher (SELD) needs to be notified?
A:I Maximum Gen voltage is 24.8 kV, SELD needs to be notified immediately if the generator voltage regulator is taken to manual. B. Maximum Gen voltage is 22.8 kV, SELD needs to be notified immediately to evaluate off-site voltage power requirements.
A:I Maximum Gen voltage is 24.8 kV, SELD needs to be notified immediately if the generator voltage regulator is taken to manual.
B. Maximum Gen voltage is 22.8 kV, SELD needs to be notified immediately to evaluate off-site voltage power requirements.
C. Maximum Gen voltage is 24.8 kV, SELD needs to be notified only if the generator voltage cannot be stabilized.
C. Maximum Gen voltage is 24.8 kV, SELD needs to be notified only if the generator voltage cannot be stabilized.
D. Maximum Gen voltage is 22.8 kV, SELD does not need to be notified in this case. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, inaccordance with GOI-6 sect F.3.2 maximum generator voltage is 24.8 kV and in accordance with AR-M1-A alarm response 7.2, SELD must be notified if auto voltage regulator is not being used. B. Incorrect, Plausible since the contact information is correct, however 22.8 kV is the minimum voltage not the maximum. C. Incorrect, Plausible since the voltage value is correct and from GOI-6 Section F the load dispatcher is to be notified any time the voltage regulator is taken out of auto. D. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate did not recognize that voltage is minimum vs. maximum, and load dispatcher is to be made aware if voltage regulator taken out of auto. 077 AG2.2.44 016 Given the following:
D. Maximum Gen voltage is 22.8 kV, SELD does not need to be notified in this case.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is operating at 100% rated thermal power. Alarm A-6 on 1-XA-55-1A, liGEN EXCITER FIELD OVERCURRENT" has just been received.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
The generator voltage regulator is taken to manual in an attempt to stabilize main generator output. The Nuclear Offsite Power -Grid Status Forecast for Sequoyah is currently Green (no offsite power risks exist for Sequoyah).
A. Correct, inaccordance with GOI-6 sect F.3.2 maximum generator voltage is 24.8 kV and in accordance with AR-M1-A alarm response 7.2, SELD must be notified if auto voltage regulator is not being used.
Which ONE of the following identifies the maximum generator output voltage allowed and if the South East Load Dispatcher (SELD) needs to be notified?
B. Incorrect, Plausible since the contact information is correct, however 22.8 kV is the minimum voltage not the maximum.
A:I Maximum Gen voltage is 24.8 kV, SELD needs to be notified immediately if the generator voltage regulator is taken to manual. B. Maximum Gen voltage is 22.8 kV, SELD needs to be notified immediately to evaluate off-site voltage power requirements.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since the voltage value is correct and from GOI-6 Section F the load dispatcher is to be notified any time the voltage regulator is taken out of auto.
C. Maximum Gen voltage is 24.8 kV, SELD needs to be notified only if the generator voltage cannot be stabilized.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate did not recognize that voltage is minimum vs.
D. Maximum Gen voltage is 22.8 kV, SELD does not need to be notified in this case. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, inaccordance with GOI-6 sect F.3.2 maximum generator voltage is 24.8 kV and in accordance with AR-M1-A alarm response 7.2, SELD must be notified if auto voltage regulator is not being used. B. Incorrect, Plausible since the contact information is correct, however 22.8 kV is the minimum voltage not the maximum. C. Incorrect, Plausible since the voltage value is correct and from GOI-6 Section F the load dispatcher is to be notified any time the voltage regulator is taken out of auto. D. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate did not recognize that voltage is minimum vs. maximum, and load dispatcher is to be made aware if voltage regulator taken out of auto.
maximum, and load dispatcher is to be made aware if voltage regulator taken out of auto.
Question Number: 16 Tier: 1 Group 1 KIA: 077 AG 2.2.44 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 077 Generator Voltage and Electrical Grid Disturbances AG 2.2.44 Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
 
Importance Rating: 4.2/4.4 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           16 Tier:     1   Group     1 KIA:       077 AG 2.2.44 077 Generator Voltage and Electrical Grid Disturbances AG 2.2.44 Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine what the maximum allowable Gen voltage can be and what actions would be required Technical  
Importance Rating:       4.2/4.4 10 CFR Part 55:         41.5 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine what the maximum allowable Gen voltage can be and what actions would be required Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
GOI-6, Apparatus Operation, Rev 130, Section E, F 1-AR-M-1, Generators and Transformers 1-XA-55-1 A, Rev 41 Proposed references          None to be provided:
Learning Objective:          OPT200.GEN obj 5.b.d Question Source:
New                  x Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:          NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level: HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam WE04 EA2.2 017 Given the following plant conditions:
Learning Objective:
      - A LOCA outside containment has resulted in RCS Subcooling dropping to O°F.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
      - The operating crew is performing the actions of ECA-1.2, "LOCA Outside Containment. "
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
      - Actions are being taken to isolate the leak.
RO Date: 2/2010 GOI-6, Apparatus Operation, Rev 130, Section E, F 1-AR-M-1, Generators and Transformers 1-XA-55-1 A, Rev 41 None OPT200.GEN obj 5.b.d x Source If Bank: Difficulty:
In accordance with ECA-1.2 "LOCA Outside Containment," which ONE of the following actions is required and what would be the indication used to confirm the LOCA has been isolated?
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 16 Tier: 1 Group 1 KIA: 077 AG 2.2.44 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 077 Generator Voltage and Electrical Grid Disturbances AG 2.2.44 Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
A. Isolate SI pump Cold Leg Injection Pressurizer level rising B. Isolate SI pump Cold Leg Injection RCS pressure rising C. Isolate RHR Cold Leg Injection Pressurizer level rising D~  Isolate RHR Cold Leg Injection RCS pressure rising
Importance Rating: 4.2/4.4 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine what the maximum allowable Gen voltage can be and what actions would be required Technical
 
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Learning Objective:
A. Incorrect; Plausible because portions of SI discharge piping have a design pressure of 1750 psig which is - 500 psig below normal system pressure. This is not part of the isolation strategy for ECA-1.2. Also, Pressurizer level rising is plausible since the student could reason that it may be rising if the leak was isolated. The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
B. Incorrect; Plausible because portions of SI discharge piping have a design pressure of 1750 psig which is - 500 psig below normal system pressure. Also the procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method to indicate the leak has been isolated.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
C. Incorrect; Plausible because isolation of RHR Cold Leg injection is a strategy contained in the procedure to isolate a LOCA outside CNMT. Pressurizer level rising is a plausible indication since the student could reason that it may be rising if the leak was isolated. The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.
RO Date: 2/2010 GOI-6, Apparatus Operation, Rev 130, Section E, F 1-AR-M-1, Generators and Transformers 1-XA-55-1 A, Rev 41 None OPT200.GEN obj 5.b.d x Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO WE04 EA2.2 017 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions: -A LOCA outside containment has resulted in RCS Subcooling dropping to O°F. -The operating crew is performing the actions of ECA-1.2, "LOCA Outside Containment. " -Actions are being taken to isolate the leak. In accordance with ECA-1.2 "LOCA Outside Containment," which ONE of the following actions is required and what would be the indication used to confirm the LOCA has been isolated?
A. Isolate SI pump Cold Leg Injection Pressurizer level rising B. Isolate SI pump Cold Leg Injection RCS pressure rising C. Isolate RHR Cold Leg Injection Pressurizer level rising Isolate RHR Cold Leg Injection RCS pressure rising WE04 EA2.2 017 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions: -A LOCA outside containment has resulted in RCS Subcooling dropping to O°F. -The operating crew is performing the actions of ECA-1.2, "LOCA Outside Containment. " -Actions are being taken to isolate the leak. In accordance with ECA-1.2 "LOCA Outside Containment," which ONE of the following actions is required and what would be the indication used to confirm the LOCA has been isolated?
A. Isolate SI pump Cold Leg Injection Pressurizer level rising B. Isolate SI pump Cold Leg Injection RCS pressure rising C. Isolate RHR Cold Leg Injection Pressurizer level rising Isolate RHR Cold Leg Injection RCS pressure rising QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect; Plausible because portions of SI discharge piping have a design pressure of 1750 psig which is -500 psig below normal system pressure.
This is not part of the isolation strategy for ECA-1.2. Also, Pressurizer level rising is plausible since the student could reason that it may be rising if the leak was isolated.
The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.
B. Incorrect; Plausible because portions of SI discharge piping have a design pressure of 1750 psig which is -500 psig below normal system pressure.
Also the procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method to indicate the leak has been isolated.
C. Incorrect; Plausible because isolation of RHR Cold Leg injection is a strategy contained in the procedure to isolate a LOCA outside CNMT. Pressurizer level rising is a plausible indication since the student could reason that it may be rising if the leak was isolated.
The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.
D. Correct; Isolation of RHR Cold Leg injection is a strategy contained in the procedure to isolate a LOCA outside CNMT. The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.
D. Correct; Isolation of RHR Cold Leg injection is a strategy contained in the procedure to isolate a LOCA outside CNMT. The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect; Plausible because portions of SI discharge piping have a design pressure of 1750 psig which is -500 psig below normal system pressure.
This is not part of the isolation strategy for ECA-1.2. Also, Pressurizer level rising is plausible since the student could reason that it may be rising if the leak was isolated.
The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.
B. Incorrect; Plausible because portions of SI discharge piping have a design pressure of 1750 psig which is -500 psig below normal system pressure.
Also the procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method to indicate the leak has been isolated.
C. Incorrect; Plausible because isolation of RHR Cold Leg injection is a strategy contained in the procedure to isolate a LOCA outside CNMT. Pressurizer level rising is a plausible indication since the student could reason that it may be rising if the leak was isolated.
The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.
D. Correct; Isolation of RHR Cold Leg injection is a strategy contained in the procedure to isolate a LOCA outside CNMT. The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.
Question Number: 17 Tier: _1_ Group _1_ KIA: W IE04 EA2.2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Outside CTMT): Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.
Importance Rating: 3.6 I 4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 I 45.5 I 45.6 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the correct actions given a LOCA outside CNMT and the expected plant response for the actions taken. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:             17 Tier:   _1_ Group _1_
 
KIA:       W IE04 EA2.2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Outside CTMT): Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.
ECA-1.2. LOCA Outside Containment, Rev 10 Proposed references None to be provided:
Importance Rating:           3.6 I 4.2 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7 I 45.5 I 45.6 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the correct actions given a LOCA outside CNMT and the expected plant response for the actions taken.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
OPL271 ECA-1.2, B.3, B.5 Question Source: ECA-1.2-B.5 002 SON Bank New Modified Bank Bank X Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQNBANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:
Job Position:
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 17 Tier: _1_ Group _1_ KIA: W IE04 EA2.2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Outside CTMT): Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.
Importance Rating: 3.6 I 4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 I 45.5 I 45.6 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the correct actions given a LOCA outside CNMT and the expected plant response for the actions taken. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ECA-1.2. LOCA Outside Containment, Rev 10 Proposed references              None to be provided:
Learning Objective:              OPL271 ECA-1.2, B.3, B.5 Question Source:                        ECA-1.2-B.5 002 SON Bank New Modified Bank Bank                    X Question History:
Comments:
Source:            BANK                                Source If Bank: SQNBANK Cognitive Level:    LOWER                                Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                  Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                              Last 2 NRC?:    NO


ECA-1.2. LOCA Outside Containment, Rev 10 Proposed references None to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam WE05 EK2.2 018 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
The crew is implementing FR-H.1, "Loss of Secondary Heat Sink."
OPL271 ECA-1.2, B.3, B.5 Question Source: ECA-1.2-B.5 002 SON Bank New Modified Bank Bank X Question History: Comments:
CST level is 25%.
Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQNBANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:
Which ONE of the following describes the           co~ect  order of priority for:
Job Position:
(1) the source of feedwater to SGs and (2) the condition of the SGs that are to be fed?
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO WE05 EK2.2 018 Given the following:
A'I (1) MDAFW, TDAFW, MFW, Condensate (2) Intact, Ruptured, Faulted B. (1) TDAFW, MFW, Condensate, MDAFW from ERCW (2) Intact, Ruptured only C. (1) MDAFW, TDAFW, MFW, Condensate (2) Intact, Faulted only D. (1) MDAFW, MFW, Condensate, TDAFW from ERCW (2) Intact, Ruptured, Faulted DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam The crew is implementing FR-H.1, "Loss of Secondary Heat Sink." CST level is 25%. Which ONE of the following describes the order of priority for: (1) the source of feedwater to SGs and (2) the condition of the SGs that are to be fed? A'I (1) MDAFW, TDAFW, MFW, Condensate (2) Intact, Ruptured, Faulted B. (1) TDAFW, MFW, Condensate, MDAFW from ERCW (2) Intact, Ruptured only C. (1) MDAFW, TDAFW, MFW, Condensate (2) Intact, Faulted only D. (1) MDAFW, MFW, Condensate, TDAFW from ERCW (2) Intact, Ruptured, Faulted DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, Step 7 of FR-H. 1 lists the priority of SG to feed and following steps list order of preference for source of feedwater.
A. Correct, Step 7 of FR-H. 1 lists the priority of SG to feed and following steps list order of preference for source of feedwater.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that normal MDAFW was not available thus TDAFW normal option, then MFW, Condensate and MDAFW with Essential Raw Water cooling, which is the emergency backup source for MDAFW. C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate assumes that a Ruptured SG would not be feed due to spread of contamination when SG is steamed for heat removal. D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate assumes that TDAFW with Essential Raw Water cooling supplying the suction would be last resort before feed and bleed. This is not an authorized source of makeup to SGs in FR-H. 1 WE05 EK2.2 018 Given the following:
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that normal MDAFW was not available thus TDAFW normal option, then MFW, Condensate and MDAFW with Essential Raw Water cooling, which is the emergency backup source for MDAFW.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam The crew is implementing FR-H.1, "Loss of Secondary Heat Sink." CST level is 25%. Which ONE of the following describes the order of priority for: (1) the source of feedwater to SGs and (2) the condition of the SGs that are to be fed? A'I (1) MDAFW, TDAFW, MFW, Condensate (2) Intact, Ruptured, Faulted B. (1) TDAFW, MFW, Condensate, MDAFW from ERCW (2) Intact, Ruptured only C. (1) MDAFW, TDAFW, MFW, Condensate (2) Intact, Faulted only D. (1) MDAFW, MFW, Condensate, TDAFW from ERCW (2) Intact, Ruptured, Faulted DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, Step 7 of FR-H. 1 lists the priority of SG to feed and following steps list order of preference for source of feedwater.
C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate assumes that a Ruptured SG would not be feed due to spread of contamination when SG is steamed for heat removal.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that normal MDAFW was not available thus TDAFW normal option, then MFW, Condensate and MDAFW with Essential Raw Water cooling, which is the emergency backup source for MDAFW. C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate assumes that a Ruptured SG would not be feed due to spread of contamination when SG is steamed for heat removal. D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate assumes that TDAFW with Essential Raw Water cooling supplying the suction would be last resort before feed and bleed. This is not an authorized source of makeup to SGs in FR-H. 1 Question Number: 18 Tier: _1_ Group _1_ QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: W IE05 EK2.2 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink Knowledge of the interrelationships between the (loss of Secondary Heat Sink) and the following:
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate assumes that TDAFW with Essential Raw Water cooling supplying the suction would be last resort before feed and bleed. This is not an authorized source of makeup to SGs in FR-H. 1
Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility.
Importance Rating: 3.9 I 4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA due to having the candidate identify the sources of water for secondary heat removal following a loss of MFW event and has the candidate recall the order of priority for sources of makeup water and order of SGs to be fed. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:             18 Tier:   _1_ Group _1_
 
KIA:       W IE05 EK2.2 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink Knowledge of the interrelationships between the (loss of Secondary Heat Sink) and the following: Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility.
Proposed references to be provided:
Importance Rating:           3.9 I 4.2 10 CFR Part 55:           41.10 10CFR55.43.b:               Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA due to having the candidate identify the sources of water for secondary heat removal following a loss of MFW event and has the candidate recall the order of priority for sources of makeup water and order of SGs to be fed.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 FR-H.1 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, Rev 17 None OPL271 FR-H.1 Obj 6 x Similar to question from DC Cook 2006 NRC Exam Source If Bank: COOK 2006 Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 18 Tier: _1_ Group _1_ QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: W IE05 EK2.2 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink Knowledge of the interrelationships between the (loss of Secondary Heat Sink) and the following:
Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility.
Importance Rating: 3.9 I 4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA due to having the candidate identify the sources of water for secondary heat removal following a loss of MFW event and has the candidate recall the order of priority for sources of makeup water and order of SGs to be fed. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
FR-H.1 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, Rev 17 Proposed references              None to be provided:
Learning Objective:              OPL271 FR-H.1 Obj 6 Question Source:
New Modified Bank          x Bank Question History:                Similar to question from DC Cook 2006 NRC Exam Comments:
Source:            BANK MOD                          Source If Bank: COOK 2006 Cognitive Level:    LOWER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 028 AK2.02 019 Given the following plant conditions:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 is at 100% RTP.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Pressurizer Level Control Selector Switch, 1-XS-339E, is selected to the U-68-339/320 position.
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
Which ONE of the following failures would result in a reactor trip in the shortest time assuming all systems respond as designed and there is NO operator action?
RO Date: 212010 FR-H.1 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, Rev 17 None OPL271 FR-H.1 Obj 6 x Similar to question from DC Cook 2006 NRC Exam Source If Bank: COOK 2006 Difficulty:
(Consider each failure to occur independently)
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 028 AK2.02 019 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
A'I 1-LT 339 fails LOW.
Unit 1 is at 100% RTP. Pressurizer Level Control Selector Switch, 1-XS-339E, is selected to the U-68-339/320 position.
B. 1-LT-68-339 fails HIGH.
Which ONE of the following failures would result in a reactor trip in the shortest time assuming all systems respond as designed and there is NO operator action? (Consider each failure to occur independently)
C. 1-LT 320 fails LOW.
A'I 1-L T 339 fails LOW. B. 1-L T-68-339 fails HIGH. C. 1-L T 320 fails LOW. D. 1-L T-68-320 fails HIGH. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, The stem identifies 1-LT-68-339 as the controlling channel. The instrument failing low would isolate letdown and maximize charging, thus causing the pressurizer high level trip to occur faster than any of the other identifies failures.
D. 1-LT-68-320 fails HIGH.
B. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-339 failing high would cause charging flow to reduce to minimum, letdown would isolate after the pressurizer dropped to 17 %, then the pressurizer level would slowly rise until it reached the trip high level trip. Plausible because the failure does effect the pressure level control system and conditions in the pressurizer.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
C. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-320 failing low would isolate letdown causing pressurizer level to start rising. As the level continued to rise, the charging flow would be reduced until it reached minimum. Pressurizer level would continue to rise but at a slower rate until the hi level trip setpoint was reached. Plausible because the failure does effect the pressure level control system and conditions in the pressurizer.
A. Correct, The stem identifies 1-LT-68-339 as the controlling channel. The instrument failing low would isolate letdown and maximize charging, thus causing the pressurizer high level trip to occur faster than any of the other identifies failures.
D. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-320 failing high would cause an alarm due to the indicated hi level, but would not effect letdown or cause a direct change in charging flow. Plausible because the failure is one of the three pressurizer level transmitter that can be selected to to input the level control system and identifying it as failing high maintains question psychometric balance. 028 AK2.02 019 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
Unit 1 is at 100% RTP. Pressurizer Level Control Selector Switch, 1-XS-339E, is selected to the U-68-339/320 position.
Which ONE of the following failures would result in a reactor trip in the shortest time assuming all systems respond as designed and there is NO operator action? (Consider each failure to occur independently)
A'I 1-L T 339 fails LOW. B. 1-L T-68-339 fails HIGH. C. 1-L T 320 fails LOW. D. 1-L T-68-320 fails HIGH. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, The stem identifies 1-LT-68-339 as the controlling channel. The instrument failing low would isolate letdown and maximize charging, thus causing the pressurizer high level trip to occur faster than any of the other identifies failures.
B. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-339 failing high would cause charging flow to reduce to minimum, letdown would isolate after the pressurizer dropped to 17 %, then the pressurizer level would slowly rise until it reached the trip high level trip. Plausible because the failure does effect the pressure level control system and conditions in the pressurizer.
B. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-339 failing high would cause charging flow to reduce to minimum, letdown would isolate after the pressurizer dropped to 17 %, then the pressurizer level would slowly rise until it reached the trip high level trip. Plausible because the failure does effect the pressure level control system and conditions in the pressurizer.
C. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-320 failing low would isolate letdown causing pressurizer level to start rising. As the level continued to rise, the charging flow would be reduced until it reached minimum. Pressurizer level would continue to rise but at a slower rate until the hi level trip setpoint was reached. Plausible because the failure does effect the pressure level control system and conditions in the pressurizer.
C. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-320 failing low would isolate letdown causing pressurizer level to start rising. As the level continued to rise, the charging flow would be reduced until it reached minimum. Pressurizer level would continue to rise but at a slower rate until the hi level trip setpoint was reached. Plausible because the failure does effect the pressure level control system and conditions in the pressurizer.
D. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-320 failing high would cause an alarm due to the indicated hi level, but would not effect letdown or cause a direct change in charging flow. Plausible because the failure is one of the three pressurizer level transmitter that can be selected to to input the level control system and identifying it as failing high maintains question psychometric balance.
D. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-320 failing high would cause an alarm due to the indicated hi level, but would not effect letdown or cause a direct change in charging flow.
Question Number: 19 Tier: _1_ Group 2 KIA: 028 AK2.02 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Pressurizer (PZR) Level Control Malfunction Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Level Control Malfunctions and the following:
Plausible because the failure is one of the three pressurizer level transmitter that can be selected to to input the level control system and identifying it as failing high maintains question psychometric balance.
Sensors and detectors Importance Rating: 2.6/2.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant must understand the effect of a sensor malfunction on the pressure level control system. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:         19 Tier:   _1_ Group         2 KIA:       028 AK2.02 Pressurizer (PZR) Level Control Malfunction Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Level Control Malfunctions and the following:
 
Sensors and detectors Importance Rating:       2.6/2.7 10 CFR Part 55:         41.7/45.7 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:       Applicant must understand the effect of a sensor malfunction on the pressure level control system.
Proposed references to be provided:
Technical  
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 1,2-47W611-68-2, Rev 2 1 ,2-47W611-99-1, Rev 11 AOP-1.04 Pressurizer Instrument and Control Malfunctions, Rev 9 None OPT200. PZRLCS 5. Describe the operation of the Pressurizer Level Control System as it relates to the following:
x f. How a instrument failure will affect system operation SON Bank question PZR LEVEL-B.12.D 002 with minor wording and format changes Deleted 1 bulleted item in stem and rotated choice locations to relocate the correct answer. Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 19 Tier: _1_ Group 2 KIA: 028 AK2.02 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Pressurizer (PZR) Level Control Malfunction Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Level Control Malfunctions and the following:
Sensors and detectors Importance Rating: 2.6/2.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant must understand the effect of a sensor malfunction on the pressure level control system. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1,2-47W611-68-2, Rev 2 1,2-47W611-99-1, Rev 11 AOP-1.04 Pressurizer Instrument and Control Malfunctions, Rev 9 Proposed references          None to be provided:
Learning Objective:          OPT200. PZRLCS
: 5. Describe the operation of the Pressurizer Level Control System as it relates to the following:
: f. How a instrument failure will affect system operation Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:            SON Bank question PZR LEVEL-B.12.D 002 with minor wording and format changes Comments:                    Deleted 1 bulleted item in stem and rotated choice locations to relocate the correct answer.
Source:          BANK                              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 032 AK2.0 1 020 Given the following plant conditions:
Learning Objective:
Unit 2 is in MODE 6.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Due to a loss of power, Source Range Monitor (SRM) N-32 has failed LOW resulting in a loss of the audio count rate signal.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Which ONE of the following describes the actions necessary to restore the audio count rate signal to the control room?
RO Date: 212010 1,2-47W611-68-2, Rev 2 1 ,2-47W611-99-1, Rev 11 AOP-1.04 Pressurizer Instrument and Control Malfunctions, Rev 9 None OPT200. PZRLCS 5. Describe the operation of the Pressurizer Level Control System as it relates to the following:
A.'" Place the audio count rate CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on the front of the Audio Count Rate Drawer to the SR N-31 position.
x f. How a instrument failure will affect system operation SON Bank question PZR LEVEL-B.12.D 002 with minor wording and format changes Deleted 1 bulleted item in stem and rotated choice locations to relocate the correct answer. Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 032 AK2.0 1 020 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
Unit 2 is in MODE 6. Due to a loss of power, Source Range Monitor (SRM) N-32 has failed LOW resulting in a loss of the audio count rate signal. Which ONE of the following describes the actions necessary to restore the audio count rate signal to the control room? A.'" Place the audio count rate CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on the front of the Audio Count Rate Drawer to the SR N-31 position.
B. Place the audio count rate CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on the front of the Audio Count Rate Drawer to the SR N-32 position.
C. Place the AMPLIFIER SELECT switch on the rear of the audio count rate drawer assembly to the A 1 position.
D. Place the AMPLIFIER SELECT switch on the rear of the audio count rate drawer assembly to the A2 position.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct -Placing the channel selector switch to the SR N31 position places the audio count rate circuit input from Source Range channel N31. B. Incorrect
-Placing the channel selector switch to the SR N32 position selects the inoperable Source Range channel for input the audio count rate circuit. Examinee may confuse this with the other switches on that panel that are used to defeat the inoperable channel. C. Incorrect
-The amplifier select switch is used to select the channel that is supplying audio count rate to containment and does not change the input to the control room audio count rate circuit. The switch is usually in the Normal position which has channel 2 feeding the containment audio count rate circuit. Examinee may select since in Mode 6 is when the AOI for Source Range failure has the operator determine if this switch needs to be transferred and the A 1 position would select Source Range N-131. D. Incorrect
-For reason stated above but examinee may select since he/she may confuse with defeat switches on the panel. 032 AK2.0 1 020 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
Unit 2 is in MODE 6. Due to a loss of power, Source Range Monitor (SRM) N-32 has failed LOW resulting in a loss of the audio count rate signal. Which ONE of the following describes the actions necessary to restore the audio count rate signal to the control room? A.'" Place the audio count rate CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on the front of the Audio Count Rate Drawer to the SR N-31 position.
B. Place the audio count rate CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on the front of the Audio Count Rate Drawer to the SR N-32 position.
B. Place the audio count rate CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on the front of the Audio Count Rate Drawer to the SR N-32 position.
C. Place the AMPLIFIER SELECT switch on the rear of the audio count rate drawer assembly to the A 1 position.
C. Place the AMPLIFIER SELECT switch on the rear of the audio count rate drawer assembly to the A 1 position.
D. Place the AMPLIFIER SELECT switch on the rear of the audio count rate drawer assembly to the A2 position.
D. Place the AMPLIFIER SELECT switch on the rear of the audio count rate drawer assembly to the A2 position.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct -Placing the channel selector switch to the SR N31 position places the audio count rate circuit input from Source Range channel N31. B. Incorrect  
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
-Placing the channel selector switch to the SR N32 position selects the inoperable Source Range channel for input the audio count rate circuit. Examinee may confuse this with the other switches on that panel that are used to defeat the inoperable channel. C. Incorrect  
A. Correct - Placing the channel selector switch to the SR N31 position places the audio count rate circuit input from Source Range channel N31.
-The amplifier select switch is used to select the channel that is supplying audio count rate to containment and does not change the input to the control room audio count rate circuit. The switch is usually in the Normal position which has channel 2 feeding the containment audio count rate circuit. Examinee may select since in Mode 6 is when the AOI for Source Range failure has the operator determine if this switch needs to be transferred and the A 1 position would select Source Range N-131. D. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - Placing the channel selector switch to the SR N32 position selects the inoperable Source Range channel for input the audio count rate circuit. Examinee may confuse this with the other switches on that panel that are used to defeat the inoperable channel.
-For reason stated above but examinee may select since he/she may confuse with defeat switches on the panel.
C. Incorrect - The amplifier select switch is used to select the channel that is supplying audio count rate to containment and does not change the input to the control room audio count rate circuit. The switch is usually in the Normal position which has channel 2 feeding the containment audio count rate circuit. Examinee may select since in Mode 6 is when the AOI for Source Range failure has the operator determine if this switch needs to be transferred and the A 1 position would select Source Range N-131.
Question Number: 21 Tier: _1 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 032 Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation AK2.01 Knowledge of the interrelations between the loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation and the following:
D. Incorrect - For reason stated above but examinee may select since he/she may confuse with defeat switches on the panel.
Power supplies, including proper switch positions.
Importance Rating: 2.7/3.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question matches KIA because knowledge of power to N-32 would require the manual selection of alternate input to audio count rate drawer vs selection of "defeat" for the failed channel which is normally done for failed Nls. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           21 Tier:   _1__ Group         2 KIA:       032 Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation AK2.01 Knowledge of the interrelations between the loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation and the following:
 
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-P.04, Loss of Unit 2 Vital Instrument Power Board Appendix A, Rev 26 AOP-1.01, Nuclear Instrument Malfunction, Rev 9 None OPL271AOP-P.04 Obj 8.b x 2008 Audit exam Source If Ban1e Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: WBN SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 21 Tier: _1 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 032 Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation AK2.01 Knowledge of the interrelations between the loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation and the following:
Power supplies, including proper switch positions.
Power supplies, including proper switch positions.
Importance Rating: 2.7/3.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Importance Rating:         2.7/3.1 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       Question matches KIA because knowledge of power to N-32 would require the manual selection of alternate input to audio count rate drawer vs selection of "defeat" for the failed channel which is normally done for failed Nls.
Not applicable KIA Match: Question matches KIA because knowledge of power to N-32 would require the manual selection of alternate input to audio count rate drawer vs selection of "defeat" for the failed channel which is normally done for failed Nls. Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-P.04, Loss of Unit 2 Vital Instrument Power Board Appendix A, Rev 26 AOP-1.01, Nuclear Instrument Malfunction, Rev 9 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271AOP-P.04 Obj 8.b Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              2008 Audit exam Comments:
Source:            BANK                              Source If Ban1e WBN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                          Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 033 AA2.12 021 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 is in Mode 1 doing a power ascension following a refueling outage.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
During the power ascension N-35 and N-36 have trended as follows:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
N-35         N-36 0800   (6/19)     10%         60%
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-P.04, Loss of Unit 2 Vital Instrument Power Board Appendix A, Rev 26 AOP-1.01, Nuclear Instrument Malfunction, Rev 9 None OPL271AOP-P.04 Obj 8.b x 2008 Audit exam Source If Ban1e Difficulty:
2000   (6/19)     15%         75%
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: WBN SEQUOYAH NO 033 AA2.12 021 Given the following:
0800   (6/20)     17%         85%
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is in Mode 1 doing a power ascension following a refueling outage. During the power ascension N-35 and N-36 have trended as follows: N-35 N-36 0800 (6/19) 10% 60% 2000 (6/19) 15% 75% 0800 (6/20) 17% 85% 2000 (6/20) 20% 95%-Which ONE of the following would indicate when, if at all, control board readings for N-35 and N-36 exceeded the maximum allowable channel deviation?
2000   (6/20)     20%           95%-
REFERENCE PROVIDED A'! 0800 (6/19) B. 0800 (6/20) C. 2000 (6/20) D. The readings never exceeded the maximum allowable.
Which ONE of the following would indicate when, if at all, control board readings for N-35 and N-36 exceeded the maximum allowable channel deviation?
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, In accordance with 1-SI-0PS-000-002.0 (shift log) the maximum allowable channel deviation is. 75 decades. To determine the readings to be compared the log of the % power readings is used. Thus log (10%) = 1 and log (60%) = 1.778. The difference is greater than. 75 B. Incorrect, Plausible, however log (17%) = 1.340 and log (80%) = 1.929. difference is .699 C. Incorrect, Plausible since raw difference is 75%, however log (20%) = 1.301 and log (95%) = 1.977, thus difference is .677 D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not determine that the maximum channel deviation has been exceeded.
REFERENCE PROVIDED A'! 0800 (6/19)
033 AA2.12 021 Given the following:
B. 0800 (6/20)
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is in Mode 1 doing a power ascension following a refueling outage. During the power ascension N-35 and N-36 have trended as follows: N-35 N-36 0800 (6/19) 10% 60% 2000 (6/19) 15% 75% 0800 (6/20) 17% 85% 2000 (6/20) 20% 95%-Which ONE of the following would indicate when, if at all, control board readings for N-35 and N-36 exceeded the maximum allowable channel deviation?
C. 2000 (6/20)
REFERENCE PROVIDED A'! 0800 (6/19) B. 0800 (6/20) C. 2000 (6/20) D. The readings never exceeded the maximum allowable.
D. The readings never exceeded the maximum allowable.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, In accordance with 1-SI-0PS-000-002.0 (shift log) the maximum allowable channel deviation is. 75 decades. To determine the readings to be compared the log of the % power readings is used. Thus log (10%) = 1 and log (60%) = 1.778. The difference is greater than. 75 B. Incorrect, Plausible, however log (17%) = 1.340 and log (80%) = 1.929. difference is .699 C. Incorrect, Plausible since raw difference is 75%, however log (20%) = 1.301 and log (95%) = 1.977, thus difference is .677 D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not determine that the maximum channel deviation has been exceeded.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Question Number: 21 Tier: _1 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 033 Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation AA2.12 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation:
A. Correct, In accordance with 1-SI-0PS-000-002.0 (shift log) the maximum allowable channel deviation is. 75 decades. To determine the readings to be compared the
Maximum allowable channel disagreement Importance Rating: 2.5*/3.1
                                                          =                =
* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
log of the % power readings is used. Thus log (10%) 1 and log (60%) 1.778.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having candidate compare the readings of intermediate range Nls and determining if the maximum allowable channel disagreement has been exceeded.
The difference is greater than. 75 B. Incorrect, Plausible, however log (17%) =1.340 and log (80%) =1.929. difference is .699 C. Incorrect, Plausible since raw difference is 75%, however log (20%) =1.301 and log (95%) = 1.977, thus difference is .677 D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not determine that the maximum channel deviation has been exceeded.
This will determine if a Nuclear Instrument is failed or inoperable.
Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           21 Tier:   _1__ Group         2 KIA:       033 Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation AA2.12 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation:
 
Maximum allowable channel disagreement Importance Rating:         2.5*/3.1
Proposed references to be provided:
* 10 CFR Part 55:           41.10 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by having candidate compare the readings of intermediate range Nls and determining if the maximum allowable channel disagreement has been exceeded. This will determine if a Nuclear Instrument is failed or inoperable.
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 1-SI-OPS-000-002.0 Shift Log, Rev 93 1-SI-OPS-000-002.0 Shift Log OPT200.NIS Obj. 8.5 x New question for 02/2010 exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 21 Tier: _1 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 033 Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation AA2.12 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation:
Maximum allowable channel disagreement Importance Rating: 2.5*/3.1
* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having candidate compare the readings of intermediate range Nls and determining if the maximum allowable channel disagreement has been exceeded.
This will determine if a Nuclear Instrument is failed or inoperable.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1-SI-OPS-000-002.0 Shift Log, Rev 93 Proposed references            1-SI-OPS-000-002.0 Shift Log to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.NIS Obj. 8.5 Question Source:
New                    x Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:                      New question for 02/2010 exam Source:            NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                          Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 036 AG2.4.35 022 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 is in Mode 6 with Refueling in progress.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
The refueling SRO in containment reports that there are indications of a 2000 gpm reactor cavity seal leak.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
The crew is implementing AOP-M.04, "Refueling Malfunctions."
RO Date: 212010 1-SI-OPS-000-002.0 Shift Log, Rev 93 1-SI-OPS-000-002.0 Shift Log OPT200.NIS Obj. 8.5 x New question for 02/2010 exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Per Section 2.1, "Reactor Cavity Seal Failure," two operators are dispatched to the Transfer Tube Wafer Valve.
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO 036 AG2.4.35 022 Given the following:
Which ONE of the following identifies:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is in Mode 6 with Refueling in progress.
(1) the position they are directed to place the valve in and (2) the operational effects of performing this action?
The refueling SRO in containment reports that there are indications of a 2000 gpm reactor cavity seal leak. The crew is implementing AOP-M.04, "Refueling Malfunctions." Per Section 2.1, "Reactor Cavity Seal Failure," two operators are dispatched to the Transfer Tube Wafer Valve. Which ONE of the following identifies:
A. open; to prevent uncovering the fuel in the SFP.
(1) the position they are directed to place the valve in and (2) the operational effects of performing this action? A. open; to prevent uncovering the fuel in the SFP. B. open; to preclude flooding out the ventilation ducts on the SFP. closed; to prevent uncovering the fuel in the SFP. D. closed; to preclude flooding out the ventilation ducts on the SFP. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determined that valve is normally closed during refueling ops and would have to be opened. The second part of distractor is correct. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determined that valve is normally closed during refueling ops and would have to be opened. This is condition is warned about in procedure when opening the transfer tube valve. If Cnmt pressure is slightly higher than Aux Bldg pressure then water would flood into the SFP and possibly get into the vent ducts for SFP ventilation.
B. open; to preclude flooding out the ventilation ducts on the SFP.
C. Correct, Local operator action is required to close the wafer valve to seperate the Rx cavity from the SFP. The Reactor Vessel flange is at 702' 1.5" elevation while the top of the fuel racks in the SFP is 701' O. 75", so if the gate is left open there will be no water left above the racks. D. Incorrect, Plausible since first part of question is correct, however the level in SFP would have to increase to flood the vent ducts. (a possible condition if CNMT pressure was slightly higher than Aux Bldg pressure.
C~  closed; to prevent uncovering the fuel in the SFP.
036 AG2.4.35 022 Given the following:
D. closed; to preclude flooding out the ventilation ducts on the SFP.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is in Mode 6 with Refueling in progress.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
The refueling SRO in containment reports that there are indications of a 2000 gpm reactor cavity seal leak. The crew is implementing AOP-M.04, "Refueling Malfunctions." Per Section 2.1, "Reactor Cavity Seal Failure," two operators are dispatched to the Transfer Tube Wafer Valve. Which ONE of the following identifies:  
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determined that valve is normally closed during refueling ops and would have to be opened. The second part of distractor is correct.
(1) the position they are directed to place the valve in and (2) the operational effects of performing this action? A. open; to prevent uncovering the fuel in the SFP. B. open; to preclude flooding out the ventilation ducts on the SFP. closed; to prevent uncovering the fuel in the SFP. D. closed; to preclude flooding out the ventilation ducts on the SFP. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determined that valve is normally closed during refueling ops and would have to be opened. The second part of distractor is correct. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determined that valve is normally closed during refueling ops and would have to be opened. This is condition is warned about in procedure when opening the transfer tube valve. If Cnmt pressure is slightly higher than Aux Bldg pressure then water would flood into the SFP and possibly get into the vent ducts for SFP ventilation.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determined that valve is normally closed during refueling ops and would have to be opened. This is condition is warned about in procedure when opening the transfer tube valve. If Cnmt pressure is slightly higher than Aux Bldg pressure then water would flood into the SFP and possibly get into the vent ducts for SFP ventilation.
C. Correct, Local operator action is required to close the wafer valve to seperate the Rx cavity from the SFP. The Reactor Vessel flange is at 702' 1.5" elevation while the top of the fuel racks in the SFP is 701' O. 75", so if the gate is left open there will be no water left above the racks. D. Incorrect, Plausible since first part of question is correct, however the level in SFP would have to increase to flood the vent ducts. (a possible condition if CNMT pressure was slightly higher than Aux Bldg pressure.
C. Correct, Local operator action is required to close the wafer valve to seperate the Rx cavity from the SFP. The Reactor Vessel flange is at 702' 1.5" elevation while the top of the fuel racks in the SFP is 701' O. 75", so if the gate is left open there will be no water left above the racks.
Question Number: 22 Tier: _1_ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 036 Fuel Handling Incidents AG2.4.35 Knowledge of local auxiliary operator tasks during an emergency and the resultant operational effects. Importance Rating: 3.8/4.0 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
D. Incorrect, Plausible since first part of question is correct, however the level in SFP would have to increase to flood the vent ducts. (a possible condition if CNMT pressure was slightly higher than Aux Bldg pressure.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the operators recall the local operator actions which would be required for a fuel handling accident inside containment and the effects of performing these actions. Technical
 
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           22 Tier:   _1_ Group         2 KIA:       036 Fuel Handling Incidents AG2.4.35 Knowledge of local auxiliary operator tasks during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.
Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:         3.8/4.0 10 CFR Part 55:           41.10 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by having the operators recall the local operator actions which would be required for a fuel handling accident inside containment and the effects of performing these actions.
Question Source: AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, Rev 9 section 2.1 None OPL271AOP-M.04
Technical  
: 5. Summarize the mitigating strategy for the condition that initiated entry into AOPM.04 New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 22 Tier: _1_ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 036 Fuel Handling Incidents AG2.4.35 Knowledge of local auxiliary operator tasks during an emergency and the resultant operational effects. Importance Rating: 3.8/4.0 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the operators recall the local operator actions which would be required for a fuel handling accident inside containment and the effects of performing these actions. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, Rev 9 section 2.1 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271AOP-M.04
: 5. Summarize the mitigating strategy for the condition that initiated entry into AOPM.04 Question Source:
New                    X Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:            NEW                                Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level:  LOWER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                              Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 037 AA1.04 023 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
    - Unit 1 !§.-'l   .
Question Source: AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, Rev 9 section 2.1 None OPL271AOP-M.04
Alarrm1-RA-90-9       " N     VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD," on panel M-12A is in alarm.
: 5. Summarize the mitigating strategy for the condition that initiated entry into AOPM.04 New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
    - A 5 gp       tube leak has been identified on #1 SG.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
Leak rate is being tracked on AOP-R.1, "Steam Generator Tube Leak,"
RO Date: 2/2010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Attachment 1, and has been holding steady for the last hour.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 037 AA1.04 023 Given the following:
The reading on RM-90-99, Condenser Vacuum Exhaust rapidly rises and goes off-scale High.
-Unit 1 !§.-'l . QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Alarrm1-RA-90-9 " N VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD," on panel M-12A is in alarm. -A 5 gp tube leak has been identified on #1 SG. Leak rate is being tracked on AOP-R.1, "Steam Generator Tube Leak," Attachment 1, and has been holding steady for the last hour. The reading on RM-90-99, Condenser Vacuum Exhaust rapidly rises and goes off-scale High. -There are no other alarms. There is no change in PZR level or Charging flow. Which ONE of the following describes the cause of the reading on RM-90-99 and the action to be taken? A'! RM-90-99 has failed, notify Chemistry Shift Supervisor, and place RM-90-119 in service as soon as practical.
    - There are no other alarms.
B. RM-90-99 is indicating a sudden increase in SG tube leakage, requiring an immediate power reduction to be less than 50% power within the next hour. C. RM-90-99 has failed because the CVP discharge filter is plugged, open FCV-2-255, Condenser Vacuum Pump Exhaust Filter Bypass Flow Control Isolation.
There is no change in PZR level or Charging flow.
D. RM-90-99 is indicating a sudden increase in SG tube leakage, notify Chemistry Shift Supervisor to have the alarm setpoint rescaled to 30 gpd value. 037 AA1.04 023 Given the following:  
Which ONE of the following describes the cause of the reading on RM-90-99 and the action to be taken?
-Unit 1 !§.-'l . QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Alarrm1-RA-90-9 " N VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD," on panel M-12A is in alarm. -A 5 gp tube leak has been identified on #1 SG. Leak rate is being tracked on AOP-R.1, "Steam Generator Tube Leak," Attachment 1, and has been holding steady for the last hour. The reading on RM-90-99, Condenser Vacuum Exhaust rapidly rises and goes off-scale High. -There are no other alarms. There is no change in PZR level or Charging flow. Which ONE of the following describes the cause of the reading on RM-90-99 and the action to be taken? A'! RM-90-99 has failed, notify Chemistry Shift Supervisor, and place RM-90-119 in service as soon as practical.
A'! RM-90-99 has failed, notify Chemistry Shift Supervisor, and place RM-90-119 in service as soon as practical.
B. RM-90-99 is indicating a sudden increase in SG tube leakage, requiring an immediate power reduction to be less than 50% power within the next hour. C. RM-90-99 has failed because the CVP discharge filter is plugged, open FCV-2-255, Condenser Vacuum Pump Exhaust Filter Bypass Flow Control Isolation.
B. RM-90-99 is indicating a sudden increase in SG tube leakage, requiring an immediate power reduction to be less than 50% power within the next hour.
C. RM-90-99 has failed because the CVP discharge filter is plugged, open FCV-2-255, Condenser Vacuum Pump Exhaust Filter Bypass Flow Control Isolation.
D. RM-90-99 is indicating a sudden increase in SG tube leakage, notify Chemistry Shift Supervisor to have the alarm setpoint rescaled to 30 gpd value.
D. RM-90-99 is indicating a sudden increase in SG tube leakage, notify Chemistry Shift Supervisor to have the alarm setpoint rescaled to 30 gpd value.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, With the lack of any other alarm or plant intication RM-90-99 has failed, as per A OP-R-O 1 step 3 if rad monitor reading not confirmed then place standby condenser vacuum exhaust in service. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that the reading is valid, however per AOP-R.01, any alarms or readings should be validated by some other form of monitoring, (sampling, blowdown monitor, other plant parameters) and not used solely to direct activity.
If a sudden increase is noted, then direction is to reduce power to less than 50% within 1 hr. C. Incorrect, Plausible since this can cause an alarm on RM-90-99, however the CVP discharge filter is not normally lineup and if it was there would be at least two other alarms that would be received.
No other alarms was given in stem. D. Incorrect, Plausible since indications are that the leak has stabilized and the direction in AOP-R.01 is to have the alarm rescaled to alert the operator of any other sudden changes. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, With the lack of any other alarm or plant intication RM-90-99 has failed, as per A OP-R-O 1 step 3 if rad monitor reading not confirmed then place standby condenser vacuum exhaust in service. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that the reading is valid, however per AOP-R.01, any alarms or readings should be validated by some other form of monitoring, (sampling, blowdown monitor, other plant parameters) and not used solely to direct activity.
If a sudden increase is noted, then direction is to reduce power to less than 50% within 1 hr. C. Incorrect, Plausible since this can cause an alarm on RM-90-99, however the CVP discharge filter is not normally lineup and if it was there would be at least two other alarms that would be received.
No other alarms was given in stem. D. Incorrect, Plausible since indications are that the leak has stabilized and the direction in AOP-R.01 is to have the alarm rescaled to alert the operator of any other sudden changes.
Question Number: 23 Tier: 1 Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 037 Steam Generator Tube Leak AA 1.04 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Steam Generator Tube Leak: Condensate air ejector exhaust radiation monitor and failure indicator.
Importance Rating: 3.6/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question asks candidate during a SG tube leak condition to identify a failed Condenser Vacuum exhaust monitor and the actions based on that failure. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Correct, With the lack of any other alarm or plant intication RM-90-99 has failed, as per A OP-R-O 1 step 3 if rad monitor reading not confirmed then place standby condenser vacuum exhaust in service.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that the reading is valid, however per AOP-R.01, any alarms or readings should be validated by some other form of monitoring, (sampling, blowdown monitor, other plant parameters) and not used solely to direct activity. If a sudden increase is noted, then direction is to reduce power to less than 50% within 1 hr.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since this can cause an alarm on RM-90-99, however the CVP discharge filter is not normally lineup and if it was there would be at least two other alarms that would be received. No other alarms was given in stem.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since indications are that the leak has stabilized and the direction in AOP-R.01 is to have the alarm rescaled to alert the operator of any other sudden changes.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           23 Tier:     1   Group       2 KIA:       037 Steam Generator Tube Leak AA 1.04 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Steam Generator Tube Leak:
Learning Objective:
Condensate air ejector exhaust radiation monitor and failure indicator.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Importance Rating:         3.6/3.9 10 CFR Part 55:         41.7 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     Question asks candidate during a SG tube leak condition to identify a failed Condenser Vacuum exhaust monitor and the actions based on that failure.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Technical  
RO Date: 2/2010 0-AR-M12-A, Rev 53 windows 0-3 & 0-4 AOP-R.01, Steam generator Tube Leak, Rev 25 Section 2.2 None OPT200.RM 8.5 x developed for 02/2010 exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 23 Tier: 1 Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 037 Steam Generator Tube Leak AA 1.04 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Steam Generator Tube Leak: Condensate air ejector exhaust radiation monitor and failure indicator.
Importance Rating: 3.6/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question asks candidate during a SG tube leak condition to identify a failed Condenser Vacuum exhaust monitor and the actions based on that failure. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-AR-M12-A, Rev 53 windows 0-3 & 0-4 AOP-R.01, Steam generator Tube Leak, Rev 25 Section 2.2 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.RM 8.5 Question Source:
New                  x Modified Bank Bank Question History:              developed for 02/2010 exam Comments:
Source:          NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level: HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 068 AK3.12 024 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
A fire in the Control Building Spreading Room has occurred.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 0-AR-M12-A, Rev 53 windows 0-3 & 0-4 AOP-R.01, Steam generator Tube Leak, Rev 25 Section 2.2 None OPT200.RM 8.5 x developed for 02/2010 exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 068 AK3.12 024 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam A fire in the Control Building Spreading Room has occurred.
The main control room is being evacuated.
The main control room is being evacuated.
AOP-C.04, "Shutdown From Auxiliary Control Room," is being implemented.
AOP-C.04, "Shutdown From Auxiliary Control Room," is being implemented.
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the sequence of actions outside the main control room and the basis for this sequence?
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the sequence of actions outside the main control room and the basis for this sequence?
A. MSIV bypass valve fuses are required to be removed prior to Reactor vessel vent valve fuses. This ensures steam release is terminated, which is a higher priority than stopping head vent flow. B. SG atmospheric relief valves must be locally throttled open prior to removing MSIV bypass valve fuses. This ensures that a steam relief path exists to prevent SG safety valves from lifting. CCP suction valves must be aligned to RWST prior to restarting a CCP. This ensures that a suction source is available for RCP seal injection.
A. MSIV bypass valve fuses are required to be removed prior to Reactor vessel vent valve fuses. This ensures steam release is terminated, which is a higher priority than stopping head vent flow.
B. SG atmospheric relief valves must be locally throttled open prior to removing MSIV bypass valve fuses. This ensures that a steam relief path exists to prevent SG safety valves from lifting.
C~  CCP suction valves must be aligned to RWST prior to restarting a CCP. This ensures that a suction source is available for RCP seal injection.
D. Normal charging flow must be established prior to establishing normal letdown. This ensures cooling is provided to the CVCS non-regenerative heat exchanger.
D. Normal charging flow must be established prior to establishing normal letdown. This ensures cooling is provided to the CVCS non-regenerative heat exchanger.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since both the MSIV bypass valves and Rx Vessel head vent valve control power fuses are pulled, however the actual order is Rx Vessel head vent first then the MSIV bypass valves. These actions are required to be done within 30 minutes from start of event. B. Incorrect, Plausible since the MSIV bypass valve control power fuses are removed, however this is an action which is done within 30 minutes from the start of the event. The SG atmospheric dumps do not have to be locally controlled for this action to take place. C. Correct, Let down is isolated during CR evacuation and there is no assurance that normal makeup to VCT will occur, therefore CCP suction is aligned to the RWST. The requirement in AOP-G.04 is to have the suction valves to the RWST opened with in 10 minutes from start of the event to ensure a supply of seal injection to the RCPs is provided within 13 minutes. D. Incorrect, Plausibe since this is the reqired sequence of events when establishing normal charging and letdown, however this step does not apply to control room abandonement since normal letdown is not established during this condition.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
068 AK3.12 024 Given the following:
A. Incorrect, Plausible since both the MSIV bypass valves and Rx Vessel head vent valve control power fuses are pulled, however the actual order is Rx Vessel head vent first then the MSIV bypass valves. These actions are required to be done within 30 minutes from start of event.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam A fire in the Control Building Spreading Room has occurred.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since the MSIV bypass valve control power fuses are removed, however this is an action which is done within 30 minutes from the start of the event. The SG atmospheric dumps do not have to be locally controlled for this action to take place.
The main control room is being evacuated.
C. Correct, Let down is isolated during CR evacuation and there is no assurance that normal makeup to VCT will occur, therefore CCP suction is aligned to the RWST.
AOP-C.04, "Shutdown From Auxiliary Control Room," is being implemented.
The requirement in AOP-G.04 is to have the suction valves to the RWST opened with in 10 minutes from start of the event to ensure a supply of seal injection to the RCPs is provided within 13 minutes.
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the sequence of actions outside the main control room and the basis for this sequence?
D. Incorrect, Plausibe since this is the reqired sequence of events when establishing normal charging and letdown, however this step does not apply to control room abandonement since normal letdown is not established during this condition.
A. MSIV bypass valve fuses are required to be removed prior to Reactor vessel vent valve fuses. This ensures steam release is terminated, which is a higher priority than stopping head vent flow. B. SG atmospheric relief valves must be locally throttled open prior to removing MSIV bypass valve fuses. This ensures that a steam relief path exists to prevent SG safety valves from lifting. CCP suction valves must be aligned to RWST prior to restarting a CCP. This ensures that a suction source is available for RCP seal injection.
D. Normal charging flow must be established prior to establishing normal letdown. This ensures cooling is provided to the CVCS non-regenerative heat exchanger.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since both the MSIV bypass valves and Rx Vessel head vent valve control power fuses are pulled, however the actual order is Rx Vessel head vent first then the MSIV bypass valves. These actions are required to be done within 30 minutes from start of event. B. Incorrect, Plausible since the MSIV bypass valve control power fuses are removed, however this is an action which is done within 30 minutes from the start of the event. The SG atmospheric dumps do not have to be locally controlled for this action to take place. C. Correct, Let down is isolated during CR evacuation and there is no assurance that normal makeup to VCT will occur, therefore CCP suction is aligned to the RWST. The requirement in AOP-G.04 is to have the suction valves to the RWST opened with in 10 minutes from start of the event to ensure a supply of seal injection to the RCPs is provided within 13 minutes. D. Incorrect, Plausibe since this is the reqired sequence of events when establishing normal charging and letdown, however this step does not apply to control room abandonement since normal letdown is not established during this condition.
Question Number: 24 Tier: _1 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 068 Control Room AK3.12 Knowledge of rreasons the following responses as they apply to the Control Room\Evacuatbn:
Required sequence of actions for emergency evacuation of control room. Importance Rating: 4.1/4.5 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question asks the candidate to recall the sequence of steps which must be performed within 13 minutes in order to supply RCP seal injection to prevent possible RCP seal failure and introduction of an RCS leak. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           24 Tier:   _1__ Group         2 KIA:       068 Control Room Evacu,,9ti~
 
AK3.12 Knowledge of th~ rreasons ~br the following responses as they apply to the Control Room\Evacuatbn:
Proposed references to be provided:
Required sequence of actions for emergency evacuation of control room.
Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:         4.1/4.5 10 CFR Part 55:         41.10 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:       This question asks the candidate to recall the sequence of steps which must be performed within 13 minutes in order to supply RCP seal injection to prevent possible RCP seal failure and introduction of an RCS leak.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Technical  
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-C.04, Shutdown From Auxiliary Control Room, Rev 18 None OPL271 AOP-C.04 Obj 10 x Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 24 Tier: _1 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 068 Control Room AK3.12 Knowledge of rreasons the following responses as they apply to the Control Room\Evacuatbn:
Required sequence of actions for emergency evacuation of control room. Importance Rating: 4.1/4.5 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question asks the candidate to recall the sequence of steps which must be performed within 13 minutes in order to supply RCP seal injection to prevent possible RCP seal failure and introduction of an RCS leak. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-C.04, Shutdown From Auxiliary Control Room, Rev 18 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 AOP-C.04 Obj 10 Question Source:
New                  x Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:          NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level:  LOWER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam WE03 EA2.1 025 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 was tripped from 100% power due to a Small Break LOCA.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
  -    The crew is performing ES-1.2, "Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization."
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
  -    The crew is evaluating the step to determine if RHR can be placed in service.
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-C.04, Shutdown From Auxiliary Control Room, Rev 18 None OPL271 AOP-C.04 Obj 10 x Source If Bank: Difficulty:
  -    The following parameters exist:
Both RHR pumps are stopped.
Normal charging has been established.
PZR level is 28% and stable.
RCP #2 is the only RCP running.
RCS pressure - 330 psig and slowly trending down.
RCS temperature - 340°F and slowly trending down.
Which ONE of the following identifies ...
(1) the maximum allowed cooldown rate allowed during the performance of ES-1.2, and (2) whether RHR can be placed in service with the current conditions in accordance with ES-1.2?
A. (1) 50°F/hr (2) Conditions do not allow RHR shutdown cooling to be established.
B. (1) 50°F/hr (2) with TSC concurrence, RHR can be established in accordance with EA-74-1, "Placing RHR is Shutdown Cooling in Service."
C. (1) 100°F/hr (2) Conditions do not allow RHR shutdown cooling to be established.
D~  (1) 100°F/hr (2) with TSC concurrence, RHR can be established in accordance with EA-74-1, "Placing RHR is Shutdown Cooling in Service."


Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO WE03 EA2.1 025 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 was tripped from 100% power due to a Small Break LOCA. -The crew is performing ES-1.2, "Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization." -The crew is evaluating the step to determine if RHR can be placed in service. -The following parameters exist: Both RHR pumps are stopped. Normal charging has been established.
A. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does not know that the minimum conditions have been established to align RHR with concurrence of TSC, and the maximum cooldown rate allowed is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2.
PZR level is 28% and stable. RCP #2 is the only RCP running. RCS pressure -330 psig and slowly trending down. RCS temperature
B. Incorrect, Plausible since minimum conditions have been established to align RHR with concurrence of TSC, however the maximum cooldown rate allowed is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2.
-340°F and slowly trending down. Which ONE of the following identifies
C. Incorrect, Plausible since Maximum cooldown rate is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2, however minimum conditions have been established to align RHR with concurrence of TSC.
... (1) the maximum allowed cooldown rate allowed during the performance of ES-1.2, and (2) whether RHR can be placed in service with the current conditions in accordance with ES-1.2? A. (1) 50°F/hr (2) Conditions do not allow RHR shutdown cooling to be established.
D. Correct, Maximum cooldown rate is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2 and the necessary conditions to establish RHR have been established.
B. (1) 50°F/hr (2) with TSC concurrence, RHR can be established in accordance with EA-74-1, "Placing RHR is Shutdown Cooling in Service." C. (1) 100°F/hr (2) Conditions do not allow RHR shutdown cooling to be established. (1) 100°F/hr (2) with TSC concurrence, RHR can be established in accordance with EA-74-1, "Placing RHR is Shutdown Cooling in Service." WE03 EA2.1 025 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 was tripped from 100% power due to a Small Break LOCA. -The crew is performing ES-1.2, "Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization." -The crew is evaluating the step to determine if RHR can be placed in service. -The following parameters exist: Both RHR pumps are stopped. Normal charging has been established.
PZR level is 28% and stable. RCP #2 is the only RCP running. RCS pressure -330 psig and slowly trending down. RCS temperature
-340°F and slowly trending down. Which ONE of the following identifies
... (1) the maximum allowed cooldown rate allowed during the performance of ES-1.2, and (2) whether RHR can be placed in service with the current conditions in accordance with ES-1.2? A. (1) 50°F/hr (2) Conditions do not allow RHR shutdown cooling to be established.
B. (1) 50°F/hr (2) with TSC concurrence, RHR can be established in accordance with EA-74-1, "Placing RHR is Shutdown Cooling in Service." C. (1) 100°F/hr (2) Conditions do not allow RHR shutdown cooling to be established. (1) 100°F/hr (2) with TSC concurrence, RHR can be established in accordance with EA-74-1, "Placing RHR is Shutdown Cooling in Service."
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does not know that the minimum conditions have been established to align RHR with concurrence of TSC, and the maximum cooldown rate allowed is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2. B. Incorrect, Plausible since minimum conditions have been established to align RHR with concurrence of TSC, however the maximum cooldown rate allowed is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2. C. Incorrect, Plausible since Maximum cooldown rate is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2, however minimum conditions have been established to align RHR with concurrence of TSC. D. Correct, Maximum cooldown rate is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2 and the necessary conditions to establish RHR have been established.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does not know that the minimum conditions have been established to align RHR with concurrence of TSC, and the maximum cooldown rate allowed is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2. B. Incorrect, Plausible since minimum conditions have been established to align RHR with concurrence of TSC, however the maximum cooldown rate allowed is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2. C. Incorrect, Plausible since Maximum cooldown rate is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2, however minimum conditions have been established to align RHR with concurrence of TSC. D. Correct, Maximum cooldown rate is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2 and the necessary conditions to establish RHR have been established.
Question Number: 25 Tier: _1 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: WE 03 LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization EA 2.1 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization):
Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
Importance Rating: 3.4 / 4.2 10CFRPart55:
41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to analyze the data presented during the LOCA Coodown and Depressurization to determine if proper cooldown rate has been established and whether or not RHR can be placed in service per EA-74-1. Technical
 
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           25 Tier:   _1__ Group         2 KIA:       WE 03 LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization EA 2.1 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization):
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, Rev 17 None OPL271 ES-1.2 Obj 5 x Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 25 Tier: _1 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: WE 03 LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization EA 2.1 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization):
Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
Importance Rating: 3.4 / 4.2 10CFRPart55:
Importance Rating:         3.4 / 4.2 10CFRPart55:             41.10 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to analyze the data presented during the LOCA Coodown and Depressurization to determine if proper cooldown rate has been established and whether or not RHR can be placed in service per EA-74-1.
41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Technical  
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to analyze the data presented during the LOCA Coodown and Depressurization to determine if proper cooldown rate has been established and whether or not RHR can be placed in service per EA-74-1. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, Rev 17 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 ES-1.2 Obj 5 Question Source:
New                    x Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:            NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level: HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam WE08 EKl.O 1 026 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
While operating at 100% power, Unit 1 has experienced a large steam break.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
The crew is responding to a Red Path on PTS using FR-P.1, "Pressurized Thermal Shock."
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Current plant conditions are:
RO Date: 212010 ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, Rev 17 None OPL271 ES-1.2 Obj 5 x Source If Bank: Difficulty:
      - RCS temperature is 250°F and slowly rising
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO WE08 EKl.O 1 026 Given the following:
      - PZR pressure is 2000 psi
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam While operating at 100% power, Unit 1 has experienced a large steam break. The crew is responding to a Red Path on PTS using FR-P.1, "Pressurized Thermal Shock." Current plant conditions are: -RCS temperature is 250°F and slowly rising -PZR pressure is 2000 psi -PZR level is 90% and rising Which ONE of the following would contribute the most to potential for damage to the Reactor vessel during these conditions? (Consider each seperately)
      - PZR level is 90% and rising Which ONE of the following would contribute the most to potential for damage to the Reactor vessel during these conditions?
A. Both RHR pumps are running. B. Both SI pumps are running. C. Total AFW flow to the intact SGs is 300 gpm. One (1) CCP is runningiwith CCPIT flowpath.
(Consider each seperately)
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not realize the pressure of the RCS is much greater than the shutoff head of the RHR pumps. B. Incorrect, Plausible since SI pumps are to be turned off in FR-P.1, at the current RCS pressure they are not injecting.
A. Both RHR pumps are running.
RCS pressure would not go down, but they would not be making pressure go up. C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks this is contributing to the cooldown, however this is below the minimum required AFW flow to maintain SG levels following a trip from 100% power (440 gpm is minimum).
B. Both SI pumps are running.
thus this would actually be causing RCS temperature to rise. D. Correct, 1 CCP with its flowpath through the CCPIT would be injecting
C. Total AFW flow to the intact SGs is 300 gpm.
>150 gpm into the RCS continuing to hold or raise pressure.
D~ One (1) CCP is runningiwith CCPIT flowpath.
WE08 EKl.O 1 026 Given the following:
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam While operating at 100% power, Unit 1 has experienced a large steam break. The crew is responding to a Red Path on PTS using FR-P.1, "Pressurized Thermal Shock." Current plant conditions are: -RCS temperature is 250°F and slowly rising -PZR pressure is 2000 psi -PZR level is 90% and rising Which ONE of the following would contribute the most to potential for damage to the Reactor vessel during these conditions? (Consider each seperately)
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not realize the pressure of the RCS is much greater than the shutoff head of the RHR pumps.
A. Both RHR pumps are running. B. Both SI pumps are running. C. Total AFW flow to the intact SGs is 300 gpm. One (1) CCP is runningiwith CCPIT flowpath.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since SI pumps are to be turned off in FR-P.1, at the current RCS pressure they are not injecting. RCS pressure would not go down, but they would not be making pressure go up.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not realize the pressure of the RCS is much greater than the shutoff head of the RHR pumps. B. Incorrect, Plausible since SI pumps are to be turned off in FR-P.1, at the current RCS pressure they are not injecting.
C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks this is contributing to the cooldown, however this is below the minimum required AFW flow to maintain SG levels following a trip from 100% power (440 gpm is minimum). thus this would actually be causing RCS temperature to rise.
RCS pressure would not go down, but they would not be making pressure go up. C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks this is contributing to the cooldown, however this is below the minimum required AFW flow to maintain SG levels following a trip from 100% power (440 gpm is minimum).
D. Correct, 1 CCP with its flowpath through the CCPIT would be injecting >150 gpm into the RCS continuing to hold or raise pressure.
thus this would actually be causing RCS temperature to rise. D. Correct, 1 CCP with its flowpath through the CCPIT would be injecting  
>150 gpm into the RCS continuing to hold or raise pressure.
Question Number: 26 Tier: _1_ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: WE 08 Pressurized Thermal Shock EK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the (Pressurized Thermal Shock): Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems. Importance Rating: 3.5/3.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.8 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine which components would have the greatest impact on, or cause the greatest increase on, RCS pressure if put into service. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           26 Tier:   _1_ Group         2 KIA:       WE 08 Pressurized Thermal Shock EK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the (Pressurized Thermal Shock):
 
Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems.
Proposed references to be provided:
Importance Rating:         3.5/3.8 10 CFR Part 55:         41.8 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine which components would have the greatest impact on, or cause the greatest increase on, RCS pressure if put into service.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 FR-P.1, Pressuirzed Thermal Shock, Rev 13 1-FR-0, Status Trees, Rev 1 None OPL271 FR-P.1 Obj 4 & 6 x Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 26 Tier: _1_ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: WE 08 Pressurized Thermal Shock EK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the (Pressurized Thermal Shock): Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems. Importance Rating: 3.5/3.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.8 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine which components would have the greatest impact on, or cause the greatest increase on, RCS pressure if put into service. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
FR-P.1, Pressuirzed Thermal Shock, Rev 13 1-FR-0, Status Trees, Rev 1 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 FR-P.1 Obj 4 & 6 Question Source:
New                  x Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:          NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level: HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam WEIO EA1.3 027 Given the followi~g:
Learning Objective:
A reactor trip from 100% power and loss of Offsite power occurred 1 hour ago.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
ES-0.3, "Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (with RVLlS)," is in progress.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
PZR pressure is 785 psig and being lowered by auxiliary spray.
RO Date: 2/2010 FR-P.1, Pressuirzed Thermal Shock, Rev 13 1-FR-0, Status Trees, Rev 1 None OPL271 FR-P.1 Obj 4 & 6 x Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Core exit TCs indicate 520°F...
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam WEIO EA1.3 027 Given the A reactor trip from 100% power and loss of Offsite power occurred 1 hour ago. ES-0.3, "Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (with RVLlS)," is in progress.
RVLlS upper plenum range reads 81 %.
PZR pressure is 785 psig and being lowered by auxiliary spray. Core exit TCs indicate 520°F ... RVLlS upper plenum range reads 81 %. With NO additional operator action, which ONE of the following identifies the expected response of RVLlS and PZR level? RVLlS PZR A ':I Decrease Increase B. Increase Decrease C. Decrease Decrease D. Increase Increase DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, With aux spray in service as the PZR pressure is decreased the bubble in Rx vessel head will grow. The expected plant response for this condition is that as the bubble in Rx head increases, RVLlS will decrease and PZR level will increase.
With NO additional operator action, which ONE of the following identifies the expected response of RVLlS and PZR level?
B. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate determines that the bubble in Rx vessel head will decrease with the use of aux spray, thus RVLlS level would increase and PZR level would decrease.
RVLlS                                 PZR A':I Decrease                                 Increase B. Increase                                 Decrease C. Decrease                                 Decrease D. Increase                                 Increase DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
C. Incorrect, Plausible since Rx vessel head bubble would grow causing RVLlS to decrease but PZR level would increase not decrease.
A. Correct, With aux spray in service as the PZR pressure is decreased the bubble in Rx vessel head will grow. The expected plant response for this condition is that as the bubble in Rx head increases, RVLlS will decrease and PZR level will increase.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate determines that the bubble in Rx vessel head will decrease with the use of aux spray, and PZR level would increase wtih the use of aux. spray. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam WEIO EA1.3 027 Given the A reactor trip from 100% power and loss of Offsite power occurred 1 hour ago. ES-0.3, "Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (with RVLlS)," is in progress.
PZR pressure is 785 psig and being lowered by auxiliary spray. Core exit TCs indicate 520°F ... RVLlS upper plenum range reads 81 %. With NO additional operator action, which ONE of the following identifies the expected response of RVLlS and PZR level? RVLlS PZR A ':I Decrease Increase B. Increase Decrease C. Decrease Decrease D. Increase Increase DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, With aux spray in service as the PZR pressure is decreased the bubble in Rx vessel head will grow. The expected plant response for this condition is that as the bubble in Rx head increases, RVLlS will decrease and PZR level will increase.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate determines that the bubble in Rx vessel head will decrease with the use of aux spray, thus RVLlS level would increase and PZR level would decrease.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate determines that the bubble in Rx vessel head will decrease with the use of aux spray, thus RVLlS level would increase and PZR level would decrease.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since Rx vessel head bubble would grow causing RVLlS to decrease but PZR level would increase not decrease.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since Rx vessel head bubble would grow causing RVLlS to decrease but PZR level would increase not decrease.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate determines that the bubble in Rx vessel head will decrease with the use of aux spray, and PZR level would increase wtih the use of aux. spray.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate determines that the bubble in Rx vessel head will decrease with the use of aux spray, and PZR level would increase wtih the use of aux. spray.
Question Number: 27 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _1 __ Group _2_ KIA: WE10 Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel with/without RVLlS EA 1.3 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the (Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel with/without RVLlS): ..
operating results during abnormal and emergency situations.
Importance Rating: 3.4/3.7 10CFRPart55:
41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the expected plant response to lowering RCS pressure during Natural Circulation conditions.
Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:            27 Tier:   _1__ Group _2_
 
KIA:       WE10 Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel with/without RVLlS EA 1.3 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the (Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel with/without RVLlS):
Proposed references to be provided:
        .. D~~ired operating results during abnormal and emergency situations.
Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:         3.4/3.7 10CFRPart55:             41.7 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the expected plant response to lowering RCS pressure during Natural Circulation conditions.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (with RVLlS), Rev 13 None OPL271 ES03 obj. B.2.a OPL271 ES03 obj. B.2.b OPL271 ES03 obj. B.4.a x question from bank question ES-0.3-B.2 001 Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 27 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _1 __ Group _2_ KIA: WE10 Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel with/without RVLlS EA 1.3 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the (Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel with/without RVLlS): ..
operating results during abnormal and emergency situations.
Importance Rating: 3.4/3.7 10CFRPart55:
41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the expected plant response to lowering RCS pressure during Natural Circulation conditions.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (with RVLlS), Rev 13 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 ES03 obj. B.2.a OPL271 ES03 obj. B.2.b OPL271 ES03 obj. B.4.a Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              question from bank question ES-0.3-B.2 001 Comments:
Source:            BANK                              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 003 KS.Ol 028
Learning Objective:
~ If one Reactor Coolant Pump became degraded and RCS total flow fell below the Tech Spec minimum required flow rate, which ONE of the following conditions would occur?
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
A. Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio limits would be exceeded.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (with RVLlS), Rev 13 None OPL271 ES03 obj. B.2.a OPL271 ES03 obj. B.2.b OPL271 ES03 obj. B.4.a x question from bank question ES-0.3-B.2 001 Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 003 KS.Ol 028 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam If one Reactor Coolant Pump became degraded and RCS total flow fell below the Tech Spec minimum required flow rate, which ONE of the following conditions would occur? A. Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio limits would be exceeded.
B. Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor limits would be exceeded.
B. Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor limits would be exceeded.
C'!' Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) limits would be exceeded.
C'!' Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) limits would be exceeded.
D. Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor limits would be exceeded.
D. Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor limits would be exceeded.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, reduced flow rate would not affect the QPTR. TS Basis 3.4.1 states DNB assumes QPTR is in spec, but DNB above the limit does not affect QPTR. B. Incorrect, Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor is not a concern for a low RCS flow rate. Plausible, since with reduced flow fuel temperatures increase.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
C. Correct, IA W the applicable safety analysis, lower RCS flow will cause the core to approach DNB limits. The RCS flow rate normally remains constant during an operational fuel cycle with all pumps running. The minimum RCS flow limit corresponds to that assumed for DNB analyses.
A. Incorrect, reduced flow rate would not affect the QPTR. TS Basis 3.4.1 states DNB assumes QPTR is in spec, but DNB above the limit does not affect QPTR.
A lower RCS flow will cause the core to approach DNB limits. Operation for significant periods of time outside these DNB limits increases the likelihood of a fuel cladding failure in a DNB limited event. This is the acceptance limit for the RCS DNB parameters.
B. Incorrect, Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor is not a concern for a low RCS flow rate.
Changes to the unit that could impact these parameters must be assessed for their impact on the DNBR criteria.
Plausible, since with reduced flow fuel temperatures increase.
C. Correct, IA W the applicable safety analysis, lower RCS flow will cause the core to approach DNB limits. The RCS flow rate normally remains constant during an operational fuel cycle with all pumps running. The minimum RCS flow limit corresponds to that assumed for DNB analyses. A lower RCS flow will cause the core to approach DNB limits.
Operation for significant periods of time outside these DNB limits increases the likelihood of a fuel cladding failure in a DNB limited event. This is the acceptance limit for the RCS DNB parameters. Changes to the unit that could impact these parameters must be assessed for their impact on the DNBR criteria.
D. Incorrect, Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Heat Channel Factor is not a concern for a low RCS flow. Plausible, since the fuel temperature increases with less coolant flow and enthalpy is proportional to temperature.
D. Incorrect, Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Heat Channel Factor is not a concern for a low RCS flow. Plausible, since the fuel temperature increases with less coolant flow and enthalpy is proportional to temperature.
003 KS.Ol 028 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam If one Reactor Coolant Pump became degraded and RCS total flow fell below the Tech Spec minimum required flow rate, which ONE of the following conditions would occur? A. Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio limits would be exceeded.
B. Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor limits would be exceeded.
C'!' Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) limits would be exceeded.
D. Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor limits would be exceeded.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, reduced flow rate would not affect the QPTR. TS Basis 3.4.1 states DNB assumes QPTR is in spec, but DNB above the limit does not affect QPTR. B. Incorrect, Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor is not a concern for a low RCS flow rate. Plausible, since with reduced flow fuel temperatures increase.
C. Correct, IA W the applicable safety analysis, lower RCS flow will cause the core to approach DNB limits. The RCS flow rate normally remains constant during an operational fuel cycle with all pumps running. The minimum RCS flow limit corresponds to that assumed for DNB analyses.
A lower RCS flow will cause the core to approach DNB limits. Operation for significant periods of time outside these DNB limits increases the likelihood of a fuel cladding failure in a DNB limited event. This is the acceptance limit for the RCS DNB parameters.
Changes to the unit that could impact these parameters must be assessed for their impact on the DNBR criteria.
D. Incorrect, Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Heat Channel Factor is not a concern for a low RCS flow. Plausible, since the fuel temperature increases with less coolant flow and enthalpy is proportional to temperature.
Question Number: 28 Tier: 2 Group 1 KIA: 003 K5.01 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS) Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the RCPS: The relationship between the RCPS flow rate and the nuclear reactor core operating parameters (quadrant power tilt, imbalance, DNB rate, local power density, difference in loop T -hot pressure)
Importance Rating: 3.3 / 3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/45.7 10CFR55.42.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This meets the KA since the RCS flow rate is reduced which affects the DNB parameters.
The operational implications are the limits being exceeded.
Since this is a knowledge KA, it is written to a memory level and knowledge of Tech Specs vs RCS flow would provide the RO with the knowledge required to answer the question.
Technical
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           28 Tier:       2   Group       1 KIA:       003 K5.01 Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS)
Learning Objective:
Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the RCPS:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
The relationship between the RCPS flow rate and the nuclear reactor core operating parameters (quadrant power tilt, imbalance, DNB rate, local power density, difference in loop T -hot pressure)
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
Importance Rating:         3.3 / 3.9 10 CFR Part 55:           41.5/45.7 10CFR55.42.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This meets the KA since the RCS flow rate is reduced which affects the DNB parameters. The operational implications are the limits being exceeded. Since this is a knowledge KA, it is written to a memory level and knowledge of Tech Specs vs RCS flow would provide the RO with the knowledge required to answer the question.
RO Date: 2/2010 Technical Specification, Power Distribution Limits, 3/4.2.5 DNB parameters, Amendment 138 None OPT200.RCP B.6.a Describe the administrative controls and limits for the RCP system as explained in this lesson: State Tech SpecslTRM LCOs that govern the RCPs x Question used on Farley 2009 exam Source If Bank: FARLEY 2009 Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 28 Tier: 2 Group 1 KIA: 003 K5.01 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS) Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the RCPS: The relationship between the RCPS flow rate and the nuclear reactor core operating parameters (quadrant power tilt, imbalance, DNB rate, local power density, difference in loop T -hot pressure)
Importance Rating: 3.3 / 3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/45.7 10CFR55.42.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This meets the KA since the RCS flow rate is reduced which affects the DNB parameters.
The operational implications are the limits being exceeded.
Since this is a knowledge KA, it is written to a memory level and knowledge of Tech Specs vs RCS flow would provide the RO with the knowledge required to answer the question.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Technical Specification, Power Distribution Limits, 3/4.2.5 DNB parameters, Amendment 138 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.RCP B.6.a Describe the administrative controls and limits for the RCP system as explained in this lesson:
State Tech SpecslTRM LCOs that govern the RCPs Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              Question used on Farley 2009 exam Comments:
Source:            BANK                              Source If Bank: FARLEY 2009 Cognitive Level:  LOWER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 004 A3.05 029 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 2 is at 100% rated thermal power.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Rod control is in Manual.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
The OATC notices a slow decrease in RCS pressure and Tavg has decreased 1.5°F over the last several minutes.
RO Date: 2/2010 Technical Specification, Power Distribution Limits, 3/4.2.5 DNB parameters, Amendment 138 None OPT200.RCP B.6.a Describe the administrative controls and limits for the RCP system as explained in this lesson: State Tech SpecslTRM LCOs that govern the RCPs x Question used on Farley 2009 exam Source If Bank: FARLEY 2009 Difficulty:
Which ONE of the following could have contributed to these indications?
 
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 004 A3.05 029 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 is at 100% rated thermal power. Rod control is in Manual. The OATC notices a slow decrease in RCS pressure and Tavg has decreased 1.5°F over the last several minutes. Which ONE of the following could have contributed to these indications?
A. The inseNice mixed bed demineralizer is boron saturated.
A. The inseNice mixed bed demineralizer is boron saturated.
B:' 2-FCV-62-138, Emergency Boration Flow Control valve is leaking by. C. Primary water makeup flow was 70 gpm during the last Auto makeup to the VCT. D. A CVCS mixed bed demineralizer with new resin was put in seNice before being borated. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not realize that a mixed bed ion exchanger that was saturated would be at the current RCS boron concentration and would not add more boron to the system. B. Correct, If the emergency boration valve was leaking it would add boron directly into the suction of the charging pump and would cause RCS temp to drop due to Rods in manual. As RCS temperature goes down so would Pressure due to the outsurge of water from PZR. C. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does not remember that primary water makeup is 70 gpm during every auto makeup. The boric acid flow is what is varied to get proper blended flow. D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not realize that a putting new mixed bed ion exchanger in service would reduce RCS boron not cause it to increase.
B:' 2-FCV-62-138, Emergency Boration Flow Control valve is leaking by.
004 A3.05 029 Given the following:
C. Primary water makeup flow was 70 gpm during the last Auto makeup to the VCT.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 is at 100% rated thermal power. Rod control is in Manual. The OATC notices a slow decrease in RCS pressure and Tavg has decreased 1.5°F over the last several minutes. Which ONE of the following could have contributed to these indications?
D. A CVCS mixed bed demineralizer with new resin was put in seNice before being borated.
A. The inseNice mixed bed demineralizer is boron saturated.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
B:' 2-FCV-62-138, Emergency Boration Flow Control valve is leaking by. C. Primary water makeup flow was 70 gpm during the last Auto makeup to the VCT. D. A CVCS mixed bed demineralizer with new resin was put in seNice before being borated. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not realize that a mixed bed ion exchanger that was saturated would be at the current RCS boron concentration and would not add more boron to the system. B. Correct, If the emergency boration valve was leaking it would add boron directly into the suction of the charging pump and would cause RCS temp to drop due to Rods in manual. As RCS temperature goes down so would Pressure due to the outsurge of water from PZR. C. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does not remember that primary water makeup is 70 gpm during every auto makeup. The boric acid flow is what is varied to get proper blended flow. D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not realize that a putting new mixed bed ion exchanger in service would reduce RCS boron not cause it to increase.
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not realize that a mixed bed ion exchanger that was saturated would be at the current RCS boron concentration and would not add more boron to the system.
Question Number: 29 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 004 Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS) A3.05 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the CVCS, including:
B. Correct, If the emergency boration valve was leaking it would add boron directly into the suction of the charging pump and would cause RCS temp to drop due to Rods in manual. As RCS temperature goes down so would Pressure due to the outsurge of water from PZR.
RCS pressure and temperature Importance Rating: 3.9/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
C. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does not remember that primary water makeup is 70 gpm during every auto makeup. The boric acid flow is what is varied to get proper blended flow.
Not applicable KIA Match: Question determines if candidate knows how CVCS operation can affect normal RCS temperature and pressure by determining that an inadvertant boration has taken place. Technical
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not realize that a putting new mixed bed ion exchanger in service would reduce RCS boron not cause it to increase.


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           29 Tier:   _2_ Group         1 KIA:       004 Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS)
 
A3.05 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the CVCS, including:
Proposed references to be provided:
RCS pressure and temperature Importance Rating:         3.9/3.9 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       Question determines if candidate knows how CVCS operation can affect normal RCS temperature and pressure by determining that an inadvertant boration has taken place.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 AOP-C.02, Uncontrolled RCS Boron Concentration Changes, Rev 6 None OPT200.CVCS obj 5.d x Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 29 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 004 Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS) A3.05 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the CVCS, including:
RCS pressure and temperature Importance Rating: 3.9/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question determines if candidate knows how CVCS operation can affect normal RCS temperature and pressure by determining that an inadvertant boration has taken place. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-C.02, Uncontrolled RCS Boron Concentration Changes, Rev 6 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.CVCS obj 5.d Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:
Comments:
Source:            BANK                            Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                          Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 004 A4.13 030 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 is operating at 100% power.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
        "LS-62-129A1B VOLUME CONTROL TANK LEVEL HI-LOW," alarms on M-6.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
L1-62-129, VCT Level, indicates 35% decreasing.
RO Date: 212010 AOP-C.02, Uncontrolled RCS Boron Concentration Changes, Rev 6 None OPT200.CVCS obj 5.d x Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
L1-62-130, VCT Level, indicates 100% on ICS.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 004 A4.13 030 Given the following:
Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the plant?
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is operating at 100% power. "LS-62-129A1B VOLUME CONTROL TANK LEVEL HI-LOW," alarms on M-6. L1-62-129, VCT Level, indicates 35% decreasing.
A. Suction to the operating CCP will align to the RWST when VCT level decreases to 7%.
L1-62-130, VCT Level, indicates 100% on ICS. Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the plant? A. Suction to the operating CCP will align to the RWST when VCT level decreases to 7%. B. Pressurizer level will decrease to 17% resulting in letdown system isolation and recovery of VCT level. VCT level will continue to decrease until the operator manually aligns LCV-62-118, Letdown Divert to HUT, to the D. Auto makeup will initiate to the VCT when L T-62-129, VCT Level Transmitter, decreases to 20% and will raise VCT level back to 41 %. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know that failure of LT-62-129 or 130 will prevent swapover to RWST. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that failure will cause charging flow control valve to go to minimum. If that occurred then PZR level would decrease to 17%. C. Correct, VCT level will continue to drop, since a failure of LT-62-130 will prevent Auto makeup and auto swapover to RWST. Operators must take manual control of Divert valve and select to VCT position.
B. Pressurizer level will decrease to 17% resulting in letdown system isolation and recovery of VCT level.
C~  VCT level will continue to decrease until the operator manually aligns LCV-62-118, Letdown Divert to HUT, to the VG=r~position.
D. Auto makeup will initiate to the VCT when LT-62-129, VCT Level Transmitter, decreases to 20% and will raise VCT level back to 41 %.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know that failure of LT-62-129 or 130 will prevent swapover to RWST.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that failure will cause charging flow control valve to go to minimum. If that occurred then PZR level would decrease to 17%.
C. Correct, VCT level will continue to drop, since a failure of LT-62-130 will prevent Auto makeup and auto swapover to RWST. Operators must take manual control of Divert valve and select to VCT position.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that Auto makeup will occur and maintain VCT level above swap-over value. Auto makeup is not available for this condition.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that Auto makeup will occur and maintain VCT level above swap-over value. Auto makeup is not available for this condition.
004 A4.13 030 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is operating at 100% power. "LS-62-129A1B VOLUME CONTROL TANK LEVEL HI-LOW," alarms on M-6. L1-62-129, VCT Level, indicates 35% decreasing.
L1-62-130, VCT Level, indicates 100% on ICS. Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the plant? A. Suction to the operating CCP will align to the RWST when VCT level decreases to 7%. B. Pressurizer level will decrease to 17% resulting in letdown system isolation and recovery of VCT level. VCT level will continue to decrease until the operator manually aligns LCV-62-118, Letdown Divert to HUT, to the D. Auto makeup will initiate to the VCT when L T-62-129, VCT Level Transmitter, decreases to 20% and will raise VCT level back to 41 %. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know that failure of LT-62-129 or 130 will prevent swapover to RWST. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that failure will cause charging flow control valve to go to minimum. If that occurred then PZR level would decrease to 17%. C. Correct, VCT level will continue to drop, since a failure of LT-62-130 will prevent Auto makeup and auto swapover to RWST. Operators must take manual control of Divert valve and select to VCT position.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that Auto makeup will occur and maintain VCT level above swap-over value. Auto makeup is not available for this condition.
Question Number: 30 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 004 Chemical and Volume Control System A4.13 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: VCT level control and pressure control. Importance Rating: 3.3/2.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the effect on VCT makeup with a level detector failed and the required operator action to mitigate the failure. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           30 Tier:   _2_ Group           1 KIA:       004 Chemical and Volume Control System A4.13 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
 
VCT level control and pressure control.
Proposed references to be provided:
Importance Rating:         3.3/2.9 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the effect on VCT makeup with a level detector failed and the required operator action to mitigate the failure.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 1-AR-M6-C A-3, Rev 34 None OPL200.CVCS Obj B.5. c & d x Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 30 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 004 Chemical and Volume Control System A4.13 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: VCT level control and pressure control. Importance Rating: 3.3/2.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the effect on VCT makeup with a level detector failed and the required operator action to mitigate the failure. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1-AR-M6-C A-3, Rev 34 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL200.CVCS Obj B.5. c & d Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:
Comments:
Source:            BANK                            Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                          Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 1-AR-M6-C A-3, Rev 34 None OPL200.CVCS Obj B.5. c & d x Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 005 K5 05 031 Given the following:
Unit 1 is in Mode 5 with the RCS in solid water operation.
RHR pump 1 A-A in service. 1-PCV-62-81, Letdown Pressure Pressure Control Valve, in automatic.
RHR pump 1 A-A trips. Which ONE of the following correctly completes the statement below? The RCS pressure will initially (1) due to 1-PCV-62-81 throttling (2) when RHR pump trips. ill (£) A. drop open B. drop closed C. rise open D'!' rise closed DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, The RCS pressure will not drop (it will rise) if the RHR pump trips and the pressure control valve will not be throttling open. Plausible because typically when a pump supplying a system trips the system pressure will drop and if the location of the pressure control valve in the system or which side of the valve the pressure is the control point is not understood, then it can be concluded that the valve would throttle open to reduce RCS pressure.
B. Incorrect, The RCS pressure will not drop (it will rise) if the RHR pump trips and the pressure control valve will not be throttling open. Plausible because typically when a pump supplying a system trips the system pressure will drop and the direction of throttling of the pressure control valve is correct. C. Incorrect, The RCS pressure will rise if the RHR pump trips but not due to the pressure control valve throttling opening. Plausible because the RCS pressure rising is correct and if the location of the pressure control valve in the system or which side of the valve the pressure is the control point is not understood, then it can be concluded that the valve would throttle open to reduce RCS pressure.
D. Correct, The RCS pressure will rise if the RHR pump trips because the letdown is being supplied via the RHR letdown line. When the pump trips a lower letdown pressure is sensed, causing the pressure control valve to throttle more closed. Being water solid with less letdown flow but charging flow not changed results in a rapid pressure increase.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 005 K5 05 031 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 005 K5 05 031 Given the following:
Unit 1 is in Mode 5 with the RCS in solid water operation.
Unit 1 is in Mode 5 with the RCS in solid water operation.
RHR pump 1 A-A in service. 1-PCV-62-81, Letdown Pressure Pressure Control Valve, in automatic.
RHR pump 1A-A in service.
RHR pump 1 A-A trips. Which ONE of the following correctly completes the statement below? The RCS pressure will initially (1) due to 1-PCV-62-81 throttling (2) when RHR pump trips. ill (£) A. drop open B. drop closed C. rise open D'!' rise closed DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, The RCS pressure will not drop (it will rise) if the RHR pump trips and the pressure control valve will not be throttling open. Plausible because typically when a pump supplying a system trips the system pressure will drop and if the location of the pressure control valve in the system or which side of the valve the pressure is the control point is not understood, then it can be concluded that the valve would throttle open to reduce RCS pressure.
1-PCV-62-81, Letdown Pressure Pressure Control Valve, in automatic.
B. Incorrect, The RCS pressure will not drop (it will rise) if the RHR pump trips and the pressure control valve will not be throttling open. Plausible because typically when a pump supplying a system trips the system pressure will drop and the direction of throttling of the pressure control valve is correct. C. Incorrect, The RCS pressure will rise if the RHR pump trips but not due to the pressure control valve throttling opening. Plausible because the RCS pressure rising is correct and if the location of the pressure control valve in the system or which side of the valve the pressure is the control point is not understood, then it can be concluded that the valve would throttle open to reduce RCS pressure.
RHR pump 1A-A trips.
D. Correct, The RCS pressure will rise if the RHR pump trips because the letdown is being supplied via the RHR letdown line. When the pump trips a lower letdown pressure is sensed, causing the pressure control valve to throttle more closed. Being water solid with less letdown flow but charging flow not changed results in a rapid pressure increase.
Which ONE of the following correctly completes the statement below?
Question Number: 31 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 005 K5 05 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS) Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply the RHRS: Plant response during "solid plant": pressure change due to the relative incompressibility of water Importance Rating: 2.7* / 3.1
The RCS pressure will initially           (1)     due to 1-PCV-62-81 throttling (2)     when RHR pump trips.
* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/45.7 10CFR55.43.b:
ill                                   (£)
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to understand the operational implication of an RHR pump tripping while operating in solid water conditions.
A. drop                                 open B. drop                                 closed C. rise                                 open D'!' rise                                 closed DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Technical
A. Incorrect, The RCS pressure will not drop (it will rise) if the RHR pump trips and the pressure control valve will not be throttling open. Plausible because typically when a pump supplying a system trips the system pressure will drop and if the location of the pressure control valve in the system or which side of the valve the pressure is the control point is not understood, then it can be concluded that the valve would throttle open to reduce RCS pressure.
B. Incorrect, The RCS pressure will not drop (it will rise) if the RHR pump trips and the pressure control valve will not be throttling open. Plausible because typically when a pump supplying a system trips the system pressure will drop and the direction of throttling of the pressure control valve is correct.
C. Incorrect, The RCS pressure will rise if the RHR pump trips but not due to the pressure control valve throttling opening. Plausible because the RCS pressure rising is correct and if the location of the pressure control valve in the system or which side of the valve the pressure is the control point is not understood, then it can be concluded that the valve would throttle open to reduce RCS pressure.
D. Correct, The RCS pressure will rise if the RHR pump trips because the letdown is being supplied via the RHR letdown line. When the pump trips a lower letdown pressure is sensed, causing the pressure control valve to throttle more closed.
Being water solid with less letdown flow but charging flow not changed results in a rapid pressure increase.


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:         31 Tier:   _2_ Group         1 KIA:       005 K5 05 Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)
 
Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply the RHRS:
Proposed references to be provided:
Plant response during "solid plant": pressure change due to the relative incompressibility of water Importance Rating:       2.7* / 3.1
Learning Objective:
* 10 CFR Part 55:         41.5/45.7 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:       Applicant is required to understand the operational implication of an RHR pump tripping while operating in solid water conditions.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 0-SO-74-1, Residual Heat Removal System, Rev: 66 Precaution M.4 None OPT200.RHR
: 5. Describe the operation of the RHR: a. Precautions and Limitations x SQN bank question RHR-8-14.3 001with changes Question changed to a fill in the blank question which resulted modification to the distractors but the only condition changes in the stem was in formatting.
Thus did not label as a bank modified question.
Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 31 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 005 K5 05 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS) Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply the RHRS: Plant response during "solid plant": pressure change due to the relative incompressibility of water Importance Rating: 2.7* / 3.1
* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/45.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to understand the operational implication of an RHR pump tripping while operating in solid water conditions.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-SO-74-1, Residual Heat Removal System, Rev: 66 Precaution M.4 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.RHR
: 5. Describe the operation of the RHR:
: a. Precautions and Limitations Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              SQN bank question RHR-8-14.3 001with changes Comments:                      Question changed to a fill in the blank question which resulted modification to the distractors but the only condition changes in the stem was in formatting. Thus did not label as a bank modified question.
Source:          BANK                              Source If Bank:  SQN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 006 A1.14 032 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 2 was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Hottest core exit thermocouples are stable at 400°F:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RCS pressure is 225 psig.
RO Date: 2/2010 0-SO-74-1, Residual Heat Removal System, Rev: 66 Precaution M.4 None OPT200.RHR
RVLlS Upper Plenum is 64%. -
: 5. Describe the operation of the RHR: a. Precautions and Limitations x SQN bank question RHR-8-14.3 001with changes Question changed to a fill in the blank question which resulted modification to the distractors but the only condition changes in the stem was in formatting.
RVLlS Lower Range is 70%.
Thus did not label as a bank modified question.
Containment pressure is 6 psig.
Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
All SG pressures are 500 psig.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 006 A1.14 032 Given the following:
Which ONE of the following conclusions can be determined from these indications?
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
Hottest core exit thermocouples are stable at 400°F: RCS pressure is 225 psig. RVLlS Upper Plenum is 64%. -RVLlS Lower Range is 70%. Containment pressure is 6 psig. All SG pressures are 500 psig. Which ONE of the following conclusions can be determined from these indications?
A. Decay heat is being removed by Steam Generators.
B. RVLlS Upper range indication has failed since it is not consistent with RVLlS Lower Range indication.
C. Core uncovery is occurring.
ECCS flow must be raised to ensure adequate heat removal and to reflood the core. Vessel level is adequate.
ECCS flow should continue to ensure core cooling is maintained.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that SGs are providing a heat sink for the reactor, however at 500 psig (sat temp -470&deg;F) they are above the saturation pressure for the hottest TC (400&deg;F) which would make them a heat source rather than a heat sink. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that Upper Range indication does not read below -64% level. C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that with RVLlS lower range >42%, and CETs < 700&deg;F the core is being adequately cooled. D. Correct, With CETs <700&deg;F and RVLlS lower range> 42% (70% given) core cooling may be degraded but is adequate.
Continued ECCS flow will maintain core cooling. 006 A1.14 032 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
Hottest core exit thermocouples are stable at 400&deg;F: RCS pressure is 225 psig. RVLlS Upper Plenum is 64%. -RVLlS Lower Range is 70%. Containment pressure is 6 psig. All SG pressures are 500 psig. Which ONE of the following conclusions can be determined from these indications?
A. Decay heat is being removed by Steam Generators.
A. Decay heat is being removed by Steam Generators.
B. RVLlS Upper range indication has failed since it is not consistent with RVLlS Lower Range indication.
B. RVLlS Upper range indication has failed since it is not consistent with RVLlS Lower Range indication.
C. Core uncovery is occurring.
C. Core uncovery is occurring. ECCS flow must be raised to ensure adequate heat removal and to reflood the core.
ECCS flow must be raised to ensure adequate heat removal and to reflood the core. Vessel level is adequate.
D~  Vessel level is adequate. ECCS flow should continue to ensure core cooling is maintained.
ECCS flow should continue to ensure core cooling is maintained.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that SGs are providing a heat sink for the reactor, however at 500 psig (sat temp -470&deg;F) they are above the saturation pressure for the hottest TC (400&deg;F) which would make them a heat source rather than a heat sink. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that Upper Range indication does not read below -64% level. C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that with RVLlS lower range >42%, and CETs < 700&deg;F the core is being adequately cooled. D. Correct, With CETs <700&deg;F and RVLlS lower range> 42% (70% given) core cooling may be degraded but is adequate.
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that SGs are providing a heat sink for the reactor, however at 500 psig (sat temp -470&deg;F) they are above the saturation pressure for the hottest TC (400&deg;F) which would make them a heat source rather than a heat sink.
Continued ECCS flow will maintain core cooling.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that Upper Range indication does not read below -64% level.
Question Number: 32 Tier: _2 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) A 1.14 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ECCS controls including:
C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that with RVLlS lower range
Reactor Vessel Level Importance Rating: 3.6/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
    >42%, and CETs < 700&deg;F the core is being adequately cooled.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate predict the changes to RVLlS during and accident, assess those changes and determine if adequate core cooling exists. Technical
D. Correct, With CETs <700&deg;F and RVLlS lower range> 42% (70% given) core cooling may be degraded but is adequate. Continued ECCS flow will maintain core cooling.


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           32 Tier:   _2__ Group         1 KIA:       006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)
 
A 1.14 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ECCS controls including:
Proposed references to be provided:
Reactor Vessel Level Importance Rating:         3.6/3.9 10 CFR Part 55:           41.5 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate predict the changes to RVLlS during and accident, assess those changes and determine if adequate core cooling exists.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 1-FR-O, Core Cooling, Rev 1 OPT200.RVLlS Rev 3 None OPT200.ECCS, Obj B.15.n OPT271 FR-O Obj 5 x written for 06 license class Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 32 Tier: _2 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) A 1.14 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ECCS controls including:
Reactor Vessel Level Importance Rating: 3.6/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate predict the changes to RVLlS during and accident, assess those changes and determine if adequate core cooling exists. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1-FR-O, Core Cooling, Rev 1 OPT200.RVLlS Rev 3 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.ECCS, Obj B.15.n OPT271 FR-O Obj 5 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              written for 06 license class Comments:
Source:            BANK                                Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                  Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                              Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 007 Kl.03 033 Given the following plant conditions:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 1-FR-O, Core Cooling, Rev 1 OPT200.RVLlS Rev 3 None OPT200.ECCS, Obj B.15.n OPT271 FR-O Obj 5 x written for 06 license class Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO 007 Kl.03 033 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
A reactor trip has occurred.
RCS pressure is 1810 psig and lowering.
Containment Pressure is 1.55 psig and rising. Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the RCP's #1 sealleakoff flowpath?
A'! routed to the PRT B. routed to the VCT C. routed to the RCDT D. Isolated DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, with containment pressure at 1.55 psig, the seal return line is isolated and the seal return is routed to the PRT via a relief valve. B. Incorrect, Plausible since the VCT is the normal flowpath via the Seal return line. C. Incorrect, Plausible the #2 sealleakoff normal flow path is to the RCDT. D. Incorrect, Plausible the sealleakoff is isolated, but seal flow still goes to PRT via a relief line. 007 Kl.03 033 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
A reactor trip has occurred.
A reactor trip has occurred.
RCS pressure is 1810 psig and lowering.
RCS pressure is 1810 psig and lowering.
Containment Pressure is 1.55 psig and rising. Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the RCP's #1 sealleakoff flowpath?
Containment Pressure is 1.55 psig and rising.
A'! routed to the PRT B. routed to the VCT C. routed to the RCDT D. Isolated DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, with containment pressure at 1.55 psig, the seal return line is isolated and the seal return is routed to the PRT via a relief valve. B. Incorrect, Plausible since the VCT is the normal flowpath via the Seal return line. C. Incorrect, Plausible the #2 sealleakoff normal flow path is to the RCDT. D. Incorrect, Plausible the sealleakoff is isolated, but seal flow still goes to PRT via a relief line.
Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the RCP's #1 sealleakoff flowpath?
Question Number: 33 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS) K1.03 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the PRTS and the following systems: RCS Importance Rating: 3.0/3.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.2 to 41.9/45.7 to 45.S 10CFR55.43.b:
A'! routed to the PRT B. routed to the VCT C. routed to the RCDT D. Isolated DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Not applicable KIA Match: requires knowledge of a flow path (physical connection) between the PRT and and the RCS. Technical
A. Correct, with containment pressure at 1.55 psig, the seal return line is isolated and the seal return is routed to the PRT via a relief valve.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since the VCT is the normal flowpath via the Seal return line.
C. Incorrect, Plausible the #2 sealleakoff normal flow path is to the RCDT.
D. Incorrect, Plausible the sealleakoff is isolated, but seal flow still goes to PRT via a relief line.


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:             33 Tier:   _2_ Group           1 KIA:       007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS)
 
K1.03 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the PRTS and the following systems:
Proposed references to be provided:
RCS Importance Rating:           3.0/3.2 10 CFR Part 55:           41.2 to 41.9/45.7 to 45.S 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       requires knowledge of a flow path (physical connection) between the PRT and and the RCS.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 1-47WS09-1, Rev 74 1-47WS13-1, Rev 53 1-47W611-62-1, Rev 4 OPT200.RCP Rev 5 None OPT200.RCP B.3 Explain the purpose/function of each major component in the flow path of the Reactor Coolant Pump System as illustrated on the simplified system drawing. x Question used on SQN 2007 exam which is not one of the last 2 exams. Correct answer relocated.
Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 33 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS) K1.03 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the PRTS and the following systems: RCS Importance Rating: 3.0/3.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.2 to 41.9/45.7 to 45.S 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: requires knowledge of a flow path (physical connection) between the PRT and and the RCS. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1-47WS09-1, Rev 74 1-47WS13-1, Rev 53 1-47W611-62-1, Rev 4 OPT200.RCP Rev 5 Proposed references              None to be provided:
Learning Objective:              OPT200.RCP B.3 Explain the purpose/function of each major component in the flow path of the Reactor Coolant Pump System as illustrated on the simplified system drawing.
Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                    x Question History:                Question used on SQN 2007 exam which is not one of the last 2 exams.
Comments:                        Correct answer relocated.
Source:            BANK                                Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  LOWER                                Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                  Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                              Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 008 Al.04 034 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 at 100% power.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Component Cooling Water system is in the normal alignment.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
Unit 2 in Mode 5.
RO Date: 2/2010 1-47WS09-1, Rev 74 1-47WS13-1, Rev 53 1-47W611-62-1, Rev 4 OPT200.RCP Rev 5 None OPT200.RCP B.3 Explain the purpose/function of each major component in the flow path of the Reactor Coolant Pump System as illustrated on the simplified system drawing. x Question used on SQN 2007 exam which is not one of the last 2 exams. Correct answer relocated.
Which ONE of the following describes the affect of closing 2-FCV-70-75, '2B ESF Header Return Isolation,' without closing 2-FCV-70-3, '2B ESF Header Supply Isol?'
Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
A. Less than minimum required flow on the C-S CCS pump.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 008 Al.04 034 Given the following:
B. Inadequate suction supply path to 2B-B CCS pump.
Unit 1 at 100% power. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Component Cooling Water system is in the normal alignment.
C~  Abnormal level changes in both CCS Surge Tanks.
Unit 2 in Mode 5. Which ONE of the following describes the affect of closing 2-FCV-70-75, '2B ESF Header Return Isolation,'
D. Loss of flow on Unit 2 Reactor Building supply Header.
without closing 2-FCV-70-3, '2B ESF Header Supply Isol?' A. Less than minimum required flow on the C-S CCS pump. B. Inadequate suction supply path to 2B-B CCS pump. Abnormal level changes in both CCS Surge Tanks. D. Loss of flow on Unit 2 Reactor Building supply Header. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A: Incorrect, the C-S CCS pump would still be aligned to the Train 8 ESF header on Unit 1. Plausible because the Unit 2 Train 8 ESF flow path is isolated.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
: 8. Incorrect, 2-8 CCS pump would have a suction of the Unit 2 Train a return header. Plausible because it is Train 8 power equipment and can be aligned to the Train 8 but is normally aligned to Unit 2A Train CCS. C. Correct, as identified in 0-SO-70-1, Precaution M "1-FCV-70-3
A:   Incorrect, the C-S CCS pump would still be aligned to the Train 8 ESF header on Unit 1. Plausible because the Unit 2 Train 8 ESF flow path is isolated.
& -75 must both be either Open or Closed and 2-FCV-70-3
: 8. Incorrect, 2-8 CCS pump would have a suction of the Unit 2 Train a return header.
& -75 must both be either Open or Closed to prevent abnormal CCS Surge Tank level changes. "8" Train CCS can remain in service to a unit if both valves (-3 & -75) associated with the opposite unit are closed. D. Incorrect, the Unit 2 Reactor building Header is not supplied from the Unit 2 Train 8 CCS. It is supplied by the Unit 2 Train A CCS system. Plausible because it header could be lost by isolating a valve on the Unit 2 Train A. 008 Al.04 034 Given the following:
Plausible because it is Train 8 power equipment and can be aligned to the Train 8 but is normally aligned to Unit 2A Train CCS.
Unit 1 at 100% power. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Component Cooling Water system is in the normal alignment.
C. Correct, as identified in 0-SO-70-1, Precaution M "1-FCV-70-3 & -75 must both be either Open or Closed and 2-FCV-70-3 & -75 must both be either Open or Closed to prevent abnormal CCS Surge Tank level changes. "8" Train CCS can remain in service to a unit if both valves (-3 & -75) associated with the opposite unit are closed.
Unit 2 in Mode 5. Which ONE of the following describes the affect of closing 2-FCV-70-75, '2B ESF Header Return Isolation,'
D. Incorrect, the Unit 2 Reactor building Header is not supplied from the Unit 2 Train 8 CCS. It is supplied by the Unit 2 Train A CCS system. Plausible because it header could be lost by isolating a valve on the Unit 2 Train A.
without closing 2-FCV-70-3, '2B ESF Header Supply Isol?' A. Less than minimum required flow on the C-S CCS pump. B. Inadequate suction supply path to 2B-B CCS pump. Abnormal level changes in both CCS Surge Tanks. D. Loss of flow on Unit 2 Reactor Building supply Header. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A: Incorrect, the C-S CCS pump would still be aligned to the Train 8 ESF header on Unit 1. Plausible because the Unit 2 Train 8 ESF flow path is isolated.  
: 8. Incorrect, 2-8 CCS pump would have a suction of the Unit 2 Train a return header. Plausible because it is Train 8 power equipment and can be aligned to the Train 8 but is normally aligned to Unit 2A Train CCS. C. Correct, as identified in 0-SO-70-1, Precaution M "1-FCV-70-3  
& -75 must both be either Open or Closed and 2-FCV-70-3  
& -75 must both be either Open or Closed to prevent abnormal CCS Surge Tank level changes. "8" Train CCS can remain in service to a unit if both valves (-3 & -75) associated with the opposite unit are closed. D. Incorrect, the Unit 2 Reactor building Header is not supplied from the Unit 2 Train 8 CCS. It is supplied by the Unit 2 Train A CCS system. Plausible because it header could be lost by isolating a valve on the Unit 2 Train A.
Question Number: 34 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 008 A 1.04 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Component Cooling Water System (CCWS) Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the CCWS controls including:
Surge Tank Level Importance Rating: 3.1 /3.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/45.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: When presented with an alignment change on the CCS system, the applicant must an evaluate the effect and understand how the surge tank levels are affected by the alignment change. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:             34 Tier:   _2_ Group           1 KIA:       008 A 1.04 Component Cooling Water System (CCWS)
 
Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the CCWS controls including:
Proposed references to be provided:
Surge Tank Level Importance Rating:         3.1 /3.2 10 CFR Part 55:           41.5/45.5 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       When presented with an alignment change on the CCS system, the applicant must an evaluate the effect and understand how the surge tank levels are affected by the alignment change.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
Question Source: 1,2-47W859-1 Rev 0-SO-70-1, Component Cooling Water System "8" Train, Rev 37 None OPT200.CCS
: 5. Describe the operation of the Component Cooling Water System: a. Precautions and limitations New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: New question Comments:
Source: NEW Source If Banle Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:
Job Position:
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 34 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 008 A 1.04 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Component Cooling Water System (CCWS) Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the CCWS controls including:
Surge Tank Level Importance Rating: 3.1 /3.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/45.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: When presented with an alignment change on the CCS system, the applicant must an evaluate the effect and understand how the surge tank levels are affected by the alignment change. Technical
 
==Reference:==
 
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: 1,2-47W859-1 Rev 0-SO-70-1, Component Cooling Water System "8" Train, Rev 37 None OPT200.CCS
: 5. Describe the operation of the Component Cooling Water System: a. Precautions and limitations New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: New question Comments:
Source: NEW Source If Banle Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:
Job Position:
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO 008 A2.03 035 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is being cooled down and has been placed in shutdown cooling with 'A' Train RHR in service. -Annunciator "RHR HX A OUTLET TEMPERATURE HIGH" alarms on 0-XA-55-278-A, "Component Cooling/Misc." -Temperature on 1-TI-70-157, "RHR Heat Exchanger 1A Outlet Temperature" reads 120&deg;F and steady. In accordance with the Annunciator Response Procedure, which ONE of the following completes the statement below? It is (1) to operate with the CCS temperature leaving the exchanger above the alarm setpoint at 120&deg;F and' (2) could be used to lower the CCS temperature.
ill A. acceptable acceptable C. NOT acceptable D. NOT acceptable decreasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or increasing CCS flow through the heat exchanger increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '1 B' CCS pump in service decreasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or increasing CCS flow through the heat exchanger increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '18' CCS pump in service 008 A2.03 035 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is being cooled down and has been placed in shutdown cooling with 'A' Train RHR in service. -Annunciator "RHR HX A OUTLET TEMPERATURE HIGH" alarms on 0-XA-55-278-A, "Component Cooling/Misc." -Temperature on 1-TI-70-157, "RHR Heat Exchanger 1A Outlet Temperature" reads 120&deg;F and steady. In accordance with the Annunciator Response Procedure, which ONE of the following completes the statement below? It is (1) to operate with the CCS temperature leaving the exchanger above the alarm setpoint at 120&deg;F and' (2) could be used to lower the CCS temperature.
ill A. acceptable acceptable C. NOT acceptable D. NOT acceptable decreasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or increasing CCS flow through the heat exchanger increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '1 B' CCS pump in service decreasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or increasing CCS flow through the heat exchanger increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '18' CCS pump in service QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since it is acceptable to allow temp to exceed alarm setpoint and starting 1 B CCS pump would increase CCS flow, however throttling closed on the heat exchanger bypass will cause temperature to increase not decrease.
B. Correct, as identified in O-AR-M27-B-A, Component Cooling, Window E-6, operating above the alarm setpoint is acceptable as long as the temperature is maintained less than 145&deg;F and 2 ways the temperature can be reduced by is by increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '1 B' CCS pump in service. C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that it is not acceptable to operate above the alarm setpoint, however second part of answer is correct 2 ways the temperature can be reduced by is by increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '1 B' CCS pump in service. D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that it is not acceptable to operate above the alarm setpoint, starting 1 B CCS pump would increase CCS flow, however throttling open on the heat exchanger bypass will cause temperature to increase not decrease.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since it is acceptable to allow temp to exceed alarm setpoint and starting 1 B CCS pump would increase CCS flow, however throttling closed on the heat exchanger bypass will cause temperature to increase not decrease.
B. Correct, as identified in O-AR-M27-B-A, Component Cooling, Window E-6, operating above the alarm setpoint is acceptable as long as the temperature is maintained less than 145&deg;F and 2 ways the temperature can be reduced by is by increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '1 B' CCS pump in service. C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that it is not acceptable to operate above the alarm setpoint, however second part of answer is correct 2 ways the temperature can be reduced by is by increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '1 B' CCS pump in service. D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that it is not acceptable to operate above the alarm setpoint, starting 1 B CCS pump would increase CCS flow, however throttling open on the heat exchanger bypass will cause temperature to increase not decrease.
Question Number: 35 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 008 Component Cooling Water System (CCWS) Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Highllow CCW temperature Importance Rating: 3.0/3.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches KIA because it has the candidate determine the impact of exceeding the CCS alarm setpoint vs the maximum system temperature and then use information within the alarm procedure to take actions to reduce the CCS temperature while plant in operating in shutdown mode. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1,2-47W859-1 Rev 0-SO-70-1, Component Cooling Water System "8" Train, Rev 37 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.CCS
: 5. Describe the operation of the Component Cooling Water System:
: a. Precautions and limitations Question Source:
New                    X Modified Bank Bank Question History:              New question Comments:
Source:            NEW                              Source If Banle Cognitive Level: HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 008 A2.03 035 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 is being cooled down and has been placed in shutdown cooling with 'A' Train RHR in service.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
      -  Annunciator "RHR HX A OUTLET TEMPERATURE HIGH" alarms on 0-XA-55-278-A, "Component Cooling/Misc."
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
      -  Temperature on 1-TI-70-157, "RHR Heat Exchanger 1A Outlet Temperature" reads 120&deg;F and steady.
RO Date: 2/2010 0-AR-M27-B-A, Component Cooling, Window E-6, Rev 11 None OPT200.CCS Obj 8.5.c x New question Source If Bank: Difficulty:
In accordance with the Annunciator Response Procedure, which ONE of the following completes the statement below?
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 35 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 008 Component Cooling Water System (CCWS) Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
It is          (1)           to operate with the CCS temperature leaving the
Highllow CCW temperature Importance Rating: 3.0/3.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13 10CFR55.43.b:
~heat  exchanger above the alarm setpoint at 120&deg;F and'          (2)     could be used to lower the CCS temperature.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches KIA because it has the candidate determine the impact of exceeding the CCS alarm setpoint vs the maximum system temperature and then use information within the alarm procedure to take actions to reduce the CCS temperature while plant in operating in shutdown mode. Technical
ill A. acceptable                          decreasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or increasing CCS flow through the heat exchanger B~  acceptable                        increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '1 B' CCS pump in service C. NOT acceptable                      decreasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or increasing CCS flow through the heat exchanger D. NOT acceptable                      increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '18' CCS pump in service


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, Plausible since it is acceptable to allow temp to exceed alarm setpoint and starting 1B CCS pump would increase CCS flow, however throttling closed on the heat exchanger bypass will cause temperature to increase not decrease.
B. Correct, as identified in O-AR-M27-B-A, Component Cooling, Window E-6, operating above the alarm setpoint is acceptable as long as the temperature is maintained less than 145&deg;F and 2 ways the temperature can be reduced by is by increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '1 B' CCS pump in service.
C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that it is not acceptable to operate above the alarm setpoint, however second part of answer is correct 2 ways the temperature can be reduced by is by increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the
  '1 B' CCS pump in service.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that it is not acceptable to operate above the alarm setpoint, starting 1B CCS pump would increase CCS flow, however throttling open on the heat exchanger bypass will cause temperature to increase not decrease.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:          35 Tier:    _2_ Group          1 KIA:     008 Component Cooling Water System (CCWS)
Learning Objective:
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Highllow CCW temperature Importance Rating:         3.0/3.2 10 CFR Part 55:           41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches KIA because it has the candidate determine the impact of exceeding the CCS alarm setpoint vs the maximum system temperature and then use information within the alarm procedure to take actions to reduce the CCS temperature while plant in operating in shutdown mode.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 0-AR-M27-B-A, Component Cooling, Window E-6, Rev 11 None OPT200.CCS Obj 8.5.c x New question Source If Bank: Difficulty:
 
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 010 K4.02 036 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is in Mode 3, Tave 54rF, PZR pressure 2235 psig. A malfunction occurred which resulted in PZR pressure dropping to 2050 psig and PZR level lowering to 15%. Currently PZR pressure is 2100 psig and PZR level is 30%. Which ONE of the following describes the current status of the PZR heaters, assuming no operator action? A. All Backup and Control group heaters will be OFF. B. All Backup and Control group heaters will be ON. All Backup heaters will be ON and Control group 0 heaters will be OFF. D. Backup heaters A & B will be OFF and Control group 0 heaters will be ON. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since all heaters will be turned off when PZR level decreases below 17%, however when level is returned above 17%, the B/U heaters will turn on and only the Control heater group will remain OFF. B. Incorrect, Plausible since the B/U heaters will turn back on after PZR level is raised above 17%, however the Control group of heaters will remain OFF. C. Correct, Backup heater groups A, B, C should all be energized with RCS pressure at 2100 psig, and they will all automatically be re-energized when PZR level is raised above 17% (low level heater cutout), However the Control bank will not automatically restart when level> 17%. D. Incorrect, Plausible since the logic for Control Htrs and Backup are reversed.
B/U heaters will come back on, Control hearters will have to be reset to get them restarted after level is raised to > 17% 010 K4.02 036 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is in Mode 3, Tave 54rF, PZR pressure 2235 psig. A malfunction occurred which resulted in PZR pressure dropping to 2050 psig and PZR level lowering to 15%. Currently PZR pressure is 2100 psig and PZR level is 30%. Which ONE of the following describes the current status of the PZR heaters, assuming no operator action? A. All Backup and Control group heaters will be OFF. B. All Backup and Control group heaters will be ON. All Backup heaters will be ON and Control group 0 heaters will be OFF. D. Backup heaters A & B will be OFF and Control group 0 heaters will be ON. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since all heaters will be turned off when PZR level decreases below 17%, however when level is returned above 17%, the B/U heaters will turn on and only the Control heater group will remain OFF. B. Incorrect, Plausible since the B/U heaters will turn back on after PZR level is raised above 17%, however the Control group of heaters will remain OFF. C. Correct, Backup heater groups A, B, C should all be energized with RCS pressure at 2100 psig, and they will all automatically be re-energized when PZR level is raised above 17% (low level heater cutout), However the Control bank will not automatically restart when level> 17%. D. Incorrect, Plausible since the logic for Control Htrs and Backup are reversed.
B/U heaters will come back on, Control hearters will have to be reset to get them restarted after level is raised to > 17%
Question Number: 36 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) K4.02 Knowledge of PZR PCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Prevention of uncovering PZR heaters. Importance Rating: 3.0/3.4 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by testing if candidates know which and how the PZR heaters are affected by the low level interlock and the pressure setpoint at which the heaters will be on the restore normal pressure.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-AR-M27-B-A, Component Cooling, Window E-6, Rev 11 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.CCS Obj 8.5.c Question Source:
New                    x Modified Bank Bank Question History:              New question Comments:
Source:            NEW                                Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level: LOWER                                Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 010 K4.02 036 Given the following:
Unit 1 is in Mode 3, Tave 54rF, PZR pressure 2235 psig.
A malfunction occurred which resulted in PZR pressure dropping to 2050 psig and PZR level lowering to 15%.
Currently PZR pressure is 2100 psig and PZR level is 30%.
Which ONE of the following describes the current status of the PZR heaters, assuming no operator action?
A. All Backup and Control group heaters will be OFF.
B. All Backup and Control group heaters will be ON.
C~  All Backup heaters will be ON and Control group 0 heaters will be OFF.
D. Backup heaters A & B will be OFF and Control group 0 heaters will be ON.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, Plausible since all heaters will be turned off when PZR level decreases below 17%, however when level is returned above 17%, the B/U heaters will turn on and only the Control heater group will remain OFF.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since the B/U heaters will turn back on after PZR level is raised above 17%, however the Control group of heaters will remain OFF.
C. Correct, Backup heater groups A, B, C should all be energized with RCS pressure at 2100 psig, and they will all automatically be re-energized when PZR level is raised above 17% (low level heater cutout), However the Control bank will not automatically restart when level> 17%.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since the logic for Control Htrs and Backup are reversed. B/U heaters will come back on, Control hearters will have to be reset to get them restarted after level is raised to > 17%


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           36 Tier:   _2_ Group         1 KIA:       010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS)
Learning Objective:
K4.02 Knowledge of PZR PCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Prevention of uncovering PZR heaters.
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Importance Rating:         3.0/3.4 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by testing if candidates know which and how the PZR heaters are affected by the low level interlock and the pressure setpoint at which the heaters will be on the restore normal pressure.
RO Date: 212010 47W611-68-2, Rev 2 47W611-68-3, Rev 1 OPT200.PZRPCS Rev 5 None OPT200.PZRPCS, Obj B.5.c x Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 36 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) K4.02 Knowledge of PZR PCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Prevention of uncovering PZR heaters. Importance Rating: 3.0/3.4 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by testing if candidates know which and how the PZR heaters are affected by the low level interlock and the pressure setpoint at which the heaters will be on the restore normal pressure.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
47W611-68-2, Rev 2 47W611-68-3, Rev 1 OPT200.PZRPCS Rev 5 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.PZRPCS, Obj B.5.c Question Source:
New Modified Bank          x Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:            BANK MOD                        Source If Bank:  SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 012 Al.OI 037 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 is operating at 100% rated thermal power.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Rod control has been placed in MANUAL with Tavg at 578.0&deg;F.
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Which ONE of the following describes the effect on Limiting Safety System Setpoints for Overtemperature Delta-T and Overpower Delta-T if Tavg decreases by 1&deg;F (assuming the reactor remains at 100% power and AFD remains constant)?
RO Date: 212010 47W611-68-2, Rev 2 47W611-68-3, Rev 1 OPT200.PZRPCS Rev 5 None OPT200.PZRPCS, Obj B.5.c x Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO 012 Al.OI 037 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is operating at 100% rated thermal power. Rod control has been placed in MANUAL with Tavg at 578.0&deg;F. Which ONE of the following describes the effect on Limiting Safety System Setpoints for Overtemperature Delta-T and Overpower Delta-T if Tavg decreases by 1&deg;F (assuming the reactor remains at 100% power and AFD remains constant)?
A. Both OT Delta-T and OP Delta-T setpoints will decrease.
B. OT Delta-T setpoint will increase and OP Delta-T setpoint will decrease. OT Delta-T setpoint will increase and OP Delta-T setpoint will remain the same. D. OT Delta-T setpoint will remain the same and OP Delta-T setpoint will increase.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that the setpoints for OT Delta-T and OP Delta-T will be reduced as RCS Tavg goes down. This is the opposite effect that a reduction in RCS temperature would have on the setpoints.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since first part of response is correct, a reduction in Tavg will cause the OT Delta-T setpoint to increase (moving the setpoint further away from causing a trip), however the OP Delta-T will not be affected by a decrease of RCS temperature.
C. Correct, The OT Delta-T setpoint monitors five different parameters to establish a floating set point which will trip the reactor if these parameters move closer to DNB. A reduction in Tavg will move the rcs away from DNB thus causing the setpoint to increase.
OP Delta-T monitors Tavg however only temperatures above a preset constant (57B.2&deg;F) will cause the setpoint to be reduced, thus a lowering of temperature will have not effect on OP Delta-T setpoint.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate gets the circuitry reversed between OT Delta-T and OP Delta-T. 012 Al.OI 037 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is operating at 100% rated thermal power. Rod control has been placed in MANUAL with Tavg at 578.0&deg;F. Which ONE of the following describes the effect on Limiting Safety System Setpoints for Overtemperature Delta-T and Overpower Delta-T if Tavg decreases by 1&deg;F (assuming the reactor remains at 100% power and AFD remains constant)?
A. Both OT Delta-T and OP Delta-T setpoints will decrease.
A. Both OT Delta-T and OP Delta-T setpoints will decrease.
B. OT Delta-T setpoint will increase and OP Delta-T setpoint will decrease. OT Delta-T setpoint will increase and OP Delta-T setpoint will remain the same. D. OT Delta-T setpoint will remain the same and OP Delta-T setpoint will increase.
B. OT Delta-T setpoint will increase and OP Delta-T setpoint will decrease.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that the setpoints for OT Delta-T and OP Delta-T will be reduced as RCS Tavg goes down. This is the opposite effect that a reduction in RCS temperature would have on the setpoints.
c~  OT Delta-T setpoint will increase and OP Delta-T setpoint will remain the same.
D. OT Delta-T setpoint will remain the same and OP Delta-T setpoint will increase.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that the setpoints for OT Delta-T and OP Delta-T will be reduced as RCS Tavg goes down. This is the opposite effect that a reduction in RCS temperature would have on the setpoints.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since first part of response is correct, a reduction in Tavg will cause the OT Delta-T setpoint to increase (moving the setpoint further away from causing a trip), however the OP Delta-T will not be affected by a decrease of RCS temperature.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since first part of response is correct, a reduction in Tavg will cause the OT Delta-T setpoint to increase (moving the setpoint further away from causing a trip), however the OP Delta-T will not be affected by a decrease of RCS temperature.
C. Correct, The OT Delta-T setpoint monitors five different parameters to establish a floating set point which will trip the reactor if these parameters move closer to DNB. A reduction in Tavg will move the rcs away from DNB thus causing the setpoint to increase.
C. Correct, The OT Delta-T setpoint monitors five different parameters to establish a floating setpoint which will trip the reactor if these parameters move closer to DNB.
OP Delta-T monitors Tavg however only temperatures above a preset constant (57B.2&deg;F) will cause the setpoint to be reduced, thus a lowering of temperature will have not effect on OP Delta-T setpoint.
A reduction in Tavg will move the rcs away from DNB thus causing the setpoint to increase. OP Delta-T monitors Tavg however only temperatures above a preset constant (57B.2&deg;F) will cause the setpoint to be reduced, thus a lowering of temperature will have not effect on OP Delta-T setpoint.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate gets the circuitry reversed between OT Delta-T and OP Delta-T.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate gets the circuitry reversed between OT Delta-T and OP Delta-T.
Question Number: 37 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2 __ Group _1_ KIA: 012 Reactor Protection System (RPS) A 1.01 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the RPS controls including:
Trip setpoint adjustment Importance Rating: 2.9*/3.4*
10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: this question asks the candidate to predict the changes in RPS trip setpoints for OT Oelta-T and OP Oelta-T if RCS Tavg changes while at 100% power. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:            37 Tier:   _2__ Group _1_
 
KIA:       012 Reactor Protection System (RPS)
Proposed references to be provided:
A 1.01 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the RPS controls including:
Learning Objective:
Trip setpoint adjustment Importance Rating:         2.9*/3.4*
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
10 CFR Part 55:           41.5 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       this question asks the candidate to predict the changes in RPS trip setpoints for OT Oelta-T and OP Oelta-T if RCS Tavg changes while at 100% power.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Technical  
RO Date: 2/2010 Tech Spec table 2.2.1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation Trip Setpoints, Ammendment 310 Tech Spec Table 3.3.1-1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation, Ammendment 301 OPT200.RPS, Rev 3 None OPL271 C048, b.4.a x modified from bank question RPS-B.4.A 002 Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 37 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2 __ Group _1_ KIA: 012 Reactor Protection System (RPS) A 1.01 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the RPS controls including:
Trip setpoint adjustment Importance Rating: 2.9*/3.4*
10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: this question asks the candidate to predict the changes in RPS trip setpoints for OT Oelta-T and OP Oelta-T if RCS Tavg changes while at 100% power. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Tech Spec table 2.2.1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation Trip Setpoints, Ammendment 310 Tech Spec Table 3.3.1-1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation, Ammendment 301 OPT200.RPS, Rev 3 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 C048, b.4.a Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              modified from bank question RPS-B.4.A 002 Comments:
Source:            BANK                              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 012 K2.0l 038 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
A reactor startup is in progress on Unit 1.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Reactor power is at 5X10-8 % on the Intermediate Range.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
120V AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-11 deenergizes.
RO Date: 2/2010 Tech Spec table 2.2.1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation Trip Setpoints, Ammendment 310 Tech Spec Table 3.3.1-1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation, Ammendment 301 OPT200.RPS, Rev 3 None OPL271 C048, b.4.a x modified from bank question RPS-B.4.A 002 Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Which ONE of the following describes the Reactor Protection System response with Source Range Monitor N-32 Trip Bypass Switch (SR BYPASS) in the positions indicated at the time of the board loss?
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 012 K2.0l 038 Given the following:
SR BYPASS: NORMAL                     SR BYPASS: BYPASS A.             no trip                             no trip B.             reactor trip                         no trip C.             no trip                             reactor trip D~              reactor trip                         reactor trip DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A reactor startup is in progress on Unit 1. Reactor power is at 5X10-8% on the Intermediate Range. 120V AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-11 deenergizes.
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that the loss of control power will not cause a Rx trip or that the SR Bypss switch will bypass the trip signal.
Which ONE of the following describes the Reactor Protection System response with Source Range Monitor N-32 Trip Bypass Switch (SR BYPASS) in the positions indicated at the time of the board loss? SR BYPASS: NORMAL SR BYPASS: BYPASS A. no trip no trip B. reactor trip no trip C. no trip reactor trip reactor trip reactor trip DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that the loss of control power will not cause a Rx trip or that the SR Bypss switch will bypass the trip signal. B. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate determines that a loss of control power will cause a Rx trip and that the SR Bypass switch will bypass the trip. C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that the loss of control power will not cause a Rx trip or that the SR Bypss switch will enable the trip signal. D. Correct, 120Vac Vital PB 1-1/ supplies power to both instrument and control power. Loss of control power causes a reactor trip regardless of position of level trip bypass switch. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 012 K2.0l 038 Given the following:
B. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate determines that a loss of control power will cause a Rx trip and that the SR Bypass switch will bypass the trip.
A reactor startup is in progress on Unit 1. Reactor power is at 5X10-8% on the Intermediate Range. 120V AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-11 deenergizes.
C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that the loss of control power will not cause a Rx trip or that the SR Bypss switch will enable the trip signal.
Which ONE of the following describes the Reactor Protection System response with Source Range Monitor N-32 Trip Bypass Switch (SR BYPASS) in the positions indicated at the time of the board loss? SR BYPASS: NORMAL SR BYPASS: BYPASS A. no trip no trip B. reactor trip no trip C. no trip reactor trip reactor trip reactor trip DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that the loss of control power will not cause a Rx trip or that the SR Bypss switch will bypass the trip signal. B. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate determines that a loss of control power will cause a Rx trip and that the SR Bypass switch will bypass the trip. C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that the loss of control power will not cause a Rx trip or that the SR Bypss switch will enable the trip signal. D. Correct, 120Vac Vital PB 1-1/ supplies power to both instrument and control power. Loss of control power causes a reactor trip regardless of position of level trip bypass switch.
D. Correct, 120Vac Vital PB 1-1/ supplies power to both instrument and control power.
Question Number: 38 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 012 Reactor Protection System K2.01 Knowledge of the bus power supplies to the following:
Loss of control power causes a reactor trip regardless of position of level trip bypass switch.
RPS channels, components, and interconnections.
Importance Rating: 3.3/3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having testing the knowledge of power supply to portions of the RPS and if that power supply is lost how it will effect the trip functions within RPS. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           38 Tier:   _2_ Group         1 KIA:       012 Reactor Protection System K2.01 Knowledge of the bus power supplies to the following:
 
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-1.01, Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction, sect 2.1, Rev 9 None OPL271AOP-1.01 Obj 6 x from bank question NIS-B.9.B 001 Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 38 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 012 Reactor Protection System K2.01 Knowledge of the bus power supplies to the following:
RPS channels, components, and interconnections.
RPS channels, components, and interconnections.
Importance Rating: 3.3/3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Importance Rating:         3.3/3.7 10 CFR Part 55:         41.7 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA by having testing the knowledge of power supply to portions of the RPS and if that power supply is lost how it will effect the trip functions within RPS.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having testing the knowledge of power supply to portions of the RPS and if that power supply is lost how it will effect the trip functions within RPS. Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-1.01, Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction, sect 2.1, Rev 9 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271AOP-1.01 Obj 6 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              from bank question NIS-B.9.B 001 Comments:
Source:          BANK                                Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                  Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                              Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 013 K2.01 039 Given the following plant conditions:
Learning Objective:
  - The operating crew is responding to a reactor trip due to a loss of 120V AG Vital Instrument Power Soard I-I.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
  - PZR pressure transmitter 1-PT-68-334 (Channel II) fails LOW.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Which ONE of the following describes the plant response?
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-1.01, Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction, sect 2.1, Rev 9 None OPL271AOP-1.01 Obj 6 x from bank question NIS-B.9.B 001 Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
A. Soth trains of SSPS SI master relays would actuate AND both trains of ECGS equipment auto start.
S~  Soth trains of SSPS SI master relays would actuate SUT only "S" train EGGS equipment auto starts.
G. Only the "S" train SSPS SI master relays would actuate SUT both trains of EGCS equipment auto start.
D. Only the "S" train SSPS SI master relays would actuate AND only "S" train ECGS equipment auto starts.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, with the 1-1 AC vital Instrument Power Board deenergized (Channel 1), the slave relays that control the Train A equipment will not have a power supply. Plausible if the candidate mistakes the source of the power supply or thinks that the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet provides power to the slave relays.
B. Correct, Master Relays on both train~ will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, with the 1-1 AC vital Instrument Power Board deenergized, the slave relays that control the Train A equipment will not have power.
C. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via the auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1 is the only power supply for the slave relays that control the Train A equipment. Plausible if the candidate mistakes the source of the power supply or thinks that the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet provides power to the slave relays instead of the master relays.
D. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1 is the only power supply for the slave relays that control the Train A equipment. Plausible if the candidate mistakes the function of the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet.


Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 013 K2.01 039 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           39 Tier:   _2_ Group           1 KIA:       013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System K2.01, Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
-The operating crew is responding to a reactor trip due to a loss of 120V AG Vital Instrument Power Soard I-I. -PZR pressure transmitter 1-PT-68-334 (Channel II) fails LOW. Which ONE of the following describes the plant response?
ESFAS/safeguards equipment control Importance Rating:         3.6 / 3.8 10 CFR Part 55:         41.7 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     Thsi question matches the KIA by testing the candidates knowledge of power supplies to portions of the ESFAS and hOIA( a loss of power will effect the systems ability to fully, or partially, actuate trains of ECCS components.
A. Soth trains of SSPS SI master relays would actuate AND both trains of ECGS equipment auto start. Soth trains of SSPS SI master relays would actuate SUT only "S" train EGGS equipment auto starts. G. Only the "S" train SSPS SI master relays would actuate SUT both trains of EGCS equipment auto start. D. Only the "S" train SSPS SI master relays would actuate AND only "S" train ECGS equipment auto starts. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, with the 1-1 AC vital Instrument Power Board deenergized (Channel 1), the slave relays that control the Train A equipment will not have a power supply. Plausible if the candidate mistakes the source of the power supply or thinks that the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet provides power to the slave relays. B. Correct, Master Relays on both will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, with the 1-1 AC vital Instrument Power Board deenergized, the slave relays that control the Train A equipment will not have power. C. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via the auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1 is the only power supply for the slave relays that control the Train A equipment.
Plausible if the candidate mistakes the source of the power supply or thinks that the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet provides power to the slave relays instead of the master relays. D. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1 is the only power supply for the slave relays that control the Train A equipment.
Plausible if the candidate mistakes the function of the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet. 013 K2.01 039 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
-The operating crew is responding to a reactor trip due to a loss of 120V AG Vital Instrument Power Soard I-I. -PZR pressure transmitter 1-PT-68-334 (Channel II) fails LOW. Which ONE of the following describes the plant response?
A. Soth trains of SSPS SI master relays would actuate AND both trains of ECGS equipment auto start. Soth trains of SSPS SI master relays would actuate SUT only "S" train EGGS equipment auto starts. G. Only the "S" train SSPS SI master relays would actuate SUT both trains of EGCS equipment auto start. D. Only the "S" train SSPS SI master relays would actuate AND only "S" train ECGS equipment auto starts. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, with the 1-1 AC vital Instrument Power Board deenergized (Channel 1), the slave relays that control the Train A equipment will not have a power supply. Plausible if the candidate mistakes the source of the power supply or thinks that the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet provides power to the slave relays. B. Correct, Master Relays on both will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, with the 1-1 AC vital Instrument Power Board deenergized, the slave relays that control the Train A equipment will not have power. C. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via the auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1 is the only power supply for the slave relays that control the Train A equipment.
Plausible if the candidate mistakes the source of the power supply or thinks that the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet provides power to the slave relays instead of the master relays. D. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1 is the only power supply for the slave relays that control the Train A equipment.
Plausible if the candidate mistakes the function of the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet.
Question Number: 39 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System K2.01, Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
ESFAS/safeguards equipment control Importance Rating: 3.6 / 3.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Thsi question matches the KIA by testing the candidates knowledge of power supplies to portions of the ESFAS and hOIA( a loss of power will effect the systems ability to fully, or partially, actuate trains of ECCS components.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
47W611-63-1, R4 AOP-P.03, Loss of Unit 1 Vital Instrument Power Board, R21 0-SO-99-3, R11 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.RPS BA & 5 Question Source:                      SQN Bank RPS-B.9.A 002 New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:
Comments:
Source:          BANK                                Source If Bank:  SQNBANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                  Plant:            SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                              Last 2 NRC?:      NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 013 K6.01 040 The following conditions exist on Unit 1:
Learning Objective:
    - Reactor power is 100%.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
    - The OATC notices that RWST level instrument 1-Ll-63-50 failed off-scale High.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
    - All other RWST level indicators (1-Ll-63-51, -52, -53) are at 99%.
RO Date: 2/2010 47W611-63-1, R4 AOP-P.03, Loss of Unit 1 Vital Instrument Power Board, R21 0-SO-99-3, R11 None OPT200.RPS BA & 5 SQN Bank RPS-B.9.A 002 x Source If Bank: SQNBANK Difficulty:
Which ONE of the following describes the initial impact of this failure and the compensatory actions required?
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 39 Tier: _2_ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System K2.01, Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
Impact                                       Action Required A. Train A swapover is disabled,               Associated functions must be tripped Train B swapover is operable.
ESFAS/safeguards equipment control Importance Rating: 3.6 / 3.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
B. Train B swapover is disabled,               Associated functions must be bypassed Train A swapover is operable.
Not applicable KIA Match: Thsi question matches the KIA by testing the candidates knowledge of power supplies to portions of the ESFAS and hOIA( a loss of power will effect the systems ability to fully, or partially, actuate trains of ECCS components.
C. 80th trains of swapover are                 Associated functions must be tripped operable.
Technical
D!' Both trains of swapover are                 Associated functions must be bypassed operable.
 
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
==Reference:==
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that Train A would be disabled by failed instrument however 214 logic required for each swapover valve. T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover not trip affected channel.
 
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that Train B would be affected by failed channel, however 214 logic required and is still available for each swapover valve.
Proposed references to be provided:
T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover, which is correct.
Learning Objective:
C. Incorrect, Plausible since first par of statement is correct, both trains are operable, however T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover not trip affected channel.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
D. Correct, 214 logic is required for each swapover valve and this is satisfied with the remaining 3 level instruments. T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass the affected instrument to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 47W611-63-1, R4 AOP-P.03, Loss of Unit 1 Vital Instrument Power Board, R21 0-SO-99-3, R11 None OPT200.RPS BA & 5 SQN Bank RPS-B.9.A 002 x Source If Bank: SQNBANK Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 013 K6.01 040 The following conditions exist on Unit 1 : -Reactor power is 100%. -The OATC notices that RWST level instrument 1-Ll-63-50 failed off-scale High. -All other RWST level indicators (1-Ll-63-51, -52, -53) are at 99%. Which ONE of the following describes the initial impact of this failure and the compensatory actions required?
Impact A. Train A swapover is disabled, Train B swapover is operable.
B. Train B swapover is disabled, Train A swapover is operable.
C. 80th trains of swapover are operable.
D!' Both trains of swapover are operable.
Action Required Associated functions must be tripped Associated functions must be bypassed Associated functions must be tripped Associated functions must be bypassed DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that Train A would be disabled by failed instrument however 214 logic required for each swapover valve. T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover not trip affected channel. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that Train B would be affected by failed channel, however 214 logic required and is still available for each swapover valve. T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover, which is correct. C. Incorrect, Plausible since first par of statement is correct, both trains are operable, however T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover not trip affected channel. D. Correct, 214 logic is required for each swapover valve and this is satisfied with the remaining 3 level instruments.
T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass the affected instrument to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 013 K6.01 040 The following conditions exist on Unit 1 : -Reactor power is 100%. -The OATC notices that RWST level instrument 1-Ll-63-50 failed off-scale High. -All other RWST level indicators (1-Ll-63-51, -52, -53) are at 99%. Which ONE of the following describes the initial impact of this failure and the compensatory actions required?
Impact A. Train A swapover is disabled, Train B swapover is operable.
B. Train B swapover is disabled, Train A swapover is operable.
C. 80th trains of swapover are operable.
D!' Both trains of swapover are operable.
Action Required Associated functions must be tripped Associated functions must be bypassed Associated functions must be tripped Associated functions must be bypassed DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that Train A would be disabled by failed instrument however 214 logic required for each swapover valve. T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover not trip affected channel. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that Train B would be affected by failed channel, however 214 logic required and is still available for each swapover valve. T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover, which is correct. C. Incorrect, Plausible since first par of statement is correct, both trains are operable, however T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover not trip affected channel. D. Correct, 214 logic is required for each swapover valve and this is satisfied with the remaining 3 level instruments.
T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass the affected instrument to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover.
Question Number: 40 Tier: _2 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) K6.01 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the ESFAS: Sensors and detectors Importance Rating: 2.7/3.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidate to determine the effect a RWST level detector failure would have on automatic switchover from RWST to CNMT sump during an accident.
Technical
 
==Reference:==


1, 2-47W611-63-2, Rev 4 T.S. Table 3.3-3 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation, action item # 18, Ammendment 63 Proposed references None to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           40 Tier:   _2__ Group         1 KIA:       013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS)
Learning Objective:
K6.01 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the ESFAS:
OPT200.RPS, Obj.5 & 6 Question Source: New x Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Sensors and detectors Importance Rating:         2.7/3.1 10 CFR Part 55:         41.7 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA by asking the candidate to determine the effect a RWST level detector failure would have on automatic switchover from RWST to CNMT sump during an accident.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 40 Tier: _2 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) K6.01 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the ESFAS: Sensors and detectors Importance Rating: 2.7/3.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidate to determine the effect a RWST level detector failure would have on automatic switchover from RWST to CNMT sump during an accident.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1, 2-47W611-63-2, Rev 4 T.S. Table 3.3-3 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation, action item # 18, Ammendment 63 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.RPS, Obj.5 & 6 Question Source:
New                  x Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:          NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level: HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


1, 2-47W611-63-2, Rev 4 T.S. Table 3.3-3 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation, action item # 18, Ammendment 63 Proposed references None to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 022 Kl.01 041 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 2 is operating at 100% power.
OPT200.RPS, Obj.5 & 6 Question Source: New x Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Upper Containment Vent Cooler 28 is tagged in the Pull-to-Lock position.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Which ONE of the following conditions would require entry into a Technical Specification action for Containment Systems?
RO Date: 2/2010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
A. Upper Containment Vent Cooler 20 trips on an overcurrent condition.
 
: 8. The handswitch for Lower Containment Vent Cooler 20-8 is in the Pull A-P AUTO position.
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO 022 Kl.01 041 Given the following:
C~  The ERCW Temperature Control Valve is manually isolated for Lower Containment Vent Cooler 20-8.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 is operating at 100% power. Upper Containment Vent Cooler 28 is tagged in the Pull-to-Lock position.
O. The ERCW supply and return header for Upper Containment Vent Coolers 28 and 20 is isolated to repair a leak.
Which ONE of the following conditions would require entry into a Technical Specification action for Containment Systems? A. Upper Containment Vent Cooler 20 trips on an overcurrent condition.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
: 8. The handswitch for Lower Containment Vent Cooler 20-8 is in the Pull A-P AUTO position. The ERCW Temperature Control Valve is manually isolated for Lower Containment Vent Cooler 20-8. O. The ERCW supply and return header for Upper Containment Vent Coolers 28 and 20 is isolated to repair a leak. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, There are no T.S. requirements for Upper Containment Coolers. A candidate may choose this answer if they believe the loss of the vent cooler would lead to high containment tempertures and entry into T. S. 3.6. 1.5 Containment Air Temperature.
A. Incorrect, There are no T.S. requirements for Upper Containment Coolers. A candidate may choose this answer if they believe the loss of the vent cooler would lead to high containment tempertures and entry into T. S. 3.6. 1.5 Containment Air Temperature.
: 8. Incorrect, Lower Containment vent cooler is operable in the Pull A-P position.
: 8. Incorrect, Lower Containment vent cooler is operable in the Pull A-P position. A candidate would have the recognize that although the hands witch is in an off-normal position, the component is still operable since its safety function is not removed in the Pull A-P Auto position.
A candidate would have the recognize that although the hands witch is in an off-normal position, the component is still operable since its safety function is not removed in the Pull A-P Auto position.
C. Correct, Unit 2 T.S. 3.6.2.2 requires two coolers per train. Isolating the TCV makes the cooler inoperable.
O. Incorrect, Unit 2 is configured differently that Unit 1. Isolating theser coolers on Unit 1 in the fashion described above would make the 18-8 and 10-8 lower containment coolers inoperable since they share the same ERCW supply and return headers as the upper containment coolers. 022 Kl.01 041 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 is operating at 100% power. Upper Containment Vent Cooler 28 is tagged in the Pull-to-Lock position.
Which ONE of the following conditions would require entry into a Technical Specification action for Containment Systems? A. Upper Containment Vent Cooler 20 trips on an overcurrent condition.  
: 8. The handswitch for Lower Containment Vent Cooler 20-8 is in the Pull A-P AUTO position. The ERCW Temperature Control Valve is manually isolated for Lower Containment Vent Cooler 20-8. O. The ERCW supply and return header for Upper Containment Vent Coolers 28 and 20 is isolated to repair a leak. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, There are no T.S. requirements for Upper Containment Coolers. A candidate may choose this answer if they believe the loss of the vent cooler would lead to high containment tempertures and entry into T. S. 3.6. 1.5 Containment Air Temperature.  
: 8. Incorrect, Lower Containment vent cooler is operable in the Pull A-P position.
A candidate would have the recognize that although the hands witch is in an off-normal position, the component is still operable since its safety function is not removed in the Pull A-P Auto position.
C. Correct, Unit 2 T.S. 3.6.2.2 requires two coolers per train. Isolating the TCV makes the cooler inoperable.
C. Correct, Unit 2 T.S. 3.6.2.2 requires two coolers per train. Isolating the TCV makes the cooler inoperable.
O. Incorrect, Unit 2 is configured differently that Unit 1. Isolating theser coolers on Unit 1 in the fashion described above would make the 18-8 and 10-8 lower containment coolers inoperable since they share the same ERCW supply and return headers as the upper containment coolers.
O. Incorrect, Unit 2 is configured differently that Unit 1. Isolating theser coolers on Unit 1 in the fashion described above would make the 18-8 and 10-8 lower containment coolers inoperable since they share the same ERCW supply and return headers as the upper containment coolers.
Question Number: 41 Tier: _2 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 022 Containment Cooling System (CCS) K1.01 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the CCS and the following systems: SWS/cooling Importance Rating: 3.5/3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           41 Tier:     _2__ Group         1 KIA:       022 Containment Cooling System (CCS)
 
K1.01 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the CCS and the following systems:
Proposed references to be provided:
SWS/cooling syste~
Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:         3.5/3.7 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Technical  
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 Unit 2 TS 3.6.2.2, Depressurization and Cooling Systems, Amendment 61 None OPT200.ERCW, Obj 5.c OPT200.ContainmentCooling, Obj 5.c x source question CTMT COOL-8.5 004 Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 41 Tier: _2 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 022 Containment Cooling System (CCS) K1.01 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the CCS and the following systems: SWS/cooling Importance Rating: 3.5/3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Unit 2 TS 3.6.2.2, Depressurization and Cooling Systems, Amendment 61 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.ERCW, Obj 5.c OPT200.ContainmentCooling, Obj 5.c Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              source question CTMT COOL-8.5 004 Comments:
Source:            BANK                              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 025 K4.02 042 Given the following plant conditions:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 at 100% power.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
    -   An inadvertent Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Ice Condenser System glycol trapped between the inside and outside Containment penetration's return isolation valves expanded due to heating.
RO Date: 2/2010 Unit 2 TS 3.6.2.2, Depressurization and Cooling Systems, Amendment 61 None OPT200.ERCW, Obj 5.c OPT200.ContainmentCooling, Obj 5.c x source question CTMT COOL-8.5 004 Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Which ONE of the following identifies the system response to the glycol expansion?
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 025 K4.02 042 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
A. The penetration's inside glycol isolation valve disks are designed to relieve trapped glycol into the Containment side glycol supply header.
Unit 1 at 100% power. -An inadvertent Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred.
B. The penetration's outside glycol isolation valve disks are designed to relieve trapped glycol into the Auxiliary Building side glycol supply header.
Ice Condenser System glycol trapped between the inside and outside Containment penetration's return isolation valves expanded due to heating. Which ONE of the following identifies the system response to the glycol expansion?
C~  A bypass line with a check valve is installed around the penetration's inside isolation valve-to relieve trapped glycol into the Containment side glycol supply-header.
A. The penetration's inside glycol isolation valve disks are designed to relieve trapped glycol into the Containment side glycol supply header. B. The penetration's outside glycol isolation valve disks are designed to relieve trapped glycol into the Auxiliary Building side glycol supply header. A bypass line with a check valve is installed around the penetration's inside isolation valve-to relieve trapped glycol into the Containment side glycol supply-header.
D. A bypass line with a check valve is installed around the penetration's outside isolation valve to relieve trapped glycol into the Auxiliary Building side glycol supply header. 025 K4.02 042 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
Unit 1 at 100% power. -An inadvertent Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred.
Ice Condenser System glycol trapped between the inside and outside Containment penetration's return isolation valves expanded due to heating. Which ONE of the following identifies the system response to the glycol expansion?
A. The penetration's inside glycol isolation valve disks are designed to relieve trapped glycol into the Containment side glycol supply header. B. The penetration's outside glycol isolation valve disks are designed to relieve trapped glycol into the Auxiliary Building side glycol supply header. A bypass line with a check valve is installed around the penetration's inside isolation valve-to relieve trapped glycol into the Containment side glycol supply-header.
D. A bypass line with a check valve is installed around the penetration's outside isolation valve to relieve trapped glycol into the Auxiliary Building side glycol supply header.
D. A bypass line with a check valve is installed around the penetration's outside isolation valve to relieve trapped glycol into the Auxiliary Building side glycol supply header.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, The containment isolation valves are designed to completely seal off the penetration.
 
The valve disc are not designed to relieve trapped glycol. A common plant misconception is that the valve disc have a small hole drilled into them to relieve trapped pressure and some valves are drilled in that fashion. B. Incorrect, The containment isolation valves are designed to completely seal off the penetration.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
The valve disc are not designed to relieve trapped glycol. A common plant misconception is that some valve disc have a small hole drilled into them to relieve trapped pressure.
A. Incorrect, The containment isolation valves are designed to completely seal off the penetration. The valve disc are not designed to relieve trapped glycol.
A common plant misconception is that the valve disc have a small hole drilled into them to relieve trapped pressure and some valves are drilled in that fashion. C. Correct, As shown on 47W814-2.
A common plant misconception is that the valve disc have a small hole drilled into them to relieve trapped pressure and some valves are drilled in that fashion.
This check valve relieves trapped glycol back into the containment which is more conservative from a containment isolation perspective.
B. Incorrect, The containment isolation valves are designed to completely seal off the penetration. The valve disc are not designed to relieve trapped glycol.
A common plant misconception is that some valve disc have a small hole drilled into them to relieve trapped pressure. A common plant misconception is that the valve disc have a small hole drilled into them to relieve trapped pressure and some valves are drilled in that fashion.
C. Correct, As shown on 47W814-2. This check valve relieves trapped glycol back into the containment which is more conservative from a containment isolation perspective.
D. Incorrect, The small bypass line with a check valve is correct, however it relieves back into the containment side glycol header and not to the auxiliary building side header. Plausible to prevent relieving into containment.
D. Incorrect, The small bypass line with a check valve is correct, however it relieves back into the containment side glycol header and not to the auxiliary building side header. Plausible to prevent relieving into containment.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, The containment isolation valves are designed to completely seal off the penetration.
 
The valve disc are not designed to relieve trapped glycol. A common plant misconception is that the valve disc have a small hole drilled into them to relieve trapped pressure and some valves are drilled in that fashion. B. Incorrect, The containment isolation valves are designed to completely seal off the penetration.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:             42 Tier:   _2_ Group           1 KIA:       025 K4.02 Ice Condenser system Knowledge of ice condenser system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
The valve disc are not designed to relieve trapped glycol. A common plant misconception is that some valve disc have a small hole drilled into them to relieve trapped pressure.
System control Importance Rating:         2.8* / 3.0*
A common plant misconception is that the valve disc have a small hole drilled into them to relieve trapped pressure and some valves are drilled in that fashion. C. Correct, As shown on 47W814-2.
10 CFR Part 55:           41.7 10CFR55.42.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       Applicant is required to identify the design feature of the ice condenser cooling system that an control a pressure rise in order to prevent an overpressuirzation of the system due to the expansion of trapped fluid.
This check valve relieves trapped glycol back into the containment which is more conservative from a containment isolation perspective.
Technical  
D. Incorrect, The small bypass line with a check valve is correct, however it relieves back into the containment side glycol header and not to the auxiliary building side header. Plausible to prevent relieving into containment.
Question Number: 42 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 025 K4.02 Ice Condenser system QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Knowledge of ice condenser system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
System control Importance Rating: 2.8* / 3.0* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.42.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to identify the design feature of the ice condenser cooling system that an control a pressure rise in order to prevent an overpressuirzation of the system due to the expansion of trapped fluid. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-SO-61-1, Ice Condenser Cooling, Rev 30 1,2-47W814-2, Rev 22 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200lCE BA.i Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              SON bank question Comments:
Source:            BANK                              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  LOWER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 026 K3.02 043 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 was operating at 10% power when a LOCA occurred.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
    -  The Containment Spray Pump (CSP)1A-A started but the header isolation valve 1-FCV-72-39 failed to open and would NOT open from the MCR handswitch
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
    -  Three hours later, the plant status is ...
RO Date: 2/2010 0-SO-61-1, Ice Condenser Cooling, Rev 30 1 ,2-47W814-2, Rev 22 None OPT200lCE BA.i x SON bank question Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
        - ECCS pumps aligned in accordance with ES-1.3, "Transfer to RHR Containment Sump."
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 42 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 025 K4.02 Ice Condenser system QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Knowledge of ice condenser system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
18-8 Containment Spray Pump tripped due to motor fault.
System control Importance Rating: 2.8* / 3.0* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.42.b:
18-8 RHR aligned to provide RHR Spray in accordance with FR-Z.1, "High Containment Pressure."
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to identify the design feature of the ice condenser cooling system that an control a pressure rise in order to prevent an overpressuirzation of the system due to the expansion of trapped fluid. Technical
1-FCV-72-39 opened locally and 1A-A Containment Spray pump delivering 4250 gpm flow.
        - Containment Pressure has dropped from 10.3 psig to 2.8 psig.
Which ONE of the following identifies ...
(1) the status of Train A Containment Spray flow, and (2 ) the required status of the RHR Spray in accordance with FR-Z.1?
Train A CSP flow                            RHR Spray A. Spray flow is abnormally low                Remain in service 8~  Spray flow is abnormally low                Removed from service C. Spray flow is normal                        Remain in service D. Spray flow is normal                        Removed from service


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
 
A. Incorrect, the containment spray flow is low it, should be greater than 4750 gpm but the RHR spray should not remain in service. The RHR spray should be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. Plausible because the flow being low is correct and because the Containment pressure is above the value for stopping the Containment Spray Pump or if the value stated in the stem had been greater than 4 psig, then leaving the RHR spray in service would be correct.
Proposed references to be provided:
B. Correct, the containment spray flow is low, the flow should be greater than 4750 gpm and the RHR spray should be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1.
Learning Objective:
C. Incorrect, the containment spray flow is not normal, it is low it, should be greater than 4750 gpm and the RHR spray should not remain in service, it be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. Plausible because the flow is only slightly below the identified minimum flow (and the value is a similar number to the minimum) and is above the minimum value for pump protection that closes the recirculation valve. Also, because the Containment pressure is above the value for stopping the Containment Spray Pump or if the value stated in the stem had been greater than 4 psig, then leaving the RHR spray in service would be correct..
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 0-SO-61-1, Ice Condenser Cooling, Rev 30 1 ,2-47W814-2, Rev 22 None OPT200lCE BA.i x SON bank question Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 026 K3.02 043 Given the following:
Unit 1 was operating at 10% power when a LOCA occurred.
-The Containment Spray Pump (CSP)1A-A started but the header isolation valve 1-FCV-72-39 failed to open and would NOT open from the MCR handswitch
-Three hours later, the plant status is ... -ECCS pumps aligned in accordance with ES-1.3, "Transfer to RHR Containment Sump." 18-8 Containment Spray Pump tripped due to motor fault. 18-8 RHR aligned to provide RHR Spray in accordance with FR-Z.1, "High Containment Pressure." 1-FCV-72-39 opened locally and 1 A-A Containment Spray pump delivering 4250 gpm flow. -Containment Pressure has dropped from 10.3 psig to 2.8 psig. Which ONE of the following identifies
... (1) the status of Train A Containment Spray flow, and (2 ) the required status of the RHR Spray in accordance with FR-Z.1? Train A CSP flow RHR Spray A. Spray flow is abnormally low Remain in service Spray flow is abnormally low Removed from service C. Spray flow is normal Remain in service D. Spray flow is normal Removed from service QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 026 K3.02 043 Given the following:
Unit 1 was operating at 10% power when a LOCA occurred.
-The Containment Spray Pump (CSP)1A-A started but the header isolation valve 1-FCV-72-39 failed to open and would NOT open from the MCR handswitch
-Three hours later, the plant status is ... -ECCS pumps aligned in accordance with ES-1.3, "Transfer to RHR Containment Sump." 18-8 Containment Spray Pump tripped due to motor fault. 18-8 RHR aligned to provide RHR Spray in accordance with FR-Z.1, "High Containment Pressure." 1-FCV-72-39 opened locally and 1 A-A Containment Spray pump delivering 4250 gpm flow. -Containment Pressure has dropped from 10.3 psig to 2.8 psig. Which ONE of the following identifies
... (1) the status of Train A Containment Spray flow, and (2 ) the required status of the RHR Spray in accordance with FR-Z.1? Train A CSP flow RHR Spray A. Spray flow is abnormally low Remain in service Spray flow is abnormally low Removed from service C. Spray flow is normal Remain in service D. Spray flow is normal Removed from service QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, the containment spray flow is low it, should be greater than 4750 gpm but the RHR spray should not remain in service. The RHR spray should be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. Plausible because the flow being low is correct and because the Containment pressure is above the value for stopping the Containment Spray Pump or if the value stated in the stem had been greater than 4 psig, then leaving the RHR spray in service would be correct. B. Correct, the containment spray flow is low, the flow should be greater than 4750 gpm and the RHR spray should be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. C. Incorrect, the containment spray flow is not normal, it is low it, should be greater than 4750 gpm and the RHR spray should not remain in service, it be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. Plausible because the flow is only slightly below the identified minimum flow (and the value is a similar number to the minimum) and is above the minimum value for pump protection that closes the recirculation valve. Also, because the Containment pressure is above the value for stopping the Containment Spray Pump or if the value stated in the stem had been greater than 4 psig, then leaving the RHR spray in service would be correct..
D. Incorrect" the containment spray flow is not normal, it is low it, should be greater than 4750 gpm and the RHR spray should be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. Plausible because the flow is only slightly below the identified minimum flow (and the value is a similar number to the minimum) and is above the minimum value for pump protection that closes the recirculation valve. Also, because with the Containment pressure stated in the stem, removing RHR spray from service is correct. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, the containment spray flow is low it, should be greater than 4750 gpm but the RHR spray should not remain in service. The RHR spray should be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. Plausible because the flow being low is correct and because the Containment pressure is above the value for stopping the Containment Spray Pump or if the value stated in the stem had been greater than 4 psig, then leaving the RHR spray in service would be correct. B. Correct, the containment spray flow is low, the flow should be greater than 4750 gpm and the RHR spray should be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. C. Incorrect, the containment spray flow is not normal, it is low it, should be greater than 4750 gpm and the RHR spray should not remain in service, it be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. Plausible because the flow is only slightly below the identified minimum flow (and the value is a similar number to the minimum) and is above the minimum value for pump protection that closes the recirculation valve. Also, because the Containment pressure is above the value for stopping the Containment Spray Pump or if the value stated in the stem had been greater than 4 psig, then leaving the RHR spray in service would be correct..
D. Incorrect" the containment spray flow is not normal, it is low it, should be greater than 4750 gpm and the RHR spray should be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. Plausible because the flow is only slightly below the identified minimum flow (and the value is a similar number to the minimum) and is above the minimum value for pump protection that closes the recirculation valve. Also, because with the Containment pressure stated in the stem, removing RHR spray from service is correct.
D. Incorrect" the containment spray flow is not normal, it is low it, should be greater than 4750 gpm and the RHR spray should be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. Plausible because the flow is only slightly below the identified minimum flow (and the value is a similar number to the minimum) and is above the minimum value for pump protection that closes the recirculation valve. Also, because with the Containment pressure stated in the stem, removing RHR spray from service is correct.
Question Number: 43 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KiA: 026 K3.02 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Containment Spray System (CSS) Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CSS will have on the following:
Recirculation spray system Importance Rating: 4.2* / 4.3 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.6 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KiA Match: Applicant must identify an abnormal flow rate on the containment spray system (malfunction) and how the procedure directs the termination of the RHR recirculation spray flow for the identified conditions Technical
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           43 Tier:   _2_ Group           1 KiA:       026 K3.02 Containment Spray System (CSS)
Learning Objective:
Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CSS will have on the following:
Question Source: New FR-Z.1, High Containment Pressure, Rev 18 None OPL271 FR-Z.1 B.6.a&b Given a set of initial plant conditions use FR-Z.1 to correctly:
Recirculation spray system Importance Rating:         4.2* / 4.3 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7/45.6 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KiA Match:       Applicant must identify an abnormal flow rate on the containment spray system (malfunction) and how the procedure directs the termination of the RHR recirculation spray flow for the identified conditions Technical  
: a. Identify required actions b. Respond to Contingencies Modified Bank X Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 SQN bank question FR-Z.1-B-6 001 modified Modified stem, changed question statement as to what is being asked, all choices changed as a result and the correct answer relocated Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 43 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KiA: 026 K3.02 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Containment Spray System (CSS) Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CSS will have on the following:
Recirculation spray system Importance Rating: 4.2* / 4.3 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.6 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KiA Match: Applicant must identify an abnormal flow rate on the containment spray system (malfunction) and how the procedure directs the termination of the RHR recirculation spray flow for the identified conditions Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
FR-Z.1, High Containment Pressure, Rev 18 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 FR-Z.1 B.6.a&b Given a set of initial plant conditions use FR-Z.1 to correctly:
: a. Identify required actions
: b. Respond to Contingencies Question Source:
New Modified Bank          X Bank Question History:              SQN bank question FR-Z.1- B-6 001 modified Comments:                      Modified stem, changed question statement as to what is being asked, all choices changed as a result and the correct answer relocated Source:            BANK MOD                            Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                  Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                              Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 039 G2.1.7 044 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 operating at 60% power.
Question Source: New FR-Z.1, High Containment Pressure, Rev 18 None OPL271 FR-Z.1 B.6.a&b Given a set of initial plant conditions use FR-Z.1 to correctly:
A Steam Generator safety valve begins to leak through.
: a. Identify required actions b. Respond to Contingencies Modified Bank X Bank Question History: Comments:
Which ONE of the following identifies both ....
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
(1) the time in core life that will result in the largest reactivity excursion and (2) the condition, in accordance with AOP-S.05, "Steam or Feedwater Leak,"
RO Date: 2/2010 SQN bank question FR-Z.1-B-6 001 modified Modified stem, changed question statement as to what is being asked, all choices changed as a result and the correct answer relocated Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
that would require a manual reactor trip Time in Core Life             Condition requiring reactor trip A'!' EOL                     Steam leak in excess of 3% power.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 039 G2.1.7 044 Given the following:
S. EOL                       Tavg/Tref mismatch can NOT be maintained within 3&deg;F.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 operating at 60% power. A Steam Generator safety valve begins to leak through. Which ONE of the following identifies both .... (1) the time in core life that will result in the largest reactivity excursion and (2) the condition, in accordance with AOP-S.05, "Steam or Feedwater Leak," that would require a manual reactor trip Time in Core Life Condition requiring reactor trip A'!' EOL Steam leak in excess of 3% power. S. EOL Tavg/Tref mismatch can NOT be maintained within 3&deg;F. C. SOL Steam leak in excess of 3% power. D. SOL Tavg/Tref mismatch can NOT be maintained within 3&deg;F. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) being much larger than at BOL and the condition requiring a reactor trip is a steam leak greater than 3% power. B. Incorrect, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) change but the Tavg/Tref mismatch would have to unable to be maintained within 5&deg;F to require a reactor trip. Plausible because the reactivity effect does change over core life with EOL being correct and a higher Tavg/Tref mismatch would require a reactor trip. C. Incorrect, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL (not at BOL) due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) change but the Tavg/Tref mismatch would have to unable to be maintained within 5&deg;F to require a reactor trip. Plausible because the reactivity effect does change over core life and steam leak greater than 3% requiring a reactor trip is correct. D. Incorrect, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL (not at BOL) due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) change but steam leak greater than 3% power would require a reactor trip_ Plausible because the reactivity effect does change over core life and a higher Tavg/Tref mismatch would require a reactor trip_ 039 G2.1.7 044 Given the following:
C. SOL                       Steam leak in excess of 3% power.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 operating at 60% power. A Steam Generator safety valve begins to leak through. Which ONE of the following identifies both .... (1) the time in core life that will result in the largest reactivity excursion and (2) the condition, in accordance with AOP-S.05, "Steam or Feedwater Leak," that would require a manual reactor trip Time in Core Life Condition requiring reactor trip A'!' EOL Steam leak in excess of 3% power. S. EOL Tavg/Tref mismatch can NOT be maintained within 3&deg;F. C. SOL Steam leak in excess of 3% power. D. SOL Tavg/Tref mismatch can NOT be maintained within 3&deg;F. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) being much larger than at BOL and the condition requiring a reactor trip is a steam leak greater than 3% power. B. Incorrect, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) change but the Tavg/Tref mismatch would have to unable to be maintained within 5&deg;F to require a reactor trip. Plausible because the reactivity effect does change over core life with EOL being correct and a higher Tavg/Tref mismatch would require a reactor trip. C. Incorrect, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL (not at BOL) due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) change but the Tavg/Tref mismatch would have to unable to be maintained within 5&deg;F to require a reactor trip. Plausible because the reactivity effect does change over core life and steam leak greater than 3% requiring a reactor trip is correct. D. Incorrect, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL (not at BOL) due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) change but steam leak greater than 3% power would require a reactor trip_ Plausible because the reactivity effect does change over core life and a higher Tavg/Tref mismatch would require a reactor trip_
D. SOL                       Tavg/Tref mismatch can NOT be maintained within 3&deg;F.
Question Number: 44 Tier: _2 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS) G2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgements based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Importance Rating: 4.4/4.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
A. Correct, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) being much larger than at BOL and the condition requiring a reactor trip is a steam leak greater than 3% power.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine when a malfunction (steam leak) would have the most effect on plant operation and based on overall plant transient conditions when a transition to appropriate plant procedure would be required.
B. Incorrect, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) change but the Tavg/Tref mismatch would have to unable to be maintained within 5&deg;F to require a reactor trip. Plausible because the reactivity effect does change over core life with EOL being correct and a higher Tavg/Tref mismatch would require a reactor trip.
Technical
C. Incorrect, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL (not at BOL) due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) change but the Tavg/Tref mismatch would have to unable to be maintained within 5&deg;F to require a reactor trip. Plausible because the reactivity effect does change over core life and steam leak greater than 3% requiring a reactor trip is correct.
D. Incorrect, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL (not at BOL) due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) change but steam leak greater than 3%
power would require a reactor trip_ Plausible because the reactivity effect does change over core life and a higher Tavg/Tref mismatch would require a reactor trip_


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           44 Tier:   _2__ Group         1 KIA:       039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)
 
G2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgements based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
Proposed references to be provided:
Importance Rating:         4.4/4.7 10 CFR Part 55:           41.5 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine when a malfunction (steam leak) would have the most effect on plant operation and based on overall plant transient conditions when a transition to appropriate plant procedure would be required.
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-S.05, Steam or Feedwater Leak, Rev 7 None OPT200.MS obj B.5.d x Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 44 Tier: _2 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS) G2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgements based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
Importance Rating: 4.4/4.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine when a malfunction (steam leak) would have the most effect on plant operation and based on overall plant transient conditions when a transition to appropriate plant procedure would be required.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-S.05, Steam or Feedwater Leak, Rev 7 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.MS obj B.5.d Question Source:
New Modified Bank          x Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:            BANK MOD                          Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 059 K3.02 045 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 is starting up from a refueling outage and is currently at 30% rated tbermal power with all appropriate systems aligned for that power level.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
    -   A loss of off-site power occurs.
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
    -   The 1 B EDG fails to start.
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-S.05, Steam or Feedwater Leak, Rev 7 None OPT200.MS obj B.5.d x Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Assuming no operator actions, which ONE of the following correctly identifies the status of the AFW system one (1) minute after the accident?
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 059 K3.02 045 Given the following:
A. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 3, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 1, 2, 3. & 4.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is starting up from a refueling outage and is currently at 30% rated tbermal power with all appropriate systems aligned for that power level. -A loss of off-site power occurs. -The 1 B EDG fails to start. Assuming no operator actions, which ONE of the following correctly identifies the status of the AFW system one (1) minute after the accident?
B. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 3, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 2 & 4.
A. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 3, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 1, 2, 3. & 4. B. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 3, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 2 & 4. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 2, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 1, 2, 3 & 4. D. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 2, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 3 & 4. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that MDAFW A would be powered by A EDG and would feed SGs 1 & 2. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know that TDAFW pump will supply all SGs unless operator actions is taken. C. Correct, The loss of MFW would cause MDAFW pump A and TDAFW pump to start. At Sequoyah the '}:\" MDAFW pump only supplies SGs 1 & 2, while the TDAFW pump supplies all SGs. D. Incorrect, Plausible is canidate does not recognize that MDAFW pump B will not have power since B EDG did not start. 059 K3.02 045 Given the following:
C~  MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 2, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 1, 2, 3 & 4.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is starting up from a refueling outage and is currently at 30% rated tbermal power with all appropriate systems aligned for that power level. -A loss of off-site power occurs. -The 1 B EDG fails to start. Assuming no operator actions, which ONE of the following correctly identifies the status of the AFW system one (1) minute after the accident?
D. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 2, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 3 & 4.
A. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 3, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 1, 2, 3. & 4. B. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 3, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 2 & 4. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 2, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 1, 2, 3 & 4. D. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 2, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 3 & 4. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that MDAFW A would be powered by A EDG and would feed SGs 1 & 2. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know that TDAFW pump will supply all SGs unless operator actions is taken. C. Correct, The loss of MFW would cause MDAFW pump A and TDAFW pump to start. At Sequoyah the '}:\" MDAFW pump only supplies SGs 1 & 2, while the TDAFW pump supplies all SGs. D. Incorrect, Plausible is canidate does not recognize that MDAFW pump B will not have power since B EDG did not start.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Question Number: 45 Tier: _2 __ Group _1_ QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 059 K3.02 Knowledge of the effect that a loss of MFW will have on the following:
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that MDAFW A would be powered by A EDG and would feed SGs 1 & 2.
AFW system Importance Rating: 3.6 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know that TDAFW pump will supply all SGs unless operator actions is taken.
Not applicable KIA Match: The loss of offsite power will cause a loss of MFW flow. The candidate needs to identify the effect this will have on AFW system. Technical
C. Correct, The loss of MFW would cause MDAFW pump A and TDAFW pump to start. At Sequoyah the '}:\" MDAFW pump only supplies SGs 1 & 2, while the TDAFW pump supplies all SGs.
D. Incorrect, Plausible is canidate does not recognize that MDAFW pump B will not have power since B EDG did not start.


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           45 Tier:   _2__ Group _1_
 
KIA:       059 K3.02 Knowledge of the effect that a loss of MFW will have on the following: AFW system Importance Rating:         3.6 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       The loss of offsite power will cause a loss of MFW flow. The candidate needs to identify the effect this will have on AFW system.
OPT200.AFW Rev 5 Proposed references None to be provided:
Technical  
Learning Objective:
OPT200.AFW Obj. B.5 Question Source: New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 45 Tier: _2 __ Group _1_ QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 059 K3.02 Knowledge of the effect that a loss of MFW will have on the following:
AFW system Importance Rating: 3.6 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: The loss of offsite power will cause a loss of MFW flow. The candidate needs to identify the effect this will have on AFW system. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
OPT200.AFW Rev 5 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.AFW Obj. B.5 Question Source:
New                    X Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:            NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level: HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:            SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


OPT200.AFW Rev 5 Proposed references None to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 061 G2.1.20 046 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
    -   Unit 1 initially at 100% RTP.
OPT200.AFW Obj. B.5 Question Source: New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
    - :J:he operators have entered E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection" due to a reactor trip.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
    -   The following steam generator levels and containment pressures are observed:
RO Date: 2/2010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Time:                       0200       0201       0202       0203       0205 SG Level:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO 061 G2.1.20 046 Given the following:
        #1 S/G (%     NR)             8         12         22         26         35
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam -Unit 1 initially at 100% RTP. -:J:he operators have entered E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection" due to a reactor trip. -The following steam generator levels and containment pressures are observed:
        #2 S/G (%     NR)             7         12         24         27         36
Time: 0200 0201 0202 0203 0205 SG Level: #1 S/G (% NR) 8 12 22 26 35 #2 S/G (% NR) 7 12 24 27 36 #3 S/G (% NR) 5 13 25 29 33 #4 S/G (% NR) 5 16 28 31 35 Cntmt Qress !Qsig}: 1.5 3.5 2.5 1.5 0.6 Which ONE of the following statements correctly describes the EARLIEST time that operators are allowed to reset and throttle!AFW flow to less than 440 gpm? A. 0201 0202 C. 0203 D. 0205 DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since at this time SG level is >10% which is normal value, however CNMT pressure is adverse (2.8 psig) so the adverse numbers apply which is> 25%. B. Correct, At this time SG 3 & 4 levels are greater than adverse number (25 %), only 1 SG > 25% is required by procedure, therefore this would be the earliest time allowed by procedure to throttle AFW flow. C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thought that all SG levels would have to be greater than adverse value (25%) before AFW can be throttled.
        #3 S/G (%     NR)             5         13         25         29         33
        #4 S/G (%     NR)             5         16         28         31         35 Cntmt Qress !Qsig}:         1.5         3.5       2.5       1.5         0.6 Which ONE of the following statements correctly describes the EARLIEST time that operators are allowed to reset and throttle!AFW flow to less than 440 gpm?
A. 0201 B~  0202 C. 0203 D. 0205 DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, Plausible since at this time SG level is >10% which is normal value, however CNMT pressure is adverse (2.8 psig) so the adverse numbers apply which is> 25%.
B. Correct, At this time SG 3 & 4 levels are greater than adverse number (25 %), only 1 SG > 25% is required by procedure, therefore this would be the earliest time allowed by procedure to throttle AFW flow.
C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thought that all SG levels would have to be greater than adverse value (25%) before AFW can be throttled.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that SG levels need to return to value of automatic level control values ( -33% ) for AFW before they can reset and throttle flow manually.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that SG levels need to return to value of automatic level control values ( -33% ) for AFW before they can reset and throttle flow manually.
061 G2.1.20 046 Given the following:
 
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam -Unit 1 initially at 100% RTP. -:J:he operators have entered E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection" due to a reactor trip. -The following steam generator levels and containment pressures are observed:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           46 Tier:   _2_ Group _1_
Time: 0200 0201 0202 0203 0205 SG Level: #1 S/G (% NR) 8 12 22 26 35 #2 S/G (% NR) 7 12 24 27 36 #3 S/G (% NR) 5 13 25 29 33 #4 S/G (% NR) 5 16 28 31 35 Cntmt Qress !Qsig}: 1.5 3.5 2.5 1.5 0.6 Which ONE of the following statements correctly describes the EARLIEST time that operators are allowed to reset and throttle!AFW flow to less than 440 gpm? A. 0201 0202 C. 0203 D. 0205 DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since at this time SG level is >10% which is normal value, however CNMT pressure is adverse (2.8 psig) so the adverse numbers apply which is> 25%. B. Correct, At this time SG 3 & 4 levels are greater than adverse number (25 %), only 1 SG > 25% is required by procedure, therefore this would be the earliest time allowed by procedure to throttle AFW flow. C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thought that all SG levels would have to be greater than adverse value (25%) before AFW can be throttled.
KIA:       061 Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System G2.1.20 Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that SG levels need to return to value of automatic level control values ( -33% ) for AFW before they can reset and throttle flow manually.
Importance Rating:         4.6/4.6 10 CFR Part 55:         41.10 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:       This question has the candidate determine that CNMT atmosphere is adverse thus making required SG level of 25%, and that only one SG
Question Number: 46 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2_ Group _1_ KIA: 061 Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System G2.1.20 Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. Importance Rating: 4.6/4.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
                > than 25% is what that is needed for heat sink.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question has the candidate determine that CNMT atmosphere is adverse thus making required SG level of 25%, and that only one SG > than 25% is what that is needed for heat sink. Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev 30 EA-3-8, Manual Control of AFW Flow, Rev 4 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 E-O, Obj 6.b Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              bank question E-0-B.3.A 006, last used 2006 Requal exam Comments:                      Modified stem slightly from original Source:          BANK                              Source IfBan1c: SQN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 062 K4.02 047 Given the following plant conditions:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 & 2 are operating steady-state at 100%.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
1B-B 6900V Shutdown Board voltage decreases to 6450V.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
The following alarms are received:
Date: RO 2/2010 E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev 30 EA-3-8, Manual Control of AFW Flow, Rev 4 None OPL271 E-O, Obj 6.b x bank question E-0-B.3.A 006, last used 2006 Requal exam Modified stem slightly from original Source IfBan1c: SQN Difficulty:
0-XA-55-26B window C-7, "6900V SO BO 1B-B FAILURE OR BUS UNOERVOLTAGE".
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 46 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2_ Group _1_ KIA: 061 Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System G2.1.20 Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. Importance Rating: 4.6/4.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
1-XA-55-1B, window B-6, "6900V SO BO 1B-B FAILURE OR BUS UNOERVOLTAGE/OVERVOLTAGE".
Not applicable KIA Match: This question has the candidate determine that CNMT atmosphere is adverse thus making required SG level of 25%, and that only one SG > than 25% is what that is needed for heat sink. Technical
If the voltage remains unchanged, which ONE of the following identifies when the 1B-B 6.9 kV Shutdown Board Normal Feeder Breaker would open?
A. 1.25 seconds B. 9.5 seconds C. 30 seconds O!' 300 seconds DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, the 1.25 seconds is associated with the board undervoltage (less than 80% of rated voltage) conditions that initates a diesel generator start and load shedding of the board. This is a setpoint lower than the Degraded Voltage ( less than 93.5% ) relays setpoint. Plausible because the time delay is associated with a condition that will cause the normal feeder breaker to be tripped open.
B. Incorrect, The 9.5 seconds is not the time delay (less than 80% of rated voltage) unless there is a Safety Injection signal present. Plausible because the time delay is associated with a condition that will cause the normal feeder breaker to be tripped open due to operation of the degraded voltage relays but only with a Safety injection signal present.
C. Incorrect, At time =0 the 30 second timer produces an alarm only. Plausible if the candidate determines that the 30 second time delay is associated with the degraded voltage relays that generate the alarm due to a low (degraded) voltage condition, but not the breaker trip.
D. Correct, The time delay required to be met to trip open the normal feeder breaker due to Degraded Voltage relay actuation Without a Safety Injection present is 300 seconds from the start of degraded conditions.


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:       47 Tier: _2__ Group _1_
 
KIA:   062 AC. Electrical Distribution K4.02 Knowledge of AC Distribution system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Proposed references to be provided:
Circuit breaker automatic trips.
Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:     2.5/2.7 10 CFR Part 55:       41.7 10CFR55.43.b:         Not applicable KIA Match:   Applicant is required to apply the conditions in the stem to determine the time delay associated with a design feature of the plant that will cause an automatic trip of the circuit breaker feeding an ESF bus on the AC electrical distribution system.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Technical  
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
Date: RO 2/2010 E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev 30 EA-3-8, Manual Control of AFW Flow, Rev 4 None OPL271 E-O, Obj 6.b x bank question E-0-B.3.A 006, last used 2006 Requal exam Modified stem slightly from original Source IfBan1c: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO 062 K4.02 047 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
Unit 1 & 2 are operating steady-state at 100%. 1 B-B 6900V Shutdown Board voltage decreases to 6450V. The following alarms are received:
0-XA-55-26B window C-7, "6900V SO BO 1 B-B FAILURE OR BUS UNOERVOL TAGE". 1-XA-55-1B, window B-6, "6900V SO BO 1B-B FAILURE OR BUS UNOERVOLTAGE/OVERVOL TAGE". If the voltage remains unchanged, which ONE of the following identifies when the 1 B-B 6.9 kV Shutdown Board Normal Feeder Breaker would open? A. 1.25 seconds B. 9.5 seconds C. 30 seconds O!' 300 seconds DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, the 1.25 seconds is associated with the board undervoltage (less than 80% of rated voltage) conditions that initates a diesel generator start and load shedding of the board. This is a setpoint lower than the Degraded Voltage ( less than 93.5% ) relays setpoint.
Plausible because the time delay is associated with a condition that will cause the normal feeder breaker to be tripped open. B. Incorrect, The 9.5 seconds is not the time delay (less than 80% of rated voltage) unless there is a Safety Injection signal present. Plausible because the time delay is associated with a condition that will cause the normal feeder breaker to be tripped open due to operation of the degraded voltage relays but only with a Safety injection signal present. C. Incorrect, At time =0 the 30 second timer produces an alarm only. Plausible if the candidate determines that the 30 second time delay is associated with the degraded voltage relays that generate the alarm due to a low (degraded) voltage condition, but not the breaker trip. D. Correct, The time delay required to be met to trip open the normal feeder breaker due to Degraded Voltage relay actuation Without a Safety Injection present is 300 seconds from the start of degraded conditions.
062 K4.02 047 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
Unit 1 & 2 are operating steady-state at 100%. 1 B-B 6900V Shutdown Board voltage decreases to 6450V. The following alarms are received:
0-XA-55-26B window C-7, "6900V SO BO 1 B-B FAILURE OR BUS UNOERVOL TAGE". 1-XA-55-1B, window B-6, "6900V SO BO 1B-B FAILURE OR BUS UNOERVOLTAGE/OVERVOL TAGE". If the voltage remains unchanged, which ONE of the following identifies when the 1 B-B 6.9 kV Shutdown Board Normal Feeder Breaker would open? A. 1.25 seconds B. 9.5 seconds C. 30 seconds O!' 300 seconds DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, the 1.25 seconds is associated with the board undervoltage (less than 80% of rated voltage) conditions that initates a diesel generator start and load shedding of the board. This is a setpoint lower than the Degraded Voltage ( less than 93.5% ) relays setpoint.
Plausible because the time delay is associated with a condition that will cause the normal feeder breaker to be tripped open. B. Incorrect, The 9.5 seconds is not the time delay (less than 80% of rated voltage) unless there is a Safety Injection signal present. Plausible because the time delay is associated with a condition that will cause the normal feeder breaker to be tripped open due to operation of the degraded voltage relays but only with a Safety injection signal present. C. Incorrect, At time =0 the 30 second timer produces an alarm only. Plausible if the candidate determines that the 30 second time delay is associated with the degraded voltage relays that generate the alarm due to a low (degraded) voltage condition, but not the breaker trip. D. Correct, The time delay required to be met to trip open the normal feeder breaker due to Degraded Voltage relay actuation Without a Safety Injection present is 300 seconds from the start of degraded conditions.
Question Number: 47 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2 __ Group _1_ KIA: 062 AC. Electrical Distribution K4.02 Knowledge of AC Distribution system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Circuit breaker automatic trips. Importance Rating: 2.5/2.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to apply the conditions in the stem to determine the time delay associated with a design feature of the plant that will cause an automatic trip of the circuit breaker feeding an ESF bus on the AC electrical distribution system. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
0-SO-202-4, 6900V SHUTDOWN BOARDS, Rev 27 Proposed references        None to be provided:
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:        OPT200.AC6.9KV
Learning Objective:
: 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the 6.9 kV Distribution System:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
: e. Component operation
0-SO-202-4, 6900V SHUTDOWN BOARDS, Rev 27 None OPT200.AC6.9KV  
: g. Interlocks (including setpoints)
: 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the 6.9 kV Distribution System: e. Component operation  
OPT200.BLKOUT
: 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the 6.9 kv Blackout System:
: e. Component operation
: g. Interlocks (including setpoints)
: g. Interlocks (including setpoints)
OPT200.BLKOUT
Question Source:
: 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the 6.9 kv Blackout System: e. Component operation
New Modified Bank        x Bank Question History:           SON Bank question 6.9 SDBD-B.8 005 modified.
: g. Interlocks (including setpoints) x SON Bank question 6.9 SDBD-B.8 005 modified.
Chanding what was being asked is the stem, all 4 choices changed, and the correct answer relocated.
Chanding what was being asked is the stem, all 4 choices changed, and the correct answer relocated.
Question Number: 47 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2 __ Group _1_ KIA: 062 AC. Electrical Distribution K4.02 Knowledge of AC Distribution system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Comments:
Circuit breaker automatic trips. Importance Rating: 2.5/2.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to apply the conditions in the stem to determine the time delay associated with a design feature of the plant that will cause an automatic trip of the circuit breaker feeding an ESF bus on the AC electrical distribution system. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Source:          BANK MOD              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                 Difficulty:
 
Job Position:   RO                     Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:           212010                 Last 2 NRC?:   NO
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
0-SO-202-4, 6900V SHUTDOWN BOARDS, Rev 27 None OPT200.AC6.9KV
: 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the 6.9 kV Distribution System: e. Component operation
: g. Interlocks (including setpoints)
OPT200.BLKOUT
: 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the 6.9 kv Blackout System: e. Component operation
: g. Interlocks (including setpoints) x SON Bank question 6.9 SDBD-B.8 005 modified.
Chanding what was being asked is the stem, all 4 choices changed, and the correct answer relocated.
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOY AH Last 2 NRC?: NO Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOY AH Last 2 NRC?: NO 063 A2.01 048 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is operating at 100% rated thermal power. Alarm 1-XA-55-1 C "125V DC VITAL BAT BD 1 ABNORMAL" has just been received.
No other abRG.t:maI-alarms are lit. Which ONE of the following is the correct cause for this alarm and action required?
A. An undervoltage condition exists; dispatch operations personnel to adjust the charger output voltage. By A ground exists; dispatch operations personnel totl:le local adjust the red flag (indicator) ground setpoint.
C. An overvoltage condition exists; dispatch operations personnel to adjust the charger output voltage. D. A ground exists; dispatch operations personnel to depress the local reset push button. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since an undervoltage condition does cause CR alarm however undervoltage causes alarm window A-4 not A-5. B. Correct, A positive or negative ground is alarmed on this window. The direction given in the alarm response to clear the alarm is to locally adjust the red flag setpoint.
C. Inorrect, Plausible since an overvoltage condition does cause CR alarm however undervoltage causes alarm window A-4 not A-5. D. Incorrect, Plausible since the alarm is correct, however the action taken by the operator is not correct. 063 A2.01 048 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is operating at 100% rated thermal power. Alarm 1-XA-55-1 C "125V DC VITAL BAT BD 1 ABNORMAL" has just been received.
No other abRG.t:maI-alarms are lit. Which ONE of the following is the correct cause for this alarm and action required?
A. An undervoltage condition exists; dispatch operations personnel to adjust the charger output voltage. By A ground exists; dispatch operations personnel totl:le local adjust the red flag (indicator) ground setpoint.
C. An overvoltage condition exists; dispatch operations personnel to adjust the charger output voltage. D. A ground exists; dispatch operations personnel to depress the local reset push button. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since an undervoltage condition does cause CR alarm however undervoltage causes alarm window A-4 not A-5. B. Correct, A positive or negative ground is alarmed on this window. The direction given in the alarm response to clear the alarm is to locally adjust the red flag setpoint.
C. Inorrect, Plausible since an overvoltage condition does cause CR alarm however undervoltage causes alarm window A-4 not A-5. D. Incorrect, Plausible since the alarm is correct, however the action taken by the operator is not correct.
Question Number: 48 Tier: _2 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 063 DC Electrical Distribution System A2.01 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC electrical systems; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Grounds. Importance Rating: 2.5/3.2* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate analyze the data given to determine the type of failure that would give the alarms presented and then what action would be needed based on those assumptions.
Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 063 A2.01 048 Given the following:
Unit 1 is operating at 100% rated thermal power.
Alarm 1-XA-55-1 C "125V DC VITAL BAT BD 1 ABNORMAL" has just been received.
No other abRG.t:maI-alarms are lit.
Which ONE of the following is the correct cause for this alarm and action required?
A. An undervoltage condition exists; dispatch operations personnel to adjust the charger output voltage.
By A ground exists; dispatch operations personnel totl:le local        boar:d~kto  adjust the red flag (indicator) ground setpoint.
C. An overvoltage condition exists; dispatch operations personnel to adjust the charger output voltage.
D. A ground exists; dispatch operations personnel to depress the local reset push button.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, Plausible since an undervoltage condition does cause CR alarm however undervoltage causes alarm window A-4 not A-5.
B. Correct, A positive or negative ground is alarmed on this window. The direction given in the alarm response to clear the alarm is to locally adjust the red flag setpoint.
C. Inorrect, Plausible since an overvoltage condition does cause CR alarm however undervoltage causes alarm window A-4 not A-5.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since the alarm is correct, however the action taken by the operator is not correct.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           48 Tier:   _2__ Group         1 KIA:       063 DC Electrical Distribution System A2.01 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC electrical systems; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Learning Objective:
Grounds.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Importance Rating:         2.5/3.2*
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
10 CFR Part 55:         41.5 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA by having the candidate analyze the data given to determine the type of failure that would give the alarms presented and then what action would be needed based on those assumptions.
RO Date: 212010 Alarm Response 1-AR-M1-C (A-5) 125V DC Vital Bat BD 1 Abnormal, Rev 41 None OPT200.DC Obj 5.c x Used on 2002 ILT exam Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 48 Tier: _2 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 063 DC Electrical Distribution System A2.01 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC electrical systems; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Grounds. Importance Rating: 2.5/3.2* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate analyze the data given to determine the type of failure that would give the alarms presented and then what action would be needed based on those assumptions.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Alarm Response 1-AR-M1-C (A-5) 125V DC Vital Bat BD 1 Abnormal, Rev 41 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.DC Obj 5.c Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              Used on 2002 ILT exam Comments:
Source:          BANK                              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 064 A4.12 049 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
1A-A Diesel Generator is being synchronized to its shutdown board for a surveillance test.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
When 1-HS-57-47, "DG 1A Synchronize" is placed to the "SYN" position, the synchroscope pointer begins to move very slowly in the counter-clockwise direction.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
All other conditions to synchronize the diesel generator to the shutdown board are met.
RO Date: 212010 Alarm Response 1-AR-M1-C (A-5) 125V DC Vital Bat BD 1 Abnormal, Rev 41 None OPT200.DC Obj 5.c x Used on 2002 ILT exam Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Which ONE of the following actions is required prior to closing th~ breaker to parallel the Diesel Generator to the Shutdown Board?
 
A'I Placing O-HS-82-13, Speed Control, to the RAISE position.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 064 A4.12 049 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 1 A-A Diesel Generator is being synchronized to its shutdown board for a surveillance test. When 1-HS-57-47, "DG 1A Synchronize" is placed to the "SYN" position, the synchroscope pointer begins to move very slowly in the counter-clockwise direction.
All other conditions to synchronize the diesel generator to the shutdown board are met. Which ONE of the following actions is required prior to closing breaker to parallel the Diesel Generator to the Shutdown Board? A'I Placing O-HS-82-13, Speed Control, to the RAISE position.
B. Placing 0-HS-82-13, Speed Control, to the LOWER position.
C. Placing 0-HS-82-12, Voltage Regulator, to the RAISE position.
D. PlaCing 0-HS-82-12, Voltage Regulator, to the LOWER position.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, The scope moving in the counter-clockwise direction indicates that the DG in slower than the board frequency so the Speed Control would be placed to the RAISE position.
B. Incorrect, the Speed Control would be placed to the RAISE position not the LOWER position to get the scope moving in the clockwise direction.
Plausible because the Speed Control is the switch need to be operated but placing it in LOWER is the opposite of the needed operation.
C. Incorrect, Placing the Voltage Control to RAISE would not correct the synchroscope movement.
Plausible because the Voltage Control is used in establishing conditions to allow the DG to be synchronized to a shutdown board. D. Incorrect, Placing the Voltage Control to LOWER would not correct the synchroscope movement.
Plausible because the Voltage Control is used in establishing conditions to allow the DG to be synchronized to a shutdown board. 064 A4.12 049 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 1 A-A Diesel Generator is being synchronized to its shutdown board for a surveillance test. When 1-HS-57-47, "DG 1A Synchronize" is placed to the "SYN" position, the synchroscope pointer begins to move very slowly in the counter-clockwise direction.
All other conditions to synchronize the diesel generator to the shutdown board are met. Which ONE of the following actions is required prior to closing breaker to parallel the Diesel Generator to the Shutdown Board? A'I Placing O-HS-82-13, Speed Control, to the RAISE position.
B. Placing 0-HS-82-13, Speed Control, to the LOWER position.
B. Placing 0-HS-82-13, Speed Control, to the LOWER position.
C. Placing 0-HS-82-12, Voltage Regulator, to the RAISE position.
C. Placing 0-HS-82-12, Voltage Regulator, to the RAISE position.
D. PlaCing 0-HS-82-12, Voltage Regulator, to the LOWER position.
D. PlaCing 0-HS-82-12, Voltage Regulator, to the LOWER position.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, The scope moving in the counter-clockwise direction indicates that the DG in slower than the board frequency so the Speed Control would be placed to the RAISE position.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
B. Incorrect, the Speed Control would be placed to the RAISE position not the LOWER position to get the scope moving in the clockwise direction.
A. Correct, The scope moving in the counter-clockwise direction indicates that the DG in slower than the board frequency so the Speed Control would be placed to the RAISE position.
Plausible because the Speed Control is the switch need to be operated but placing it in LOWER is the opposite of the needed operation.
B. Incorrect, the Speed Control would be placed to the RAISE position not the LOWER position to get the scope moving in the clockwise direction. Plausible because the Speed Control is the switch need to be operated but placing it in LOWER is the opposite of the needed operation.
C. Incorrect, Placing the Voltage Control to RAISE would not correct the synchroscope movement.
C. Incorrect, Placing the Voltage Control to RAISE would not correct the synchroscope movement. Plausible because the Voltage Control is used in establishing conditions to allow the DG to be synchronized to a shutdown board.
Plausible because the Voltage Control is used in establishing conditions to allow the DG to be synchronized to a shutdown board. D. Incorrect, Placing the Voltage Control to LOWER would not correct the synchroscope movement.
D. Incorrect, Placing the Voltage Control to LOWER would not correct the synchroscope movement. Plausible because the Voltage Control is used in establishing conditions to allow the DG to be synchronized to a shutdown board.
Plausible because the Voltage Control is used in establishing conditions to allow the DG to be synchronized to a shutdown board.
Question Number: 49 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 064 A4.12 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Synchroscope Importance Rating: 2.7*/ 2.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8 10CFR55.42.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires the applicant to understand the synchroscope oepation while monitoring and then operate the diesel generator system controls to establish desired operationing conditions.
Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:             49 Tier:   _2_ Group           1 KIA:       064 A4.12 Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
 
Synchroscope Importance Rating:           2.7*/ 2.6 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8 10CFR55.42.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       Question requires the applicant to understand the synchroscope oepation while monitoring and then operate the diesel generator system controls to establish desired operationing conditions.
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 0-SO-82-1, Diesel Generator 1 A-A, Rev 32 None OPT200DG 4. Describe the following items for each major component in the Diesel Generator System: f. Controls h. Instrumentation and Indications x Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 49 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 064 A4.12 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Synchroscope Importance Rating: 2.7*/ 2.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8 10CFR55.42.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires the applicant to understand the synchroscope oepation while monitoring and then operate the diesel generator system controls to establish desired operationing conditions.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-SO-82-1, Diesel Generator 1A-A, Rev 32 Proposed references              None to be provided:
Learning Objective:              OPT200DG
: 4. Describe the following items for each major component in the Diesel Generator System:
: f. Controls
: h. Instrumentation and Indications Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                    x Question History:
Comments:
Source:            BANK                              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:    HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 064 K 6.08 050 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Both units are in Mode 1.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
A leak has developed in the 1A-A Diesel Generator Seven Day Fuel Oil Storage tank.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
The tank level decrease is noted by the following times:
RO Date: 2/2010 0-SO-82-1, Diesel Generator 1 A-A, Rev 32 None OPT200DG 4. Describe the following items for each major component in the Diesel Generator System: f. Controls h. Instrumentation and Indications x Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
 
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 064 K 6.08 050 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Both units are in Mode 1. A leak has developed in the 1 A-A Diesel Generator Seven Day Fuel Oil Storage tank. The tank level decrease is noted by the following times:
* at 1730 level 5.3 feet (66,600 gallons)
* at 1745 level 5.1 feet (64,800 gallons)
* at 1800 level 4.9 feet (62,200 gallons)
* at 1815 level 4.7 feet (59,400 gallons)
* at 1830 level 4.5 feet (56,800 gallons) Which ONE of the following is the EARLIEST discovery time that 1A-A Diesel Generator is inoperable in accordance with Technical Specifications?
A. 1745 B. 1800 1815 D. 1830 DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, the level is above the 4.8 ft (62,000 gallon) minimum. Plausible if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalled correctly.
B. Incorrect, the level is above the 4.8 ft (62,000 gallon) minimum. Plausible if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalleo correctly.
C. Correct, In accordance with 0-SO-82-1, Standby Mode Parameters, the minimum Tech Spec level is 4.8 ft (62,000 gallons).
At 1815, level is first level noted below the minimum. Plausible if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalled correctly.
D. Incorrect, the level is below the 4.8 ft (62,000 gallon) minimum but not the earliest time the level is below the minimum. Plausible since the recent change to minimum level up to 4.8 ft from 4. 7ft. if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalled correctly.
064 K 6.08 050 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Both units are in Mode 1. A leak has developed in the 1 A-A Diesel Generator Seven Day Fuel Oil Storage tank. The tank level decrease is noted by the following times:
* at 1730 level 5.3 feet (66,600 gallons)
* at 1730 level 5.3 feet (66,600 gallons)
* at 1745 level 5.1 feet (64,800 gallons)
* at 1745 level 5.1 feet (64,800 gallons)
* at 1800 level 4.9 feet (62,200 gallons)
* at 1800 level 4.9 feet (62,200 gallons)
* at 1815 level 4.7 feet (59,400 gallons)
* at 1815 level 4.7 feet (59,400 gallons)
* at 1830 level 4.5 feet (56,800 gallons) Which ONE of the following is the EARLIEST discovery time that 1A-A Diesel Generator is inoperable in accordance with Technical Specifications?
* at 1830 level 4.5 feet (56,800 gallons)
A. 1745 B. 1800 1815 D. 1830 DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, the level is above the 4.8 ft (62,000 gallon) minimum. Plausible if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalled correctly.
Which ONE of the following is the EARLIEST discovery time that 1A-A Diesel Generator is inoperable in accordance with Technical Specifications?
A. 1745 B. 1800 C~  1815 D. 1830 DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, the level is above the 4.8 ft (62,000 gallon) minimum. Plausible if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalled correctly.
B. Incorrect, the level is above the 4.8 ft (62,000 gallon) minimum. Plausible if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalleo correctly.
B. Incorrect, the level is above the 4.8 ft (62,000 gallon) minimum. Plausible if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalleo correctly.
C. Correct, In accordance with 0-SO-82-1, Standby Mode Parameters, the minimum Tech Spec level is 4.8 ft (62,000 gallons).
C. Correct, In accordance with 0-SO-82-1, Standby Mode Parameters, the minimum Tech Spec level is 4.8 ft (62,000 gallons). At 1815, level is first level noted below the minimum. Plausible if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalled correctly.
At 1815, level is first level noted below the minimum. Plausible if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalled correctly.
D. Incorrect, the level is below the 4.8 ft (62,000 gallon) minimum but not the earliest time the level is below the minimum. Plausible since the recent change to minimum level up to 4.8 ft from 4. 7ft. if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalled correctly.
D. Incorrect, the level is below the 4.8 ft (62,000 gallon) minimum but not the earliest time the level is below the minimum. Plausible since the recent change to minimum level up to 4.8 ft from 4. 7ft. if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalled correctly.
Question Number: 50 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 064 K 6.08 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ED/G system: Fuel oil storage tanks Importance Rating: 3.2 / 3.3 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires the applicant to determine the impact a leak in a Diesel Generator fuel oil storage tanks would have on the ED/G system. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           50 Tier:   _2_ Group         1 KIA:       064 K 6.08 Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ED/G system:
 
Fuel oil storage tanks Importance Rating:         3.2 / 3.3 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7/45.7 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       Question requires the applicant to determine the impact a leak in a Diesel Generator fuel oil storage tanks would have on the ED/G system.
Proposed references to be provided:
Technical  
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 Technical Specification LCO 3.8.1, A.C. Sources, Amendment 241 0-SO-82-1, Diesel Generator 1 A-A, Rev 33 None OPT200. DG B.5. Describe the administrative controls and limits for the DG system: a. State Tech Specs/TRM LeOs that govern the DGs x Vogtle bank question from 2009 exam with numbers changed for Sequoyah Source If Bank: VOGTLE2009 Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 50 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 064 K 6.08 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ED/G system: Fuel oil storage tanks Importance Rating: 3.2 / 3.3 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires the applicant to determine the impact a leak in a Diesel Generator fuel oil storage tanks would have on the ED/G system. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Technical Specification LCO 3.8.1, A.C. Sources, Amendment 241 0-SO-82-1, Diesel Generator 1A-A, Rev 33 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200. DG B.5. Describe the administrative controls and limits for the DG system:
: a. State Tech Specs/TRM LeOs that govern the DGs Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              Vogtle bank question from 2009 exam with numbers changed for Sequoyah Comments:
Source:            BANK                              Source If Bank: VOGTLE2009 Cognitive Level:  LOWER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 073 A4.02 051 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
U-1 operating at 100% power.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
0900 RA-90-119A, "CNDS VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD" alarms.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
0905 - The following radiation monitor trends are noted:
RO Date: 2/2010 Technical Specification LCO 3.8.1, A.C. Sources, Amendment 241 0-SO-82-1, Diesel Generator 1 A-A, Rev 33 None OPT200. DG B.5. Describe the administrative controls and limits for the DG system: a. State Tech Specs/TRM LeOs that govern the DGs x Vogtle bank question from 2009 exam with numbers changed for Sequoyah Source If Bank: VOGTLE2009 Difficulty:
Condenser Vacuum Exhaust Rad Monitor, 1-RM-90-119 trending up.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 073 A4.02 051 Given the following:
In service SGBD Rad Monitor, 1-RM-90-120 stable.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam U-1 operating at 100% power. 0900 RA-90-119A, "CNDS VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD" alarms. 0905 -The following radiation monitor trends are noted: Condenser Vacuum Exhaust Rad Monitor, 1-RM-90-119 trending up. In service SGBD Rad Monitor, 1-RM-90-120 stable. 0910 -Reactor Trip and Safety Injection are manually initiated due to rapidly lowering Pressurizer level. Which ONE of the following identifies
0910 - Reactor Trip and Safety Injection are manually initiated due to rapidly lowering Pressurizer level.
... (1) why 1-RM-90-120 trend would be stable at 0905. and (2) how SGBD Containment Isolation Valves would be positioned to allow Chemistry to take a sample after the safety injection occurred?
Which ONE of the following identifies ...
A. (1) Because SGBD isolates on High Radiation.
(1) why 1-RM-90-120 trend would be stable at 0905.
(2) Closed. B. (1) Because SGSD isolates on High Radiation.
and (2) how SGBD Containment Isolation Valves would be positioned to allow Chemistry to take a sample after the safety injection occurred?
(2) Open. C. (1) Because of the SGBD piping transport time. (2) Closed. (1) Because of the SGBD piping transport time. (2) Open. 073 A4.02 051 Given the following:
A. (1) Because SGBD isolates on High Radiation.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam U-1 operating at 100% power. 0900 RA-90-119A, "CNDS VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD" alarms. 0905 -The following radiation monitor trends are noted: Condenser Vacuum Exhaust Rad Monitor, 1-RM-90-119 trending up. In service SGBD Rad Monitor, 1-RM-90-120 stable. 0910 -Reactor Trip and Safety Injection are manually initiated due to rapidly lowering Pressurizer level. Which ONE of the following identifies  
(2) Closed.
... (1) why 1-RM-90-120 trend would be stable at 0905. and (2) how SGBD Containment Isolation Valves would be positioned to allow Chemistry to take a sample after the safety injection occurred?
B. (1) Because SGSD isolates on High Radiation.
A. (1) Because SGBD isolates on High Radiation.  
(2) Open.
(2) Closed. B. (1) Because SGSD isolates on High Radiation.  
C. (1) Because of the SGBD piping transport time.
(2) Open. C. (1) Because of the SGBD piping transport time. (2) Closed. (1) Because of the SGBD piping transport time. (2) Open.
(2) Closed.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since High Radiation as seen on the SG blowdown Rad monitors does isolate blowdown.
D~  (1) Because of the SGBD piping transport time.
However, SG blowdown flow is delayed from Condenser off gas flow rate. Thus in this short time the SG blowdown flow would not have caused the Rad monitor to trend up before the CNMT Phase A. The SG blowdown valve must be to allow sampling of SG. B. Incorrect, Plausible since High Radiation as seen on the SG blowdown Rad monitors does isolate blowdown.
(2) Open.
However, SG blowdown flow is delayed from Condenser off gas flow rate. Thus in this short time the SG blowdown flow would not have caused the Rad monitor to trend up before the CNMT Phase A which would isolate blowdown.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since the first part of question is correct, however the isolation valves must be opened to allow the sampling of the SGs since they were isolated by CNMT
___
__ e D. Correct, Due to the delay time for SG blowdown flow to reach the blowdown rad monitor there would not be any expected increase in trend and the isolation valves must be open to allow chemistry to take a sample. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since High Radiation as seen on the SG blowdown Rad monitors does isolate blowdown.
However, SG blowdown flow is delayed from Condenser off gas flow rate. Thus in this short time the SG blowdown flow would not have caused the Rad monitor to trend up before the CNMT Phase A. The SG blowdown valve must be to allow sampling of SG. B. Incorrect, Plausible since High Radiation as seen on the SG blowdown Rad monitors does isolate blowdown.
However, SG blowdown flow is delayed from Condenser off gas flow rate. Thus in this short time the SG blowdown flow would not have caused the Rad monitor to trend up before the CNMT Phase A which would isolate blowdown.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since the first part of question is correct, however the isolation valves must be opened to allow the sampling of the SGs since they were isolated by CNMT
___
__ e D. Correct, Due to the delay time for SG blowdown flow to reach the blowdown rad monitor there would not be any expected increase in trend and the isolation valves must be open to allow chemistry to take a sample.
Question Number: 51 Tier: Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 073 Process Radiation Monitoring System A4.02 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Radiation monitoring system control panel Importance Rating: 3.7 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the"monitor" in the control room portion of the radiation monitoring system control panel since RM-90-120 trend recorder that is monitored for indications of SGTR is located on panel RM-12 in the control room. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, Plausible since High Radiation as seen on the SG blowdown Rad monitors does isolate blowdown. However, SG blowdown flow is delayed from Condenser off gas flow rate. Thus in this short time the SG blowdown flow would not have caused the Rad monitor to trend up before the CNMT Phase A. The SG blowdown valve must be                to allow sampling of SG.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since High Radiation as seen on the SG blowdown Rad monitors does isolate blowdown. However, SG blowdown flow is delayed from Condenser off gas flow rate. Thus in this short time the SG blowdown flow would not have caused the Rad monitor to trend up before the CNMT Phase A which would isolate blowdown.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since the first part of question is correct, however the isolation valves must be opened to allow the sampling of the SGs since they were isolated by CNMT PhaseA.~~------~----- ___~e"e __ e D. Correct, Due to the delay time for SG blowdown flow to reach the blowdown rad monitor there would not be any expected increase in trend and the isolation valves must be open to allow chemistry to take a sample.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           51 Tier:   ~      Group       1 KIA:       073 Process Radiation Monitoring System A4.02 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
Learning Object.ive:
Radiation monitoring system control panel Importance Rating:         3.7 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55:         41.7 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the"monitor" in the control room portion of the radiation monitoring system control panel since RM-90-120 trend recorder that is monitored for indications of SGTR is located on panel RM-12 in the control room.
Question Source: ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, Appendix A, Rev 1 1,2-47W801-2 Rev 49 1,2-47W611-15-1 Rev 8 1,2-47W611-15-2 Rev 8 1,2-47W881-5 Rev 27 1,2-47W610-90-2 Rev 78 1,2-47W831-3 Rev 17 OPT200.RM, Rev 2 None OPT200.RM enabling Obj. 5. Decribe the operation of the Rad Monitoring System; c. Alarms and alarm response.
Technical  
New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 New question for 02-10 ILT exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 51 Tier: Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 073 Process Radiation Monitoring System A4.02 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Radiation monitoring system control panel Importance Rating: 3.7 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the"monitor" in the control room portion of the radiation monitoring system control panel since RM-90-120 trend recorder that is monitored for indications of SGTR is located on panel RM-12 in the control room. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, Appendix A, Rev 1 1,2-47W801-2 Rev 49 1,2-47W611-15-1 Rev 8 1,2-47W611-15-2 Rev 8 1,2-47W881-5 Rev 27 1,2-47W610-90-2 Rev 78 1,2-47W831-3 Rev 17 OPT200.RM, Rev 2 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Object.ive:          OPT200.RM enabling Obj. 5. Decribe the operation of the Rad Monitoring System; c. Alarms and alarm response.
Question Source:
New                  X Modified Bank Bank Question History:              New question for 02-10 ILT exam Comments:
Source:          NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level: HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 076 A3.02 052 Given the following:
Learning Object.ive:
Boths units are at 100% rated thermal power with all components in normal alignment.
Question Source: ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, Appendix A, Rev 1 1,2-47W801-2 Rev 49 1,2-47W611-15-1 Rev 8 1,2-47W611-15-2 Rev 8 1,2-47W881-5 Rev 27 1,2-47W610-90-2 Rev 78 1,2-47W831-3 Rev 17 OPT200.RM, Rev 2 None OPT200.RM enabling Obj. 5. Decribe the operation of the Rad Monitoring System; c. Alarms and alarm response.
    -   A Safety injection occurs on Unit 1.
New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Which ONE of the following describes the automatic response of the ERCW system?
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
A. 0-FCV-67-151, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB1' Disch to Hdr A CLOSES and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B Throttles Closed to 35% position.
RO Date: 2/2010 New question for 02-10 ILT exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
B. 0-FCV-67-151, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB1' Disch to Hdr A remains AS IS and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B remains CLOSED.
 
C~  0-FCV-67-151, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB1' Disch to Hdr A remains AS IS and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B Throttles Closed to 35% position.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 076 A3.02 052 Given the following:
D. 0-FCV-67 -151, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB l' Disch to Hdr A OPENS fully and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B remains CLOSED.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Boths units are at 100% rated thermal power with all components in normal alignment. -A Safety injection occurs on Unit 1. Which ONE of the following describes the automatic response of the ERCW system? A. 0-FCV-67-151, CCS Heat Exchanger
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
'OB1' Disch to Hdr A CLOSES and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger
A. Incorrect, louring normal plant operation O-FCV-62-151 is closed and 152 is open, Plausible if the candidate does not recognizelhat O-FCV-62-151 will remain as is (closed) but O-FCV-62-152 will go open to the 35% position.
'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B Throttles Closed to 35% position.
B. 0-FCV-67-151, CCS Heat Exchanger
'OB1' Disch to Hdr A remains AS IS and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger
'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B remains CLOSED. 0-FCV-67-151, CCS Heat Exchanger
'OB1' Disch to Hdr A remains AS IS and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger
'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B Throttles Closed to 35% position.
D. 0-FCV-67 -151, CCS Heat Exchanger
'OB l' Disch to Hdr A OPENS fully and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger
'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B remains CLOSED. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, louring normal plant operation O-FCV-62-151 is closed and 152 is open, Plausible if the candidate does not recognizelhat O-FCV-62-151 will remain as is (closed) but O-FCV-62-152 will go open to the 35% position.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since the normal position of O-FCV-62-151 is closed, however O-FCV-62-152 will go the 35% open position.
C. Correct, O-FCV-62-151 will remain as is (closed with the power removed from valve motor) and O-FCV-62-152 will automatically go the the 35% throttled position.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that OFCV-62-151 will go open on an Unit 1 SI signal (it does not), O-FCV-62-152 will go to the 35% open position.
076 A3.02 052 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Boths units are at 100% rated thermal power with all components in normal alignment. -A Safety injection occurs on Unit 1. Which ONE of the following describes the automatic response of the ERCW system? A. 0-FCV-67-151, CCS Heat Exchanger  
'OB1' Disch to Hdr A CLOSES and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger  
'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B Throttles Closed to 35% position.
B. 0-FCV-67-151, CCS Heat Exchanger  
'OB1' Disch to Hdr A remains AS IS and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger  
'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B remains CLOSED. 0-FCV-67-151, CCS Heat Exchanger  
'OB1' Disch to Hdr A remains AS IS and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger  
'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B Throttles Closed to 35% position.
D. 0-FCV-67 -151, CCS Heat Exchanger  
'OB l' Disch to Hdr A OPENS fully and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger  
'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B remains CLOSED. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, louring normal plant operation O-FCV-62-151 is closed and 152 is open, Plausible if the candidate does not recognizelhat O-FCV-62-151 will remain as is (closed) but O-FCV-62-152 will go open to the 35% position.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since the normal position of O-FCV-62-151 is closed, however O-FCV-62-152 will go the 35% open position.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since the normal position of O-FCV-62-151 is closed, however O-FCV-62-152 will go the 35% open position.
C. Correct, O-FCV-62-151 will remain as is (closed with the power removed from valve motor) and O-FCV-62-152 will automatically go the the 35% throttled position.
C. Correct, O-FCV-62-151 will remain as is (closed with the power removed from valve motor) and O-FCV-62-152 will automatically go the the 35% throttled position.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that OFCV-62-151 will go open on an Unit 1 SI signal (it does not), O-FCV-62-152 will go to the 35% open position.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that OFCV-62-151 will go open on an Unit 1 SI signal (it does not), O-FCV-62-152 will go to the 35% open position.
Question Number: 52 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2 __ Group _1_ KIA: 076 A3.02 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the SWS, including:
Emergency heat loads. Importance Rating: 3.7 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This is a KIA match because it requires the operator to be able recognize the emergency alignment of ERCW given that the system would be aligned for normal operation.
Technical
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:            52 Tier:   _2__ Group _1_
Learning Objective:
KIA:       076 A3.02 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the SWS, including:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Emergency heat loads.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
Importance Rating:         3.7 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match: This is a KIA match because it requires the operator to be able recognize the emergency alignment of ERCW given that the system would be aligned for normal operation.
RO Date: 212010 1 ,2-47W611-67-5 Rev 35 1 ,2-45N779-38 Rev 6 1,2-47W845-2 Rev 101 0-M-27 A-31.JPG OPT200.ERCW R5 None OPT200.ERCW B.4.e Describe the following characteristics of each major component of ERCW system: component operation.
x Last used on 2007 SEQ Audit exam Added statement to stem indicating that both units were at 100% pwr, normal plant alignment.
Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 52 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2 __ Group _1_ KIA: 076 A3.02 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the SWS, including:
Emergency heat loads. Importance Rating: 3.7 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This is a KIA match because it requires the operator to be able recognize the emergency alignment of ERCW given that the system would be aligned for normal operation.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1,2-47W611-67-5 Rev 35 1,2-45N779-38 Rev 6 1,2-47W845-2 Rev 101 0-M-27 A-31.JPG OPT200.ERCW R5 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.ERCW B.4.e Describe the following characteristics of each major component of ERCW system: component operation.
Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              Last used on 2007 SEQ Audit exam Comments:                      Added statement to stem indicating that both units were at 100% pwr, normal plant alignment.
Source:          BANK                                Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  LOWER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                  Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 078 K2.02 053 The breaker for Auxiliary Air Compressor B is located on which ONE of the following electrical boards?
Learning Objective:
A. 480v Reactor Vent Board 1B-B B. 480v Reactor Vent Board 2B-B C. 480v C & A Vent Board 1B1-B D-r 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
A. Incorrect, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B, not the 480v Reactor Vent Board 1B-B. Plausible because the Unit 1 480v Reactor Vent Board is a vital power supply and the board is located in the Shutdown Board room.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
B. Incorrect, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B, not the 480v Reactor Vent Board 2B-B. Plausible because the Unit 2 480v Reactor Vent Board is a vital power supply and the board is located in the Shutdown Board room.
RO Date: 212010 1 ,2-47W611-67-5 Rev 35 1 ,2-45N779-38 Rev 6 1,2-47W845-2 Rev 101 0-M-27 A-31.JPG OPT200.ERCW R5 None OPT200.ERCW B.4.e Describe the following characteristics of each major component of ERCW system: component operation.
C. Incorrect, Incorrect, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B, not the 480v C and A Vent board 1B1-B.
x Last used on 2007 SEQ Audit exam Added statement to stem indicating that both units were at 100% pwr, normal plant alignment.
Plausible because a Unit 1 C & A Vent Board is the power supply to Auxiliary Air Compressor A.
Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
D. Correct, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 078 K2.02 053 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam The breaker for Auxiliary Air Compressor B is located on which ONE of the following electrical boards? A. 480v Reactor Vent Board 1 B-B B. 480v Reactor Vent Board 2B-B C. 480v C & A Vent Board 1B1-B D-r 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B, not the 480v Reactor Vent Board 1 B-B. Plausible because the Unit 1 480v Reactor Vent Board is a vital power supply and the board is located in the Shutdown Board room. B. Incorrect, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B, not the 480v Reactor Vent Board 2B-B. Plausible because the Unit 2 480v Reactor Vent Board is a vital power supply and the board is located in the Shutdown Board room. C. Incorrect, Incorrect, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B, not the 480v C and A Vent board 1B1-B. Plausible because a Unit 1 C & A Vent Board is the power supply to Auxiliary Air Compressor A. D. Correct, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B. 078 K2.02 053 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam The breaker for Auxiliary Air Compressor B is located on which ONE of the following electrical boards? A. 480v Reactor Vent Board 1 B-B B. 480v Reactor Vent Board 2B-B C. 480v C & A Vent Board 1B1-B D-r 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B, not the 480v Reactor Vent Board 1 B-B. Plausible because the Unit 1 480v Reactor Vent Board is a vital power supply and the board is located in the Shutdown Board room. B. Incorrect, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B, not the 480v Reactor Vent Board 2B-B. Plausible because the Unit 2 480v Reactor Vent Board is a vital power supply and the board is located in the Shutdown Board room. C. Incorrect, Incorrect, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B, not the 480v C and A Vent board 1B1-B. Plausible because a Unit 1 C & A Vent Board is the power supply to Auxiliary Air Compressor A. D. Correct, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B.
Question Number: 53 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2_ Group _1_ KIA: 078 Instrument Air System K2.02 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
Emergency air compressor Importance Rating: 3.3* / 3.5* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidate to recall the power supply for the Auxiliary Air compressor (used as emergency source of air) Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:          53 Tier:   _2_ Group _1_
 
KIA:       078 Instrument Air System K2.02 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: Emergency air compressor Importance Rating:       3.3* / 3.5*
Proposed references to be provided:
10 CFR Part 55:         41.7 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA by asking the candidate to recall the power supply for the Auxiliary Air compressor (used as emergency source of air)
Learning Objective:
Technical  
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 0-SO-32-1, Attachment 1, Control Air System Power Checklist 0-SO-32-1.01, 6/26/2007.
0-SO-32-2, Attachment 1, Auxiliary Compressed Air System Power Checklist 0-SO-32-2.01, Rev 2. None OPT200.CSA BA.b Describe the following items for. each major component in the CSA. b. Power supply (including control power as appropriate
). x SON Exam 1/2009 question modified.
Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOY AH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 53 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2_ Group _1_ KIA: 078 Instrument Air System K2.02 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
Emergency air compressor Importance Rating: 3.3* / 3.5* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidate to recall the power supply for the Auxiliary Air compressor (used as emergency source of air) Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-SO-32-1, Attachment 1, Control Air System Power Checklist 0-SO-32-1.01, 6/26/2007.
0-SO-32-2, Attachment 1, Auxiliary Compressed Air System Power Checklist 0-SO-32-2.01, Rev 2.
Proposed references          None to be provided:
Learning Objective:          OPT200.CSA BA.b Describe the following items for. each major component in the CSA.
: b. Power supply (including control power as appropriate ).
Question Source:
New Modified Bank        x Bank Question History:            SON Exam 1/2009 question modified.
Comments:
Source:          BANK MOD                          Source If Bank:  SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 103 A2.04 054 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Refueling is in progress on Unit 1 when a report is made to the control room that an irradiated fuel assembly has been dropped.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
The following alarms are received on 0-XA-55-12A:
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
        - "1-RA-90-112A CNMT BLDG UP COMPT AIR MON HIGH RAD"
RO Date: 2/2010 0-SO-32-1, Attachment 1, Control Air System Power Checklist 0-SO-32-1.01, 6/26/2007.
        - "1-RA-90-59A RX BLDG AREA RAD MON HIGH RAD" Which ONE of the following identifies the required actions to be taken per AOP-M.04, "Refueling Malfunctions?"
0-SO-32-2, Attachment 1, Auxiliary Compressed Air System Power Checklist 0-SO-32-2.01, Rev 2. None OPT200.CSA BA.b Describe the following items for. each major component in the CSA. b. Power supply (including control power as appropriate
A. Evacuate non-essential personnel only, and if RM-90-400, "Shield Bldg" and/or 0-RM-90-1 01, "Aux Bldg Vent" rad monitors are trending up, manually initiate Containment Ventilation Isolation.
). x SON Exam 1/2009 question modified.
Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOY AH Last 2 NRC?: NO 103 A2.04 054 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Refueling is in progress on Unit 1 when a report is made to the control room that an irradiated fuel assembly has been dropped. The following alarms are received on 0-XA-55-12A:  
-"1-RA-90-112A CNMT BLDG UP COMPT AIR MON HIGH RAD" -"1-RA-90-59A RX BLDG AREA RAD MON HIGH RAD" Which ONE of the following identifies the required actions to be taken per AOP-M.04, "Refueling Malfunctions?" A. Evacuate non-essential personnel only, and if RM-90-400, "Shield Bldg" and/or 0-RM-90-1 01, "Aux Bldg Vent" rad monitors are trending up, manually initiate Containment Ventilation Isolation.
B!'" Evacuate all personnel from Containment and Ensure Containment Ventilation Isolation has Actuated.
B!'" Evacuate all personnel from Containment and Ensure Containment Ventilation Isolation has Actuated.
C. Evacuate the Fuel Handling Area and maintain SFP and Rx cavity levels as directed by Fuel Handling SRO. D. Evacuate the immediate area and Verify that Auxiliary Building Isolation has Actuated.
C. Evacuate the Fuel Handling Area and maintain SFP and Rx cavity levels as directed by Fuel Handling SRO.
DIS TRA CTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since "Evacuate non-essential personnel" is the direction given for Reactor Cavity Seal Failure, in that case personnel are needed to stay in containment and perform actions. On fuel assembly drop/damage Containment is directed to be completely evacuated.
D. Evacuate the immediate area and Verify that Auxiliary Building Isolation has Actuated.
Second part also is incorrect.
DIS TRA CTOR ANAL YSIS:
If rad levels are rising operators are directed to Obtain gas release rate data. B. Correct, For the given Rad Monitor alarms, the Containment is directed to be evacuated.
A. Incorrect, Plausible since "Evacuate non-essential personnel" is the direction given for Reactor Cavity Seal Failure, in that case personnel are needed to stay in containment and perform actions. On fuel assembly drop/damage Containment is directed to be completely evacuated. Second part also is incorrect. If rad levels are rising operators are directed to Obtain gas release rate data.
Also 1-RA-90-112A will cause automatic Containment Ventilation isolation.
B. Correct, For the given Rad Monitor alarms, the Containment is directed to be evacuated. Also 1-RA-90-112A will cause automatic Containment Ventilation isolation. Operators are directed to verify isolation.
Operators are directed to verify isolation.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since "Evacuate Fuel Handling area" is direction in AOP-M.04 but for dropped fuel assembly in the Spent Fuel pit area not inside CNMT. Also second part of distractor is direction for reactor cavity seal failure.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since "Evacuate Fuel Handling area" is direction in AOP-M.04 but for dropped fuel assembly in the Spent Fuel pit area not inside CNMT. Also second part of distractor is direction for reactor cavity seal failure. D. Incorrect, Plausible since "Evacuate the immediate area" is direction in AOP-M.04 but for dropped or damaged new fuel assembly.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since "Evacuate the immediate area" is direction in AOP-M.04 but for dropped or damaged new fuel assembly. Also second part of distractor is wrong since Aux building Isolation would have to be manually initiated with the given rad monitor alarms.
Also second part of distractor is wrong since Aux building Isolation would have to be manually initiated with the given rad monitor alarms. 103 A2.04 054 Given the following:
 
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Refueling is in progress on Unit 1 when a report is made to the control room that an irradiated fuel assembly has been dropped. The following alarms are received on 0-XA-55-12A:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           54 Tier:   _2__ Group _1_
-"1-RA-90-112A CNMT BLDG UP COMPT AIR MON HIGH RAD" -"1-RA-90-59A RX BLDG AREA RAD MON HIGH RAD" Which ONE of the following identifies the required actions to be taken per AOP-M.04, "Refueling Malfunctions?" A. Evacuate non-essential personnel only, and if RM-90-400, "Shield Bldg" and/or 0-RM-90-1 01, "Aux Bldg Vent" rad monitors are trending up, manually initiate Containment Ventilation Isolation.
KIA:       103 Containment A2.04 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or oeperations on the following and (b) based on those predictions use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of the those malfunctions or operations:
B!'" Evacuate all personnel from Containment and Ensure Containment Ventilation Isolation has Actuated.
Containment evacuation (including recognition of the alarm)
C. Evacuate the Fuel Handling Area and maintain SFP and Rx cavity levels as directed by Fuel Handling SRO. D. Evacuate the immediate area and Verify that Auxiliary Building Isolation has Actuated.
Importance Rating:         3.5*/3.6*
DIS TRA CTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since "Evacuate non-essential personnel" is the direction given for Reactor Cavity Seal Failure, in that case personnel are needed to stay in containment and perform actions. On fuel assembly drop/damage Containment is directed to be completely evacuated.
10 CFR Part 55:         41.5 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA by asking if the candidate can determine the effect of the conditions and alarms given in the stem on whether or not CNMT evacuation will be required and actions directed by AOP-M.04.
Second part also is incorrect.
If rad levels are rising operators are directed to Obtain gas release rate data. B. Correct, For the given Rad Monitor alarms, the Containment is directed to be evacuated.
Also 1-RA-90-112A will cause automatic Containment Ventilation isolation.
Operators are directed to verify isolation.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since "Evacuate Fuel Handling area" is direction in AOP-M.04 but for dropped fuel assembly in the Spent Fuel pit area not inside CNMT. Also second part of distractor is direction for reactor cavity seal failure. D. Incorrect, Plausible since "Evacuate the immediate area" is direction in AOP-M.04 but for dropped or damaged new fuel assembly.
Also second part of distractor is wrong since Aux building Isolation would have to be manually initiated with the given rad monitor alarms.
Question Number: 54 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2 __ Group _1_ KIA: 103 Containment A2.04 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or oeperations on the following and (b) based on those predictions use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of the those malfunctions or operations:
Containment evacuation (including recognition of the alarm) Importance Rating: 3.5*/3.6*
10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking if the candidate can determine the effect of the conditions and alarms given in the stem on whether or not CNMT evacuation will be required and actions directed by AOP-M.04.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, section 2.2, Rev 7 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271AOP-M.04 Obj 8 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              Indian Point 3 2007 exam # 49 Comments:                      Question written to have operators select the (b) mitigation strategy for the given conditions.
Source:          BANK                                Source If Bank: INDIAN POINT 3 Cognitive Level: LOWER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 103 A3.01 055 Given the following plant conditions:
Learning Objective:
    - -.::-Unit 2 experienced a Manual Safety Injection (SI).
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Containment Purge Rad Monitor, 2-RM-90-130, was in high rad alarm but has been reset.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
C~~tainr:nent Purge Rad Monitor, 2-RM-90-131, indicates normal.
Date: RO 212010 AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, section 2.2, Rev 7 None OPL271AOP-M.04 Obj 8 x Indian Point 3 2007 exam # 49 Question written to have operators select the (b) mitigation strategy for the given conditions.
Containment Vent Isolation occurred on Train A.
Source If Bank: INDIAN POINT 3 Difficulty:
Containment Vent Isolation did NOT occur on Train B.
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 54 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2 __ Group _1_ KIA: 103 Containment A2.04 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or oeperations on the following and (b) based on those predictions use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of the those malfunctions or operations:
Phase A has been RESET.
Containment evacuation (including recognition of the alarm) Importance Rating: 3.5*/3.6*
SI signal has NOT been RESET.
10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the status of the Containment Vent Isolation (CVI) system?
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking if the candidate can determine the effect of the conditions and alarms given in the stem on whether or not CNMT evacuation will be required and actions directed by AOP-M.04.
The CVI _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ and A'! should have occurred on A and B Train; the CVI can be reset with the SI signal present.
Technical
B. should have occurred on A and B Train; the SI signal must be reset before the CVI can be reset.
C. should NOT have occurred on B Train')
the CVI can be reset with the SI signal present.
D. should NOT have occurred on B Train;l the SI signal must be reset before the CVI can be reset.


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
 
A. Correct, A SI signal will initiate CVI on both trains. A reset switch exists that is self sealing which will allow CVI to be reset with a SI signal still present.
Proposed references to be provided:
B. Incorrect, First part correct, should have occurred on both trains. Second part incorrect. Plausible if candidate believes since an SI signal initiates a CVI that the SI must be cleared before resetting the CVI can be accomplished.
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
Date: RO 212010 AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, section 2.2, Rev 7 None OPL271AOP-M.04 Obj 8 x Indian Point 3 2007 exam # 49 Question written to have operators select the (b) mitigation strategy for the given conditions.
Source If Bank: INDIAN POINT 3 Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO 103 A3.01 055 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
--.::-Unit 2 experienced a Manual Safety Injection (SI). Containment Purge Rad Monitor, 2-RM-90-130, was in high rad alarm but has been reset.
Purge Rad Monitor, 2-RM-90-131, indicates normal. Containment Vent Isolation occurred on Train A. Containment Vent Isolation did NOT occur on Train B. Phase A has been RESET. SI signal has NOT been RESET. Which ONE (1) of the following describes the status of the Containment Vent Isolation (CVI) system? The CVI _________
and A'! should have occurred on A and B Train; the CVI can be reset with the SI signal present. B. should have occurred on A and B Train; the SI signal must be reset before the CVI can be reset. C. should NOT have occurred on B Train') the CVI can be reset with the SI signal present. D. should NOT have occurred on B Train;l the SI signal must be reset before the CVI can be reset. 103 A3.01 055 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Given the following plant conditions:
--.::-Unit 2 experienced a Manual Safety Injection (SI). Containment Purge Rad Monitor, 2-RM-90-130, was in high rad alarm but has been reset.
Purge Rad Monitor, 2-RM-90-131, indicates normal. Containment Vent Isolation occurred on Train A. Containment Vent Isolation did NOT occur on Train B. Phase A has been RESET. SI signal has NOT been RESET. Which ONE (1) of the following describes the status of the Containment Vent Isolation (CVI) system? The CVI _________
and A'! should have occurred on A and B Train; the CVI can be reset with the SI signal present. B. should have occurred on A and B Train; the SI signal must be reset before the CVI can be reset. C. should NOT have occurred on B Train') the CVI can be reset with the SI signal present. D. should NOT have occurred on B Train;l the SI signal must be reset before the CVI can be reset.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, A SI signal will initiate CVI on both trains. A reset switch exists that is self sealing which will allow CVI to be reset with a SI signal still present. B. Incorrect, First part correct, should have occurred on both trains. Second part incorrect.
Plausible if candidate believes since an SI signal initiates a CVI that the SI must be cleared before resetting the CVI can be accomplished.
C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know an SI signal will initiate CVI on both trains, and concludes since radiation levels did not go up on the B Train Rad monitor CVI Train B should not have occurred.
D. Incorrect, Plausible to conclude that with radiation levels normal on the B Train Rad monitor, CVI Train B should not have occured. Second part plausible if candidate concludes since an SI signal initiates isolation signals that the SI must be cleared before resetting the CVI can be accomplished.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, A SI signal will initiate CVI on both trains. A reset switch exists that is self sealing which will allow CVI to be reset with a SI signal still present. B. Incorrect, First part correct, should have occurred on both trains. Second part incorrect.
Plausible if candidate believes since an SI signal initiates a CVI that the SI must be cleared before resetting the CVI can be accomplished.
C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know an SI signal will initiate CVI on both trains, and concludes since radiation levels did not go up on the B Train Rad monitor CVI Train B should not have occurred.
C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know an SI signal will initiate CVI on both trains, and concludes since radiation levels did not go up on the B Train Rad monitor CVI Train B should not have occurred.
D. Incorrect, Plausible to conclude that with radiation levels normal on the B Train Rad monitor, CVI Train B should not have occured. Second part plausible if candidate concludes since an SI signal initiates isolation signals that the SI must be cleared before resetting the CVI can be accomplished.
D. Incorrect, Plausible to conclude that with radiation levels normal on the B Train Rad monitor, CVI Train B should not have occured. Second part plausible if candidate concludes since an SI signal initiates isolation signals that the SI must be cleared before resetting the CVI can be accomplished.
Question Number: 55 Tier: _2 __ Group _1_ QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 103 Containment System __ A3.01 Ability to monitor automatic operation'pf the containment system, including:
Containment lsoratiofl-__ -Importance Rating: 3.9/4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.5 10CFR55.43.b:
KIA Match: This question matches KIA by having the candidate determine status of CNMT isolation given the conditions in the stem and the actions necessary to reset the signal. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           55 Tier:   _2__ Group _1_
 
KIA:       103 Containment System                   __
Proposed references to be provided:
A3.01 Ability to monitor automatic operation'pf the containment system, including: Containment lsoratiofl- ~~~ __--
Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:         3.9/4.2 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7/45.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Question Source: New Modified Bank 2-47W611-63-1 R3,2-47W611-88-1R17 None OPT200.RPS, Obj. B.4.f & 9 OPT200.PIS, Obj. B.4.f & g Bank X Question History: Bank Comments:
KIA Match:       This question matches KIA by having the candidate determine status of CNMT isolation given the conditions in the stem and the actions necessary to reset the signal.
Source: BANK Source If Bank: Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:
Technical  
Job Position:
RO Plant: Date: 2120lO Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 55 Tier: _2 __ Group _1_ QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 103 Containment System __ A3.01 Ability to monitor automatic operation'pf the containment system, including:
Containment lsoratiofl-__ --Importance Rating: 3.9/4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.5 10CFR55.43.b:
KIA Match: This question matches KIA by having the candidate determine status of CNMT isolation given the conditions in the stem and the actions necessary to reset the signal. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2-47W611-63-1 R3,2-47W611-88-1R17 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.RPS, Obj. B.4.f & 9 OPT200.PIS, Obj. B.4.f & g Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  X Question History:              Bank Comments:
Source:            BANK                            Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                          Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2120lO                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 001 K2.05 056 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 at 100% power.
Question Source: New Modified Bank 2-47W611-63-1 R3,2-47W611-88-1R17 None OPT200.RPS, Obj. B.4.f & 9 OPT200.PIS, Obj. B.4.f & g Bank X Question History: Bank Comments:
480v Common Emergency Transformer out of service.
Source: BANK Source If Bank: Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:
Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the Control Rod Drive MG Sets if 6900v Unit Board 1D is de-energized by relay operation?
Job Position:
A. Both MG sets lose power to the motor.
RO Plant: Date: 2120lO Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO 001 K2.05 056 Given the following:
B. Neither MG set loses power to the motor.
Unit 1 at 100% power. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 480v Common Emergency Transformer out of service. Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the Control Rod Drive MG Sets if 6900v Unit Board 1 D is de-energized by relay operation?
C. Only 1A MG set loses power to the motor.
A. Both MG sets lose power to the motor. B. Neither MG set loses power to the motor. C. Only 1 A MG set loses power to the motor. Only 1 B MG set loses power to the motor. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible because the condition will cause a reactor trip but will not cause the Control Rod MG sets to trip. B. Incorrect, Plausible because if the board loss had been the B or C board neither of the MG sets would have lost power. C. Incorrect, Plausible because if the board loss had been the A board the 1A MG set would have lost power. D. Correct, the 1 B MG set is supplied from 480v Unit board 1 B which is supplied from the 6900v Unit Board 1 D. 001 K2.05 056 Given the following:
D~  Only 1B MG set loses power to the motor.
Unit 1 at 100% power. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 480v Common Emergency Transformer out of service. Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the Control Rod Drive MG Sets if 6900v Unit Board 1 D is de-energized by relay operation?
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Both MG sets lose power to the motor. B. Neither MG set loses power to the motor. C. Only 1 A MG set loses power to the motor. Only 1 B MG set loses power to the motor. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible because the condition will cause a reactor trip but will not cause the Control Rod MG sets to trip. B. Incorrect, Plausible because if the board loss had been the B or C board neither of the MG sets would have lost power. C. Incorrect, Plausible because if the board loss had been the A board the 1A MG set would have lost power. D. Correct, the 1 B MG set is supplied from 480v Unit board 1 B which is supplied from the 6900v Unit Board 1 D.
A. Incorrect, Plausible because the condition will cause a reactor trip but will not cause the Control Rod MG sets to trip.
Question Number: 56 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2_ Group _2_ KIA: 001 Control Rod Drive System K2.05 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
B. Incorrect, Plausible because if the board loss had been the B or C board neither of the MG sets would have lost power.
MIG sets Importance Rating: 3.1*/3.5 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
C. Incorrect, Plausible because if the board loss had been the A board the 1A MG set would have lost power.
Not applicable KIA Match: Question matches KIA because knowledge of Bus power supply to MIG sets are required to answer the question.
D. Correct, the 1B MG set is supplied from 480v Unit board 1B which is supplied from the 6900v Unit Board 1D.
Technical
 
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:          56 Tier:   _2_ Group _2_
Learning Objective:
KIA:       001 Control Rod Drive System K2.05 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
MIG sets Importance Rating:         3.1*/3.5 10 CFR Part 55:         41.7 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:       Question matches KIA because knowledge of Bus power supply to MIG sets are required to answer the question.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 1 ,2-45N715 Rev 7 1,2-45N747-1 Rev 15 1,2-45N747-2 Rev 21 OPT200-AC480V, Rev 1 None OPT200RDCNT
: 4. Describe the following items for each major component in the Rod Control System as described in this lesson: x b. Power supply (include control power as applicable)
WBN bank question Source If Bank: WBN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 56 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2_ Group _2_ KIA: 001 Control Rod Drive System K2.05 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
MIG sets Importance Rating: 3.1*/3.5 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question matches KIA because knowledge of Bus power supply to MIG sets are required to answer the question.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1,2-45N715 Rev 7 1,2-45N747-1 Rev 15 1,2-45N747-2 Rev 21 OPT200-AC480V, Rev 1 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200RDCNT
: 4. Describe the following items for each major component in the Rod Control System as described in this lesson:
: b. Power supply (include control power as applicable)
Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                x Question History:              WBN bank question Comments:
Source:          BANK                              Source If Bank: WBN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 014 A4.01 057 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 is at 100% rated thermal power.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Control bank 0 group 2 rod H-8 has dropped into the core.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
The operating crew is performing steps in AOP-C.01, "Rod Control System Malfunctions."
RO Date: 2/2010 1 ,2-45N715 Rev 7 1,2-45N747-1 Rev 15 1,2-45N747-2 Rev 21 OPT200-AC480V, Rev 1 None OPT200RDCNT
Prior to withdrawing H-8, the OATC is directed to adjust the group step counter for Control Bank D group 2 to ZERO steps.
: 4. Describe the following items for each major component in the Rod Control System as described in this lesson: x b. Power supply (include control power as applicable)
Which ONE of the following describes the reason the group step counter is adjusted to ZERO?
WBN bank question Source If Bank: WBN Difficulty:
A. Ensures that Bank Overlap Unit will be updated during rod retrieval.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 014 A4.01 057 Given the following:
B. Restores low insertion limit alarm function associated with M-4B Window A-7, "ROD CONTROL BANKS LIMIT LOW."
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is at 100% rated thermal power. Control bank 0 group 2 rod H-8 has dropped into the core. The operating crew is performing steps in AOP-C.01, "Rod Control System Malfunctions." Prior to withdrawing H-8, the OATC is directed to adjust the group step counter for Control Bank D group 2 to ZERO steps. Which ONE of the following describes the reason the group step counter is adjusted to ZERO? A. Ensures that Bank Overlap Unit will be updated during rod retrieval.
C. Restores rod to rod misalignment alarm function associated with M-4B Window D-4 "COMPUTER ALARM ROD DEV AND SEQ NIS PWR RANGE TILTS."
B. Restores low insertion limit alarm function associated with M-4B Window A-7, "ROD CONTROL BANKS LIMIT LOW." C. Restores rod to rod misalignment alarm function associated with M-4B Window D-4 "COMPUTER ALARM ROD DEV AND SEQ NIS PWR RANGE TILTS." Allows the operator to determine that rod control system is attempting to withdraw the dropped rod and enables the operator to match individual rod position to bank position.
D~  Allows the operator to determine that rod control system is attempting to withdraw the dropped rod and enables the operator to match individual rod position to bank position.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that by resetting the step counter that the bank overlap unit is reset and will accurately maintain the desired overlap. B. Incorrect, Plausible if operator thinks that steps counters reset would change Low limit setpoint, however this alarm will clear when rod is restored above the low insertion limit. C. Incorrect, Plausible however the rod-to-rod misalignment function is independent of group demand position.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
D. Correct, by resetting the group demand to zero the operators can monitor that the rod control system is sending correct signals to the rod and this can also be used to ensure the the dropped rod is returned to the position of the other rods in that group. 014 A4.01 057 Given the following:
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that by resetting the step counter that the bank overlap unit is reset and will accurately maintain the desired overlap.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is at 100% rated thermal power. Control bank 0 group 2 rod H-8 has dropped into the core. The operating crew is performing steps in AOP-C.01, "Rod Control System Malfunctions." Prior to withdrawing H-8, the OATC is directed to adjust the group step counter for Control Bank D group 2 to ZERO steps. Which ONE of the following describes the reason the group step counter is adjusted to ZERO? A. Ensures that Bank Overlap Unit will be updated during rod retrieval.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if operator thinks that steps counters reset would change Low limit setpoint, however this alarm will clear when rod is restored above the low insertion limit.
B. Restores low insertion limit alarm function associated with M-4B Window A-7, "ROD CONTROL BANKS LIMIT LOW." C. Restores rod to rod misalignment alarm function associated with M-4B Window D-4 "COMPUTER ALARM ROD DEV AND SEQ NIS PWR RANGE TILTS." Allows the operator to determine that rod control system is attempting to withdraw the dropped rod and enables the operator to match individual rod position to bank position.
C. Incorrect, Plausible however the rod-to-rod misalignment function is independent of group demand position.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that by resetting the step counter that the bank overlap unit is reset and will accurately maintain the desired overlap. B. Incorrect, Plausible if operator thinks that steps counters reset would change Low limit setpoint, however this alarm will clear when rod is restored above the low insertion limit. C. Incorrect, Plausible however the rod-to-rod misalignment function is independent of group demand position.
D. Correct, by resetting the group demand to zero the operators can monitor that the rod control system is sending correct signals to the rod and this can also be used to ensure the the dropped rod is returned to the position of the other rods in that group.
D. Correct, by resetting the group demand to zero the operators can monitor that the rod control system is sending correct signals to the rod and this can also be used to ensure the the dropped rod is returned to the position of the other rods in that group.
Question Number: 57 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 014 Rod Position Indication System A4.01 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Rod selection control Importance Rating: 3.3/3.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine why the groups step counters are needed positioned the way they are during Rod Control operation to recover a dropped rod. This will allow proper monitoring of RPls during manual rod motion. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           57 Tier:   _2__ Group       2 KIA:       014 Rod Position Indication System A4.01 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
 
Rod selection control Importance Rating:         3.3/3.1 10 CFR Part 55:         41.7 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine why the groups step counters are needed positioned the way they are during Rod Control operation to recover a dropped rod. This will allow proper monitoring of RPls during manual rod motion.
Proposed references to be provided:
Technical  
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 AOP-C.01, Rod Control System Malfunctions, Sect 2.3, Rev. 20 0-SO-85-1, Control Rod Drive System, rev 33 None OPL271AOP-C.01, Obj. B.6 x question originally AOP-C.01-BA 001 Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 57 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 014 Rod Position Indication System A4.01 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Rod selection control Importance Rating: 3.3/3.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine why the groups step counters are needed positioned the way they are during Rod Control operation to recover a dropped rod. This will allow proper monitoring of RPls during manual rod motion. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-C.01, Rod Control System Malfunctions, Sect 2.3, Rev. 20 0-SO-85-1, Control Rod Drive System, rev 33 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271AOP-C.01, Obj. B.6 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              question originally AOP-C.01-BA 001 Comments:
Source:          BANK                              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  LOWER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 015 A3.05 058 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 has just tripped from 100% power.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Which ONE of the following identifies when the Audio Count rate will re-energize?
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
A'I When both N-35 & N-36 read < 10-4 % power.
RO Date: 212010 AOP-C.01, Rod Control System Malfunctions, Sect 2.3, Rev. 20 0-SO-85-1, Control Rod Drive System, rev 33 None OPL271AOP-C.01, Obj. B.6 x question originally AOP-C.01-BA 001 Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
B. When 3/4 of the Power range detectors are < 10%.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 015 A3.05 058 Given the following:
C. When the Level Trip Bypass switches are taken to Normal.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 has just tripped from 100% power. Which ONE of the following identifies when the Audio Count rate will re-energize?
D. When the High Flux At Shutdown switches are taken to Normal.
A'I When both N-35 & N-36 read < 10-4% power. B. When 3/4 of the Power range detectors are  
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
< 10%. C. When the Level Trip Bypass switches are taken to Normal. D. When the High Flux At Shutdown switches are taken to Normal. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, When both N-35 & N-36 read < 10-4% power, P-6 is reset and the SR detectors are re-energized, this will restart Audio count rate. B. Incorrect, Plausible since this will remove the P-10 interlock which blocks the SR detectors from being energized.
A. Correct, When both N-35 & N-36 read < 10-4 % power, P-6 is reset and the SR detectors are re-energized, this will restart Audio count rate.
However this does not re-energize the SR detectors.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since this will remove the P-10 interlock which blocks the SR detectors from being energized. However this does not re-energize the SR detectors.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since this is an action the operators can take on the SR drawers but does !!Ei!.5Z::&sect;Jlergize_tbeJietectors.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since this is an action the operators can take on the SR drawers but does !!Ei!.5Z::&sect;Jlergize_tbeJietectors.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since this is an action that the operators will take later after SR counts have stabilized but does not
D. Incorrect, Plausible since this is an action that the operators will take later after SR counts have stabilized but does not re-e!lftfSJlze~lb~deteGtors.~
--015 A3.05 058 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 has just tripped from 100% power. Which ONE of the following identifies when the Audio Count rate will re-energize?
A'I When both N-35 & N-36 read < 10-4% power. B. When 3/4 of the Power range detectors are
< 10%. C. When the Level Trip Bypass switches are taken to Normal. D. When the High Flux At Shutdown switches are taken to Normal. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, When both N-35 & N-36 read < 10-4% power, P-6 is reset and the SR detectors are re-energized, this will restart Audio count rate. B. Incorrect, Plausible since this will remove the P-10 interlock which blocks the SR detectors from being energized.
However this does not re-energize the SR detectors.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since this is an action the operators can take on the SR drawers but does !!Ei!.5Z::&sect;Jlergize_tbeJietectors.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since this is an action that the operators will take later after SR counts have stabilized but does not
--
Question Number: 58 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 015 Nuclear Instrumentation System A3.05 Ablitiy to monitor automatic operation of NIS including:
Recognition of Audio output expected for a given plant condition.
Importance Rating: 2.6/2/7* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidtate when the Audio Count Rate is expected to start and provide indication in the Control room following a Rx trip. Technical
 
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           58 Tier:   _2__ Group       2 KIA:       015 Nuclear Instrumentation System A3.05 Ablitiy to monitor automatic operation of NIS including:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: OPT200.NIS rev4, None OPT200.NIS Obj 8.5 New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 58 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 015 Nuclear Instrumentation System A3.05 Ablitiy to monitor automatic operation of NIS including:
Recognition of Audio output expected for a given plant condition.
Recognition of Audio output expected for a given plant condition.
Importance Rating: 2.6/2/7* 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Importance Rating:         2.6/2/7*
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidtate when the Audio Count Rate is expected to start and provide indication in the Control room following a Rx trip. Technical  
10 CFR Part 55:         41.7 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA by asking the candidtate when the Audio Count Rate is expected to start and provide indication in the Control room following a Rx trip.
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
OPT200.NIS rev4, Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.NIS Obj 8.5 Question Source:
New                  X Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:          NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level: LOWER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 016 K5.01 059 Which ONE of the following explains the purpose of the Isolation Amplifier associated with the Pressurizer Pressure Transmitter?
Learning Objective:
A. Amplifies the pressure output signal between containment and the instrument racks.
Question Source: OPT200.NIS rev4, None OPT200.NIS Obj 8.5 New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
B. Isolates the pressure transmitter from the impacts of changing containment pressures.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
C. Protects the control signal from perturbation due to backfeed from a disturbance in the Reactor Protection System.
RO Date: 2/2010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
D~  Protects the Reactor Protection signal from a perturbation due to a backfeed from a disturbance in the control circuit.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 016 K5.01 059 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Which ONE of the following explains the purpose of the Isolation Amplifier associated with the Pressurizer Pressure Transmitter?
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Amplifies the pressure output signal between containment and the instrument racks. B. Isolates the pressure transmitter from the impacts of changing containment pressures.
A. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate thinks that a signal boost is needed since there is a long run of cable between Containment and the Instrument racks.
C. Protects the control signal from perturbation due to backfeed from a disturbance in the Reactor Protection System. Protects the Reactor Protection signal from a perturbation due to a backfeed from a disturbance in the control circuit. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate thinks that a signal boost is needed since there is a long run of cable between Containment and the Instrument racks. B. Incorrect, Plausible since, during accident conditions, changing Containment pressures effect the output of PZR pressure transmitters.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since, during accident conditions, changing Containment pressures effect the output of PZR pressure transmitters.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since protection and control signals are isolated from one another, however Reactor Protection is what is being protected not Control signal. D. Correct, Isolation Amplifiers protect the RPS from signal perturbations that could arrise in the control portion of the circuit. 016 K5.01 059 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Which ONE of the following explains the purpose of the Isolation Amplifier associated with the Pressurizer Pressure Transmitter?
C. Incorrect, Plausible since protection and control signals are isolated from one another, however Reactor Protection is what is being protected not Control signal.
A. Amplifies the pressure output signal between containment and the instrument racks. B. Isolates the pressure transmitter from the impacts of changing containment pressures.
D. Correct, Isolation Amplifiers protect the RPS from signal perturbations that could arrise in the control portion of the circuit.
C. Protects the control signal from perturbation due to backfeed from a disturbance in the Reactor Protection System. Protects the Reactor Protection signal from a perturbation due to a backfeed from a disturbance in the control circuit. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate thinks that a signal boost is needed since there is a long run of cable between Containment and the Instrument racks. B. Incorrect, Plausible since, during accident conditions, changing Containment pressures effect the output of PZR pressure transmitters.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since protection and control signals are isolated from one another, however Reactor Protection is what is being protected not Control signal. D. Correct, Isolation Amplifiers protect the RPS from signal perturbations that could arrise in the control portion of the circuit.
Question Number: 59 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 016 Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System K5.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the . Seperation of control and protection circuits.
Importance Rating: 2.7*/2.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA because it asks the candidate to recall the purpose of the Isolation amplifiers in this portion of NNIS. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           59 Tier:   _2__ Group         2 KIA:       016 Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System K5.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the NNIS:~                  .
 
Seperation of control and protection circuits.
Proposed references . to be provided:
Importance Rating:         2.7*/2.8 10 CFR Part 55:           41.5 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA because it asks the candidate to recall the purpose of the Isolation amplifiers in this portion of NNIS.
Learning Objective:
Technical  
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 OPT200.PZRPCS, 2, 9.a OPT200.EAGLE21, Obj 13 None OPT200.PZRPCS Obj B.3 x modified from bank question PZR Press-B.2 006 Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 59 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 016 Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System K5.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the . Seperation of control and protection circuits.
Importance Rating: 2.7*/2.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA because it asks the candidate to recall the purpose of the Isolation amplifiers in this portion of NNIS. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
OPT200.PZRPCS, 2, 9.a OPT200.EAGLE21, Obj 13 Proposed references            None
.to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.PZRPCS Obj B.3 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              modified from bank question PZR Press-B.2 006 Comments:
Source:            BANK                              Source If Bank:  SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:            SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:      NO


Proposed references . to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 OPT200.PZRPCS, 2, 9.a OPT200.EAGLE21, Obj 13 None OPT200.PZRPCS Obj B.3 x modified from bank question PZR Press-B.2 006 Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 017 A2.01 060 Given the following:
Unit 1 is operating at 100% power The following alarm is received on 1-M4-B: -A-3, "INCORE TEMP MONITORING SYSTEM TROUBLE." Which ONE of the following identifies
... (1) the indication on the Exosensor Plasma Display if an incore thermocouple was outside it electrical limits due to an electrical short in the circuit and (2) the minimum number of thermocouples required to be operable in accordance with Tech Specs without relying on an Action Statement?
A':' B. C. D. Plasma Display Indication " ? " "XXX" " ? " '*XXX" Tech Spec Requirement Each train must have a minimum of one operable thermocouple in each core quadrant.
Each train must have a minimum of one operable thermocouple in each core quadrant.
Each train must have a minimum of two operable thermocouples in each core quadrant.
Each train must have a minimum of two operable thermocouples in each core quadrant.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, a "?" displayed on the subcooled margin monitor indicates that the TC is outside of its electrical limits and TIS require each train to have 1 operable thermocouple in each quadrant.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since "xxx" is a valid reading on the subcooled margin monitor however this symbol indicates that the TC has been manually removed from scan and because TISs requiring each train to have 1 operable thermocouple in each quadrant is correct. C. Incorrect, Plausible since first part of answer is correct, but 2 thermocouples being required is not correct. Plausible because the "? " readout is correct and TISs do require 2 Trains but not 2 thermcouples.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since ''XXX'' is a valid reading on the subcooled margin monitor however this symbol indicates that the TC has been manually removed from scan and TISs do require 2 Trains but not 2 thermcouples.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 017 A2.01 060 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 017 A2.01 060 Given the following:
Unit 1 is operating at 100% power The following alarm is received on 1-M4-B: -A-3, "INCORE TEMP MONITORING SYSTEM TROUBLE." Which ONE of the following identifies  
Unit 1 is operating at 100% power The following alarm is received on 1-M4-B:
... (1) the indication on the Exosensor Plasma Display if an incore thermocouple was outside it electrical limits due to an electrical short in the circuit and (2) the minimum number of thermocouples required to be operable in accordance with Tech Specs without relying on an Action Statement?
        - A-3, "INCORE TEMP MONITORING SYSTEM TROUBLE."
A':' B. C. D. Plasma Display Indication " ? " "XXX" " ? " '*XXX" Tech Spec Requirement Each train must have a minimum of one operable thermocouple in each core quadrant.
Which ONE of the following identifies ...
Each train must have a minimum of one operable thermocouple in each core quadrant.
(1) the indication on the Exosensor Plasma Display if an incore thermocouple was outside it electrical limits due to an electrical short in the circuit and (2) the minimum number of thermocouples required to be operable in accordance with Tech Specs without relying on an Action Statement?
Each train must have a minimum of two operable thermocouples in each core quadrant.
Plasma Display Indication                      Tech Spec Requirement A':'             "? "                       Each train must have a minimum of one operable thermocouple in each core quadrant.
Each train must have a minimum of two operable thermocouples in each core quadrant.
B.              "XXX"                        Each train must have a minimum of one operable thermocouple in each core quadrant.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, a "?" displayed on the subcooled margin monitor indicates that the TC is outside of its electrical limits and TIS require each train to have 1 operable thermocouple in each quadrant.
C.              "? "                        Each train must have a minimum of two operable thermocouples in each core quadrant.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since "xxx" is a valid reading on the subcooled margin monitor however this symbol indicates that the TC has been manually removed from scan and because TISs requiring each train to have 1 operable thermocouple in each quadrant is correct. C. Incorrect, Plausible since first part of answer is correct, but 2 thermocouples being required is not correct. Plausible because the "? " readout is correct and TISs do require 2 Trains but not 2 thermcouples.
D.              '*XXX"                      Each train must have a minimum of two operable thermocouples in each core quadrant.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Correct, a "?" displayed on the subcooled margin monitor indicates that the TC is outside of its electrical limits and TIS require each train to have 1 operable thermocouple in each quadrant.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since "xxx" is a valid reading on the subcooled margin monitor however this symbol indicates that the TC has been manually removed from scan and because TISs requiring each train to have 1 operable thermocouple in each quadrant is correct.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since first part of answer is correct, but 2 thermocouples being required is not correct. Plausible because the "?
    " readout is correct and TISs do require 2 Trains but not 2 thermcouples.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since ''XXX'' is a valid reading on the subcooled margin monitor however this symbol indicates that the TC has been manually removed from scan and TISs do require 2 Trains but not 2 thermcouples.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since ''XXX'' is a valid reading on the subcooled margin monitor however this symbol indicates that the TC has been manually removed from scan and TISs do require 2 Trains but not 2 thermcouples.
Question Number: 60 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 017 In-Core Temperature Monitoring System A2.01 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ITM system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Thermocouple open and short circuits.
Importance Rating: 3.1/3.5 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate how an electrical malfunction (short or open) will be identified in the control room and what action is necessary to mitigate the failure. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           60 Tier:   _2__ Group         2 KIA:       017 In-Core Temperature Monitoring System A2.01 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ITM system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
 
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 OPT200.lncore, Rev 3 1-AR-M4B-A-7, Incore Temp Monitor System Trouble, Rev 28 GOI-6, Apparatus Operations, sect P, Rev 130 Tech Spec 3.3.3.7, Accident Monitoring Instrumentation, Amendment 149 None OPL200.lncore Obj B.5 d & f x Source If Bank:: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 60 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 017 In-Core Temperature Monitoring System A2.01 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ITM system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Thermocouple open and short circuits.
Thermocouple open and short circuits.
Importance Rating: 3.1/3.5 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Importance Rating:         3.1/3.5 10 CFR Part 55:         41.5 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA by having the candidate how an electrical malfunction (short or open) will be identified in the control room and what action is necessary to mitigate the failure.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate how an electrical malfunction (short or open) will be identified in the control room and what action is necessary to mitigate the failure. Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
OPT200.lncore, Rev 3 1-AR-M4B-A-7, Incore Temp Monitor System Trouble, Rev 28 GOI-6, Apparatus Operations, sect P, Rev 130 Tech Spec 3.3.3.7, Accident Monitoring Instrumentation, Amendment 149 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL200.lncore Obj B.5 d & f Question Source:
New                  x Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:          NEW                                Source If Bank::
Cognitive Level: HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 029 Al.02 061 Given the following plant conditions:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 is operating at 100% power.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
    -    A lower containment purge is in progress.
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
    -    A RCS leak develops in the raceway in lower containment.
RO Date: 212010 OPT200.lncore, Rev 3 1-AR-M4B-A-7, Incore Temp Monitor System Trouble, Rev 28 GOI-6, Apparatus Operations, sect P, Rev 130 Tech Spec 3.3.3.7, Accident Monitoring Instrumentation, Amendment 149 None OPL200.lncore Obj B.5 d & f x Source If Bank:: Difficulty:
1-RM-90-106, Lower Containment Radiation Monitor and 1-RM-90-131, Containment Purge Radiation Monitor are detecting increasing radiation and are trending up.
Which ONE of the following identifies ...
(1) the monitor(s) reaching the HIGH RAD setpoint that will cause the containment isolation signal which will isolate the purge and (2) the expected response on 1-RM-90-1 06 after the isolation signal was generated?
Rad Monitor causing isolation              1-RM-90-106 after Isolation A. ONLY 1-RM-90-131                          would continue to rise B~  ONLY 1-RM-90-131                          would start to drop C. Either 1-RM-90-106 or                      would continue to rise 1-RM-90-131 D. Either 1-RM-90-106 or                      would start to drop 1-RM-90-131


Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 029 Al.02 061 Given the following plant conditions:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YS/S:
Unit 1 is operating at 100% power. -A lower containment purge is in progress. -A RCS leak develops in the raceway in lower containment.
A. Incorrect, The HI RAD condition sensed by the Containment Purge Rad Monitor 1-RM-90-131 will result in the containment vent isolation but because 1-RM-90-106 is isolated it indicated radiation level will start dropping. Plausible since RE-90-106 monitors containment air and provide indication and alarm in the Control room and because its indication would continue to rise if the monitor were not isolated.
1-RM-90-106, Lower Containment Radiation Monitor and 1-RM-90-131, Containment Purge Radiation Monitor are detecting increasing radiation and are trending up. Which ONE of the following identifies
... (1) the monitor(s) reaching the HIGH RAD setpoint that will cause the containment isolation signal which will isolate the purge and (2) the expected response on 1-RM-90-1 06 after the isolation signal was generated?
Rad Monitor causing isolation A. ONLY 1-RM-90-131 ONLY 1-RM-90-131 C. Either 1-RM-90-106 or 1-RM-90-131 D. Either 1-RM-90-106 or 1-RM-90-131 1-RM-90-106 after Isolation would continue to rise would start to drop would continue to rise would start to drop QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 029 Al.02 061 Given the following plant conditions:
Unit 1 is operating at 100% power. -A lower containment purge is in progress. -A RCS leak develops in the raceway in lower containment.
1-RM-90-106, Lower Containment Radiation Monitor and 1-RM-90-131, Containment Purge Radiation Monitor are detecting increasing radiation and are trending up. Which ONE of the following identifies
... (1) the monitor(s) reaching the HIGH RAD setpoint that will cause the containment isolation signal which will isolate the purge and (2) the expected response on 1-RM-90-1 06 after the isolation signal was generated?
Rad Monitor causing isolation A. ONLY 1-RM-90-131 ONLY 1-RM-90-131 C. Either 1-RM-90-106 or 1-RM-90-131 D. Either 1-RM-90-106 or 1-RM-90-131 1-RM-90-106 after Isolation would continue to rise would start to drop would continue to rise would start to drop QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YS/S: A. Incorrect, The HI RAD condition sensed by the Containment Purge Rad Monitor 1-RM-90-131 will result in the containment vent isolation but because 1-RM-90-106 is isolated it indicated radiation level will start dropping.
Plausible since RE-90-106 monitors containment air and provide indication and alarm in the Control room and because its indication would continue to rise if the monitor were not isolated.
B. Correct, The HI RAD condition sensed by the Containment Purge Rad Monitor 1-RM-90-131 will result in the containment vent isolation which isolates the purge and causes the 1-RM-90-106 flowpath to isolate. With the flowpath isolated, 1-RM-90-106 indication will start dropping.
C. Incorrect, 1-RM-90-106 will not cause a Containment Isolation signal but it s affected by the signal by having its flow path isolated causing the detected radiation level to start dropping not continuing to rise. Plausible because both of the monitors are monitoring lower containment conditions and because 1-RM-90-106 would continue to rise if it were not isolated.
D. Incorrect, 1-RM-90-106 will not cause a Containment Isolation signal but it s affected by the signal by having its flow path isolated causing the detected radiation level to start dropping as stated in the distractor.
Plausible because both of the monitors are monitoring lower containment conditions and because 1-RM-90-106 indication dropping after isolation is correct. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YS/S: A. Incorrect, The HI RAD condition sensed by the Containment Purge Rad Monitor 1-RM-90-131 will result in the containment vent isolation but because 1-RM-90-106 is isolated it indicated radiation level will start dropping.
Plausible since RE-90-106 monitors containment air and provide indication and alarm in the Control room and because its indication would continue to rise if the monitor were not isolated.
B. Correct, The HI RAD condition sensed by the Containment Purge Rad Monitor 1-RM-90-131 will result in the containment vent isolation which isolates the purge and causes the 1-RM-90-106 flowpath to isolate. With the flowpath isolated, 1-RM-90-106 indication will start dropping.
B. Correct, The HI RAD condition sensed by the Containment Purge Rad Monitor 1-RM-90-131 will result in the containment vent isolation which isolates the purge and causes the 1-RM-90-106 flowpath to isolate. With the flowpath isolated, 1-RM-90-106 indication will start dropping.
C. Incorrect, 1-RM-90-106 will not cause a Containment Isolation signal but it s affected by the signal by having its flow path isolated causing the detected radiation level to start dropping not continuing to rise. Plausible because both of the monitors are monitoring lower containment conditions and because 1-RM-90-106 would continue to rise if it were not isolated.
C. Incorrect, 1-RM-90-106 will not cause a Containment Isolation signal but it s affected by the signal by having its flow path isolated causing the detected radiation level to start dropping not continuing to rise. Plausible because both of the monitors are monitoring lower containment conditions and because 1-RM-90-106 would continue to rise if it were not isolated.
D. Incorrect, 1-RM-90-106 will not cause a Containment Isolation signal but it s affected by the signal by having its flow path isolated causing the detected radiation level to start dropping as stated in the distractor.
D. Incorrect, 1-RM-90-106 will not cause a Containment Isolation signal but it s affected by the signal by having its flow path isolated causing the detected radiation level to start dropping as stated in the distractor. Plausible because both of the monitors are monitoring lower containment conditions and because 1-RM-90-106 indication dropping after isolation is correct.
Plausible because both of the monitors are monitoring lower containment conditions and because 1-RM-90-106 indication dropping after isolation is correct.
Question Number: 61 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 029 Containment Purge System A1.02 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the Containment Purge System controls including:
Radiation Levels Importance Rating: 3.4 / 3.4 10CFRPart55:
41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant must predict how radiation monitors increasing will affect the containment purge system and determine the resulting effect on a radiation monitor dueto the containment isolation signal being generated.
Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           61 Tier:   _2__ Group         2 KIA:       029 Containment Purge System A1.02 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the Containment Purge System controls including:
 
Radiation Levels Importance Rating:         3.4 / 3.4 10CFRPart55:             41.5 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant must predict how radiation monitors increasing will affect the containment purge system and determine the resulting effect on a radiation monitor dueto the containment isolation signal being generated.
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 OPT200.RM, Radiation Monitoring System, Rev 2 0-AR-M12-A, Unit 1 and Common Radiation Monitor 0-XA-55-12A, Rev 52; Windows A-4 and C-7 None OPT200.RM Obj. 4 x Source If Banle WBN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 61 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 029 Containment Purge System A1.02 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the Containment Purge System controls including:
Radiation Levels Importance Rating: 3.4 / 3.4 10CFRPart55:
41.5 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant must predict how radiation monitors increasing will affect the containment purge system and determine the resulting effect on a radiation monitor dueto the containment isolation signal being generated.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
OPT200.RM, Radiation Monitoring System, Rev 2 0-AR-M12-A, Unit 1 and Common Radiation Monitor 0-XA-55-12A, Rev 52; Windows A-4 and C-7 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.RM Obj. 4 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:
Comments:
Source:            BANK                            Source If Banle WBN Cognitive Level:  HIGHER                          Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 033 G2.4.21 062 In accordance with AOP-M.06, "Loss of Spent Fuel Cooling," which ONE of the following identifies ...
Learning Objective:
(1) The basis for the 40&deg;F minimum spent fuel pit (SFP) temperature limit and (2) The condition that could result if the SFP temperature exceeded 192&deg;F?
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
A. (1) SFP criticality analysis lower limit.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
(2) Excessive gassing from the SFP.
RO Date: 2/2010 OPT200.RM, Radiation Monitoring System, Rev 2 0-AR-M12-A, Unit 1 and Common Radiation Monitor 0-XA-55-12A, Rev 52; Windows A-4 and C-7 None OPT200.RM Obj. 4 x Source If Banle WBN Difficulty:
B~  (1) SFP criticality analysis lower limit.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO 033 G2.4.21 062 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam In accordance with AOP-M.06, "Loss of Spent Fuel Cooling," which ONE of the following identifies  
... (1) The basis for the 40&deg;F minimum spent fuel pit (SFP) temperature limit and (2) The condition that could result if the SFP temperature exceeded 192&deg;F? A. (1) SFP criticality analysis lower limit. (2) Excessive gassing from the SFP. (1) SFP criticality analysis lower limit. (2) Spent Fuel Pool Cooling pump cavitation.
C. (1) Minimum temperature for refueling.
(2) Excessive gassing from the SFP. D. (1) Minimum temperature for refueling.  
(2) Spent Fuel Pool Cooling pump cavitation.
(2) Spent Fuel Pool Cooling pump cavitation.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible because the SFP criticality analysis being 40&deg;F is correct and gassing from the spent fuel pool is a concern at higher temperatures but inadequate pump suction pressure is the reason stated in the AOP for the 192&deg;F limit. B. Correct, the minimum spent fuel pit (SFP) temperature allowed by the SFP criticality analysis is 40&deg;F and the maximum SFP temperature above which Spent Fuel Cooling Pumps may have inadequate suction head and could cavitate is 192&deg;F. C. Incorrect, Plausible because there is a minimum temperature maintained in the SFP during refueling of 50&deg;F and gassing from the spent fuel pool is a concern at higher temperatures but inadequate pump suction pressure is the reason stated in the AOP for the 192&deg;F limit. D. Incorrect, Plausible because there is a minimum temperature maintained in the SFP during refueling of 50&deg;F and maintaining the temperature less than 192&deg;F to prevent cavitation of the cooling pumps is correct. 033 G2.4.21 062 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam In accordance with AOP-M.06, "Loss of Spent Fuel Cooling," which ONE of the following identifies
C. (1) Minimum temperature for refueling.
... (1) The basis for the 40&deg;F minimum spent fuel pit (SFP) temperature limit and (2) The condition that could result if the SFP temperature exceeded 192&deg;F? A. (1) SFP criticality analysis lower limit. (2) Excessive gassing from the SFP. (1) SFP criticality analysis lower limit. (2) Spent Fuel Pool Cooling pump cavitation.
(2) Excessive gassing from the SFP.
C. (1) Minimum temperature for refueling.  
D. (1) Minimum temperature for refueling.
(2) Excessive gassing from the SFP. D. (1) Minimum temperature for refueling.  
(2) Spent Fuel Pool Cooling pump cavitation.
(2) Spent Fuel Pool Cooling pump cavitation.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible because the SFP criticality analysis being 40&deg;F is correct and gassing from the spent fuel pool is a concern at higher temperatures but inadequate pump suction pressure is the reason stated in the AOP for the 192&deg;F limit. B. Correct, the minimum spent fuel pit (SFP) temperature allowed by the SFP criticality analysis is 40&deg;F and the maximum SFP temperature above which Spent Fuel Cooling Pumps may have inadequate suction head and could cavitate is 192&deg;F. C. Incorrect, Plausible because there is a minimum temperature maintained in the SFP during refueling of 50&deg;F and gassing from the spent fuel pool is a concern at higher temperatures but inadequate pump suction pressure is the reason stated in the AOP for the 192&deg;F limit. D. Incorrect, Plausible because there is a minimum temperature maintained in the SFP during refueling of 50&deg;F and maintaining the temperature less than 192&deg;F to prevent cavitation of the cooling pumps is correct.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Question Number: 62 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 033 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System G2.4.21 Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status of safety functions, such as reactivity control, core cooling and heat removal, reactor coolant system integrity, containment conditions, radioactivity release control, etc. Importance Rating: 4.0/4.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
A. Incorrect, Plausible because the SFP criticality analysis being 40&deg;F is correct and gassing from the spent fuel pool is a concern at higher temperatures but inadequate pump suction pressure is the reason stated in the AOP for the 192&deg;F limit.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate identify the temperature limts of the Spent Fuel Pool as related to reactivity in spent fuel in the pool and a possible effect of high temperature on the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling pumps. Technical
B. Correct, the minimum spent fuel pit (SFP) temperature allowed by the SFP criticality analysis is 40&deg;F and the maximum SFP temperature above which Spent Fuel Cooling Pumps may have inadequate suction head and could cavitate is 192&deg;F.
C. Incorrect, Plausible because there is a minimum temperature maintained in the SFP during refueling of 50&deg;F and gassing from the spent fuel pool is a concern at higher temperatures but inadequate pump suction pressure is the reason stated in the AOP for the 192&deg;F limit.
D. Incorrect, Plausible because there is a minimum temperature maintained in the SFP during refueling of 50&deg;F and maintaining the temperature less than 192&deg;F to prevent cavitation of the cooling pumps is correct.


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           62 Tier:   _2__ Group         2 KIA:       033 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System G2.4.21 Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status of safety functions, such as reactivity control, core cooling and heat removal, reactor coolant system integrity, containment conditions, radioactivity release control, etc.
 
Importance Rating:         4.0/4.6 10 CFR Part 55:           41.7 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by having the candidate identify the temperature limts of the Spent Fuel Pool as related to reactivity in spent fuel in the pool and a possible effect of high temperature on the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling pumps.
Proposed references to be provided:
Technical  
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-M.06, Loss of Spent Fuel Cooling, Rev 4 None OPT200.SFFC, obj B 6 OPL271AOP-M.06 Obj B 6 x From bank question SFPS-2 003 2004 NRC exam Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 62 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: 033 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System G2.4.21 Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status of safety functions, such as reactivity control, core cooling and heat removal, reactor coolant system integrity, containment conditions, radioactivity release control, etc. Importance Rating: 4.0/4.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate identify the temperature limts of the Spent Fuel Pool as related to reactivity in spent fuel in the pool and a possible effect of high temperature on the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling pumps. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-M.06, Loss of Spent Fuel Cooling, Rev 4 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.SFFC, obj B 6 OPL271AOP-M.06 Obj B 6 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              From bank question SFPS-2 003 2004 NRC exam Comments:
Source:            BANK MOD                          Source If Bank:  SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 034 K6.02 063 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-M.06, Loss of Spent Fuel Cooling, Rev 4 None OPT200.SFFC, obj B 6 OPL271AOP-M.06 Obj B 6 x From bank question SFPS-2 003 2004 NRC exam Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 034 K6.02 063 Given the following:
Unit 1 core has been off-loaded.
Irradiated fuel shuffles are in progress in the spent fuel pool. Main Control Room Radiation Monitor, O-RM-90-125, fails due to an instrument malfunction.
Which ONE of the following identifies if the radiation monitor failure would require an LCO entry on Unit 1 and the effect the failure would have on the movement of irradiated fuel in the spent fuel pit? LCO entry Fuel Movement A'! Required Can continue B. Required Must be stopped C. NOT required Can continue D. NOT required Must be stopped QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 034 K6.02 063 Given the following:
Unit 1 core has been off-loaded.
Unit 1 core has been off-loaded.
Irradiated fuel shuffles are in progress in the spent fuel pool. Main Control Room Radiation Monitor, O-RM-90-125, fails due to an instrument malfunction.
Irradiated fuel shuffles are in progress in the spent fuel pool.
Which ONE of the following identifies if the radiation monitor failure would require an LCO entry on Unit 1 and the effect the failure would have on the movement of irradiated fuel in the spent fuel pit? LCO entry Fuel Movement A'! Required Can continue B. Required Must be stopped C. NOT required Can continue D. NOT required Must be stopped QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, both Main Control Room Radiation Monitors 1-RM-90-125 and 1-RM-90-126 are required during the movement of irradiated fuel. If one failed an LCO entry would be required which would require action but fuel movement could continue.
Main Control Room Radiation Monitor, O-RM-90-125, fails due to an instrument malfunction.
B. Incorrect, both Main Control Room Radiation Monitors 1-RM-90-125 and 1-RM-90-126 are required during the movement of irradiated fuel. If one failed an LCO entry would be required which would require action but fuel movement would not be required to be stopped due to the failure. Plausible because the LCO entry being required is correct and other conditions in the LCO would have required the fuel movement to be stopped. C. Incorrect, an LCO entry is required due to the failure of the radiation monitor and irradiated fuel movement in the spent fuel pool can continue.
Which ONE of the following identifies if the radiation monitor failure would require an LCO entry on Unit 1 and the effect the failure would have on the movement of irradiated fuel in the spent fuel pit?
Plausible because there are other main control room radiation monitors that could fail without causing an LCO entry and fuel movement continuing is correct. D. Incorrect, an LCO entry is required due to the failure of the radiation monitor but irradiated fuel movement in the spent fuel pool is not required to be stopped. Plausible because there are other main control room radiation monitors that could fail without causing an LCO entry and other conditions in the LCO would have required the fuel movement to be stopped. Question Number: 63 Tier: _2_ Group 2 KIA: 034 Fuel Handling K6.02 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the Fuel Handling System: Radiation monitoring systems Importance Rating: 2.6 / 3.3 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.7 10CFR55.42.b:
LCO entry                       Fuel Movement A'! Required                         Can continue B. Required                           Must be stopped C. NOT required                       Can continue D. NOT required                       Must be stopped
Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires knowledge of the radiation monitoring system requirements during irradiation fuel movement in accordance with Technical Specifications thus requiring the knowledge that a malfunction of a monitor would require compliance with required action of the LCO (Le. the effect of the loss) QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, both Main Control Room Radiation Monitors 1-RM-90-125 and 1-RM-90-126 are required during the movement of irradiated fuel. If one failed an LCO entry would be required which would require action but fuel movement could continue.
B. Incorrect, both Main Control Room Radiation Monitors 1-RM-90-125 and 1-RM-90-126 are required during the movement of irradiated fuel. If one failed an LCO entry would be required which would require action but fuel movement would not be required to be stopped due to the failure. Plausible because the LCO entry being required is correct and other conditions in the LCO would have required the fuel movement to be stopped. C. Incorrect, an LCO entry is required due to the failure of the radiation monitor and irradiated fuel movement in the spent fuel pool can continue.
Plausible because there are other main control room radiation monitors that could fail without causing an LCO entry and fuel movement continuing is correct. D. Incorrect, an LCO entry is required due to the failure of the radiation monitor but irradiated fuel movement in the spent fuel pool is not required to be stopped. Plausible because there are other main control room radiation monitors that could fail without causing an LCO entry and other conditions in the LCO would have required the fuel movement to be stopped. Question Number: 63 Tier: _2_ Group 2 KIA: 034 Fuel Handling K6.02 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the Fuel Handling System: Radiation monitoring systems Importance Rating: 2.6 / 3.3 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.7 10CFR55.42.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires knowledge of the radiation monitoring system requirements during irradiation fuel movement in accordance with Technical Specifications thus requiring the knowledge that a malfunction of a monitor would require compliance with required action of the LCO (Le. the effect of the loss)
Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Correct, both Main Control Room Radiation Monitors 1-RM-90-125 and 1-RM-90-126 are required during the movement of irradiated fuel. If one failed an LCO entry would be required which would require action but fuel movement could continue.
B. Incorrect, both Main Control Room Radiation Monitors 1-RM-90-125 and 1-RM-90-126 are required during the movement of irradiated fuel. If one failed an LCO entry would be required which would require action but fuel movement would not be required to be stopped due to the failure. Plausible because the LCO entry being required is correct and other conditions in the LCO would have required the fuel movement to be stopped.
C. Incorrect, an LCO entry is required due to the failure of the radiation monitor and irradiated fuel movement in the spent fuel pool can continue. Plausible because there are other main control room radiation monitors that could fail without causing an LCO entry and fuel movement continuing is correct.
D. Incorrect, an LCO entry is required due to the failure of the radiation monitor but irradiated fuel movement in the spent fuel pool is not required to be stopped.
Plausible because there are other main control room radiation monitors that could fail without causing an LCO entry and other conditions in the LCO would have required the fuel movement to be stopped.
Question Number:          63 Tier:    _2_ Group          2 KIA:      034 Fuel Handling K6.02 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the Fuel Handling System:
Radiation monitoring systems Importance Rating:        2.6 / 3.3 10 CFR Part 55:          41.7/45.7 10CFR55.42.b:            Not applicable KIA Match:      Question requires knowledge of the radiation monitoring system requirements during irradiation fuel movement in accordance with Technical Specifications thus requiring the knowledge that a malfunction of a monitor would require compliance with required action of the LCO (Le. the effect of the loss)


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Technical  
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Technical Specification LCO 3.3.3.1, Radiation Monitoring Instrumentation, Amendment 322 0-AR-MI2-A,Unit 1 and Common Radiation Monitor 0-XA-55-12A, Rev 52 None OPT200.FH
: 6. Describe the administrative controls and limits for the Fuel Handling system as explained in this lesson: a. State Tech Specs/TRM LCOs that govern the Fuel Handling Systems. b. State the =1 hour action limit TS LCOs OPT200.CBVENT
: 5. Describe the operation of the Control Building Ventilation System: f. How a instrument failure will affect system operation
: 6. Describe the administrative controls and limits for the Control Building Ventilation System: x a. State Tech Specs/TRM LCOs that govern the system. b. State the =1 hour action limit TS LCOs SON question 034 K6.02 061(used on 2009 retake exam) modified.
Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Technical Specification LCO 3.3.3.1, Radiation Monitoring Instrumentation, Amendment 322 0-AR-MI2-A,Unit 1 and Common Radiation Monitor 0-XA-55-12A, Rev 52 Proposed references      None to be provided:
Learning Objective:      OPT200.FH
: 6. Describe the administrative controls and limits for the Fuel Handling system as explained in this lesson:
: a. State Tech Specs/TRM LCOs that govern the Fuel Handling Systems.
: b. State the =1 hour action limit TS LCOs OPT200.CBVENT
: 5. Describe the operation of the Control Building Ventilation System:
: f. How a instrument failure will affect system operation
: 6. Describe the administrative controls and limits for the Control Building Ventilation System:
: a. State Tech Specs/TRM LCOs that govern the system.
: b. State the =1 hour action limit TS LCOs Question Source:
New Modified Bank    x Bank Question History:        SON question 034 K6.02 061(used on 2009 retake exam) modified.
Comments:
Source:          BANK MOD                      Source If Bank:  SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                        Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                            Plant:            SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                        Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 035 K4.01 064 Which ONE of the following identifies ...
Learning Objective:
(1) two of the design bases criteria for the steam generator level control program and (2) the signal that is used to program the level control program setpoint ?
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
A. (1) Minimize moisture carry over to the turbine blading and maintain a constant mass in the steam generator at all power levels.
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Technical Specification LCO 3.3.3.1, Radiation Monitoring Instrumentation, Amendment 322 0-AR-MI2-A,Unit 1 and Common Radiation Monitor 0-XA-55-12A, Rev 52 None OPT200.FH
: 6. Describe the administrative controls and limits for the Fuel Handling system as explained in this lesson: a. State Tech Specs/TRM LCOs that govern the Fuel Handling Systems. b. State the =1 hour action limit TS LCOs OPT200.CBVENT
: 5. Describe the operation of the Control Building Ventilation System: f. How a instrument failure will affect system operation
: 6. Describe the administrative controls and limits for the Control Building Ventilation System: x a. State Tech Specs/TRM LCOs that govern the system. b. State the =1 hour action limit TS LCOs SON question 034 K6.02 061(used on 2009 retake exam) modified.
Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO 035 K4.01 064 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Which ONE of the following identifies  
... (1) two of the design bases criteria for the steam generator level control program and (2) the signal that is used to program the level control program setpoint ? A. (1) Minimize moisture carry over to the turbine blading and maintain a constant mass in the steam generator at all power levels. (2) Main Steam Header pressure.
B. (1) Minimize moisture carry over to the turbine blading and maintain a constant mass in the steam generator at all power levels. (2) Main turbine impulse pressure.
C. (1) Minimize RCS cooldown following a steam break accident and maintain sufficient mass in the steam generator to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level following a turbine load reduction.  
(2) Main Steam Header pressure.
(2) Main Steam Header pressure.
D&#xa5;' (1) Minimize RCS cooldown following a steam break accident and maintain sufficient mass in the steam generator to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level following a turbine load reduction.  
B. (1) Minimize moisture carry over to the turbine blading and maintain a constant mass in the steam generator at all power levels.
(2) Main turbine impulse pressure.
(2) Main turbine impulse pressure.
035 K4.01 064 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Which ONE of the following identifies
C. (1) Minimize RCS cooldown following a steam break accident and maintain sufficient mass in the steam generator to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level following a turbine load reduction.
... (1) two of the design bases criteria for the steam generator level control program and (2) the signal that is used to program the level control program setpoint ? A. (1) Minimize moisture carry over to the turbine blading and maintain a constant mass in the steam generator at all power levels. (2) Main Steam Header pressure.
B. (1) Minimize moisture carry over to the turbine blading and maintain a constant mass in the steam generator at all power levels. (2) Main turbine impulse pressure.
C. (1) Minimize RCS cooldown following a steam break accident and maintain sufficient mass in the steam generator to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level following a turbine load reduction.  
(2) Main Steam Header pressure.
(2) Main Steam Header pressure.
D&#xa5;' (1) Minimize RCS cooldown following a steam break accident and maintain sufficient mass in the steam generator to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level following a turbine load reduction.  
D&#xa5;' (1) Minimize RCS cooldown following a steam break accident and maintain sufficient mass in the steam generator to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level following a turbine load reduction.
(2) Main turbine impulse pressure.
(2) Main turbine impulse pressure.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, the level control system is designed to minimize moisture carryover to the turbine but is not designed to maintain a constant mass in the steam generators at all power levels and the program setpoint level is not supplied from a transmitter measuring the main steam pressure header pressure.
 
Plausible because the one of the two listed is a correct design criteria and the main steam header pressure is used to control the speed of the main feed pump turbines which work in conjunction with the steam generator level control program. B. Incorrect, the level control system is designed to minimize moisture carryover to the turbine but is not designed to maintain a constant mass in the steam generators at all power levels. The program setpoint level is supplied from a transmitter measuring the main turbine impulse pressure.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Plausible because the one of the two listed is a correct design criteria and the main turbine impulse pressure being used in the steam generator level control program is correct. C. Incorrect, the level control system is designed to minimize the RCS cooldown following a steam line break while maintaining sufficient mass to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level due to shrink on a load rejection but the program setpoint level is not supplied from a transmitter measuring the main steam pressure header pressure.
A. Incorrect, the level control system is designed to minimize moisture carryover to the turbine but is not designed to maintain a constant mass in the steam generators at all power levels and the program setpoint level is not supplied from a transmitter measuring the main steam pressure header pressure. Plausible because the one of the two listed is a correct design criteria and the main steam header pressure is used to control the speed of the main feed pump turbines which work in conjunction with the steam generator level control program.
Plausible because the design criteria is correct and the main steam header pressure is used to control the speed of the main feed pump turbines which work in conjunction with the steam generator level control program. D. Correct, the level control system is designed to minimize the RCS cooldown following a steam line break while maintaining sufficient mass to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level due to shrink on a load rejection.
B. Incorrect, the level control system is designed to minimize moisture carryover to the turbine but is not designed to maintain a constant mass in the steam generators at all power levels. The program setpoint level is supplied from a transmitter measuring the main turbine impulse pressure. Plausible because the one of the two listed is a correct design criteria and the main turbine impulse pressure being used in the steam generator level control program is correct.
The program setpoint level is supplied from a transmitter measuring the main turbine impulse pressure.
C. Incorrect, the level control system is designed to minimize the RCS cooldown following a steam line break while maintaining sufficient mass to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level due to shrink on a load rejection but the program setpoint level is not supplied from a transmitter measuring the main steam pressure header pressure. Plausible because the design criteria is correct and the main steam header pressure is used to control the speed of the main feed pump turbines which work in conjunction with the steam generator level control program.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, the level control system is designed to minimize moisture carryover to the turbine but is not designed to maintain a constant mass in the steam generators at all power levels and the program setpoint level is not supplied from a transmitter measuring the main steam pressure header pressure.
D. Correct, the level control system is designed to minimize the RCS cooldown following a steam line break while maintaining sufficient mass to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level due to shrink on a load rejection. The program setpoint level is supplied from a transmitter measuring the main turbine impulse pressure.
Plausible because the one of the two listed is a correct design criteria and the main steam header pressure is used to control the speed of the main feed pump turbines which work in conjunction with the steam generator level control program. B. Incorrect, the level control system is designed to minimize moisture carryover to the turbine but is not designed to maintain a constant mass in the steam generators at all power levels. The program setpoint level is supplied from a transmitter measuring the main turbine impulse pressure.
 
Plausible because the one of the two listed is a correct design criteria and the main turbine impulse pressure being used in the steam generator level control program is correct. C. Incorrect, the level control system is designed to minimize the RCS cooldown following a steam line break while maintaining sufficient mass to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level due to shrink on a load rejection but the program setpoint level is not supplied from a transmitter measuring the main steam pressure header pressure.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:         64 Tier: _2_ Group _2_
Plausible because the design criteria is correct and the main steam header pressure is used to control the speed of the main feed pump turbines which work in conjunction with the steam generator level control program. D. Correct, the level control system is designed to minimize the RCS cooldown following a steam line break while maintaining sufficient mass to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level due to shrink on a load rejection.
KIA:   035 Steam Generator System (S/GS)
The program setpoint level is supplied from a transmitter measuring the main turbine impulse pressure.
K4.01 Knowledge of S/GS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Question Number: 64 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2_ Group _2_ KIA: 035 Steam Generator System (S/GS) K4.01 Knowledge of S/GS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
S/G level control Importance Rating:       3.6 / 3.8 10 CFR Part 55:       41.7 10CFR55.43.b:         Not applicable KIA Match:   Question requires knowledge of the design features of the steam generator level control system and the sourceorthe signal providing the controlling setpoint for the automatic level control system while the unit is operating at power.
S/G level control Importance Rating: 3.6 / 3.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Technical  
Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires knowledge of the design features of the steam generator level control system and the sourceorthe signal providing the controlling setpoint for the automatic level control system while the unit is operating at power. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
OPT200.SG, Steam Generators, Rev 3 Proposed references          None to be provided:
Learning Objective:          OPT200.SG
: 1. State the purpose/functions of the S/G system as described in the FSAR.
: 2. State the design basis of the S/G system in accordance with the SQN FSAR.
: 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the S/G system:
: d. Normal operating parameters
: f. Controls
: g. Interlocks (including setpoints)
Question Source:
New Modified Bank          x Bank Question History:            SQN bank questions S/G-B.6 001 & S/G-B.12.A 001 combined.
Comments:                    Used parts of both questions identified above to develop this question.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Source:          BANK MOD              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER                  Difficulty:
Learning Objective:
Job Position:   RO                    Plant:         SEQUOYAH Date:           2/2010                Last 2 NRC?:   NO
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
OPT200.SG, Steam Generators, Rev 3 None OPT200.SG
: 1. State the purpose/functions of the S/G system as described in the FSAR. 2. State the design basis of the S/G system in accordance with the SQN FSAR. 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the S/G system: d. Normal operating parameters
: f. Controls g. Interlocks (including setpoints) x SQN bank questions S/G-B.6 001 & S/G-B.12.A 001 combined.
Used parts of both questions identified above to develop this question.
Question Number: 64 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Tier: _2_ Group _2_ KIA: 035 Steam Generator System (S/GS) K4.01 Knowledge of S/GS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
S/G level control Importance Rating: 3.6 / 3.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires knowledge of the design features of the steam generator level control system and the sourceorthe signal providing the controlling setpoint for the automatic level control system while the unit is operating at power. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 056 Kl.03 065 Given the following:
Unit 1 is operating at 50% rated thermal power.
    -  Both MFW pumps are in service.
    -  A problem with the MFW pump Seal Water Injection System resulted in:
        - Seal water injection pressure decreasing to 210 psig.
1A MFP seal water differential pressure dropping to 9 psid. ,
1B MFP seal water differential pressure dropping to 7 psid.
    -  The following alarms are received:
1-XA-55-3B "MFPT 1A &1B INJECTION SEAL WATER PRESS LOW" 1-XA-55-3C "PDIS-54-4C LOW DIFF PRESS MFP 1A SEAL WATER" 1-XA-55-3C "PDIS-54-4C LOW DIFF PRESS MFP 1B SEAL WATER"
    -  All seal water injection parameters returned to normal after 23 seconds.
Which ONE of the following identifies ...
(1) the impact of the conditions on the MFW pumps and (2) the condition that caused the pump(s) to trip?
A. (1) Only one of the MFW pumps would trip.
(2) Low seal water differential pressure.
B~  (1) Only one of the MFW pumps would trip.
(2) Low seal water injection supply pressure.
C. (1) Both of the MFW pumps would trip.
(2) Low seal water differential pressure.
D. (1) Both of the MFW pumps would trip.
(2) Low seal water injection supply pressure.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Learning Objective:
A. Incorrect, Plausible since the first part of the question is correct, however the MFP tirp is caused by seal supply pressure not seal differential pressure.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
B. Correct, Inaccordance with alarm response procedure for low Seal pressure, seal supply pressure low, <220psi, starts a timer that will trip B MFW after 20 sees and A MFW pump after 28 sees assuming pressure remains less than the alarm setpoint. If pressure returns after 23 sees then only 1 MFP would have tripped.
OPT200.SG, Steam Generators, Rev 3 None OPT200.SG
C. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that there is time delay of 20 sees and 28 sees to trip both MFPs vs just one. Also the trip Signal comes from seal injection supply pressure not seal differential pressure.
: 1. State the purpose/functions of the S/G system as described in the FSAR. 2. State the design basis of the S/G system in accordance with the SQN FSAR. 4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the S/G system: d. Normal operating parameters
: f. Controls g. Interlocks (including setpoints) x SQN bank questions S/G-B.6 001 & S/G-B.12.A 001 combined.
Used parts of both questions identified above to develop this question.
Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO Source: BANK MOD Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO 056 Kl.03 065 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is operating at 50% rated thermal power. -Both MFW pumps are in service. -A problem with the MFW pump Seal Water Injection System resulted in: -Seal water injection pressure decreasing to 210 psig. 1 A MFP seal water differential pressure dropping to 9 psid. , 1 B MFP seal water differential pressure dropping to 7 psid. -The following alarms are received:
1-XA-55-3B "MFPT 1A &1B INJECTION SEAL WATER PRESS LOW" 1-XA-55-3C "PDIS-54-4C LOW DIFF PRESS MFP 1A SEAL WATER" 1-XA-55-3C "PDIS-54-4C LOW DIFF PRESS MFP 1B SEAL WATER" -All seal water injection parameters returned to normal after 23 seconds. Which ONE of the following identifies
... (1) the impact of the conditions on the MFW pumps and (2) the condition that caused the pump(s) to trip? A. (1) Only one of the MFW pumps would trip. (2) Low seal water differential pressure. (1) Only one of the MFW pumps would trip. (2) Low seal water injection supply pressure.
C. (1) Both of the MFW pumps would trip. (2) Low seal water differential pressure.
D. (1) Both of the MFW pumps would trip. (2) Low seal water injection supply pressure.
056 Kl.03 065 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is operating at 50% rated thermal power. -Both MFW pumps are in service. -A problem with the MFW pump Seal Water Injection System resulted in: -Seal water injection pressure decreasing to 210 psig. 1 A MFP seal water differential pressure dropping to 9 psid. , 1 B MFP seal water differential pressure dropping to 7 psid. -The following alarms are received:
1-XA-55-3B "MFPT 1A &1B INJECTION SEAL WATER PRESS LOW" 1-XA-55-3C "PDIS-54-4C LOW DIFF PRESS MFP 1A SEAL WATER" 1-XA-55-3C "PDIS-54-4C LOW DIFF PRESS MFP 1B SEAL WATER" -All seal water injection parameters returned to normal after 23 seconds. Which ONE of the following identifies
... (1) the impact of the conditions on the MFW pumps and (2) the condition that caused the pump(s) to trip? A. (1) Only one of the MFW pumps would trip. (2) Low seal water differential pressure. (1) Only one of the MFW pumps would trip. (2) Low seal water injection supply pressure.
C. (1) Both of the MFW pumps would trip. (2) Low seal water differential pressure.
D. (1) Both of the MFW pumps would trip. (2) Low seal water injection supply pressure.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since the first part of the question is correct, however the MFP tirp is caused by seal supply pressure not seal differential pressure.
B. Correct, Inaccordance with alarm response procedure for low Seal pressure, seal supply pressure low, <220psi, starts a timer that will trip B MFW after 20 sees and A MFW pump after 28 sees assuming pressure remains less than the alarm setpoint.
If pressure returns after 23 sees then only 1 MFP would have tripped. C. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that there is time delay of 20 sees and 28 sees to trip both MFPs vs just one. Also the trip Signal comes from seal injection supply pressure not seal differential pressure.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since the second part of distractor is correct, however only 1 MFP would trip after 23 sees not both. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since the first part of the question is correct, however the MFP tirp is caused by seal supply pressure not seal differential pressure.
B. Correct, Inaccordance with alarm response procedure for low Seal pressure, seal supply pressure low, <220psi, starts a timer that will trip B MFW after 20 sees and A MFW pump after 28 sees assuming pressure remains less than the alarm setpoint.
If pressure returns after 23 sees then only 1 MFP would have tripped. C. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that there is time delay of 20 sees and 28 sees to trip both MFPs vs just one. Also the trip Signal comes from seal injection supply pressure not seal differential pressure.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since the second part of distractor is correct, however only 1 MFP would trip after 23 sees not both.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since the second part of distractor is correct, however only 1 MFP would trip after 23 sees not both.
Question Number: 65 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 KIA: 056 K1.03 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the Condensate System and the following systems: MFW Importance Rating: 2.6 /2.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.2 to 41.9 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This is a KIA match because it askes the candidate to identify the cause-effect relationship between high pressure seal injection (which take suction from condensate system piping downstream of the condensate demineralizer booster pumps) and MFW pumps. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           65 Tier:   _2__ Group         2 KIA:       056 K1.03 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the Condensate System and the following systems: MFW Importance Rating:         2.6 /2.6 10 CFR Part 55:           41.2 to 41.9 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This is a KIA match because it askes the candidate to identify the cause-effect relationship between high pressure seal injection (which take suction from condensate system piping downstream of the condensate demineralizer booster pumps) and MFW pumps.
 
Technical  
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: 1-AR-M3-8, Main Feedwater System 1-XA-55-38, Rev 18 None OPT200.MFW R4, Obj 5. Describe the normal, abnormal and emergency operation of the MFW system as it relates to the following:
: c. Alarms and alarm response.
New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 65 Tier: _2 __ Group 2 KIA: 056 K1.03 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the Condensate System and the following systems: MFW Importance Rating: 2.6 /2.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.2 to 41.9 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This is a KIA match because it askes the candidate to identify the cause-effect relationship between high pressure seal injection (which take suction from condensate system piping downstream of the condensate demineralizer booster pumps) and MFW pumps. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1-AR-M3-8, Main Feedwater System 1-XA-55-38, Rev 18 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPT200.MFW R4, Obj 5. Describe the normal, abnormal and emergency operation of the MFW system as it relates to the following: c. Alarms and alarm response.
Question Source:
New                    X Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:            NEW                                  Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level:  LOWER                                Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                    Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                                Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.1.19 066 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 1 is at 100% power.
Question Source: 1-AR-M3-8, Main Feedwater System 1-XA-55-38, Rev 18 None OPT200.MFW R4, Obj 5. Describe the normal, abnormal and emergency operation of the MFW system as it relates to the following:
Plant conditions required a rapid load reduction to 65% using AOP-C.03, "Rapid Shutdown or Load Reduction."
: c. Alarms and alarm response.
18 minutes elapsed since the Plant Computer AFD Monitor alarm indicated outside acceptable operation region of the COLR on ~ 2 channels.
New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO G 2.1.19 066 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is at 100% power. Plant conditions required a rapid load reduction to 65% using AOP-C.03, "Rapid Shutdown or Load Reduction." 18 minutes elapsed since the Plant Computer AFD Monitor alarm indicated outside acceptable operation region of the COLR on 2 channels.
Which ONE of the following describes actions necessary to comply with Technical Specifications?
A. No action is required.
B:t Reduce plant power to less than 50% and reduce NI trip setpoints to 55% RTP. C. Reduce plant power 3% for each 1 % AFD is outside the target band and reduce NI trip setpoints to 5% above the current power level. D. Monitor and log AFD once per hour for the first 24 hours and at least once per 30 minutes thereafter until AFD is within the target band. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that the ICS alarm indicates that at least 2 NIS AFD channels indicate>
50% RTP and outside the acceptable AFD region. Therefore, T.S. 3.2.1 applies. B. Correct, The ICS alarm indicates that at least2 NISAFD ch g lJl1SZLsLflQicate
> 50% . RTP andoutsii:iffoHlieacceptabfeAFDregion.
alarmforTcSls considered is not failed and the calculated values are not flagged by NCAL. No information in the root/stem indicates that ICS has failed. Therefore, TS. 3.2.1 Action a applies. Operation in not allowed outside the operating band; reduce RTP to <50% if AFD cannot be restored to within the acceptable band within 15 minutes. 18 minutes have passed since the valid alarm condition of SR 4.2. 1.2. C. Incorrect, Plausible since this would be a required operator action, however this is for QPTR out of spec, not AFD. Both conditions require power reduction and PRNI resetting based on severity of condition/time since initiation.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since this action is required for an AFD condition, however this action is for AFD monitor alarm Inoperable not AFD out of spec. G 2.1.19 066 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 1 is at 100% power. Plant conditions required a rapid load reduction to 65% using AOP-C.03, "Rapid Shutdown or Load Reduction." 18 minutes elapsed since the Plant Computer AFD Monitor alarm indicated outside acceptable operation region of the COLR on 2 channels.
Which ONE of the following describes actions necessary to comply with Technical Specifications?
Which ONE of the following describes actions necessary to comply with Technical Specifications?
A. No action is required.
A. No action is required.
B:t Reduce plant power to less than 50% and reduce NI trip setpoints to 55% RTP. C. Reduce plant power 3% for each 1 % AFD is outside the target band and reduce NI trip setpoints to 5% above the current power level. D. Monitor and log AFD once per hour for the first 24 hours and at least once per 30 minutes thereafter until AFD is within the target band. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that the ICS alarm indicates that at least 2 NIS AFD channels indicate>
B:t Reduce plant power to less than 50% and reduce NI trip setpoints to 55% RTP.
50% RTP and outside the acceptable AFD region. Therefore, T.S. 3.2.1 applies. B. Correct, The ICS alarm indicates that at least2 NISAFD ch g lJl1SZLsLflQicate
C. Reduce plant power 3% for each 1% AFD is outside the target band and reduce NI trip setpoints to 5% above the current power level.
> 50% . RTP andoutsii:iffoHlieacceptabfeAFDregion.
D. Monitor and log AFD once per hour for the first 24 hours and at least once per 30 minutes thereafter until AFD is within the target band.
alarmforTcSls considered is not failed and the calculated values are not flagged by NCAL. No information in the root/stem indicates that ICS has failed. Therefore, TS. 3.2.1 Action a applies. Operation in not allowed outside the operating band; reduce RTP to <50% if AFD cannot be restored to within the acceptable band within 15 minutes. 18 minutes have passed since the valid alarm condition of SR 4.2. 1.2. C. Incorrect, Plausible since this would be a required operator action, however this is for QPTR out of spec, not AFD. Both conditions require power reduction and PRNI resetting based on severity of condition/time since initiation.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that the ICS alarm indicates that at least 2 NIS AFD channels indicate> 50% RTP and outside the acceptable AFD region. Therefore, T.S. 3.2.1 applies.
B. Correct, The ICS alarm indicates that at least2 NISAFD chglJl1SZLsLflQicate > 50%
    .RTP andoutsii:iffoHlieacceptabfeAFDregion. ~the~AFD~monitor alarmforTcSls considered operi&sect;f5I(rprovided~thatthe~*coffrj5Titer is not failed and the calculated values are not flagged by NCAL. No information in the root/stem indicates that ICS has failed. Therefore, TS. 3.2.1 Action a applies. Operation in not allowed outside the operating band; reduce RTP to <50% if AFD cannot be restored to within the acceptable band within 15 minutes. 18 minutes have passed since the valid alarm condition of SR 4.2. 1.2.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since this would be a required operator action, however this is for QPTR out of spec, not AFD. Both conditions require power reduction and PRNI resetting based on severity of condition/time since initiation.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since this action is required for an AFD condition, however this action is for AFD monitor alarm Inoperable not AFD out of spec.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since this action is required for an AFD condition, however this action is for AFD monitor alarm Inoperable not AFD out of spec.
Question Number: 66 Tier: _3 __ Group QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: Sect 2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.19 Ability to use plant computers to evaluate system or component status. Importance Rating: 3.9/3.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Questions requires applicant to evaluate AFD as indicated on the plant computer and take actions following a computer alarm. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           66 Tier:   _3__ Group KIA:       Sect 2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.19 Ability to use plant computers to evaluate system or component status.
 
Importance Rating:         3.9/3.8 10 CFR Part 55:           41.10 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       Questions requires applicant to evaluate AFD as indicated on the plant computer and take actions following a computer alarm.
Proposed references to be provided:
Technical  
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-C.03, Rapi<;l Shutdown or Load Reduction, Rev 19 Tech Spec 3.2.1, Ammendment 213 None OPL271 AOP-C.03 Obj 8 OPL271 C346, Obj 3 x previous bank # AOP-C.03-B.3 001 last modified 8/06 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 66 Tier: _3 __ Group QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: Sect 2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.19 Ability to use plant computers to evaluate system or component status. Importance Rating: 3.9/3.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Questions requires applicant to evaluate AFD as indicated on the plant computer and take actions following a computer alarm. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-C.03, Rapi<;l Shutdown or Load Reduction, Rev 19 Tech Spec 3.2.1, Ammendment 213 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 AOP-C.03 Obj 8 OPL271 C346, Obj 3 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              previous bank # AOP-C.03-B.3 001 Comments:                      last modified 8/06 Source:            BANK                            Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                          Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 AOP-C.03, Rapi<;l Shutdown or Load Reduction, Rev 19 Tech Spec 3.2.1, Ammendment 213 None OPL271 AOP-C.03 Obj 8 OPL271 C346, Obj 3 x previous bank # AOP-C.03-B.3 001 last modified 8/06 Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.1.32 067 Given the following:
Unit 2 is in Mode 4 with plant heatup in progress.
2A-A Diesel Generator is being rolled locally to check for water in the cylinders prior to performance of a monthly surveillance run. Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the 2A-A Diesel Generator while it is being rolled and the maximum time frame that the start of the diesel generator can be delayed before the diesel generator must be re-rolled?
DG Status Maximum time A. Operable 2 hours B. Operable 24 hours C. Inoperable 2 hours Inoperable 24 hours DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, the diesel generator is not operable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders and after rolling, the DG is not required to be started within 2 hours the prevent a re-roll from being required.
Plausible because the DG can be considered operable for during other local activities and 2 hours is the time period per 24 hour period the DG can be allowed exceed 100% loading. B. Incorrect, the diesel generator is not operable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders and after rolling, the DG is required to be started within 24 hours the prevent a re-roll from being required.
Plausible because the DG can be considered operable for during other local activities and the 24 hour time period without requiring a re-roll is correct. C. Incorrect, the diesel generator is inoperable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders but after rolling, the DG is not required to be started within 2 hours the prevent a re-roll from being required.
Plausible because the DG being inoperable is correct and 2 hours is the time period per 24 hour period the DG can be allowed exceed 100% loading. D. Correct, As identified in the precaution in the System Operating Procedure the diesel generator is inoperable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders and after rolling, the DG must be started within 24 hours or a re-roll is required.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.1.32 067 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.1.32 067 Given the following:
Unit 2 is in Mode 4 with plant heatup in progress.
Unit 2 is in Mode 4 with plant heatup in progress.
2A-A Diesel Generator is being rolled locally to check for water in the cylinders prior to performance of a monthly surveillance run. Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the 2A-A Diesel Generator while it is being rolled and the maximum time frame that the start of the diesel generator can be delayed before the diesel generator must be re-rolled?
2A-A Diesel Generator is being rolled locally to check for water in the cylinders prior to performance of a monthly surveillance run.
DG Status Maximum time A. Operable 2 hours B. Operable 24 hours C. Inoperable 2 hours Inoperable 24 hours DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, the diesel generator is not operable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders and after rolling, the DG is not required to be started within 2 hours the prevent a re-roll from being required.
Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the 2A-A Diesel Generator while it is being rolled and the maximum time frame that the start of the diesel generator can be delayed before the diesel generator must be re-rolled?
Plausible because the DG can be considered operable for during other local activities and 2 hours is the time period per 24 hour period the DG can be allowed exceed 100% loading. B. Incorrect, the diesel generator is not operable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders and after rolling, the DG is required to be started within 24 hours the prevent a re-roll from being required.
DG Status                             Maximum time A. Operable                                   2 hours B. Operable                                 24 hours C. Inoperable                                 2 hours D~    Inoperable                               24 hours DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Plausible because the DG can be considered operable for during other local activities and the 24 hour time period without requiring a re-roll is correct. C. Incorrect, the diesel generator is inoperable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders but after rolling, the DG is not required to be started within 2 hours the prevent a re-roll from being required.
A. Incorrect, the diesel generator is not operable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders and after rolling, the DG is not required to be started within 2 hours the prevent a re-roll from being required. Plausible because the DG can be considered operable for during other local activities and 2 hours is the time period per 24 hour period the DG can be allowed exceed 100% loading.
Plausible because the DG being inoperable is correct and 2 hours is the time period per 24 hour period the DG can be allowed exceed 100% loading. D. Correct, As identified in the precaution in the System Operating Procedure the diesel generator is inoperable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders and after rolling, the DG must be started within 24 hours or a re-roll is required.
B. Incorrect, the diesel generator is not operable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders and after rolling, the DG is required to be started within 24 hours the prevent a re-roll from being required. Plausible because the DG can be considered operable for during other local activities and the 24 hour time period without requiring a re-roll is correct.
Question Number: 67 Tier: _3_ Group n/a KIA: G 2.1.32 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.
C. Incorrect, the diesel generator is inoperable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders but after rolling, the DG is not required to be started within 2 hours the prevent a re-roll from being required. Plausible because the DG being inoperable is correct and 2 hours is the time period per 24 hour period the DG can be allowed exceed 100% loading.
Importance Rating: 3.8/4.0 10 CFR Part 55: 0-SO-82-2 P&L 10CFR55.42.b:
D. Correct, As identified in the precaution in the System Operating Procedure the diesel generator is inoperable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders and after rolling, the DG must be started within 24 hours or a re-roll is required.
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to apply a precaution in the procedure as to how an activity affects a diesel generator and the time limits Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           67 Tier:   _3_ Group           n/a KIA:       G 2.1.32 Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.
 
Importance Rating:         3.8/4.0 10 CFR Part 55:           0-SO-82-2 P&L 10CFR55.42.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       Applicant is required to apply a precaution in the procedure as to how an activity affects a diesel generator and the time limits Technical  
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New 0-SO-82-3, Diesel Generator, Rev 32 None OPT200.DG
: 5. Describe the operation of the Diesel Generator (DG) system as it relates to the following:
: a. Precautions and limitations Modified Bank X Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
Date: RO 212010 SON Bank D/G-B.11 001 modified Source If Banle SQN BANK Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 67 Tier: _3_ Group n/a KIA: G 2.1.32 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.
Importance Rating: 3.8/4.0 10 CFR Part 55: 0-SO-82-2 P&L 10CFR55.42.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to apply a precaution in the procedure as to how an activity affects a diesel generator and the time limits Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-SO-82-3, Diesel Generator, Rev 32 Proposed references              None to be provided:
Learning Objective:              OPT200.DG
: 5. Describe the operation of the Diesel Generator (DG) system as it relates to the following:
: a. Precautions and limitations Question Source:
New Modified Bank          X Bank Question History:                SON Bank D/G-B.11 001 modified Comments:
Source:            BANK                              Source If Banle  SQN BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER                                Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.1.40 068 According to 0-GO-9, "Refueling Procedure", the pressurizer manway must be open with air flow unobstructed whenever reactor head is in place and S/G U-tubes drained or pressurizer level off scale low.
Learning Objective:
This ensures ....
Question Source: New 0-SO-82-3, Diesel Generator, Rev 32 None OPT200.DG
A. that on a loss of level in the RCS rapid refill capability using RHR pumps would be available.
: 5. Describe the operation of the Diesel Generator (DG) system as it relates to the following:
B. that a steam void in the RCS piping would NOT prevent natural circulation flow.
: a. Precautions and limitations Modified Bank X Bank Question History: Comments:
C~  an adequate vent exists to allow gravity fill from RWST on a station blackout.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
D. that on a rapid loss of RCS level, a negative pressure (vacuum) would NOT develop in the RCS piping.
Date: RO 212010 SON Bank D/G-B.11 001 modified Source If Banle SQN BANK Difficulty:
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO G 2.1.40 068 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam According to 0-GO-9, "Refueling Procedure", the pressurizer manway must be open with air flow unobstructed whenever reactor head is in place and S/G U-tubes drained or pressurizer level off scale low. This ensures .... A. that on a loss of level in the RCS rapid refill capability using RHR pumps would be available.
A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that a vent the size of PZR manway needed to prevent RCS pressurization to point that RHR could not be used.
B. that a steam void in the RCS piping would NOT prevent natural circulation flow. an adequate vent exists to allow gravity fill from RWST on a station blackout.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that natural circulation could be developed for these cases, however S/Gs could be drained thus prohibiting Nat Circ.
D. that on a rapid loss of RCS level, a negative pressure (vacuum) would NOT develop in the RCS piping. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that a vent the size of PZR manway needed to prevent RCS pressurization to point that RHR could not be used. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that natural circulation could be developed for these cases, however S/Gs could be drained thus prohibiting Nat Circ. C. Correct, From sect 3.2 Limitations C. "PZR manway must be open with airflow unobstructed whenever reactor head is in place and S/G U-tubes drained or PZR level off scale low. This ensures that adequate RCS vent exists to allow gravity fill from RWST on a SBO event without natural circulation capability. " D. Incorrect, Plausible if operators think that a possible steam bubble could uncover the core on a SBO. G 2.1.40 068 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam According to 0-GO-9, "Refueling Procedure", the pressurizer manway must be open with air flow unobstructed whenever reactor head is in place and S/G U-tubes drained or pressurizer level off scale low. This ensures .... A. that on a loss of level in the RCS rapid refill capability using RHR pumps would be available.
C. Correct, From sect 3.2 Limitations C. "PZR manway must be open with airflow unobstructed whenever reactor head is in place and S/G U-tubes drained or PZR level off scale low. This ensures that adequate RCS vent exists to allow gravity fill from RWST on a SBO event without natural circulation capability. "
B. that a steam void in the RCS piping would NOT prevent natural circulation flow. an adequate vent exists to allow gravity fill from RWST on a station blackout.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if operators think that a possible steam bubble could uncover the core on a SBO.
D. that on a rapid loss of RCS level, a negative pressure (vacuum) would NOT develop in the RCS piping. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that a vent the size of PZR manway needed to prevent RCS pressurization to point that RHR could not be used. B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that natural circulation could be developed for these cases, however S/Gs could be drained thus prohibiting Nat Circ. C. Correct, From sect 3.2 Limitations C. "PZR manway must be open with airflow unobstructed whenever reactor head is in place and S/G U-tubes drained or PZR level off scale low. This ensures that adequate RCS vent exists to allow gravity fill from RWST on a SBO event without natural circulation capability. " D. Incorrect, Plausible if operators think that a possible steam bubble could uncover the core on a SBO.
Question Number: 68 Tier: _3 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: G 2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative requirements.
Importance Rating: 2.8/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidate to indentify the refueling operations administrative requirement associated with the PZR manway. Technical
 
==Reference:==
. Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 0-GO-9, Refueling Procedure, Rev 34 Sect 3.2 Limitations, C . None OPL271 GO-9, Obj 2 x Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 68 Tier: _3 __ Group 1 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: G 2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative requirements.
Importance Rating: 2.8/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidate to indentify the refueling operations administrative requirement associated with the PZR manway. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           68 Tier:   _3__ Group         1 KIA:     G 2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative requirements.
. Proposed references to be provided:
Importance Rating:         2.8/3.9 10 CFR Part 55:         41.10 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidate to indentify the refueling operations administrative requirement associated with the PZR manway.
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 0-GO-9, Refueling Procedure, Rev 34 Sect 3.2 Limitations, C . None OPL271 GO-9, Obj 2 x Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO G 2.2.40 069 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam While performing a cooldown on Unit 1 from Mode 3 to Mode 4 the following parameters were logged: Time ReS Press ReS Temp PZR L1Q Space Temp 0200 2200 psig 553&deg;F 650&deg;F 0230 1550 psig 52rF 606&deg;F 0300 1135 psig 505&deg;F 560&deg;F 0330 765 psig 44rF 494&deg;F 0400 400 psig 402&deg;F 440&deg;F Which ONE of the following describes the Tech Spec / TRM implications of these conditions?
A':' ReS cooldown rate limits were exceeded; Tech Spec action is required within a maximum of 30 minutes. B. RCS cooldown rate limits were exceeded; Tech Spec action is required within a maximum of 60 minutes. C. PZR cooldown rate limits were exceeded; TR action is required within a maximum of 30 minutes. D. PZR cooldown rate limits were exceeded; TR action is required within a maximum of 60 minutes. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, Greater than 100&deg;F in one hour exceeds the limit, action is required within 30 minutes. B. Incorrect, Plausible since RCS cooldown greater than 100&deg;F in one hour, however action time of 60 minutes is too long. C. Incorrect, PZR cooldown rate limit is 200&deg;F in anyone hour. Plausible if candidate applies the 100&deg;F per hour rate. D. Incorrect, PZR cooldown rate limit is 200&deg;F in anyone hour. Plausible if candidate applies the 100&deg;F per hour rate. Also action required in 30 minutes. G 2.2.40 069 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam While performing a cooldown on Unit 1 from Mode 3 to Mode 4 the following parameters were logged: Time ReS Press ReS Temp PZR L1Q Space Temp 0200 2200 psig 553&deg;F 650&deg;F 0230 1550 psig 52rF 606&deg;F 0300 1135 psig 505&deg;F 560&deg;F 0330 765 psig 44rF 494&deg;F 0400 400 psig 402&deg;F 440&deg;F Which ONE of the following describes the Tech Spec / TRM implications of these conditions?
A':' ReS cooldown rate limits were exceeded; Tech Spec action is required within a maximum of 30 minutes. B. RCS cooldown rate limits were exceeded; Tech Spec action is required within a maximum of 60 minutes. C. PZR cooldown rate limits were exceeded; TR action is required within a maximum of 30 minutes. D. PZR cooldown rate limits were exceeded; TR action is required within a maximum of 60 minutes. DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, Greater than 100&deg;F in one hour exceeds the limit, action is required within 30 minutes. B. Incorrect, Plausible since RCS cooldown greater than 100&deg;F in one hour, however action time of 60 minutes is too long. C. Incorrect, PZR cooldown rate limit is 200&deg;F in anyone hour. Plausible if candidate applies the 100&deg;F per hour rate. D. Incorrect, PZR cooldown rate limit is 200&deg;F in anyone hour. Plausible if candidate applies the 100&deg;F per hour rate. Also action required in 30 minutes.
Question Number: 69 Tier: _3 __ Group n/a QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: G 2.2 Equipment Control 2.2.40 Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a system. Importance Rating: 3.4/4.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine if a Tech Spec was violated by determining the rate of cooldown and the required actions if cooldown was violated.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-GO-9, Refueling Procedure, Rev 34 Sect 3.2 Limitations, C .
. Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 GO-9, Obj 2 Question Source:
New                    x Modified Bank Bank Question History:
Comments:
Source:            NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level:  LOWER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.2.40 069 While performing a cooldown on Unit 1 from Mode 3 to Mode 4 the following parameters were logged:
Learning Objective:
Time            ReS Press      ReS Temp      PZR L1Q Space Temp 0200            2200 psig        553&deg;F              650&deg;F 0230            1550 psig        52rF                606&deg;F 0300            1135 psig        505&deg;F              560&deg;F 0330            765 psig        44rF                494&deg;F 0400            400 psig        402&deg;F              440&deg;F Which ONE of the following describes the Tech Spec / TRM implications of these conditions?
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
A':' ReS cooldown rate limits were exceeded; Tech Spec action is required within a maximum of 30 minutes.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
B. RCS cooldown rate limits were exceeded; Tech Spec action is required within a maximum of 60 minutes.
RO Date: 2/2010 0-GO-7, Unit Shutdown From Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown, Rev 0055 T.S. 3.4.9.1 RCS Pressure and Temperature Limits, Ammendment 297 T.R. 3.4.9.2 Pressurizer Temperature Limits, Rev 42 None OPL271 GO-7 Obj 1 x From McGuire 2006 IL T exam Source If Bank: MCQUIRE 2006 Difficulty:
C. PZR cooldown rate limits were exceeded; TR action is required within a maximum of 30 minutes.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 69 Tier: _3 __ Group n/a QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: G 2.2 Equipment Control 2.2.40 Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a system. Importance Rating: 3.4/4.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
D. PZR cooldown rate limits were exceeded; TR action is required within a maximum of 60 minutes.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine if a Tech Spec was violated by determining the rate of cooldown and the required actions if cooldown was violated.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Correct, Greater than 100&deg;F in one hour exceeds the limit, action is required within 30 minutes.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since RCS cooldown greater than 100&deg;F in one hour, however action time of 60 minutes is too long.
C. Incorrect, PZR cooldown rate limit is 200&deg;F in anyone hour. Plausible if candidate applies the 100&deg;F per hour rate.
D. Incorrect, PZR cooldown rate limit is 200&deg;F in anyone hour. Plausible if candidate applies the 100&deg;F per hour rate. Also action required in 30 minutes.
 
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           69 Tier:   _3__ Group         n/a KIA:       G 2.2 Equipment Control 2.2.40 Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a system.
Importance Rating:         3.4/4.7 10 CFR Part 55:         41.10 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:     This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine if a Tech Spec was violated by determining the rate of cooldown and the required actions if cooldown was violated.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-GO-7, Unit Shutdown From Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown, Rev 0055 T.S. 3.4.9.1 RCS Pressure and Temperature Limits, Ammendment 297 T.R. 3.4.9.2 Pressurizer Temperature Limits, Rev 42 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 GO-7 Obj 1 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:              From McGuire 2006 ILT exam Comments:
Source:          BANK                              Source If Bank: MCQUIRE 2006 Cognitive Level: HIGHER                              Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.2.6 070 Given the. following:
Learning Objective:
The Unit 1 TB AUO calls the Unit 1 OATC concerning a continuous use procedure currently in use.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
He reports that the procedure as written does work, but is poorly organized and has him frequently enter and exit contaminated areas.
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Job Position:
    -   The AUO requests to perform all of the steps that are in the contaminated area first and then finish the rest of the procedure.
RO Date: 2/2010 0-GO-7, Unit Shutdown From Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown, Rev 0055 T.S. 3.4.9.1 RCS Pressure and Temperature Limits, Ammendment 297 T.R. 3.4.9.2 Pressurizer Temperature Limits, Rev 42 None OPL271 GO-7 Obj 1 x From McGuire 2006 IL T exam Source If Bank: MCQUIRE 2006 Difficulty:
    -   The AUO reports doing the steps in a different order will not affect the performance of the procedure.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO G 2.2.6 070 Given the. following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam The Unit 1 TB AUO calls the Unit 1 OATC concerning a continuous use procedure currently in use. He reports that the procedure as written does work, but is poorly organized and has him frequently enter and exit contaminated areas. -The AUO requests to perform all of the steps that are in the contaminated area first and then finish the rest of the procedure.
-The AUO reports doing the steps in a different order will not affect the performance of the procedure.
Which ONE of the following is the correct action to take in this circumstance?
A. This is an Operator Burden. The Unit Supervisor may authorize the the procedure in the order requested by the AUO. Operator Burdens must be logged and tracked to determine if compensatory actions are needed. B. This is an Operator Challenge.
The Unit Supervisor may authorize the AUO to perform the procedure in the order requested by the AUO. Operator Challenges are tracked to quantify the time spent by operators on low level deficiencies.
C. A Unit Supervisor can authorize changing the level of use to Reference Use, since neither the technical content nor the outcome of the procedure will be altered. This will allow the AUO to perform the procedure in two sections, ensuring that each section gets signed off at the completion of that section. A procedure change must be drafted, reviewed by an IQR and qualified 50.59 reviewer.
The Shift manager may sign as the approver of the procedure change to allow performance of the steps in the order requested by the AUO. G 2.2.6 070 Given the. following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam The Unit 1 TB AUO calls the Unit 1 OATC concerning a continuous use procedure currently in use. He reports that the procedure as written does work, but is poorly organized and has him frequently enter and exit contaminated areas. -The AUO requests to perform all of the steps that are in the contaminated area first and then finish the rest of the procedure.  
-The AUO reports doing the steps in a different order will not affect the performance of the procedure.
Which ONE of the following is the correct action to take in this circumstance?
Which ONE of the following is the correct action to take in this circumstance?
A. This is an Operator Burden. The Unit Supervisor may authorize the the procedure in the order requested by the AUO. Operator Burdens must be logged and tracked to determine if compensatory actions are needed. B. This is an Operator Challenge.
A. This is an Operator Burden. The Unit Supervisor may authorize the AUQjo~perf0rm the procedure in the order requested by the AUO. Operator Burdens must be logged and tracked to determine if compensatory actions are needed.
The Unit Supervisor may authorize the AUO to perform the procedure in the order requested by the AUO. Operator Challenges are tracked to quantify the time spent by operators on low level deficiencies.
B. This is an Operator Challenge. The Unit Supervisor may authorize the AUO to perform the procedure in the order requested by the AUO. Operator Challenges are tracked to quantify the time spent by operators on low level deficiencies.
C. A Unit Supervisor can authorize changing the level of use to Reference Use, since neither the technical content nor the outcome of the procedure will be altered. This will allow the AUO to perform the procedure in two sections, ensuring that each section gets signed off at the completion of that section. A procedure change must be drafted, reviewed by an IQR and qualified 50.59 reviewer.
C. A Unit Supervisor can authorize changing the level of use to Reference Use, since neither the technical content nor the outcome of the procedure will be altered. This will allow the AUO to perform the procedure in two sections, ensuring that each section gets signed off at the completion of that section.
The Shift manager may sign as the approver of the procedure change to allow performance of the steps in the order requested by the AUO.
D~  A procedure change must be drafted, reviewed by an IQR and qualified 50.59 reviewer. The Shift manager may sign as the approver of the procedure change to allow performance of the steps in the order requested by the AUO.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since the definition of an Operator Burden in OPDP-1, "an equipment or program deficiency that provides an obstacle to normal plant operation by requiring operations personnel to take compensatory actions to comply with procedures. " However this would require a formal procedure change. B. Incorrect, Plausible since the definition of an Operator Challenge in OPDP-1, "is taking compensatory actions such as additional monitoring or leak cleanup. " If operator determines that frequently crossing a radiation boundry is unnecessay.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since, from SPP-2.2, a reference use procedure can be performed in sections and then reviewed and signed off as sections.
The circle-slash method of procedure use is the standard method used to ensure that procedures are completed.
The Unit Supervisor does not have the autority to change the level of use of a procedure.
D. Correct, From SPP-2.2, and OPDP-1 procedures are required to be performed in order unless otherwise stated in the procedure.
SPP-2.2 allows a SRO from the affected unit to sign as approval authority for minor/editorial changes. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since the definition of an Operator Burden in OPDP-1, "an equipment or program deficiency that provides an obstacle to normal plant operation by requiring operations personnel to take compensatory actions to comply with procedures. " However this would require a formal procedure change. B. Incorrect, Plausible since the definition of an Operator Challenge in OPDP-1, "is taking compensatory actions such as additional monitoring or leak cleanup. " If operator determines that frequently crossing a radiation boundry is unnecessay.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since, from SPP-2.2, a reference use procedure can be performed in sections and then reviewed and signed off as sections.
The circle-slash method of procedure use is the standard method used to ensure that procedures are completed.
The Unit Supervisor does not have the autority to change the level of use of a procedure.
D. Correct, From SPP-2.2, and OPDP-1 procedures are required to be performed in order unless otherwise stated in the procedure.
SPP-2.2 allows a SRO from the affected unit to sign as approval authority for minor/editorial changes.
Question Number: 70 Tier: _3 __ Group n/a QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: G 2.2 Equipment Control 2.2.6 Knowledge of the process for making changes to procedures.
r Importance Rating: 3.0/3.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question matches KIA because it requires the candidate to have specific knowledge of the procedure change process as outlined in SPP-2.2 and OPDP-1 Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Incorrect, Plausible since the definition of an Operator Burden in OPDP-1, "an equipment or program deficiency that provides an obstacle to normal plant operation by requiring operations personnel to take compensatory actions to comply with procedures. " However this would require a formal procedure change.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since the definition of an Operator Challenge in OPDP-1, "is taking compensatory actions such as additional monitoring or leak cleanup. " If operator determines that frequently crossing a radiation boundry is unnecessay.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since, from SPP-2.2, a reference use procedure can be performed in sections and then reviewed and signed off as sections. The circle-slash method of procedure use is the standard method used to ensure that procedures are completed. The Unit Supervisor does not have the autority to change the level of use of a procedure.
D. Correct, From SPP-2.2, and OPDP-1 procedures are required to be performed in order unless otherwise stated in the procedure. SPP-2.2 allows a SRO from the affected unit to sign as approval authority for minor/editorial changes.


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           70 Tier:   _3__ Group       n/a KIA:       G 2.2 Equipment Control 2.2.6 Knowledge of the process for making changes to procedures.
Learning Objective:
r Importance Rating:         3.0/3.6 10 CFR Part 55:         41.10 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:       Question matches KIA because it requires the candidate to have specific knowledge of the procedure change process as outlined in SPP-2.2 and OPDP-1 Technical  
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 212010 SPP-2.2, Administration of Site Technical Procedures, Rev 0016 OPDP-1, Conduct of Operations, Rev 0013 None OPL271 SPP-2.2 Obj 5 x Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 70 Tier: _3 __ Group n/a QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: G 2.2 Equipment Control 2.2.6 Knowledge of the process for making changes to procedures.
r Importance Rating: 3.0/3.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question matches KIA because it requires the candidate to have specific knowledge of the procedure change process as outlined in SPP-2.2 and OPDP-1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
SPP-2.2, Administration of Site Technical Procedures, Rev 0016 OPDP-1, Conduct of Operations, Rev 0013 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 SPP-2.2 Obj 5 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:
Comments:
Source:          BANK                              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  LOWER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                              Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.3.12 071 Prior to an entry into lower containment being made, which ONE of the following identifies the verifications that are required relative to the incore flux detector placement and tagging?
Learning Objective:
Detector Placement                             Tagged with a ...
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
A. Storage position, only.                         Caution Order B. Storage position, only.                         Hold Order
Source: BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
: c. Storage position or inserted                   Caution Order to within 10 feet of the core.
RO Date: 212010 SPP-2.2, Administration of Site Technical Procedures, Rev 0016 OPDP-1, Conduct of Operations, Rev 0013 None OPL271 SPP-2.2 Obj 5 x Source If Bank: SQN Difficulty:
D't Storage position or inserted                   Hold Order to within 10 feet of the core.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.3.12 071 Prior to an entry into lower containment being made, which ONE of the following identifies the verifications that are required relative to the incore flux detector placement and tagging? Detector Placement A. Storage position, only. B. Storage position, only. c. Storage position or inserted to within 10 feet of the core. D't Storage position or inserted to within 10 feet of the core. Tagged with a ... Caution Order Hold Order Caution Order Hold Order DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Storage is not he only position allowed for the incore flux detectors, they can also be inserted to within 10 feet of the core. A Caution Order cannot be used to maintain the configuration control. Plausible because storage is one of the two approved positions and a Caution Order is one of the types of clearances used for tagging equipment.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
B. Incorrect, Storage is not he only position allowed for the incore flux detectors, they can also be inserted to within 10 feet of the core. A Hold Order is used to maintain the configuration control. Plausible because storage is one of the two approved positions and tagging with a Hold Order is correct. C. Incorrect, the incore flux detectors must be verified to be in the storage position or inserted to within 10 feet of the core and tagged out. A Caution Order cannot be used to maintain the configuration control. Plausible because the two locations are approved positions and a Caution Order is one of the types of clearances used for tagging equipment.
A. Incorrect, Storage is not he only position allowed for the incore flux detectors, they can also be inserted to within 10 feet of the core. A Caution Order cannot be used to maintain the configuration control. Plausible because storage is one of the two approved positions and a Caution Order is one of the types of clearances used for tagging equipment.
D. Correct, In accordance with O-SI-OPS -000-011.0, the incore flux detectors must be verified to be in the storage position or inserted to within 10 feet of the core and tagged out. A Hold Order is used to maintain the configuration control. QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.3.12 071 Prior to an entry into lower containment being made, which ONE of the following identifies the verifications that are required relative to the incore flux detector placement and tagging? Detector Placement A. Storage position, only. B. Storage position, only. c. Storage position or inserted to within 10 feet of the core. D't Storage position or inserted to within 10 feet of the core. Tagged with a ... Caution Order Hold Order Caution Order Hold Order DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Storage is not he only position allowed for the incore flux detectors, they can also be inserted to within 10 feet of the core. A Caution Order cannot be used to maintain the configuration control. Plausible because storage is one of the two approved positions and a Caution Order is one of the types of clearances used for tagging equipment.
B. Incorrect, Storage is not he only position allowed for the incore flux detectors, they can also be inserted to within 10 feet of the core. A Hold Order is used to maintain the configuration control. Plausible because storage is one of the two approved positions and tagging with a Hold Order is correct.
B. Incorrect, Storage is not he only position allowed for the incore flux detectors, they can also be inserted to within 10 feet of the core. A Hold Order is used to maintain the configuration control. Plausible because storage is one of the two approved positions and tagging with a Hold Order is correct. C. Incorrect, the incore flux detectors must be verified to be in the storage position or inserted to within 10 feet of the core and tagged out. A Caution Order cannot be used to maintain the configuration control. Plausible because the two locations are approved positions and a Caution Order is one of the types of clearances used for tagging equipment.
C. Incorrect, the incore flux detectors must be verified to be in the storage position or inserted to within 10 feet of the core and tagged out. A Caution Order cannot be used to maintain the configuration control. Plausible because the two locations are approved positions and a Caution Order is one of the types of clearances used for tagging equipment.
D. Correct, In accordance with O-SI-OPS -000-011.0, the incore flux detectors must be verified to be in the storage position or inserted to within 10 feet of the core and tagged out. A Hold Order is used to maintain the configuration control.
D. Correct, In accordance with O-SI-OPS -000-011.0, the incore flux detectors must be verified to be in the storage position or inserted to within 10 feet of the core and tagged out. A Hold Order is used to maintain the configuration control.
Question Number: 71 Tier: _3_ Group n/a KIA: G2.3.12 Radiation control QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc. Importance Rating: 3.2 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.12/45.9/45.10 10CFR55.42.b:
 
Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires knowledge that the Incore flux detectors pose radiation hazards and must be properly positioned and controlled to protect personnel inside lower containment.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           71 Tier:   _3_ Group         n/a KIA:       G2.3.12 Radiation control Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.
Importance Rating:         3.2 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55:           41.12/45.9/45.10 10CFR55.42.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       Question requires knowledge that the Incore flux detectors pose radiation hazards and must be properly positioned and controlled to protect personnel inside lower containment.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
0-SI-OPS-000-011.0, Containment Access Control During Modes 1 through 4, Rev 34 Proposed references             None to be provided:
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
OPT200.INCORE
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
: 5. Describe the operation of the liS system:
Date: RO 212010 0-SI-OPS-000-011.0, Containment Access Control During Modes 1 through 4, Rev 34 None OPT200.INCORE  
: a. Precautions and limitations Question Source:
: 5. Describe the operation of the liS system: a. Precautions and limitations x New question Source If Bank: Difficulty:
New                    x Modified Bank Bank Question History:              New question Comments:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 71 Tier: _3_ Group n/a KIA: G2.3.12 Radiation control QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc. Importance Rating: 3.2 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.12/45.9/45.10 10CFR55.42.b:
Source:            NEW                              Source If Bank:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires knowledge that the Incore flux detectors pose radiation hazards and must be properly positioned and controlled to protect personnel inside lower containment.
Cognitive Level: LOWER                              Difficulty:
Technical
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:           SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                            Last 2 NRC?:     NO
 
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.3.5072 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
Unit 2 was operating at 100% power when a SG tube rupture develops.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
Date: RO 212010 0-SI-OPS-000-011.0, Containment Access Control During Modes 1 through 4, Rev 34 None OPT200.INCORE
: 5. Describe the operation of the liS system: a. Precautions and limitations x New question Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SEQUOYAH NO G 2.3.5072 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 was operating at 100% power when a SG tube rupture develops.
The reactor is tripped and SI is initiated.
The reactor is tripped and SI is initiated.
Annunciator  
Annunciator '2-RA-90-119ACNDS VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD' is in alarm.
'2-RA-90-119ACNDS VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD' is in alarm. Which ONE of the following radiation monitors could be used to determine the specific SG that developed the rupture? A. Observing 2-RM-90-120 (SG blowdown liquid rad). B. Observing 2-RM-90-124 (SG sample line monitor).
Which ONE of the following radiation monitors could be used to determine the specific SG that developed the rupture?
C. Observing 2-RM-90-255 (Cond vacuum pump exhaust hi rad). Observing 2-RM-421, 422, 423, 424 (Main steamline high rad). D/STRACTOR ANAL YS/S: A. Incorrect, Plausible since this monitors SG rad., however point monitored is common to all SGs. Once hi rad is detected SG blowdown isolates, and rad monitor would have to be flushed with demin water to clear alarm to allow rad monitor to be placed in service again. B. Incorrect, Plausible since this monitors SG liquid, however this monitor is common to all SGs. C. Incorrect, Plausible since this monitors SG liquid, however this monitor is common to all SGs. D. Correct, Operators are directed by procedure to monitor steam line rad monitors for trends to help identify affected SG. G 2.3.5072 Given the following:
A. Observing 2-RM-90-120 (SG blowdown liquid rad).
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Unit 2 was operating at 100% power when a SG tube rupture develops.
B. Observing 2-RM-90-124 (SG sample line monitor).
The reactor is tripped and SI is initiated.
C. Observing 2-RM-90-255 (Cond vacuum pump exhaust hi rad).
Annunciator
D~  Observing 2-RM-421, 422, 423, 424 (Main steamline high rad).
'2-RA-90-119ACNDS VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD' is in alarm. Which ONE of the following radiation monitors could be used to determine the specific SG that developed the rupture? A. Observing 2-RM-90-120 (SG blowdown liquid rad). B. Observing 2-RM-90-124 (SG sample line monitor).
D/STRACTOR ANAL YS/S:
C. Observing 2-RM-90-255 (Cond vacuum pump exhaust hi rad). Observing 2-RM-421, 422, 423, 424 (Main steamline high rad). D/STRACTOR ANAL YS/S: A. Incorrect, Plausible since this monitors SG rad., however point monitored is common to all SGs. Once hi rad is detected SG blowdown isolates, and rad monitor would have to be flushed with demin water to clear alarm to allow rad monitor to be placed in service again. B. Incorrect, Plausible since this monitors SG liquid, however this monitor is common to all SGs. C. Incorrect, Plausible since this monitors SG liquid, however this monitor is common to all SGs. D. Correct, Operators are directed by procedure to monitor steam line rad monitors for trends to help identify affected SG.
A. Incorrect, Plausible since this monitors SG rad., however point monitored is common to all SGs. Once hi rad is detected SG blowdown isolates, and rad monitor would have to be flushed with demin water to clear alarm to allow rad monitor to be placed in service again.
Question Number: 72 Tier: _3 __ Group n/a QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: G 2.3 Radiation Control 2.3.5 Ability to use radiaiton monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc. Importance Rating: 2.9/2.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.11 10CFR55.43.b:
B. Incorrect, Plausible since this monitors SG liquid, however this monitor is common to all SGs.
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to use the fixed radiation monitoring equipment to determine specific SG that has ruptured.
C. Incorrect, Plausible since this monitors SG liquid, however this monitor is common to all SGs.
Technical
D. Correct, Operators are directed by procedure to monitor steam line rad monitors for trends to help identify affected SG.
 
==Reference:==


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           72 Tier:   _3__ Group         n/a KIA:       G 2.3 Radiation Control 2.3.5 Ability to use radiaiton monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.
Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:         2.9/2.9 10 CFR Part 55:           41.11 10CFR55.43.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to use the fixed radiation monitoring equipment to determine specific SG that has ruptured.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: Cognitive Level: Job Position:
Date: BANK LOWER RO 2/2010 1-AR-M30A, Post Accident Radiation Monitoring 1-XA-55-30, Rev 16 E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev 17 None OPL271AOP-R.01 Obj 8 x From question E-O-B.5.C Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO Question Number: 72 Tier: _3 __ Group n/a QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: G 2.3 Radiation Control 2.3.5 Ability to use radiaiton monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc. Importance Rating: 2.9/2.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.11 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to use the fixed radiation monitoring equipment to determine specific SG that has ruptured.
Technical  
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1-AR-M30A, Post Accident Radiation Monitoring 1-XA-55-30, Rev 16 E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev 17 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271AOP-R.01 Obj 8 Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                  x Question History:
Comments:                      From question E-O-B.5.C Source:            BANK                              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level:  LOWER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.3.7073 The following events have occurred on Unit 2:
Learning Objective:
Unidentified RCS leakage has increased to 1.2 gpm.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Unit 2 has been placed in Mode 3.
Source: Cognitive Level: Job Position:
A team is being readied to enter lower containment (non-scheduled entry) to search for leaks.
Date: BANK LOWER RO 2/2010 1-AR-M30A, Post Accident Radiation Monitoring 1-XA-55-30, Rev 16 E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev 17 None OPL271AOP-R.01 Obj 8 x From question E-O-B.5.C Source If Bank: Difficulty:
The team will require access to all of lower containment (including RCS loops 1 and 2).
Plant: Last 2 NRC?: SQN SEQUOYAH NO G 2.3.7073 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam The following events have occurred on Unit 2: Unidentified RCS leakage has increased to 1.2 gpm. Unit 2 has been placed in Mode 3. A team is being readied to enter lower containment (non-scheduled entry) to search for leaks. The team will require access to all of lower containment (including RCS loops 1 and 2). The RWP request has been submitted to Rad Protection.
The RWP request has been submitted to Rad Protection.
Which ONE of the following lists required approvals per RCI-10. "ALARA PROGRAM," under these circumstances?
Which ONE of the following lists required approvals per RCI-10. "ALARA PROGRAM,"
under these circumstances?
A. Shift Manager approval is required.
A. Shift Manager approval is required.
B. Rad Ops Shift Supervisor approval is required. Rad Protection Manager (or designee) approval is required.
B. Rad Ops Shift Supervisor approval is required.
C~  Rad Protection Manager (or designee) approval is required.
D. Forced Outage Recovery Team approvals are required.
D. Forced Outage Recovery Team approvals are required.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since the Plant Manager is required to approve all Lower Containment entries but only if Unit is operating in Mode 1. Given plant condition is Mode 3. B. Incorrect, Plausible since Rad Protection Ops Shift Supervisor is the one who the RWP is submitted to, however Rad Protection Manager is required to approve all Containment Entries that are outside the pre-determined Containment Building entry schedule.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
C. Correct, RCI-10, ALARA PROGRAM, General Requirement
A. Incorrect, Plausible since the Plant Manager is required to approve all Lower Containment entries but only if Unit is operating in Mode 1. Given plant condition is Mode 3.
'N', identifies that the Rad Protection Manager shall approve all Containment Building entries during periods which are outside the pre-determined Containment Building entry schedule.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since Rad Protection Ops Shift Supervisor is the one who the RWP is submitted to, however Rad Protection Manager is required to approve all Containment Entries that are outside the pre-determined Containment Building entry schedule.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since Rad Protection Manager approval is required, however Plant Manager approval only required if Unit is in Mode 1. G 2.3.7073 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam The following events have occurred on Unit 2: Unidentified RCS leakage has increased to 1.2 gpm. Unit 2 has been placed in Mode 3. A team is being readied to enter lower containment (non-scheduled entry) to search for leaks. The team will require access to all of lower containment (including RCS loops 1 and 2). The RWP request has been submitted to Rad Protection.
C. Correct, RCI-10, ALARA PROGRAM, General Requirement 'N', identifies that the Rad Protection Manager shall approve all Containment Building entries during periods which are outside the pre-determined Containment Building entry schedule.
Which ONE of the following lists required approvals per RCI-10. "ALARA PROGRAM," under these circumstances?
A. Shift Manager approval is required.
B. Rad Ops Shift Supervisor approval is required. Rad Protection Manager (or designee) approval is required.
D. Forced Outage Recovery Team approvals are required.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since the Plant Manager is required to approve all Lower Containment entries but only if Unit is operating in Mode 1. Given plant condition is Mode 3. B. Incorrect, Plausible since Rad Protection Ops Shift Supervisor is the one who the RWP is submitted to, however Rad Protection Manager is required to approve all Containment Entries that are outside the pre-determined Containment Building entry schedule.
C. Correct, RCI-10, ALARA PROGRAM, General Requirement  
'N', identifies that the Rad Protection Manager shall approve all Containment Building entries during periods which are outside the pre-determined Containment Building entry schedule.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since Rad Protection Manager approval is required, however Plant Manager approval only required if Unit is in Mode 1.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since Rad Protection Manager approval is required, however Plant Manager approval only required if Unit is in Mode 1.
Question Number: 73 Tier: _3_ Group n/a KIA: G 2.3.7 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Ability to comply with radiation work permit requirements during normal or abnormal conditions.
Importance Rating: 3.5 / 3.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.12 10CFR55.42.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant must be have knowledge of requirements for approvals of emergenct RWPs that would require entry into containment either at power or when Shutdown (Mode 3). Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:             73 Tier:   _3_ Group           n/a KIA:       G 2.3.7 Ability to comply with radiation work permit requirements during normal or abnormal conditions.
 
Importance Rating:           3.5 / 3.6 10 CFR Part 55:           41.12 10CFR55.42.b:             Not applicable KIA Match:       Applicant must be have knowledge of requirements for approvals of emergenct RWPs that would require entry into containment either at power or when Shutdown (Mode 3).
RCI-1 0, Alara Program, rev 31, General Requirement
Technical  
'N', Proposed references None to be provided:
Learning Objective:
C260, Obj B.9] Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: Old bank question number RADCON 009 Comments:
Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:
Job Position:
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 73 Tier: _3_ Group n/a KIA: G 2.3.7 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Ability to comply with radiation work permit requirements during normal or abnormal conditions.
Importance Rating: 3.5 / 3.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.12 10CFR55.42.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant must be have knowledge of requirements for approvals of emergenct RWPs that would require entry into containment either at power or when Shutdown (Mode 3). Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
RCI-1 0, Alara Program, rev 31, General Requirement 'N',
Proposed references              None to be provided:
Learning Objective:          ~PL271 C260, Obj B.9]
Question Source:
New Modified Bank Bank                    x Question History:                Old bank question number RADCON 009 Comments:
Source:            BANK                              Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER                                Difficulty:
Job Position:      RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:              212010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


RCI-1 0, Alara Program, rev 31, General Requirement
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.4.28074 Which ONE of the following describes a condition requiring implementation of the Two-Person Line-of-Sight rule?
'N', Proposed references None to be provided:
A. Report of a hostile force approaching the site.
Learning Objective:
B. Civil disturbance within the Exclusion Area boundary.
C260, Obj B.9] Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: Old bank question number RADCON 009 Comments:
C-r Security receives report of a credible insider threat.
Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:
D. Unavailability of security force that threatens plant operation.
Job Position:
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO G 2.4.28074 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Which ONE of the following describes a condition requiring implementation of the Two-Person Line-of-Sight rule? A. Report of a hostile force approaching the site. B. Civil disturbance within the Exclusion Area boundary.
A. Incorrect, Plausible since a Hostile force on-site would be a very dangerous situation, however Two Man Line-of-Site rule applies to specific insider threat according to SPP-1.3.
C-r Security receives report of a credible insider threat. D. Unavailability of security force that threatens plant operation.
B. Incorrect, Plausible since a civil disturbance in a condition identified in the Radiological Emergency Plan that requires actions.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since a Hostile force on-site would be a very dangerous situation, however Two Man Line-of-Site rule applies to specific insider threat according to SPP-1.3. B. Incorrect, Plausible since a civil disturbance in a condition identified in the Radiological Emergency Plan that requires actions. C. Correct, Per SPP-1. 3, Access Authorization and Nuclear Security, 3. 10.11, Nuclear Security shall request that two-person Line-of-Site rule be implemented after receipt of a credible insider threat. D. Incorrect, Plausible since the unavailability of the security force is a condition identified in the Radiological Emergency Plan that requires actions. G 2.4.28074 QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Which ONE of the following describes a condition requiring implementation of the Two-Person Line-of-Sight rule? A. Report of a hostile force approaching the site. B. Civil disturbance within the Exclusion Area boundary.
C. Correct, Per SPP-1. 3, Access Authorization and Nuclear Security, 3. 10.11, Nuclear Security shall request that two-person Line-of-Site rule be implemented after receipt of a credible insider threat.
C-r Security receives report of a credible insider threat. D. Unavailability of security force that threatens plant operation.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since the unavailability of the security force is a condition identified in the Radiological Emergency Plan that requires actions.
DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Incorrect, Plausible since a Hostile force on-site would be a very dangerous situation, however Two Man Line-of-Site rule applies to specific insider threat according to SPP-1.3. B. Incorrect, Plausible since a civil disturbance in a condition identified in the Radiological Emergency Plan that requires actions. C. Correct, Per SPP-1. 3, Access Authorization and Nuclear Security, 3. 10.11, Nuclear Security shall request that two-person Line-of-Site rule be implemented after receipt of a credible insider threat. D. Incorrect, Plausible since the unavailability of the security force is a condition identified in the Radiological Emergency Plan that requires actions.
Question Number: 74 Tier: _3 __ Group n/a QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: G 2.4 Emergency Procedures IPlan 2.4.28 Knowledge of procedures relating to a security event (non-safeguards information).
Importance Rating: 3.2/4.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question matches KIA by testing candidates knowledge of Non-safeguards level of knowledge for security event on site. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           74 Tier:   _3__ Group       n/a KIA:       G 2.4 Emergency Procedures IPlan 2.4.28 Knowledge of procedures relating to a security event (non-safeguards information).
 
Importance Rating:         3.2/4.1 10 CFR Part 55:         41.10 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:       Question matches KIA by testing candidates knowledge of Non-safeguards level of knowledge for security event on site.
Proposed references to be provided:
Technical  
Learning Objective:
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
RO Date: 2/2010 EPIP-8, Personnel Accountability and Evacuation, Rev 17, Appendix 0, SPP-1.3, Access Authorization and Nuclear Security, Rev 0013, Sect 3.10.11 Credible Insider Threat None OPL271 C198, Obj. 1.d x Developed for 02/10 IL T exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 74 Tier: _3 __ Group n/a QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: G 2.4 Emergency Procedures IPlan 2.4.28 Knowledge of procedures relating to a security event (non-safeguards information).
Importance Rating: 3.2/4.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: Question matches KIA by testing candidates knowledge of Non-safeguards level of knowledge for security event on site. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EPIP-8, Personnel Accountability and Evacuation, Rev 17, Appendix 0, SPP-1.3, Access Authorization and Nuclear Security, Rev 0013, Sect 3.10.11 Credible Insider Threat Proposed references            None to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 C198, Obj. 1.d Question Source:
New                  x Modified Bank Bank Question History:              Developed for 02/10 ILT exam Comments:
Source:          NEW                              Source If Bank:
Cognitive Level:  LOWER                            Difficulty:
Job Position:    RO                                Plant:          SEQUOYAH Date:            2/2010                            Last 2 NRC?:    NO


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.4.46 075 Given the following:
Learning Objective:
    -   A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 resulting in a Reactor Trip and Safety-Injection.
Question Source: New Modified Bank Bank Question History: Comments:
    -   The crew is responding in accordance with E-1, "Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant."
Source: NEW Cognitive Level: LOWER Job Position:
    -   Annunciator window E-3 on 1-XA-55-6E 'LS-63-50A RWST LVL LO' alarms.
RO Date: 2/2010 EPIP-8, Personnel Accountability and Evacuation, Rev 17, Appendix 0, SPP-1.3, Access Authorization and Nuclear Security, Rev 0013, Sect 3.10.11 Credible Insider Threat None OPL271 C198, Obj. 1.d x Developed for 02/10 IL T exam Source If Bank: Difficulty:
    -   Containment Sump Level indicates 50%.
Plant: SEQUOYAH Last 2 NRC?: NO G 2.4.46 075 Given the following:
1-FCV-74-3 and 1-FCV-74-21, RHR PUMP SUCTION ISOL valves are open.
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam -A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 resulting in a Reactor Trip and Injection.  
1-FCV-63-72 and 1-FCV-63-73, CNTMT SUMP SUCT TO RHR PUMP valves remain closed.
-The crew is responding in accordance with E-1, "Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant." -Annunciator window E-3 on 1-XA-55-6E  
Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the ECCS system and the correct operator response to the conditions?
'LS-63-50A RWST L VL LO' alarms. -Containment Sump Level indicates 50%. 1-FCV-74-3 and 1-FCV-74-21, RHR PUMP SUCTION ISOL valves are open. 1-FCV-63-72 and 1-FCV-63-73, CNTMT SUMP SUCT TO RHR PUMP valves remain closed. Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the ECCS system and the correct operator response to the conditions?
A'I The automatic swapover has failed. Place 1-HS-63-72 and 1-HS-63-73,       ) 6S~ I. 3
A'I The automatic swapover has failed. Place 1-HS-63-72 and 1-HS-63-73, ) I. 3 'CNMT SUMP SUCT TO RHR PUMP' valves to OPEN to initiate the transfer of the RHR pump suction to the containment sump. ,--(Vff;..:t B. The automatic swapover has failed. Place 1-HS-74-3 and 1-HS-74-21, 'RHR PUMP SUCTION ISOL' valves to CLOSE to initiate the transfer of the RHR pump suction to the containment sump. C. The valves are aligned correctly.
    'CNMT SUMP SUCT TO RHR PUMP' valves to OPEN to initiate the transfer       -r~.jt:,
The RWST level is above the automatic swapover setpoint.
of the RHR pump suction to the containment sump.                             ,-- (Vff;..:t 5u1" B. The automatic swapover has failed. Place 1-HS-74-3 and 1-HS-74-21, 'RHR PUMP SUCTION ISOL' valves to CLOSE to initiate the transfer of the RHR pump suction to the containment sump.
Monitor that swapover occurs when annunciator
C. The valves are aligned correctly. The RWST level is above the automatic swapover setpoint. Monitor that swapover occurs when annunciator
'LS-63-50B RWST L VL LO-LO' alarms. D. The valves are aligned correctly.
    'LS-63-50B RWST LVL LO-LO' alarms.
The containment sump level is below the automatic swapover setpoint.
D. The valves are aligned correctly. The containment sump level is below the automatic swapover setpoint. Monitor that swapover occurs when annunciator 'LS-63-1 04 CNTMT SUMP FULL' alarms.
Monitor that swapover occurs when annunciator
'LS-63-1 04 CNTMT SUMP FULL' alarms. 5u1" G 2.4.46 075 Given the following:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam -A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 resulting in a Reactor Trip and Injection.
-The crew is responding in accordance with E-1, "Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant." -Annunciator window E-3 on 1-XA-55-6E
'LS-63-50A RWST L VL LO' alarms. -Containment Sump Level indicates 50%. 1-FCV-74-3 and 1-FCV-74-21, RHR PUMP SUCTION ISOL valves are open. 1-FCV-63-72 and 1-FCV-63-73, CNTMT SUMP SUCT TO RHR PUMP valves remain closed. Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the ECCS system and the correct operator response to the conditions?
A'I The automatic swapover has failed. Place 1-HS-63-72 and 1-HS-63-73, ) I. 3 'CNMT SUMP SUCT TO RHR PUMP' valves to OPEN to initiate the transfer of the RHR pump suction to the containment sump. ,--(Vff;..:t B. The automatic swapover has failed. Place 1-HS-74-3 and 1-HS-74-21, 'RHR PUMP SUCTION ISOL' valves to CLOSE to initiate the transfer of the RHR pump suction to the containment sump. C. The valves are aligned correctly.
The RWST level is above the automatic swapover setpoint.
Monitor that swapover occurs when annunciator  
'LS-63-50B RWST L VL LO-LO' alarms. D. The valves are aligned correctly.
The containment sump level is below the automatic swapover setpoint.
Monitor that swapover occurs when annunciator  
'LS-63-1 04 CNTMT SUMP FULL' alarms. 5u1" QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, the automatic transfer should be in progress.
All required conditions (RWST level, containment sump level, and SI present) are met. The transfer is manually initiated by placing the containment sump valve control switches to OPEN. B. Incorrect, the automatic transfer should be in progress.
All required conditions (RWST level, containment sump level, and SI present) are met but the transfer is not manually initiated by placing the RHR suction valve control switches to CLOSE. C. Incorrect, the valves are not aligned correctly, the containment sump valves should be traveling open. The RWST level alarm in the stem is at the auto transfer setpoint for RWST level. Plausible because the RWST alarm in the distractor is another alarm on RWS T level but it is not the alarm received when the level reaches the swapover setpoint.
D. Incorrect, the valves are not aligned correctly, the containment sump valves should be traveling open. Plausible because the containment sump level is an interlock in the swapover logic but the alarm in the distractor is not the alarm associated with the sump level reaching at the required setpoint.
The 'LS-63-104 CNTMT SUMP FULL' alarm is set much higher than the 11%
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS: A. Correct, the automatic transfer should be in progress.
All required conditions (RWST level, containment sump level, and SI present) are met. The transfer is manually initiated by placing the containment sump valve control switches to OPEN. B. Incorrect, the automatic transfer should be in progress.
All required conditions (RWST level, containment sump level, and SI present) are met but the transfer is not manually initiated by placing the RHR suction valve control switches to CLOSE. C. Incorrect, the valves are not aligned correctly, the containment sump valves should be traveling open. The RWST level alarm in the stem is at the auto transfer setpoint for RWST level. Plausible because the RWST alarm in the distractor is another alarm on RWS T level but it is not the alarm received when the level reaches the swapover setpoint.
D. Incorrect, the valves are not aligned correctly, the containment sump valves should be traveling open. Plausible because the containment sump level is an interlock in the swapover logic but the alarm in the distractor is not the alarm associated with the sump level reaching at the required setpoint.
The 'LS-63-104 CNTMT SUMP FULL' alarm is set much higher than the 11%
Question Number: 75 Tier: _3 __ Group n/a QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: G 2.4 Emergency Procedures/
Plan 2.4.46 Ability to verify that the alarms are consistent with plant conditions.
Importance Rating: 4.2/4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This is a KIA match since it asks the candidate as to whether the the plant conditons are as expected for the alarm and the appropriate crew response to the alarm. Technical


==Reference:==
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:
A. Correct, the automatic transfer should be in progress. All required conditions (RWST level, containment sump level, and SI present) are met. The transfer is manually initiated by placing the containment sump valve control switches to OPEN.
B. Incorrect, the automatic transfer should be in progress. All required conditions (RWST level, containment sump level, and SI present) are met but the transfer is not manually initiated by placing the RHR suction valve control switches to CLOSE.
C. Incorrect, the valves are not aligned correctly, the containment sump valves should be traveling open. The RWST level alarm in the stem is at the auto transfer setpoint for RWST level. Plausible because the RWST alarm in the distractor is another alarm on RWS T level but it is not the alarm received when the level reaches the swapover setpoint.
D. Incorrect, the valves are not aligned correctly, the containment sump valves should be traveling open. Plausible because the containment sump level is an interlock in the swapover logic but the alarm in the distractor is not the alarm associated with the sump level reaching at the required setpoint. The 'LS-63-104 CNTMT SUMP FULL' alarm is set much higher than the 11% req~/redfeveT-~-~~~-~~~~~-~~-


Proposed references to be provided:
QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number:           75 Tier:   _3__ Group         n/a KIA:       G 2.4 Emergency Procedures/ Plan 2.4.46 Ability to verify that the alarms are consistent with plant conditions.
Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:         4.2/4.2 10 CFR Part 55:         41.10 10CFR55.43.b:           Not applicable KIA Match:       This is a KIA match since it asks the candidate as to whether the the plant conditons are as expected for the alarm and the appropriate crew response to the alarm.
Question Source: New ES-1.3, Transfer to RHR Containment Sump, Rev 16 None OPL271 ES-1.3 Obj 2 Modified Bank X Bank Question History: Comments:
Technical  
Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:
Job Position:
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO Question Number: 75 Tier: _3 __ Group n/a QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam KIA: G 2.4 Emergency Procedures/
Plan 2.4.46 Ability to verify that the alarms are consistent with plant conditions.
Importance Rating: 4.2/4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b:
Not applicable KIA Match: This is a KIA match since it asks the candidate as to whether the the plant conditons are as expected for the alarm and the appropriate crew response to the alarm. Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
ES-1.3, Transfer to RHR Containment Sump, Rev 16 Proposed references            None to be provided:
Proposed references to be provided:
Learning Objective:            OPL271 ES-1.3 Obj 2 Question Source:
Learning Objective:
New Modified Bank         X Bank Question History:
Question Source: New ES-1.3, Transfer to RHR Containment Sump, Rev 16 None OPL271 ES-1.3 Obj 2 Modified Bank X Bank Question History: Comments:
Comments:
Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:
Source:           BANK MOD                           Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER                             Difficulty:
Job Position:
Job Position:     RO                                 Plant:         SEQUOYAH Date:             2/2010                             Last 2 NRC?:   NO}}
RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO}}

Latest revision as of 18:06, 21 March 2020

Initial Exam 2010-301 Draft RO Written Exam
ML101230157
Person / Time
Site: Sequoyah  Tennessee Valley Authority icon.png
Issue date: 05/03/2010
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Tennessee Valley Authority
References
50-327/10-301, 50-328/10-301
Download: ML101230157 (172)
v • d • e


Text

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 007 EA1.10 001 Given the following:

Unit 2 is at 2% power preparing to place the first MFPT in service when a reactor trip occurs.

Reactor Trip Breaker B (RTB) fails to open.

Which ONE of the following identifies how steam generator (SG) pressure will be controlled when the transition is made to ES-O.1, "Reactor Trip Response?"

SG pressure will be controlled by the steam dump valves modulating due to .. ,

A. the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg, and the steam dumps could be controlled in manual without repositioning the steam dump mode selector switch.

B. the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg and if manual control was required the steam dump mode selector switch would have to be repositioned.

c~ the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure, and the steam dumps could be controlled in manual without repositioning the the steam dump mode selector switch.

D. the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure and if manual control was required the steam dump mode selector switch would have to be repositioned.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, The steam generator pressures would not be controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg because the dumps would be in the steam pressure mode and manual control is only available in the Steam Pressure mode. Plausible because if the reactor trip had of occurred at a higher power level then the steam pressures would have been controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg due to the failure of the reactor trip breaker B dump and mode switch would be required to be repositioned but for this question setup, not positioning the steam dump mode switch is correct.

B. Incorrect, The steam generator pressures would not be controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg because the dumps would be in the steam pressure mode and manual control is only available in the Steam Pressure mode. Plausible because if the reactor trip had of occurred at a higher power level then the steam pressures would have been controlled by the error between turbine impulse pressure and Auctioneered High Tavg due to the failure of the reactor trip breaker B dump and mode switch would be required to be repositioned.

C. Correct, The steam generator pressures would be controlled by the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure, and the steam dumps could be controlled in manual without repositioning the steam dump mode control switch because at the low power level the "Steam Pressure" mode of control would be in service.

D. Incorrect, The steam generator pressures would be controlled by the error between a setpoint pressure and the Main Steam Header pressure, and the steam dumps mode switch would not have to be repositioned because at the low power level, the "Steam Pressure" mode of control would be in service. Plausible because the method steam generator pressure control is correct and if the reactor trip had of occurred at a higher power level then the steam dump mode switch would be required to be repositioned.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 1 Tier: _1_ Group 1 KIA: 007EA1.10 Reactor Trip EA 1 Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a reactor trip:

EA 1.10 S/G pressure .

Importance Rating: 3.7 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Ap[plicant must demonstrate the knowledge of how the steam generator pressures would be controlled following a reactor trip and knowleadge of requried actions if manual control was required Technical

Reference:

ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, Rev 32 0-SO-1-2, STEAM DUMP SYSTEM, Rev 0011 0-GO-4, Power Ascension from Less Than 5% Reactor Power to 30% Reactor Power, Rev 0062 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.SDCS

4. Describe the following items for each major component in the Steam Dump Control System as described in this lesson:
e. Component operation
f. Controls Question Source:

New X Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 009 EKl.OI 002 Given the following:

- A small break LOCA has occurred.

- Sl pumps fail to start.

- RCS Hot Legs and the Reactor Vessel Head have voided ..

- RCS Pressure is 1200 psig.

- RCP's are tripped in accordance with the EOP network.

- Assume that all other ECCS equipment operates as required.

Which ONE of the following describes the current method of cooling the core?

A. Break flow is the only core cooling method available.

B:I Break flow and reflux boiling are providing core cooling.

C. No core cooling mechanism exists at the present time.

D. Natural Circulation is the principle means of core cooling.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect. Plausible since first part of answer is correct, however the initial conditions due not exclude a SIG heat sink to supplement the heat removal taking place at these conditions.

B. Correct. Initial conditions would indicate that break and reflux boiling are both taking place removing decay heat from the core.

C. Incorrect. Plausible if candidate determines that since SI pumps are off that a makeup mechanism to the RCS is not avaliable. However a heat sink, with break flow cooling and reflux boiling, still exists.

D. Incorrect. Plausible if candidate does not recognize that steam voiding in the hot legs and vessel head does not allow natural circulation.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 2 Tier: _1_ Group 1 KIA: 009 Small Break LOCA EK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the Small Break LOCA:

Natural Circulation and cooling, including reflux boiling.

Importance Rating: 4.2/4.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.8 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA because it asks the candidate to determine the method of RCS heat removal during a Small Break LOCA.

Technical

Reference:

EPM-3-ES-0.3, Basis Document for ES-0.3 Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (with RVLlS), Rev 2 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 ES-0.3 obj 7 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank X Question History:

Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 011 EK2.02 003 Given the following:

Unit 1 is initially at 100% power.

- A large break LOCA occurs.

- The crew is currently implementing ES-1.3, "Transfer to RHR Containment Sump."

Both RHR pumps' suction automatic switchover is complete.

- All steps are complete through isolating charging pump suction from RWST.

- The crew is ready to close 1-FCV-63-5, SI pump suction from RWST.

RHR pump 1A-A trips.

Which ONE of the following identifies the correct crew response?

A. Close 1-FCV-63-5 and continue with instruction.

B. Close 1-FCV-63-72, Train A Containment Sump valve and continue with instruction.

C. Stop SIP 1A-A only, Place control switch in Pull-to-Lock and continue with instruction.

D~ Stop SIP 1A-A and CCP 1A-A, Place control switches in Pull-to-Lock and continue with instruction.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since either RHR pump can supply adequate suction for both trains of ECCS pumps, operators are directed to only operate 1 train of ECCS during recirc mode to prevent possible damage to both trains if the only remaining RHR pump were to fail.

B. Incorrect, 1-FCV-63-72, Train A Containment Sump valve, would not be closed.

Plausible since this valve is part of the flow path for the tripped pump, however there no direction or need to close this valve.

C. Incorrect, the SIP 1A-A would not be the only pump stopped. Plausible because the SIP 1A-A and the RHR pump 1A-A are on the same equipment train and the RHR pumps do supply suction to the SIPs during sump recirculation operations.

D. Correct, From ES-1.3 step 14 (continuous monitoring step) if 1 RHR trips, the operators are instructed to stop the affected train SIP and CCP. Even though both trains of ECCS pumps can be provided suction from either RHR pump, it has been decided that a conservative action is appropriate so that a subsequent failure of the only remaining RHR would not damage both CCPs and SIPs.

Question Number: 3 Tier: _1__ Group _1_

KIA: 011 Large Break LOGA EK2.02 Knowledge of the interrelations between the and the following Large Break LOGA:

Pumps Importance Rating: 2.6*/2.7*

10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to apply the affect of the trip of one of the EGGS pumps taking suction from the containment sump during a LOGA and how the trip will relate to the remaining pumps supplying water to cool the core. Also must apply procedure requirement of allowing only 1 train of EGGS if only 1 RHR is available when on containment recirculation.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Technical

Reference:

ES-1.3, Transfer to RHR Containment Sump, Rev 15, EPM-ES-1.3, step 14.

Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.ECCS B.5.d Describe the operation of the ECCS as it relates to the following:

d. How a component failure will affect system operation OPL271 ES-1.3 B.5.6 a&b Given a set of initial plant conditions use ES-1.3 to correctly:
a. Identify required actions
b. Respond to Contigencies Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: WBN question 011 EK 2.02 002 with some minor changes Comments: Reworded stem to consolodate operate actions.

Changed correct answer to D due to continuous action step (14) which requires only 1 train of ECCS with only 1 RHR pump available.

Source: BANK Source If Banle WBN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 015 AK1.01 004 Given the following:

The plant is tripped from full power due to a loss of Component Cooling Water.

The crew transitions to ES-0.1, "Reactor Trip Response," while continuing to perform the actions of AOP-M.03, "Loss of Component Cooling Water."

Ten minutes after the trip, the following conditions exist:

SG pressures are all approximately 1005 psig and stable.

RCS pressure 2235 psig and stable.

- Thot is approximately 570°F in all loops and slowly lowering.

Core exit TC's indicate approximately 575 OF and stable.

- Tcold is approximately 547°F in all loops and stable.

Which ONE of the following describes the status of RCS heat removal for the current plant conditions?

A. Heat removal via natural circulation is not established at this time.

B. Heat removal is via forced circulation and the condenser steam dumps.

C~ Heat removal is via natural circulation and the condenser steam dumps.

D. Heat removal is via natural circulation and both the condenser and 10%

atmospheric steam dumps.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that natural circulation has been established.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that due to loss of component cooling water the RCPs are tripped.

C. Correct, Per EA-68-6, Monitoring Natural Circulation Conditions, natural circulation has been established.

D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that condenser steam dumps alone are maintaining RCS temperature.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 04 Tier: _1__ Group 1 KIA: 015 RCP Malfunctions AK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC flow):

Natural Circulation in a nuclear reactor power plant.

Importance Rating: 4.4 / 4.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question requires the candidate to recognize a condition where the RCPs are off and the associated RCS conditions which indicate that natural circulation is established.

Technical

Reference:

EA-68-6, Monitoring Natural Circulation Conditions, Rev o

Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 ES-0.2, Obj 6 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: From Diablo Canyon -2007 RO exam Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: DIABLO CANYON Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 022 AA1.07 005 Given the following:

Unit 2 at 100% power.

Letdown was removed from service to repair a leak.

Excess Letdown is in service.

- A LOCA occurs and the crew initiates a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection.

Containment pressure is currently 1 psig and slowly rising.

Which ONE of the following describes how excess letdown flow will be affected?

A. Phase A Containment Isolation will isolate the Seal Water Return Line and 2-FCV-62-59, Excess Letdown Divert, will automatically route excess letdown flow to the RCDT.

B~ Phase A Containment Isolation will isolate the Seal Water Return Line Valves, 2-FCV-62-61 and 2-FCV-62-63, causing excess letdown flow to be routed to the PRT via the seal return line relief valve.

C. Excess letdown flow will continue until containment pressure rises to 1.5 psig causing Excess Letdown Isolation valves, 2-FCV-62-54 and 2-FCV-62-55 to close.

D. Excess letdown flow will continue until Phase B Containment Isolation isolates the Excess Letdown Isolation valves, 2-FCV-62-54 and 2-FCV-62-55.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, 2-FCV-62-59, Excess Letdown Divert, will route excess letdown flow to the RCDT if placed in the DIVERT position but a safety injection will not cause the routing to the RCDT (Excess flow path will be to the PRT.) Plausible because the seal return line does isolate when the Safety injection is initiated and 2-FCV-62-59 can be positioned to the RCD T.

B. Correct, The excess letdown is routed into the seal return line before the line leaves containment. the seal return line isolates on a Phase A isolation Signal which is generated by a safety injection. The Excess letdown and seal return flow is then routed to the PRT by way of a relief valve on the seal return line.

C. Incorrect, Excess letdown flow will not continue until containment pressure rises to 1.5 psig. The seal return valve will close when the SI is initiated. Plausible because the seal return line actually receives its Signal from containment Phase A isolation which is generated by the safety injection signal and 1.5 psig is an automatic safety injection signal.

D. Incorrect, Excess letdown flow will not continue until containment pressure rises to Phase B setpoint. The seal return valve will close when the SI is initiated. plausible because other valves do receive an isolation signal when Phase B pressure is reached.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 5 Tier: _1_ Group 1 KIA: 022AA1.07 Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup Ability to operate and 1 or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup:

Excess letdown containment isolation valve switches and indicators Importance Rating: 2.8* 1 2.7*

10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.5/45.6 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to determine how containment isolation signals affect the excess letdown flow path.

Technical

Reference:

1-47W809-1 R74 1,2-47W813-1 R53 2-47W611-62-1 R4 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.CVCS

4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the CVCS system:
e. Component Operation
i. Protective features (including setpoints)

Question Source:

New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: New question for 2/2010 exam Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 025 AK3.02 006 Given the following:

Unit 1 is in Mode 5 with the PZR solid.

Train "A" RHR is aligned to provide shutdown cooling.

An equipment malfunction occurs causing RCS pressure to rise.

1A-A RHR pump has just tripped It is reported that RCS pressure is 375 psi and rising.

In accordance with AOP-R.03, "RHR System Malfunction," which ONE of the following identifies the RCS pressure at which FCV-74-1 & FCV-74-2 are closed and the reason for this action?

A. 380 psig, to prevent LTOP from initiating.

B. 410 psig, to ensure RCP #1 seals are not damaged.

C~ 450 psig, to prevent inventory loss through the suction relief valve.

D. 600 psig, to prevent over-pressurization of the PRT.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since this is the pressure at which actions are dictated in AOP-R.03 to be taken and attempt to control RCS pressure at this value, but this pressure is not the setpoint directed by AOP where RHR is to be isolated.

B. Incorrect, This is the pressure setpoint of RHR Pressure Hi alarm, but this pressure is not the pressure where RHR is directed to be isolated. Plausible since this action is in AOP-R.03 but to check for 200 psid.

C. Correct, AOP-R. 03 states that if RCS pressure cannot be kept below 450 psig then close FCV-74-1 & 74-2. this is to isolate the system due to lifting the suction relief valve which will reduce RCS inventory.

D. Incorrect, This is the design pressure of the system, AOP-R.03 directs isolation at 450 psi. Plausible since the RHR suction and discharge relief valves go to PRT.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 6 Tier: 1 Group KIA: 025 Loss of Residual Heat Removal System AK3.02 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Residual Heat Removal System:

Isolation of RHR low-pressure piping prior to pressure increase above specified level.

Importance Rating: 3.3/3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5,41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to identify the pressure at which RHR must be isolated and the reason why.

Technical

Reference:

AR-M6-C E-7, Rev 34; AOP-R.03 rev 21; SQN-21; 0-SO-74-1, Residual Heat Removal System, Rev 68 OPT200.RHR Rev 3 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-R.03 Obj 6 Question Source:

New X Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 027 AAl.03 007 Given the following:

Reactor at 85% RTP stable conditions for 10 days.

Both Pressurizer Spray Valve Controllers in MANUAL and output set to "0".

- All other systems and controllers in normal alignment.

Which ONE of the following would be the immediate effect if the Pressurizer Master Pressure Controller output fails to 100%?

A. Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to rise.

B~ Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to drop.

C. Pressurizer Pressure LO alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to rise.

D. Pressurizer Pressure LO alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to drop.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, The Hi pressure alarm is actuated. Heaters do not energize but plausible because if it did the pressure would start to rise and high pressure alarm could come in because the spray valves are in manual and will not open.

B. Correct, The Hi pressure alarm is actuated by the output of the controller as the output is increased, variable heaters all deenergize, with NO heaters the pressurizer pressure will start to drop due to ambient losses and pressurizer spray bypass flow.

C. Incorrect, low pressure alarm comes from the output of the controller dropping and the controller output is being raised to 100%, Heaters do not energize (but if they did the pressure would rise). Plausible to conclude that raising controller output could result in raising pressure.

D. Incorrect, low pressure alarm comes from the output of the controller dropping and the controller output is being raised to 100%, Heaters do de energize and the pressure does drop. Plausible to conclude that the heater would de energize causing pressure to lower and the low pressure alarm to come in.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 7 Tier: _1__ Group 1 KIA: APE 027 AA1.03 Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunction, Ability to operate and / or Monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunction: Pressure Control when on a steam bubble.

Importance Rating: 3.6/3.5 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.5/45.6 10CFR55.43.b:

KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the plant response if the master pressure controller fails while at power.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-1.04, Pressurizer Instrument and Control Malfunctions R9 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRPCS B.4, B.5 Question Source: SQN Bank New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Comments: Modified stem to have the pressure controller malfunction to meet KA Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQNBANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 029 EK2.06 008 Given the following:

Unit 1 at 100% power with SSPS testing in progress on Train "A."

Reactor Trip Breaker "A" is open.

- A transient occurs that requires a reactor trip.

- The OATC attempts to trip the reactor but the reactor fails to trip.

Which ONE of the choices completes the statement below relative to failure of the reactor trip and bypass breakers that would have caused the reactor NOT to trip and the local action(s) required to trip the reactor?

The Reactor Trip & Bypass Breakers (RTB & BYA) 125V dc trip coils failed to (1) and to trip the reactor locally (2) ill ~

A'! energize only one breaker must be open B. energize both breakers must be open C. de-energize only one breaker must be open D. de-energize both breakers must be open

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, the shunt trip coils should be energized from the reactor trip hand switches (and from the SSPS for the reactor trip breaker) and if this did not occur then one of the two breaker trip devices would not function, thus contributing to the A TWS along with whatever caused the UV coil on the breakers to also fail to trip the breakers. Opening either one of the breakers would cause the reactor to trip.

B. Incorrect, The failure to energize the reactor trip breaker shunt coils contributing to the reactor failing to trip is correct but both breakers do not have to be open to cause a reactor trip, only one has to be opened. Plausible because the failure to energize the shunt coils is correct and the breakers scheme could be mistaken to be in parallel instead of series because there is a bypass breaker in parallel with each reactor trip breaker C. Incorrect, The the reactor trip switch actuation (and SSPS signal for RTB) energizes the shunt trip coils to cause a trip, so the failure would be to energize not failure to de-energize and the reactor would trip when either breaker was opened.

Plausible because the failure to de energize the coils would be correct concerning the undervoltage coils and the reactor tripping after either of the breakers opening is correct.

D. Incorrect, The the reactor trip switch actuation (and SSPS signal for RTB) energizes the shunt trip coils to cause a trip, so the failure would be to energize not failure to de-energize and the reactor trip would not required both breakers to be open. It would trip when either breaker was opened. Plausible because the failure to deenergize the coils would be correct concerning the undervoltage coils and the breakers scheme could be mistaken to be in parallel instead of series because there is a bypass breaker in parallel with each reactor trip breaker Question Number: 8 Tier: 1 Group 1 KIA: 029 EK2.06 Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS)

Knowledge of the interrelations between the and the following an ATWS:

Breakers, relays, and disconnects Importance Rating: 2.9* / 3.1

  • 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required demonstrate the knowledge of how the reactor trip breakers and relays that control their operation are related to the reactor trip system if malfunctions occur and actions required to disconnect the power to control rods locally during an ATWS event.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Technical

Reference:

1,2-45N699-1 R10 1 ,2-47w611-99-1 R11 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200RPS

3. Explain the purpose/function of each major component in the flow path of the Reactor Protection

& Engineered Safety Features Actuation Systems as illustrated on a simplified system drawing.

4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the Reactor Protection & Engineered Safety Features Actuation Systems:
c. Support equipment and systems
5. Describe the operation of the Reactor Protection and Engineered Safety Features Actuation Systems:
e. How a support system failure will affect system operation.

Question Source:

New Modified Bank X Bank Question History: SON bank question E-O-B.O 001 modified and modeled on question used on Diablo Canyon 2007 exam Comments:

Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 038 EA2.06 009 Given the following:

Unit 2 was operating at 100% rated thermal power.

The plant was tripped and SI was actuated due to a SGTR in #3 SG.

The crew is currently implementing ES-3.1, "Post-SGTR Cooldown Using Backfill."

The following boron concentrations have just been reported by Chemistry:

- RCS required boron for Cold Shutdown - 1750 ppm

- Current RCS boron concentration - 1800 ppm

- . Ruptured SG boron concentration - 1200 ppm Which ONE of the following will be directed by the procedure before continuing with the cooldown?

A'I Establish continuous boration flow of > 35 gpm from the BAT.

B. Ensure #3 RCP is running to provide adequate mixing in the ruptured SG loop.

C. Transition to ES-3.2, "Post SGTR Cooldown Using Blowdown," to prevent diluting the RCS.

D. Add boron to ruptured SG using secondary boron injection until ruptured SG boron at least 1750 ppm.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, step 4.e. Check one of the following conditions met: ruptured SG boron conc less than minimum RCS boron required for shutdown margin then step 4.f.

"Establish continuous boration flow greater than 35 gpm from BA T" B. Incorrect, Plausible since previous caution in ES-3. 1 states the inadvertant criticality could occur if the first RCP started is in a ruptured SG loop following a natuarl circulation cooldown. However since offsite power was not lost RCPs are still running so no need for further mixing.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since this would prevent ruptured SG water from backfilling into the RCS but this is not the quidance provided in the procedure.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since on U-2, boron is added to the secondary side for chemistry control, however this is not the guidance provided in the procedure.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 9 Tier: _1__ Group _1_

KIA: 038 Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR)

EA2.06 Ablility to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a SGTR:

Shutdown margins and required boron concentrations.

Importance Rating: 3.8 1 4.4 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 (43.5) 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to determine if the boron concentration in the ruptured SG is adequate for backfill operations and what needs to be done if not.

Technical

Reference:

ES-3.1, Post-SGTR Cooldown Using Backfill, Rev. 10 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 ES-3.1 Objective 6 Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History: New question for 02/2010 ILT exam Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 040 AKl.04 010 Given the following:

Unit 2 experiences a steam line break accident and subsequent cooldown resulting in plant operation to the left of Limit A on F-OA, "Pressurized Thermal Shock."

Which ONE of the following describes the potential consequences to the reactor vessel?

A. Fatigue stresses from the rapid cooldown may cause cracking of CRDM penetration welds.

B:' An existing flaw CQuid grow and may lead to a loss of vessel integrity.

C. It may result in creation of a flaw in the beltline region of the vessel wall.

D. Failure of the vessel could occur, since the nil-ductility temperature increases with increasing pressure.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since CROM welds have been known to leak, but major concern is brittle fracture of the reactor vessel during accident conditions.

B. Correct, From F-O.4 basis, large uncontrolled cool down, which puts the vessel temperature at or near the RT-NOT temperature, along with high RCS pressure could cause an existing flaw to propagate leading to failure of the reactor vessel during accident conditions.

C. Incorrect, Plausible but the cooldown alone does not create a flaw, it would only aid in possible propagation if a flaw already existed.

O. Incorrect, Plausible since RT-NOT does change over life, but NOT does not vary based on RCS pressure, only neutron fluence.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 10 Tier: _1__ Group _1_

KIA: 040 Steam Line Rupture AK1.04 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Steam Line Rupture:

Nil Ductility Temperature Importance Rating: 3.2/3.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.8 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: this questions tests whether the candidate is knowledgeable about NOT and how the RED path temperature, based on rapid cooldown, applies to RT-NDT and whether pressure affects RT-NDT.

Technical

Reference:

EPM-3-FR-0, Basis Document For FR-P.1 Pressurized Thermal Shock, Rev 4.

FR-P.1, Pressurized Thermal Shock, Rev 13.

1-FR-0, Status Trees, Rev 1 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 FR-P.1 obj 2 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: from WBN bank (FR-P.1-B.2.B 001)

Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Barue WBN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 054 AG2.1.31 011 Given the following:

Unit 1 at 6% power, startup in progress in accordance with GO-4, "Power Ascension from Less than 5 Percent Reactor Power to 30%

Reactor Power."

- The MFW Bypass Reg valves are controlling steam generator levels in AUTO.

Main Feed Pump (MFP) 1A in service.

Motor Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps have been stopped and placed in A-P AUTO.

- An inadvertent Feedwater Isolation occurs.

Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the MFW Bypass Reg Valves and the expected SG level trend?

A. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be closed; SG levels rising.

B~ MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be closed; SG levels lowering.

C. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be opening; SG levels rising.

D. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be opening; SG levels lowering.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, The valves would be closed due to the FWI, even with the SG levels dropping and Bypass reg valve controllers sending signal to open the valves. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and being in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power level above the capability of AFW , the levels would continue to drop. A reactor trip would be required, following by a transition to ES-O. 1 where the plant would be stabilized. Plausible because all the AFW pumps would be running however the power level is greater than the capacity of the pumps.

B. Correct, The valves would be closed due to the FWI, even with the SG levels dropping and Bypass reg valve controllers sending signal to open the valves. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and being in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power level above the capability of AFW, the levels would continue to drop.

C. Incorrect, Due to SG levels dropping, Bypass reg valve controllers would be a sending signal to open the valves but the FWI would have the valves closed. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and be in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped which starts AFW pumps.

Plausible because the bypass reg valve would normally be responding to the low S/G levels by modulating opening. Because there is a FWI valve downstream, the candidate may not realize the bypass reg valve is also isolated and because the AFW system does not have the capacity to maintain SG levels.

D. Incorrect, Due to SG levels dropping, Bypass reg valve controllers would be sending a signal to open the valves but the FWI would have the valves closed. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and be in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped which starts AFW pumps.

Plausible because the bypass reg valve would normally be responding to the low S/G levels by modulating opening. Because there is a FWI valve downstream, the candidate may not realize the bypass reg valve is also isolated.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 11 Tier: _1__ Group 1 KIA: 054 AG 2.1.31 Loss of Main Feedwater Ability to locate control room switches, controls and indications, and to determine that they correctly reflect the desired plant conditions.

Importance Rating: 4.6/4.3 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the expected response MFW valves following an inadvertant feedwater isolation.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-S.1, Loss of Normal Feedwater, Rev 14 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.MFW-BA, OPL271AOP-S.01 B2 Question Source:

New Modified Bank X Bank Question History: modified from a question on the SRO portion of 2008 ILT exam Comments:

Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 056 AK3.01 012 Given the following:

Time Event o seconds Loss of all Offsite Power 13.5 seconds LOCA resulting in Safety Injection (SI)

Assuming all equipment operates as designed, which ONE of the following describes ...

(1) the conditions at the time of the SI signal and (2) the expected automatic actions following the SI signal?

CONDITIONS EXPECTED AUTOMATIC ACTIONS A. CCPs tripped CCP Pumps sequence on -2 seconds due to blackout. after shutdown board voltage is restored.

B. CCPs tripped CCPs sequence on -2 seconds after the due to blackout. SI signal is received.

C. ERCW pumps tripped Selected ERCW pumps sequence on due to blackout. -15 seconds after shutdown board voltage is restored.

D'f ERCW pumps tripped Selected ERCW pumps sequence on due to blackout. -15 seconds after the SI signal is received.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, the CCP pumps do strip initially but have already sequenced back on at time 2 seconds and will not strip again on a SI signal alone. The CPPs do sequence on 2 seconds after SO board voltage is restored, however in this case they will not re-sequence on with the SI. This distracter is plausible because CCPs do strip and do sequence on in 2 seconds with a 80 signal.

8. Incorrect, the CCP pumps do strip initially but have already sequenced back on at time 2 seconds and will not strip again on a SI signal alone. The CPPs do sequence on 2 seconds after SO board voltage is restored, however in this case they will not re-sequence on with the SI. This distractor is plausible because CCPs do strip and do sequence on in 2 seconds but not with the SI.

C. Incorrect, ERCW pumps strip on 80 and sequence on at time 15 seconds. The second part of this distracter is incorrect as the timer resets and the ERCW will start 15 seconds after the SI signal is developed. This is plausible as the first part of the distracter is correct and the pump does sequence on in 15 seconds.

O. Correct, ERCW pumps strip on 80 and sequence on at time 15 seconds. Having not started before the SI signal is actuated caused the timer to reset and start 15 seconds after the SI signal is developed.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 12 Tier: _1_ Group _1_

KIA: 056 AK3.01, Loss of Offsite Power:

Knowledge of the reasons for the following as they apply to the loss of Offsite Power: Order and time to initiation of power for the load sequencer.

Importance Rating: 3.5/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/41.10/45.6/45.13 10CFR55.43.b:

KIA Match: This question matches KIA by having candidate determine the Status of CCPs and ERCW pumps following a loss of offsite power and a subsequent SI and the expected timed sequence for restart of the equipment.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-P.01, Loss of Offsite Power, Rev 24, App. B 1 ,2-45N765-12 R4 1 ,2-45N765-15 R24 1 ,2-45N765-3 R22 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.DG Obj B.4.f & i OPT200.RPS, Obj B.4.f & i Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History:

Comments: Modified question by changing distracter 'A' to refer to CCP as well to achieve psychometic balance.

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQNBANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 057 AA2.16 013 Given the following:

- Unit 1 is at 100% RTP.

- A loss of the 120V Vital instrument Power Board 1-11 occurs.

- Pressurizer Level Control Level Selector Switch is in the 339/320 position.

Which one of the following describes the actions required to control CVCS?

Take manual control of A'! 1-FCV-62-93, Charging Flow Control Valve, to control pressurizer level at 25%.

B. 1-FCV-62-93, Charging Flow Control Valve, to control pressurizer level at 60%.

C. 1-FCV-62-89, Charging Seal Water Flow Control Valve, to reduce seal injection to less than 11 gpm.

D. 1-FCV-62-89, Charging Seal Water Flow Control Valve, to control seal injection greater than 6 gpm.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct. Charging flow controller 1-HIC-62-93 will not function in automatic.

Therefore, the operator must take manual control to reduce charging flow to lower pressurizer level to - 25% since this is no-load program level following a Reactor Trip.

B. Incorrect. Rx trip would occur thus PZR level would be maintianed at 25%, not 60% which is normal level. Plausible if candidate does not realize the required PZR level to maintain for plant conditions.

C. Incorrect. Seal injection flow control valve is not affected by a loss of the 1-1/

board. Plausible because this valve is affected by a loss of the 1-1 board.

D. Incorrect. Seal injection flow control valve is not affected by a loss of the 1-1/

board. Plausible because this valve is affected by a loss of the 1-1 board.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 13 Tier: _1__ Group 1 KIA: 057 Loss of Vital AC Instrumentation Bus AA2.16 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrumentation Bus:

Normal and abnormal PZR level for various modes of operation.

Importance Rating: 3.0/3.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the loss of a vital AC instrument bus has on the automatic PZR level control system and valves.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-P.03, Loss of Unit 1 Vital Instrumetn Power Board, Rev 21 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 AOP-P.03 Obj 3, 10 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: New for 2008 class Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Banle SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 062 AG2.4.9 014 Given the following:

Both Units are operating at 100% rated thermal power.

If a total loss of ERCW occurred, which ONE of the following describes the Shutdown / Cooldown strategy in AOP-M.01, "Loss of Essential Raw Cooling Water?"

A. Trip both Units, implement E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection" and place the units in Mode 5.

B. Enter T.S 3.0.3 on Both Units, Commence a Shutdown on Both Units, concurrently, using O-GO-5, "Normal Power Operation."

C. Enter T.S 3.0.3 on Both Units, Perform a rapid shutdown on each unit, one at a time, using AOP-C.03, "Rapid Shutdown or Load Reduction."

D~ Trip both Units, do NOT implement E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection," perform cooldown as directed by AOP-M.01.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since a loss of flow in both trains of ERCW would affect both units, however specific guideance in AOP-M01 informs the operators not implement E-O.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since loss of both ERCW trains would put both units in Tech Spec 3.0.3. This would require both units to be shutdown, AOP-M01 directs the operators to trip the units, not just do a controlled shutdown to Hot Standby.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since loss of both ERCW trains would put both units in Tech Spec 3.0.3. This would require both units to be shutdown, AOP-M01 directs the operators to trip the units, not just do a controlled shutdown to Hot Standby.

D. Correct, Per the direction in AOP-M01 sect 2.12 Trip both Units, do not implement E-O strategy but stay in AOP-M01, perform cooldown as directed by AOP unless directed otherwise by TSC .

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 14 Tier: _1_ Group 1 KIA: 062 AG 2.4.9 Loss of Nuclear Service Water

.9 Knowledge of low power/ shutdown implications in accident (e.g., Loss of coolant accident or loss of residual heat removal) mitigation strategies.

Importance Rating: 3.8/4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This questions asks the candidate about accident mitigation strategy within AOP-M.01 for a loss of both trains of ERCW (this is essentially a loss of the ultimate heat for plant components.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-M.01, Loss of Essential Raw Cooling Water, Rev 20 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-M.01 obj 5 Question Source:

New X Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 065 AK3.04 015 Which ONE of the following identifies the pressure that Aux Air Compressor 8-8 starts and O-FCV-32-85 "Train 8 Control Air Supply" closes on a loss of pressure in the Control & Service Air system and why?

A"I 8-8 starts at 77 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 69 psig to ensure A8GTS will have a reliable source of instrument air under all design basis accident conditions.

8. 8-8 starts at 77 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 50 psig to ensure that a leak in the Essential air header in CNMT will not effect the Control Room Vent Dampers during accident conditions.

C. 8-8 starts at 90 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 69 psig to ensure that a reliable source of air is provided to the MFW regulation valves during all postulated transient conditions.

D. 8-8 starts at 90 psig and 0-FCV-32-85 closes at 88 psig to ensure that a reliable source of breathing air provided to personnel working in airborne contaminated environments.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, Aux air compressor B-B starts at 77 psig to supplement the normal supply of essential air on deceaseing pressure. If supply pressure continues to lower, at 69 psig,0-FCV-32-85 closes to isolate the normal control air supply to B essental air header to ensure that non-essential air and essential air are seperated and essential air is supplied solely from B-B aux compressor. This is the design basis accident operation of the system.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since the Aux compressor start pressure is correct, the isolation pressure wrong. This isolation pressure is associated with the Auto isolation of Essential and non-essential air to CNMT, thus making the reason for 50 psig correct however a different valve closes at 50 psig.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since this is the start pressure of the standby control air compressor. If candidate associates the reason with standby air compressors which do supply the MFW reg valves.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since the candidate may apply the normal start pressure of the standby control air compressor. Also the isolation pressure is wrong but plausible since this is the isolation pressure for Service air system which also supplies Breathing air.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 15 Tier: _1__ Group 1 KIA: 065 AK3.04 Loss of Instrument Air AK3.04 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air:

Cross-over to backup air supplies.

Importance Rating: 3.0/3.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine at which pressure the Aux Air compressor starts and when essential air is isolated from normal control air Technical

Reference:

OPT200.CSA, Rev 3 AOP-M.02, Loss of Control Air, Rev 14 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.CSA B4.c, e & g Question Source:

New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: developed for 02/10 NRC exam Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 077 AG2.2.44 016 Given the following:

Unit 1 is operating at 100% rated thermal power.

Alarm A-6 on 1-XA-55-1A, liGEN EXCITER FIELD OVERCURRENT" has just been received.

The generator voltage regulator is taken to manual in an attempt to stabilize main generator output.

The Nuclear Offsite Power - Grid Status Forecast for Sequoyah is currently Green (no offsite power risks exist for Sequoyah).

Which ONE of the following identifies the maximum generator output voltage allowed and if the South East Load Dispatcher (SELD) needs to be notified?

A:I Maximum Gen voltage is 24.8 kV, SELD needs to be notified immediately if the generator voltage regulator is taken to manual.

B. Maximum Gen voltage is 22.8 kV, SELD needs to be notified immediately to evaluate off-site voltage power requirements.

C. Maximum Gen voltage is 24.8 kV, SELD needs to be notified only if the generator voltage cannot be stabilized.

D. Maximum Gen voltage is 22.8 kV, SELD does not need to be notified in this case.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, inaccordance with GOI-6 sect F.3.2 maximum generator voltage is 24.8 kV and in accordance with AR-M1-A alarm response 7.2, SELD must be notified if auto voltage regulator is not being used.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since the contact information is correct, however 22.8 kV is the minimum voltage not the maximum.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since the voltage value is correct and from GOI-6 Section F the load dispatcher is to be notified any time the voltage regulator is taken out of auto.

D. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate did not recognize that voltage is minimum vs.

maximum, and load dispatcher is to be made aware if voltage regulator taken out of auto.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 16 Tier: 1 Group 1 KIA: 077 AG 2.2.44 077 Generator Voltage and Electrical Grid Disturbances AG 2.2.44 Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.

Importance Rating: 4.2/4.4 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine what the maximum allowable Gen voltage can be and what actions would be required Technical

Reference:

GOI-6, Apparatus Operation, Rev 130, Section E, F 1-AR-M-1, Generators and Transformers 1-XA-55-1 A, Rev 41 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.GEN obj 5.b.d Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam WE04 EA2.2 017 Given the following plant conditions:

- A LOCA outside containment has resulted in RCS Subcooling dropping to O°F.

- The operating crew is performing the actions of ECA-1.2, "LOCA Outside Containment. "

- Actions are being taken to isolate the leak.

In accordance with ECA-1.2 "LOCA Outside Containment," which ONE of the following actions is required and what would be the indication used to confirm the LOCA has been isolated?

A. Isolate SI pump Cold Leg Injection Pressurizer level rising B. Isolate SI pump Cold Leg Injection RCS pressure rising C. Isolate RHR Cold Leg Injection Pressurizer level rising D~ Isolate RHR Cold Leg Injection RCS pressure rising

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect; Plausible because portions of SI discharge piping have a design pressure of 1750 psig which is - 500 psig below normal system pressure. This is not part of the isolation strategy for ECA-1.2. Also, Pressurizer level rising is plausible since the student could reason that it may be rising if the leak was isolated. The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.

B. Incorrect; Plausible because portions of SI discharge piping have a design pressure of 1750 psig which is - 500 psig below normal system pressure. Also the procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method to indicate the leak has been isolated.

C. Incorrect; Plausible because isolation of RHR Cold Leg injection is a strategy contained in the procedure to isolate a LOCA outside CNMT. Pressurizer level rising is a plausible indication since the student could reason that it may be rising if the leak was isolated. The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.

D. Correct; Isolation of RHR Cold Leg injection is a strategy contained in the procedure to isolate a LOCA outside CNMT. The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 17 Tier: _1_ Group _1_

KIA: W IE04 EA2.2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Outside CTMT): Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.

Importance Rating: 3.6 I 4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 I 45.5 I 45.6 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the correct actions given a LOCA outside CNMT and the expected plant response for the actions taken.

Technical

Reference:

ECA-1.2. LOCA Outside Containment, Rev 10 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 ECA-1.2, B.3, B.5 Question Source: ECA-1.2-B.5 002 SON Bank New Modified Bank Bank X Question History:

Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQNBANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam WE05 EK2.2 018 Given the following:

The crew is implementing FR-H.1, "Loss of Secondary Heat Sink."

CST level is 25%.

Which ONE of the following describes the co~ect order of priority for:

(1) the source of feedwater to SGs and (2) the condition of the SGs that are to be fed?

A'I (1) MDAFW, TDAFW, MFW, Condensate (2) Intact, Ruptured, Faulted B. (1) TDAFW, MFW, Condensate, MDAFW from ERCW (2) Intact, Ruptured only C. (1) MDAFW, TDAFW, MFW, Condensate (2) Intact, Faulted only D. (1) MDAFW, MFW, Condensate, TDAFW from ERCW (2) Intact, Ruptured, Faulted DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, Step 7 of FR-H. 1 lists the priority of SG to feed and following steps list order of preference for source of feedwater.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that normal MDAFW was not available thus TDAFW normal option, then MFW, Condensate and MDAFW with Essential Raw Water cooling, which is the emergency backup source for MDAFW.

C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate assumes that a Ruptured SG would not be feed due to spread of contamination when SG is steamed for heat removal.

D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate assumes that TDAFW with Essential Raw Water cooling supplying the suction would be last resort before feed and bleed. This is not an authorized source of makeup to SGs in FR-H. 1

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 18 Tier: _1_ Group _1_

KIA: W IE05 EK2.2 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink Knowledge of the interrelationships between the (loss of Secondary Heat Sink) and the following: Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility.

Importance Rating: 3.9 I 4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA due to having the candidate identify the sources of water for secondary heat removal following a loss of MFW event and has the candidate recall the order of priority for sources of makeup water and order of SGs to be fed.

Technical

Reference:

FR-H.1 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, Rev 17 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 FR-H.1 Obj 6 Question Source:

New Modified Bank x Bank Question History: Similar to question from DC Cook 2006 NRC Exam Comments:

Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: COOK 2006 Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 028 AK2.02 019 Given the following plant conditions:

Unit 1 is at 100% RTP.

Pressurizer Level Control Selector Switch, 1-XS-339E, is selected to the U-68-339/320 position.

Which ONE of the following failures would result in a reactor trip in the shortest time assuming all systems respond as designed and there is NO operator action?

(Consider each failure to occur independently)

A'I 1-LT 339 fails LOW.

B. 1-LT-68-339 fails HIGH.

C. 1-LT 320 fails LOW.

D. 1-LT-68-320 fails HIGH.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, The stem identifies 1-LT-68-339 as the controlling channel. The instrument failing low would isolate letdown and maximize charging, thus causing the pressurizer high level trip to occur faster than any of the other identifies failures.

B. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-339 failing high would cause charging flow to reduce to minimum, letdown would isolate after the pressurizer dropped to 17 %, then the pressurizer level would slowly rise until it reached the trip high level trip. Plausible because the failure does effect the pressure level control system and conditions in the pressurizer.

C. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-320 failing low would isolate letdown causing pressurizer level to start rising. As the level continued to rise, the charging flow would be reduced until it reached minimum. Pressurizer level would continue to rise but at a slower rate until the hi level trip setpoint was reached. Plausible because the failure does effect the pressure level control system and conditions in the pressurizer.

D. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-320 failing high would cause an alarm due to the indicated hi level, but would not effect letdown or cause a direct change in charging flow.

Plausible because the failure is one of the three pressurizer level transmitter that can be selected to to input the level control system and identifying it as failing high maintains question psychometric balance.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 19 Tier: _1_ Group 2 KIA: 028 AK2.02 Pressurizer (PZR) Level Control Malfunction Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Level Control Malfunctions and the following:

Sensors and detectors Importance Rating: 2.6/2.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant must understand the effect of a sensor malfunction on the pressure level control system.

Technical

Reference:

1,2-47W611-68-2, Rev 2 1,2-47W611-99-1, Rev 11 AOP-1.04 Pressurizer Instrument and Control Malfunctions, Rev 9 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200. PZRLCS

5. Describe the operation of the Pressurizer Level Control System as it relates to the following:
f. How a instrument failure will affect system operation Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: SON Bank question PZR LEVEL-B.12.D 002 with minor wording and format changes Comments: Deleted 1 bulleted item in stem and rotated choice locations to relocate the correct answer.

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 032 AK2.0 1 020 Given the following plant conditions:

Unit 2 is in MODE 6.

Due to a loss of power, Source Range Monitor (SRM) N-32 has failed LOW resulting in a loss of the audio count rate signal.

Which ONE of the following describes the actions necessary to restore the audio count rate signal to the control room?

A.'" Place the audio count rate CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on the front of the Audio Count Rate Drawer to the SR N-31 position.

B. Place the audio count rate CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on the front of the Audio Count Rate Drawer to the SR N-32 position.

C. Place the AMPLIFIER SELECT switch on the rear of the audio count rate drawer assembly to the A 1 position.

D. Place the AMPLIFIER SELECT switch on the rear of the audio count rate drawer assembly to the A2 position.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct - Placing the channel selector switch to the SR N31 position places the audio count rate circuit input from Source Range channel N31.

B. Incorrect - Placing the channel selector switch to the SR N32 position selects the inoperable Source Range channel for input the audio count rate circuit. Examinee may confuse this with the other switches on that panel that are used to defeat the inoperable channel.

C. Incorrect - The amplifier select switch is used to select the channel that is supplying audio count rate to containment and does not change the input to the control room audio count rate circuit. The switch is usually in the Normal position which has channel 2 feeding the containment audio count rate circuit. Examinee may select since in Mode 6 is when the AOI for Source Range failure has the operator determine if this switch needs to be transferred and the A 1 position would select Source Range N-131.

D. Incorrect - For reason stated above but examinee may select since he/she may confuse with defeat switches on the panel.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 21 Tier: _1__ Group 2 KIA: 032 Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation AK2.01 Knowledge of the interrelations between the loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation and the following:

Power supplies, including proper switch positions.

Importance Rating: 2.7/3.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Question matches KIA because knowledge of power to N-32 would require the manual selection of alternate input to audio count rate drawer vs selection of "defeat" for the failed channel which is normally done for failed Nls.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-P.04, Loss of Unit 2 Vital Instrument Power Board Appendix A, Rev 26 AOP-1.01, Nuclear Instrument Malfunction, Rev 9 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-P.04 Obj 8.b Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: 2008 Audit exam Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Ban1e WBN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 033 AA2.12 021 Given the following:

Unit 1 is in Mode 1 doing a power ascension following a refueling outage.

During the power ascension N-35 and N-36 have trended as follows:

N-35 N-36 0800 (6/19) 10% 60%

2000 (6/19) 15% 75%

0800 (6/20) 17% 85%

2000 (6/20) 20% 95%-

Which ONE of the following would indicate when, if at all, control board readings for N-35 and N-36 exceeded the maximum allowable channel deviation?

REFERENCE PROVIDED A'! 0800 (6/19)

B. 0800 (6/20)

C. 2000 (6/20)

D. The readings never exceeded the maximum allowable.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, In accordance with 1-SI-0PS-000-002.0 (shift log) the maximum allowable channel deviation is. 75 decades. To determine the readings to be compared the

log of the % power readings is used. Thus log (10%) 1 and log (60%) 1.778.

The difference is greater than. 75 B. Incorrect, Plausible, however log (17%) =1.340 and log (80%) =1.929. difference is .699 C. Incorrect, Plausible since raw difference is 75%, however log (20%) =1.301 and log (95%) = 1.977, thus difference is .677 D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not determine that the maximum channel deviation has been exceeded.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 21 Tier: _1__ Group 2 KIA: 033 Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation AA2.12 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation:

Maximum allowable channel disagreement Importance Rating: 2.5*/3.1

  • 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having candidate compare the readings of intermediate range Nls and determining if the maximum allowable channel disagreement has been exceeded. This will determine if a Nuclear Instrument is failed or inoperable.

Technical

Reference:

1-SI-OPS-000-002.0 Shift Log, Rev 93 Proposed references 1-SI-OPS-000-002.0 Shift Log to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.NIS Obj. 8.5 Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments: New question for 02/2010 exam Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 036 AG2.4.35 022 Given the following:

Unit 1 is in Mode 6 with Refueling in progress.

The refueling SRO in containment reports that there are indications of a 2000 gpm reactor cavity seal leak.

The crew is implementing AOP-M.04, "Refueling Malfunctions."

Per Section 2.1, "Reactor Cavity Seal Failure," two operators are dispatched to the Transfer Tube Wafer Valve.

Which ONE of the following identifies:

(1) the position they are directed to place the valve in and (2) the operational effects of performing this action?

A. open; to prevent uncovering the fuel in the SFP.

B. open; to preclude flooding out the ventilation ducts on the SFP.

C~ closed; to prevent uncovering the fuel in the SFP.

D. closed; to preclude flooding out the ventilation ducts on the SFP.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determined that valve is normally closed during refueling ops and would have to be opened. The second part of distractor is correct.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determined that valve is normally closed during refueling ops and would have to be opened. This is condition is warned about in procedure when opening the transfer tube valve. If Cnmt pressure is slightly higher than Aux Bldg pressure then water would flood into the SFP and possibly get into the vent ducts for SFP ventilation.

C. Correct, Local operator action is required to close the wafer valve to seperate the Rx cavity from the SFP. The Reactor Vessel flange is at 702' 1.5" elevation while the top of the fuel racks in the SFP is 701' O. 75", so if the gate is left open there will be no water left above the racks.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since first part of question is correct, however the level in SFP would have to increase to flood the vent ducts. (a possible condition if CNMT pressure was slightly higher than Aux Bldg pressure.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 22 Tier: _1_ Group 2 KIA: 036 Fuel Handling Incidents AG2.4.35 Knowledge of local auxiliary operator tasks during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.

Importance Rating: 3.8/4.0 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the operators recall the local operator actions which would be required for a fuel handling accident inside containment and the effects of performing these actions.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, Rev 9 section 2.1 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-M.04

5. Summarize the mitigating strategy for the condition that initiated entry into AOPM.04 Question Source:

New X Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 037 AA1.04 023 Given the following:

- Unit 1 !§.-'l .

Alarrm1-RA-90-9 " N VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD," on panel M-12A is in alarm.

- A 5 gp tube leak has been identified on #1 SG.

Leak rate is being tracked on AOP-R.1, "Steam Generator Tube Leak,"

Attachment 1, and has been holding steady for the last hour.

The reading on RM-90-99, Condenser Vacuum Exhaust rapidly rises and goes off-scale High.

- There are no other alarms.

There is no change in PZR level or Charging flow.

Which ONE of the following describes the cause of the reading on RM-90-99 and the action to be taken?

A'! RM-90-99 has failed, notify Chemistry Shift Supervisor, and place RM-90-119 in service as soon as practical.

B. RM-90-99 is indicating a sudden increase in SG tube leakage, requiring an immediate power reduction to be less than 50% power within the next hour.

C. RM-90-99 has failed because the CVP discharge filter is plugged, open FCV-2-255, Condenser Vacuum Pump Exhaust Filter Bypass Flow Control Isolation.

D. RM-90-99 is indicating a sudden increase in SG tube leakage, notify Chemistry Shift Supervisor to have the alarm setpoint rescaled to 30 gpd value.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, With the lack of any other alarm or plant intication RM-90-99 has failed, as per A OP-R-O 1 step 3 if rad monitor reading not confirmed then place standby condenser vacuum exhaust in service.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that the reading is valid, however per AOP-R.01, any alarms or readings should be validated by some other form of monitoring, (sampling, blowdown monitor, other plant parameters) and not used solely to direct activity. If a sudden increase is noted, then direction is to reduce power to less than 50% within 1 hr.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since this can cause an alarm on RM-90-99, however the CVP discharge filter is not normally lineup and if it was there would be at least two other alarms that would be received. No other alarms was given in stem.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since indications are that the leak has stabilized and the direction in AOP-R.01 is to have the alarm rescaled to alert the operator of any other sudden changes.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 23 Tier: 1 Group 2 KIA: 037 Steam Generator Tube Leak AA 1.04 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Steam Generator Tube Leak:

Condensate air ejector exhaust radiation monitor and failure indicator.

Importance Rating: 3.6/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Question asks candidate during a SG tube leak condition to identify a failed Condenser Vacuum exhaust monitor and the actions based on that failure.

Technical

Reference:

0-AR-M12-A, Rev 53 windows 0-3 & 0-4 AOP-R.01, Steam generator Tube Leak, Rev 25 Section 2.2 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.RM 8.5 Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History: developed for 02/2010 exam Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 068 AK3.12 024 Given the following:

A fire in the Control Building Spreading Room has occurred.

The main control room is being evacuated.

AOP-C.04, "Shutdown From Auxiliary Control Room," is being implemented.

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the sequence of actions outside the main control room and the basis for this sequence?

A. MSIV bypass valve fuses are required to be removed prior to Reactor vessel vent valve fuses. This ensures steam release is terminated, which is a higher priority than stopping head vent flow.

B. SG atmospheric relief valves must be locally throttled open prior to removing MSIV bypass valve fuses. This ensures that a steam relief path exists to prevent SG safety valves from lifting.

C~ CCP suction valves must be aligned to RWST prior to restarting a CCP. This ensures that a suction source is available for RCP seal injection.

D. Normal charging flow must be established prior to establishing normal letdown. This ensures cooling is provided to the CVCS non-regenerative heat exchanger.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since both the MSIV bypass valves and Rx Vessel head vent valve control power fuses are pulled, however the actual order is Rx Vessel head vent first then the MSIV bypass valves. These actions are required to be done within 30 minutes from start of event.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since the MSIV bypass valve control power fuses are removed, however this is an action which is done within 30 minutes from the start of the event. The SG atmospheric dumps do not have to be locally controlled for this action to take place.

C. Correct, Let down is isolated during CR evacuation and there is no assurance that normal makeup to VCT will occur, therefore CCP suction is aligned to the RWST.

The requirement in AOP-G.04 is to have the suction valves to the RWST opened with in 10 minutes from start of the event to ensure a supply of seal injection to the RCPs is provided within 13 minutes.

D. Incorrect, Plausibe since this is the reqired sequence of events when establishing normal charging and letdown, however this step does not apply to control room abandonement since normal letdown is not established during this condition.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 24 Tier: _1__ Group 2 KIA: 068 Control Room Evacu,,9ti~

AK3.12 Knowledge of th~ rreasons ~br the following responses as they apply to the Control Room\Evacuatbn:

Required sequence of actions for emergency evacuation of control room.

Importance Rating: 4.1/4.5 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question asks the candidate to recall the sequence of steps which must be performed within 13 minutes in order to supply RCP seal injection to prevent possible RCP seal failure and introduction of an RCS leak.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-C.04, Shutdown From Auxiliary Control Room, Rev 18 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 AOP-C.04 Obj 10 Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam WE03 EA2.1 025 Given the following:

Unit 1 was tripped from 100% power due to a Small Break LOCA.

- The crew is performing ES-1.2, "Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization."

- The crew is evaluating the step to determine if RHR can be placed in service.

- The following parameters exist:

Both RHR pumps are stopped.

Normal charging has been established.

PZR level is 28% and stable.

RCP #2 is the only RCP running.

RCS pressure - 330 psig and slowly trending down.

RCS temperature - 340°F and slowly trending down.

Which ONE of the following identifies ...

(1) the maximum allowed cooldown rate allowed during the performance of ES-1.2, and (2) whether RHR can be placed in service with the current conditions in accordance with ES-1.2?

A. (1) 50°F/hr (2) Conditions do not allow RHR shutdown cooling to be established.

B. (1) 50°F/hr (2) with TSC concurrence, RHR can be established in accordance with EA-74-1, "Placing RHR is Shutdown Cooling in Service."

C. (1) 100°F/hr (2) Conditions do not allow RHR shutdown cooling to be established.

D~ (1) 100°F/hr (2) with TSC concurrence, RHR can be established in accordance with EA-74-1, "Placing RHR is Shutdown Cooling in Service."

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does not know that the minimum conditions have been established to align RHR with concurrence of TSC, and the maximum cooldown rate allowed is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since minimum conditions have been established to align RHR with concurrence of TSC, however the maximum cooldown rate allowed is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since Maximum cooldown rate is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2, however minimum conditions have been established to align RHR with concurrence of TSC.

D. Correct, Maximum cooldown rate is 100°Flhr based on guidance from ES-1.2 and the necessary conditions to establish RHR have been established.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 25 Tier: _1__ Group 2 KIA: WE 03 LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization EA 2.1 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization):

Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.

Importance Rating: 3.4 / 4.2 10CFRPart55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to analyze the data presented during the LOCA Coodown and Depressurization to determine if proper cooldown rate has been established and whether or not RHR can be placed in service per EA-74-1.

Technical

Reference:

ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, Rev 17 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 ES-1.2 Obj 5 Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam WE08 EKl.O 1 026 Given the following:

While operating at 100% power, Unit 1 has experienced a large steam break.

The crew is responding to a Red Path on PTS using FR-P.1, "Pressurized Thermal Shock."

Current plant conditions are:

- RCS temperature is 250°F and slowly rising

- PZR pressure is 2000 psi

- PZR level is 90% and rising Which ONE of the following would contribute the most to potential for damage to the Reactor vessel during these conditions?

(Consider each seperately)

A. Both RHR pumps are running.

B. Both SI pumps are running.

C. Total AFW flow to the intact SGs is 300 gpm.

D~ One (1) CCP is runningiwith CCPIT flowpath.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not realize the pressure of the RCS is much greater than the shutoff head of the RHR pumps.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since SI pumps are to be turned off in FR-P.1, at the current RCS pressure they are not injecting. RCS pressure would not go down, but they would not be making pressure go up.

C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks this is contributing to the cooldown, however this is below the minimum required AFW flow to maintain SG levels following a trip from 100% power (440 gpm is minimum). thus this would actually be causing RCS temperature to rise.

D. Correct, 1 CCP with its flowpath through the CCPIT would be injecting >150 gpm into the RCS continuing to hold or raise pressure.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 26 Tier: _1_ Group 2 KIA: WE 08 Pressurized Thermal Shock EK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the (Pressurized Thermal Shock):

Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems.

Importance Rating: 3.5/3.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.8 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine which components would have the greatest impact on, or cause the greatest increase on, RCS pressure if put into service.

Technical

Reference:

FR-P.1, Pressuirzed Thermal Shock, Rev 13 1-FR-0, Status Trees, Rev 1 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 FR-P.1 Obj 4 & 6 Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam WEIO EA1.3 027 Given the followi~g:

A reactor trip from 100% power and loss of Offsite power occurred 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> ago.

ES-0.3, "Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (with RVLlS)," is in progress.

PZR pressure is 785 psig and being lowered by auxiliary spray.

Core exit TCs indicate 520°F...

RVLlS upper plenum range reads 81 %.

With NO additional operator action, which ONE of the following identifies the expected response of RVLlS and PZR level?

RVLlS PZR A':I Decrease Increase B. Increase Decrease C. Decrease Decrease D. Increase Increase DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, With aux spray in service as the PZR pressure is decreased the bubble in Rx vessel head will grow. The expected plant response for this condition is that as the bubble in Rx head increases, RVLlS will decrease and PZR level will increase.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate determines that the bubble in Rx vessel head will decrease with the use of aux spray, thus RVLlS level would increase and PZR level would decrease.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since Rx vessel head bubble would grow causing RVLlS to decrease but PZR level would increase not decrease.

D. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate determines that the bubble in Rx vessel head will decrease with the use of aux spray, and PZR level would increase wtih the use of aux. spray.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 27 Tier: _1__ Group _2_

KIA: WE10 Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel with/without RVLlS EA 1.3 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the (Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel with/without RVLlS):

.. D~~ired operating results during abnormal and emergency situations.

Importance Rating: 3.4/3.7 10CFRPart55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the expected plant response to lowering RCS pressure during Natural Circulation conditions.

Technical

Reference:

ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (with RVLlS), Rev 13 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 ES03 obj. B.2.a OPL271 ES03 obj. B.2.b OPL271 ES03 obj. B.4.a Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: question from bank question ES-0.3-B.2 001 Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 003 KS.Ol 028

~ If one Reactor Coolant Pump became degraded and RCS total flow fell below the Tech Spec minimum required flow rate, which ONE of the following conditions would occur?

A. Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio limits would be exceeded.

B. Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor limits would be exceeded.

C'!' Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) limits would be exceeded.

D. Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor limits would be exceeded.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, reduced flow rate would not affect the QPTR. TS Basis 3.4.1 states DNB assumes QPTR is in spec, but DNB above the limit does not affect QPTR.

B. Incorrect, Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor is not a concern for a low RCS flow rate.

Plausible, since with reduced flow fuel temperatures increase.

C. Correct, IA W the applicable safety analysis, lower RCS flow will cause the core to approach DNB limits. The RCS flow rate normally remains constant during an operational fuel cycle with all pumps running. The minimum RCS flow limit corresponds to that assumed for DNB analyses. A lower RCS flow will cause the core to approach DNB limits.

Operation for significant periods of time outside these DNB limits increases the likelihood of a fuel cladding failure in a DNB limited event. This is the acceptance limit for the RCS DNB parameters. Changes to the unit that could impact these parameters must be assessed for their impact on the DNBR criteria.

D. Incorrect, Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Heat Channel Factor is not a concern for a low RCS flow. Plausible, since the fuel temperature increases with less coolant flow and enthalpy is proportional to temperature.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 28 Tier: 2 Group 1 KIA: 003 K5.01 Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS)

Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the RCPS:

The relationship between the RCPS flow rate and the nuclear reactor core operating parameters (quadrant power tilt, imbalance, DNB rate, local power density, difference in loop T -hot pressure)

Importance Rating: 3.3 / 3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/45.7 10CFR55.42.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This meets the KA since the RCS flow rate is reduced which affects the DNB parameters. The operational implications are the limits being exceeded. Since this is a knowledge KA, it is written to a memory level and knowledge of Tech Specs vs RCS flow would provide the RO with the knowledge required to answer the question.

Technical

Reference:

Technical Specification, Power Distribution Limits, 3/4.2.5 DNB parameters, Amendment 138 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.RCP B.6.a Describe the administrative controls and limits for the RCP system as explained in this lesson:

State Tech SpecslTRM LCOs that govern the RCPs Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: Question used on Farley 2009 exam Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: FARLEY 2009 Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 004 A3.05 029 Given the following:

Unit 2 is at 100% rated thermal power.

Rod control is in Manual.

The OATC notices a slow decrease in RCS pressure and Tavg has decreased 1.5°F over the last several minutes.

Which ONE of the following could have contributed to these indications?

A. The inseNice mixed bed demineralizer is boron saturated.

B:' 2-FCV-62-138, Emergency Boration Flow Control valve is leaking by.

C. Primary water makeup flow was 70 gpm during the last Auto makeup to the VCT.

D. A CVCS mixed bed demineralizer with new resin was put in seNice before being borated.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not realize that a mixed bed ion exchanger that was saturated would be at the current RCS boron concentration and would not add more boron to the system.

B. Correct, If the emergency boration valve was leaking it would add boron directly into the suction of the charging pump and would cause RCS temp to drop due to Rods in manual. As RCS temperature goes down so would Pressure due to the outsurge of water from PZR.

C. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does not remember that primary water makeup is 70 gpm during every auto makeup. The boric acid flow is what is varied to get proper blended flow.

D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not realize that a putting new mixed bed ion exchanger in service would reduce RCS boron not cause it to increase.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 29 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 004 Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS)

A3.05 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the CVCS, including:

RCS pressure and temperature Importance Rating: 3.9/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Question determines if candidate knows how CVCS operation can affect normal RCS temperature and pressure by determining that an inadvertant boration has taken place.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-C.02, Uncontrolled RCS Boron Concentration Changes, Rev 6 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.CVCS obj 5.d Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History:

Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 004 A4.13 030 Given the following:

Unit 1 is operating at 100% power.

"LS-62-129A1B VOLUME CONTROL TANK LEVEL HI-LOW," alarms on M-6.

L1-62-129, VCT Level, indicates 35% decreasing.

L1-62-130, VCT Level, indicates 100% on ICS.

Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the plant?

A. Suction to the operating CCP will align to the RWST when VCT level decreases to 7%.

B. Pressurizer level will decrease to 17% resulting in letdown system isolation and recovery of VCT level.

C~ VCT level will continue to decrease until the operator manually aligns LCV-62-118, Letdown Divert to HUT, to the VG=r~position.

D. Auto makeup will initiate to the VCT when LT-62-129, VCT Level Transmitter, decreases to 20% and will raise VCT level back to 41 %.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know that failure of LT-62-129 or 130 will prevent swapover to RWST.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that failure will cause charging flow control valve to go to minimum. If that occurred then PZR level would decrease to 17%.

C. Correct, VCT level will continue to drop, since a failure of LT-62-130 will prevent Auto makeup and auto swapover to RWST. Operators must take manual control of Divert valve and select to VCT position.

D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that Auto makeup will occur and maintain VCT level above swap-over value. Auto makeup is not available for this condition.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 30 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 004 Chemical and Volume Control System A4.13 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

VCT level control and pressure control.

Importance Rating: 3.3/2.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine the effect on VCT makeup with a level detector failed and the required operator action to mitigate the failure.

Technical

Reference:

1-AR-M6-C A-3, Rev 34 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL200.CVCS Obj B.5. c & d Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History:

Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 005 K5 05 031 Given the following:

Unit 1 is in Mode 5 with the RCS in solid water operation.

RHR pump 1A-A in service.

1-PCV-62-81, Letdown Pressure Pressure Control Valve, in automatic.

RHR pump 1A-A trips.

Which ONE of the following correctly completes the statement below?

The RCS pressure will initially (1) due to 1-PCV-62-81 throttling (2) when RHR pump trips.

ill (£)

A. drop open B. drop closed C. rise open D'!' rise closed DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, The RCS pressure will not drop (it will rise) if the RHR pump trips and the pressure control valve will not be throttling open. Plausible because typically when a pump supplying a system trips the system pressure will drop and if the location of the pressure control valve in the system or which side of the valve the pressure is the control point is not understood, then it can be concluded that the valve would throttle open to reduce RCS pressure.

B. Incorrect, The RCS pressure will not drop (it will rise) if the RHR pump trips and the pressure control valve will not be throttling open. Plausible because typically when a pump supplying a system trips the system pressure will drop and the direction of throttling of the pressure control valve is correct.

C. Incorrect, The RCS pressure will rise if the RHR pump trips but not due to the pressure control valve throttling opening. Plausible because the RCS pressure rising is correct and if the location of the pressure control valve in the system or which side of the valve the pressure is the control point is not understood, then it can be concluded that the valve would throttle open to reduce RCS pressure.

D. Correct, The RCS pressure will rise if the RHR pump trips because the letdown is being supplied via the RHR letdown line. When the pump trips a lower letdown pressure is sensed, causing the pressure control valve to throttle more closed.

Being water solid with less letdown flow but charging flow not changed results in a rapid pressure increase.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 31 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 005 K5 05 Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)

Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply the RHRS:

Plant response during "solid plant": pressure change due to the relative incompressibility of water Importance Rating: 2.7* / 3.1

  • 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/45.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to understand the operational implication of an RHR pump tripping while operating in solid water conditions.

Technical

Reference:

0-SO-74-1, Residual Heat Removal System, Rev: 66 Precaution M.4 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.RHR

5. Describe the operation of the RHR:
a. Precautions and Limitations Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: SQN bank question RHR-8-14.3 001with changes Comments: Question changed to a fill in the blank question which resulted modification to the distractors but the only condition changes in the stem was in formatting. Thus did not label as a bank modified question.

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 006 A1.14 032 Given the following:

Unit 2 was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.

Hottest core exit thermocouples are stable at 400°F:

RCS pressure is 225 psig.

RVLlS Upper Plenum is 64%. -

RVLlS Lower Range is 70%.

Containment pressure is 6 psig.

All SG pressures are 500 psig.

Which ONE of the following conclusions can be determined from these indications?

A. Decay heat is being removed by Steam Generators.

B. RVLlS Upper range indication has failed since it is not consistent with RVLlS Lower Range indication.

C. Core uncovery is occurring. ECCS flow must be raised to ensure adequate heat removal and to reflood the core.

D~ Vessel level is adequate. ECCS flow should continue to ensure core cooling is maintained.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that SGs are providing a heat sink for the reactor, however at 500 psig (sat temp -470°F) they are above the saturation pressure for the hottest TC (400°F) which would make them a heat source rather than a heat sink.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that Upper Range indication does not read below -64% level.

C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that with RVLlS lower range

>42%, and CETs < 700°F the core is being adequately cooled.

D. Correct, With CETs <700°F and RVLlS lower range> 42% (70% given) core cooling may be degraded but is adequate. Continued ECCS flow will maintain core cooling.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 32 Tier: _2__ Group 1 KIA: 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)

A 1.14 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ECCS controls including:

Reactor Vessel Level Importance Rating: 3.6/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate predict the changes to RVLlS during and accident, assess those changes and determine if adequate core cooling exists.

Technical

Reference:

1-FR-O, Core Cooling, Rev 1 OPT200.RVLlS Rev 3 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.ECCS, Obj B.15.n OPT271 FR-O Obj 5 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: written for 06 license class Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 007 Kl.03 033 Given the following plant conditions:

A reactor trip has occurred.

RCS pressure is 1810 psig and lowering.

Containment Pressure is 1.55 psig and rising.

Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the RCP's #1 sealleakoff flowpath?

A'! routed to the PRT B. routed to the VCT C. routed to the RCDT D. Isolated DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, with containment pressure at 1.55 psig, the seal return line is isolated and the seal return is routed to the PRT via a relief valve.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since the VCT is the normal flowpath via the Seal return line.

C. Incorrect, Plausible the #2 sealleakoff normal flow path is to the RCDT.

D. Incorrect, Plausible the sealleakoff is isolated, but seal flow still goes to PRT via a relief line.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 33 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS)

K1.03 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the PRTS and the following systems:

RCS Importance Rating: 3.0/3.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.2 to 41.9/45.7 to 45.S 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: requires knowledge of a flow path (physical connection) between the PRT and and the RCS.

Technical

Reference:

1-47WS09-1, Rev 74 1-47WS13-1, Rev 53 1-47W611-62-1, Rev 4 OPT200.RCP Rev 5 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.RCP B.3 Explain the purpose/function of each major component in the flow path of the Reactor Coolant Pump System as illustrated on the simplified system drawing.

Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: Question used on SQN 2007 exam which is not one of the last 2 exams.

Comments: Correct answer relocated.

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 008 Al.04 034 Given the following:

Unit 1 at 100% power.

Component Cooling Water system is in the normal alignment.

Unit 2 in Mode 5.

Which ONE of the following describes the affect of closing 2-FCV-70-75, '2B ESF Header Return Isolation,' without closing 2-FCV-70-3, '2B ESF Header Supply Isol?'

A. Less than minimum required flow on the C-S CCS pump.

B. Inadequate suction supply path to 2B-B CCS pump.

C~ Abnormal level changes in both CCS Surge Tanks.

D. Loss of flow on Unit 2 Reactor Building supply Header.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A: Incorrect, the C-S CCS pump would still be aligned to the Train 8 ESF header on Unit 1. Plausible because the Unit 2 Train 8 ESF flow path is isolated.

8. Incorrect, 2-8 CCS pump would have a suction of the Unit 2 Train a return header.

Plausible because it is Train 8 power equipment and can be aligned to the Train 8 but is normally aligned to Unit 2A Train CCS.

C. Correct, as identified in 0-SO-70-1, Precaution M "1-FCV-70-3 & -75 must both be either Open or Closed and 2-FCV-70-3 & -75 must both be either Open or Closed to prevent abnormal CCS Surge Tank level changes. "8" Train CCS can remain in service to a unit if both valves (-3 & -75) associated with the opposite unit are closed.

D. Incorrect, the Unit 2 Reactor building Header is not supplied from the Unit 2 Train 8 CCS. It is supplied by the Unit 2 Train A CCS system. Plausible because it header could be lost by isolating a valve on the Unit 2 Train A.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 34 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 008 A 1.04 Component Cooling Water System (CCWS)

Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the CCWS controls including:

Surge Tank Level Importance Rating: 3.1 /3.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/45.5 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: When presented with an alignment change on the CCS system, the applicant must an evaluate the effect and understand how the surge tank levels are affected by the alignment change.

Technical

Reference:

1,2-47W859-1 Rev 0-SO-70-1, Component Cooling Water System "8" Train, Rev 37 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.CCS

5. Describe the operation of the Component Cooling Water System:
a. Precautions and limitations Question Source:

New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: New question Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Banle Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 008 A2.03 035 Given the following:

Unit 1 is being cooled down and has been placed in shutdown cooling with 'A' Train RHR in service.

- Annunciator "RHR HX A OUTLET TEMPERATURE HIGH" alarms on 0-XA-55-278-A, "Component Cooling/Misc."

- Temperature on 1-TI-70-157, "RHR Heat Exchanger 1A Outlet Temperature" reads 120°F and steady.

In accordance with the Annunciator Response Procedure, which ONE of the following completes the statement below?

It is (1) to operate with the CCS temperature leaving the

~heat exchanger above the alarm setpoint at 120°F and' (2) could be used to lower the CCS temperature.

ill A. acceptable decreasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or increasing CCS flow through the heat exchanger B~ acceptable increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '1 B' CCS pump in service C. NOT acceptable decreasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or increasing CCS flow through the heat exchanger D. NOT acceptable increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '18' CCS pump in service

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since it is acceptable to allow temp to exceed alarm setpoint and starting 1B CCS pump would increase CCS flow, however throttling closed on the heat exchanger bypass will cause temperature to increase not decrease.

B. Correct, as identified in O-AR-M27-B-A, Component Cooling, Window E-6, operating above the alarm setpoint is acceptable as long as the temperature is maintained less than 145°F and 2 ways the temperature can be reduced by is by increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the '1 B' CCS pump in service.

C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that it is not acceptable to operate above the alarm setpoint, however second part of answer is correct 2 ways the temperature can be reduced by is by increasing RHR heat exchanger bypass flow or placing the

'1 B' CCS pump in service.

D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that it is not acceptable to operate above the alarm setpoint, starting 1B CCS pump would increase CCS flow, however throttling open on the heat exchanger bypass will cause temperature to increase not decrease.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 35 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 008 Component Cooling Water System (CCWS)

Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

Highllow CCW temperature Importance Rating: 3.0/3.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches KIA because it has the candidate determine the impact of exceeding the CCS alarm setpoint vs the maximum system temperature and then use information within the alarm procedure to take actions to reduce the CCS temperature while plant in operating in shutdown mode.

Technical

Reference:

0-AR-M27-B-A, Component Cooling, Window E-6, Rev 11 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.CCS Obj 8.5.c Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History: New question Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 010 K4.02 036 Given the following:

Unit 1 is in Mode 3, Tave 54rF, PZR pressure 2235 psig.

A malfunction occurred which resulted in PZR pressure dropping to 2050 psig and PZR level lowering to 15%.

Currently PZR pressure is 2100 psig and PZR level is 30%.

Which ONE of the following describes the current status of the PZR heaters, assuming no operator action?

A. All Backup and Control group heaters will be OFF.

B. All Backup and Control group heaters will be ON.

C~ All Backup heaters will be ON and Control group 0 heaters will be OFF.

D. Backup heaters A & B will be OFF and Control group 0 heaters will be ON.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since all heaters will be turned off when PZR level decreases below 17%, however when level is returned above 17%, the B/U heaters will turn on and only the Control heater group will remain OFF.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since the B/U heaters will turn back on after PZR level is raised above 17%, however the Control group of heaters will remain OFF.

C. Correct, Backup heater groups A, B, C should all be energized with RCS pressure at 2100 psig, and they will all automatically be re-energized when PZR level is raised above 17% (low level heater cutout), However the Control bank will not automatically restart when level> 17%.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since the logic for Control Htrs and Backup are reversed. B/U heaters will come back on, Control hearters will have to be reset to get them restarted after level is raised to > 17%

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 36 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS)

K4.02 Knowledge of PZR PCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:

Prevention of uncovering PZR heaters.

Importance Rating: 3.0/3.4 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by testing if candidates know which and how the PZR heaters are affected by the low level interlock and the pressure setpoint at which the heaters will be on the restore normal pressure.

Technical

Reference:

47W611-68-2, Rev 2 47W611-68-3, Rev 1 OPT200.PZRPCS Rev 5 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRPCS, Obj B.5.c Question Source:

New Modified Bank x Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 012 Al.OI 037 Given the following:

Unit 1 is operating at 100% rated thermal power.

Rod control has been placed in MANUAL with Tavg at 578.0°F.

Which ONE of the following describes the effect on Limiting Safety System Setpoints for Overtemperature Delta-T and Overpower Delta-T if Tavg decreases by 1°F (assuming the reactor remains at 100% power and AFD remains constant)?

A. Both OT Delta-T and OP Delta-T setpoints will decrease.

B. OT Delta-T setpoint will increase and OP Delta-T setpoint will decrease.

c~ OT Delta-T setpoint will increase and OP Delta-T setpoint will remain the same.

D. OT Delta-T setpoint will remain the same and OP Delta-T setpoint will increase.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that the setpoints for OT Delta-T and OP Delta-T will be reduced as RCS Tavg goes down. This is the opposite effect that a reduction in RCS temperature would have on the setpoints.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since first part of response is correct, a reduction in Tavg will cause the OT Delta-T setpoint to increase (moving the setpoint further away from causing a trip), however the OP Delta-T will not be affected by a decrease of RCS temperature.

C. Correct, The OT Delta-T setpoint monitors five different parameters to establish a floating setpoint which will trip the reactor if these parameters move closer to DNB.

A reduction in Tavg will move the rcs away from DNB thus causing the setpoint to increase. OP Delta-T monitors Tavg however only temperatures above a preset constant (57B.2°F) will cause the setpoint to be reduced, thus a lowering of temperature will have not effect on OP Delta-T setpoint.

D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate gets the circuitry reversed between OT Delta-T and OP Delta-T.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 37 Tier: _2__ Group _1_

KIA: 012 Reactor Protection System (RPS)

A 1.01 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the RPS controls including:

Trip setpoint adjustment Importance Rating: 2.9*/3.4*

10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: this question asks the candidate to predict the changes in RPS trip setpoints for OT Oelta-T and OP Oelta-T if RCS Tavg changes while at 100% power.

Technical

Reference:

Tech Spec table 2.2.1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation Trip Setpoints, Ammendment 310 Tech Spec Table 3.3.1-1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation, Ammendment 301 OPT200.RPS, Rev 3 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 C048, b.4.a Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: modified from bank question RPS-B.4.A 002 Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 012 K2.0l 038 Given the following:

A reactor startup is in progress on Unit 1.

Reactor power is at 5X10-8 % on the Intermediate Range.

120V AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-11 deenergizes.

Which ONE of the following describes the Reactor Protection System response with Source Range Monitor N-32 Trip Bypass Switch (SR BYPASS) in the positions indicated at the time of the board loss?

SR BYPASS: NORMAL SR BYPASS: BYPASS A. no trip no trip B. reactor trip no trip C. no trip reactor trip D~ reactor trip reactor trip DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that the loss of control power will not cause a Rx trip or that the SR Bypss switch will bypass the trip signal.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate determines that a loss of control power will cause a Rx trip and that the SR Bypass switch will bypass the trip.

C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that the loss of control power will not cause a Rx trip or that the SR Bypss switch will enable the trip signal.

D. Correct, 120Vac Vital PB 1-1/ supplies power to both instrument and control power.

Loss of control power causes a reactor trip regardless of position of level trip bypass switch.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 38 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 012 Reactor Protection System K2.01 Knowledge of the bus power supplies to the following:

RPS channels, components, and interconnections.

Importance Rating: 3.3/3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having testing the knowledge of power supply to portions of the RPS and if that power supply is lost how it will effect the trip functions within RPS.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-1.01, Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction, sect 2.1, Rev 9 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-1.01 Obj 6 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: from bank question NIS-B.9.B 001 Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 013 K2.01 039 Given the following plant conditions:

- The operating crew is responding to a reactor trip due to a loss of 120V AG Vital Instrument Power Soard I-I.

- PZR pressure transmitter 1-PT-68-334 (Channel II) fails LOW.

Which ONE of the following describes the plant response?

A. Soth trains of SSPS SI master relays would actuate AND both trains of ECGS equipment auto start.

S~ Soth trains of SSPS SI master relays would actuate SUT only "S" train EGGS equipment auto starts.

G. Only the "S" train SSPS SI master relays would actuate SUT both trains of EGCS equipment auto start.

D. Only the "S" train SSPS SI master relays would actuate AND only "S" train ECGS equipment auto starts.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, with the 1-1 AC vital Instrument Power Board deenergized (Channel 1), the slave relays that control the Train A equipment will not have a power supply. Plausible if the candidate mistakes the source of the power supply or thinks that the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet provides power to the slave relays.

B. Correct, Master Relays on both train~ will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, with the 1-1 AC vital Instrument Power Board deenergized, the slave relays that control the Train A equipment will not have power.

C. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via the auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1 is the only power supply for the slave relays that control the Train A equipment. Plausible if the candidate mistakes the source of the power supply or thinks that the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet provides power to the slave relays instead of the master relays.

D. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1 is the only power supply for the slave relays that control the Train A equipment. Plausible if the candidate mistakes the function of the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 39 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System K2.01, Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:

ESFAS/safeguards equipment control Importance Rating: 3.6 / 3.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Thsi question matches the KIA by testing the candidates knowledge of power supplies to portions of the ESFAS and hOIA( a loss of power will effect the systems ability to fully, or partially, actuate trains of ECCS components.

Technical

Reference:

47W611-63-1, R4 AOP-P.03, Loss of Unit 1 Vital Instrument Power Board, R21 0-SO-99-3, R11 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.RPS BA & 5 Question Source: SQN Bank RPS-B.9.A 002 New Modified Bank Bank x Question History:

Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQNBANK Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 013 K6.01 040 The following conditions exist on Unit 1:

- Reactor power is 100%.

- The OATC notices that RWST level instrument 1-Ll-63-50 failed off-scale High.

- All other RWST level indicators (1-Ll-63-51, -52, -53) are at 99%.

Which ONE of the following describes the initial impact of this failure and the compensatory actions required?

Impact Action Required A. Train A swapover is disabled, Associated functions must be tripped Train B swapover is operable.

B. Train B swapover is disabled, Associated functions must be bypassed Train A swapover is operable.

C. 80th trains of swapover are Associated functions must be tripped operable.

D!' Both trains of swapover are Associated functions must be bypassed operable.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that Train A would be disabled by failed instrument however 214 logic required for each swapover valve. T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover not trip affected channel.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate determines that Train B would be affected by failed channel, however 214 logic required and is still available for each swapover valve.

T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover, which is correct.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since first par of statement is correct, both trains are operable, however T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover not trip affected channel.

D. Correct, 214 logic is required for each swapover valve and this is satisfied with the remaining 3 level instruments. T.S 3.3.2.1 Action 18 is to bypass the affected instrument to prevent premature or inadvertant swapover.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 40 Tier: _2__ Group 1 KIA: 013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS)

K6.01 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the ESFAS:

Sensors and detectors Importance Rating: 2.7/3.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidate to determine the effect a RWST level detector failure would have on automatic switchover from RWST to CNMT sump during an accident.

Technical

Reference:

1, 2-47W611-63-2, Rev 4 T.S. Table 3.3-3 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation, action item # 18, Ammendment 63 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.RPS, Obj.5 & 6 Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 022 Kl.01 041 Given the following:

Unit 2 is operating at 100% power.

Upper Containment Vent Cooler 28 is tagged in the Pull-to-Lock position.

Which ONE of the following conditions would require entry into a Technical Specification action for Containment Systems?

A. Upper Containment Vent Cooler 20 trips on an overcurrent condition.

8. The handswitch for Lower Containment Vent Cooler 20-8 is in the Pull A-P AUTO position.

C~ The ERCW Temperature Control Valve is manually isolated for Lower Containment Vent Cooler 20-8.

O. The ERCW supply and return header for Upper Containment Vent Coolers 28 and 20 is isolated to repair a leak.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, There are no T.S. requirements for Upper Containment Coolers. A candidate may choose this answer if they believe the loss of the vent cooler would lead to high containment tempertures and entry into T. S. 3.6. 1.5 Containment Air Temperature.

8. Incorrect, Lower Containment vent cooler is operable in the Pull A-P position. A candidate would have the recognize that although the hands witch is in an off-normal position, the component is still operable since its safety function is not removed in the Pull A-P Auto position.

C. Correct, Unit 2 T.S. 3.6.2.2 requires two coolers per train. Isolating the TCV makes the cooler inoperable.

O. Incorrect, Unit 2 is configured differently that Unit 1. Isolating theser coolers on Unit 1 in the fashion described above would make the 18-8 and 10-8 lower containment coolers inoperable since they share the same ERCW supply and return headers as the upper containment coolers.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 41 Tier: _2__ Group 1 KIA: 022 Containment Cooling System (CCS)

K1.01 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the CCS and the following systems:

SWS/cooling syste~

Importance Rating: 3.5/3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match:

Technical

Reference:

Unit 2 TS 3.6.2.2, Depressurization and Cooling Systems, Amendment 61 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.ERCW, Obj 5.c OPT200.ContainmentCooling, Obj 5.c Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: source question CTMT COOL-8.5 004 Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 025 K4.02 042 Given the following plant conditions:

Unit 1 at 100% power.

- An inadvertent Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred.

Ice Condenser System glycol trapped between the inside and outside Containment penetration's return isolation valves expanded due to heating.

Which ONE of the following identifies the system response to the glycol expansion?

A. The penetration's inside glycol isolation valve disks are designed to relieve trapped glycol into the Containment side glycol supply header.

B. The penetration's outside glycol isolation valve disks are designed to relieve trapped glycol into the Auxiliary Building side glycol supply header.

C~ A bypass line with a check valve is installed around the penetration's inside isolation valve-to relieve trapped glycol into the Containment side glycol supply-header.

D. A bypass line with a check valve is installed around the penetration's outside isolation valve to relieve trapped glycol into the Auxiliary Building side glycol supply header.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, The containment isolation valves are designed to completely seal off the penetration. The valve disc are not designed to relieve trapped glycol.

A common plant misconception is that the valve disc have a small hole drilled into them to relieve trapped pressure and some valves are drilled in that fashion.

B. Incorrect, The containment isolation valves are designed to completely seal off the penetration. The valve disc are not designed to relieve trapped glycol.

A common plant misconception is that some valve disc have a small hole drilled into them to relieve trapped pressure. A common plant misconception is that the valve disc have a small hole drilled into them to relieve trapped pressure and some valves are drilled in that fashion.

C. Correct, As shown on 47W814-2. This check valve relieves trapped glycol back into the containment which is more conservative from a containment isolation perspective.

D. Incorrect, The small bypass line with a check valve is correct, however it relieves back into the containment side glycol header and not to the auxiliary building side header. Plausible to prevent relieving into containment.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 42 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 025 K4.02 Ice Condenser system Knowledge of ice condenser system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:

System control Importance Rating: 2.8* / 3.0*

10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.42.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to identify the design feature of the ice condenser cooling system that an control a pressure rise in order to prevent an overpressuirzation of the system due to the expansion of trapped fluid.

Technical

Reference:

0-SO-61-1, Ice Condenser Cooling, Rev 30 1,2-47W814-2, Rev 22 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200lCE BA.i Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: SON bank question Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 026 K3.02 043 Given the following:

Unit 1 was operating at 10% power when a LOCA occurred.

- The Containment Spray Pump (CSP)1A-A started but the header isolation valve 1-FCV-72-39 failed to open and would NOT open from the MCR handswitch

- Three hours later, the plant status is ...

- ECCS pumps aligned in accordance with ES-1.3, "Transfer to RHR Containment Sump."

18-8 Containment Spray Pump tripped due to motor fault.

18-8 RHR aligned to provide RHR Spray in accordance with FR-Z.1, "High Containment Pressure."

1-FCV-72-39 opened locally and 1A-A Containment Spray pump delivering 4250 gpm flow.

- Containment Pressure has dropped from 10.3 psig to 2.8 psig.

Which ONE of the following identifies ...

(1) the status of Train A Containment Spray flow, and (2 ) the required status of the RHR Spray in accordance with FR-Z.1?

Train A CSP flow RHR Spray A. Spray flow is abnormally low Remain in service 8~ Spray flow is abnormally low Removed from service C. Spray flow is normal Remain in service D. Spray flow is normal Removed from service

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, the containment spray flow is low it, should be greater than 4750 gpm but the RHR spray should not remain in service. The RHR spray should be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. Plausible because the flow being low is correct and because the Containment pressure is above the value for stopping the Containment Spray Pump or if the value stated in the stem had been greater than 4 psig, then leaving the RHR spray in service would be correct.

B. Correct, the containment spray flow is low, the flow should be greater than 4750 gpm and the RHR spray should be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1.

C. Incorrect, the containment spray flow is not normal, it is low it, should be greater than 4750 gpm and the RHR spray should not remain in service, it be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. Plausible because the flow is only slightly below the identified minimum flow (and the value is a similar number to the minimum) and is above the minimum value for pump protection that closes the recirculation valve. Also, because the Containment pressure is above the value for stopping the Containment Spray Pump or if the value stated in the stem had been greater than 4 psig, then leaving the RHR spray in service would be correct..

D. Incorrect" the containment spray flow is not normal, it is low it, should be greater than 4750 gpm and the RHR spray should be removed from service because the containment pressure is less than 4 psig as identified in FR-Z 1. Plausible because the flow is only slightly below the identified minimum flow (and the value is a similar number to the minimum) and is above the minimum value for pump protection that closes the recirculation valve. Also, because with the Containment pressure stated in the stem, removing RHR spray from service is correct.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 43 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KiA: 026 K3.02 Containment Spray System (CSS)

Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CSS will have on the following:

Recirculation spray system Importance Rating: 4.2* / 4.3 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.6 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KiA Match: Applicant must identify an abnormal flow rate on the containment spray system (malfunction) and how the procedure directs the termination of the RHR recirculation spray flow for the identified conditions Technical

Reference:

FR-Z.1, High Containment Pressure, Rev 18 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 FR-Z.1 B.6.a&b Given a set of initial plant conditions use FR-Z.1 to correctly:

a. Identify required actions
b. Respond to Contingencies Question Source:

New Modified Bank X Bank Question History: SQN bank question FR-Z.1- B-6 001 modified Comments: Modified stem, changed question statement as to what is being asked, all choices changed as a result and the correct answer relocated Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 039 G2.1.7 044 Given the following:

Unit 1 operating at 60% power.

A Steam Generator safety valve begins to leak through.

Which ONE of the following identifies both ....

(1) the time in core life that will result in the largest reactivity excursion and (2) the condition, in accordance with AOP-S.05, "Steam or Feedwater Leak,"

that would require a manual reactor trip Time in Core Life Condition requiring reactor trip A'!' EOL Steam leak in excess of 3% power.

S. EOL Tavg/Tref mismatch can NOT be maintained within 3°F.

C. SOL Steam leak in excess of 3% power.

D. SOL Tavg/Tref mismatch can NOT be maintained within 3°F.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) being much larger than at BOL and the condition requiring a reactor trip is a steam leak greater than 3% power.

B. Incorrect, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) change but the Tavg/Tref mismatch would have to unable to be maintained within 5°F to require a reactor trip. Plausible because the reactivity effect does change over core life with EOL being correct and a higher Tavg/Tref mismatch would require a reactor trip.

C. Incorrect, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL (not at BOL) due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) change but the Tavg/Tref mismatch would have to unable to be maintained within 5°F to require a reactor trip. Plausible because the reactivity effect does change over core life and steam leak greater than 3% requiring a reactor trip is correct.

D. Incorrect, the largest reactivity change would occur at EOL (not at BOL) due to the moderator temperature coefficent (MTC) change but steam leak greater than 3%

power would require a reactor trip_ Plausible because the reactivity effect does change over core life and a higher Tavg/Tref mismatch would require a reactor trip_

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 44 Tier: _2__ Group 1 KIA: 039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)

G2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgements based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.

Importance Rating: 4.4/4.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine when a malfunction (steam leak) would have the most effect on plant operation and based on overall plant transient conditions when a transition to appropriate plant procedure would be required.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-S.05, Steam or Feedwater Leak, Rev 7 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.MS obj B.5.d Question Source:

New Modified Bank x Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 059 K3.02 045 Given the following:

Unit 1 is starting up from a refueling outage and is currently at 30% rated tbermal power with all appropriate systems aligned for that power level.

- A loss of off-site power occurs.

- The 1 B EDG fails to start.

Assuming no operator actions, which ONE of the following correctly identifies the status of the AFW system one (1) minute after the accident?

A. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 3, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 1, 2, 3. & 4.

B. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 3, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 2 & 4.

C~ MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 2, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 1, 2, 3 & 4.

D. MDAFW pump A running feeding SGs 1 & 2, TDAFW pump running feeding SGs 3 & 4.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that MDAFW A would be powered by A EDG and would feed SGs 1 & 2.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know that TDAFW pump will supply all SGs unless operator actions is taken.

C. Correct, The loss of MFW would cause MDAFW pump A and TDAFW pump to start. At Sequoyah the '}:\" MDAFW pump only supplies SGs 1 & 2, while the TDAFW pump supplies all SGs.

D. Incorrect, Plausible is canidate does not recognize that MDAFW pump B will not have power since B EDG did not start.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 45 Tier: _2__ Group _1_

KIA: 059 K3.02 Knowledge of the effect that a loss of MFW will have on the following: AFW system Importance Rating: 3.6 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: The loss of offsite power will cause a loss of MFW flow. The candidate needs to identify the effect this will have on AFW system.

Technical

Reference:

OPT200.AFW Rev 5 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.AFW Obj. B.5 Question Source:

New X Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 061 G2.1.20 046 Given the following:

- Unit 1 initially at 100% RTP.

- :J:he operators have entered E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection" due to a reactor trip.

- The following steam generator levels and containment pressures are observed:

Time: 0200 0201 0202 0203 0205 SG Level:

  1. 1 S/G (% NR) 8 12 22 26 35
  1. 2 S/G (% NR) 7 12 24 27 36
  1. 3 S/G (% NR) 5 13 25 29 33
  1. 4 S/G (% NR) 5 16 28 31 35 Cntmt Qress !Qsig}: 1.5 3.5 2.5 1.5 0.6 Which ONE of the following statements correctly describes the EARLIEST time that operators are allowed to reset and throttle!AFW flow to less than 440 gpm?

A. 0201 B~ 0202 C. 0203 D. 0205 DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since at this time SG level is >10% which is normal value, however CNMT pressure is adverse (2.8 psig) so the adverse numbers apply which is> 25%.

B. Correct, At this time SG 3 & 4 levels are greater than adverse number (25 %), only 1 SG > 25% is required by procedure, therefore this would be the earliest time allowed by procedure to throttle AFW flow.

C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thought that all SG levels would have to be greater than adverse value (25%) before AFW can be throttled.

D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that SG levels need to return to value of automatic level control values ( -33% ) for AFW before they can reset and throttle flow manually.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 46 Tier: _2_ Group _1_

KIA: 061 Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System G2.1.20 Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.

Importance Rating: 4.6/4.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question has the candidate determine that CNMT atmosphere is adverse thus making required SG level of 25%, and that only one SG

> than 25% is what that is needed for heat sink.

Technical

Reference:

E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev 30 EA-3-8, Manual Control of AFW Flow, Rev 4 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 E-O, Obj 6.b Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: bank question E-0-B.3.A 006, last used 2006 Requal exam Comments: Modified stem slightly from original Source: BANK Source IfBan1c: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 062 K4.02 047 Given the following plant conditions:

Unit 1 & 2 are operating steady-state at 100%.

1B-B 6900V Shutdown Board voltage decreases to 6450V.

The following alarms are received:

0-XA-55-26B window C-7, "6900V SO BO 1B-B FAILURE OR BUS UNOERVOLTAGE".

1-XA-55-1B, window B-6, "6900V SO BO 1B-B FAILURE OR BUS UNOERVOLTAGE/OVERVOLTAGE".

If the voltage remains unchanged, which ONE of the following identifies when the 1B-B 6.9 kV Shutdown Board Normal Feeder Breaker would open?

A. 1.25 seconds B. 9.5 seconds C. 30 seconds O!' 300 seconds DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, the 1.25 seconds is associated with the board undervoltage (less than 80% of rated voltage) conditions that initates a diesel generator start and load shedding of the board. This is a setpoint lower than the Degraded Voltage ( less than 93.5% ) relays setpoint. Plausible because the time delay is associated with a condition that will cause the normal feeder breaker to be tripped open.

B. Incorrect, The 9.5 seconds is not the time delay (less than 80% of rated voltage) unless there is a Safety Injection signal present. Plausible because the time delay is associated with a condition that will cause the normal feeder breaker to be tripped open due to operation of the degraded voltage relays but only with a Safety injection signal present.

C. Incorrect, At time =0 the 30 second timer produces an alarm only. Plausible if the candidate determines that the 30 second time delay is associated with the degraded voltage relays that generate the alarm due to a low (degraded) voltage condition, but not the breaker trip.

D. Correct, The time delay required to be met to trip open the normal feeder breaker due to Degraded Voltage relay actuation Without a Safety Injection present is 300 seconds from the start of degraded conditions.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 47 Tier: _2__ Group _1_

KIA: 062 AC. Electrical Distribution K4.02 Knowledge of AC Distribution system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:

Circuit breaker automatic trips.

Importance Rating: 2.5/2.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to apply the conditions in the stem to determine the time delay associated with a design feature of the plant that will cause an automatic trip of the circuit breaker feeding an ESF bus on the AC electrical distribution system.

Technical

Reference:

0-SO-202-4, 6900V SHUTDOWN BOARDS, Rev 27 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.AC6.9KV

4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the 6.9 kV Distribution System:
e. Component operation
g. Interlocks (including setpoints)

OPT200.BLKOUT

4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the 6.9 kv Blackout System:
e. Component operation
g. Interlocks (including setpoints)

Question Source:

New Modified Bank x Bank Question History: SON Bank question 6.9 SDBD-B.8 005 modified.

Chanding what was being asked is the stem, all 4 choices changed, and the correct answer relocated.

Comments:

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 063 A2.01 048 Given the following:

Unit 1 is operating at 100% rated thermal power.

Alarm 1-XA-55-1 C "125V DC VITAL BAT BD 1 ABNORMAL" has just been received.

No other abRG.t:maI-alarms are lit.

Which ONE of the following is the correct cause for this alarm and action required?

A. An undervoltage condition exists; dispatch operations personnel to adjust the charger output voltage.

By A ground exists; dispatch operations personnel totl:le local boar:d~kto adjust the red flag (indicator) ground setpoint.

C. An overvoltage condition exists; dispatch operations personnel to adjust the charger output voltage.

D. A ground exists; dispatch operations personnel to depress the local reset push button.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since an undervoltage condition does cause CR alarm however undervoltage causes alarm window A-4 not A-5.

B. Correct, A positive or negative ground is alarmed on this window. The direction given in the alarm response to clear the alarm is to locally adjust the red flag setpoint.

C. Inorrect, Plausible since an overvoltage condition does cause CR alarm however undervoltage causes alarm window A-4 not A-5.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since the alarm is correct, however the action taken by the operator is not correct.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 48 Tier: _2__ Group 1 KIA: 063 DC Electrical Distribution System A2.01 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC electrical systems; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

Grounds.

Importance Rating: 2.5/3.2*

10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate analyze the data given to determine the type of failure that would give the alarms presented and then what action would be needed based on those assumptions.

Technical

Reference:

Alarm Response 1-AR-M1-C (A-5) 125V DC Vital Bat BD 1 Abnormal, Rev 41 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.DC Obj 5.c Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: Used on 2002 ILT exam Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 064 A4.12 049 Given the following:

1A-A Diesel Generator is being synchronized to its shutdown board for a surveillance test.

When 1-HS-57-47, "DG 1A Synchronize" is placed to the "SYN" position, the synchroscope pointer begins to move very slowly in the counter-clockwise direction.

All other conditions to synchronize the diesel generator to the shutdown board are met.

Which ONE of the following actions is required prior to closing th~ breaker to parallel the Diesel Generator to the Shutdown Board?

A'I Placing O-HS-82-13, Speed Control, to the RAISE position.

B. Placing 0-HS-82-13, Speed Control, to the LOWER position.

C. Placing 0-HS-82-12, Voltage Regulator, to the RAISE position.

D. PlaCing 0-HS-82-12, Voltage Regulator, to the LOWER position.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, The scope moving in the counter-clockwise direction indicates that the DG in slower than the board frequency so the Speed Control would be placed to the RAISE position.

B. Incorrect, the Speed Control would be placed to the RAISE position not the LOWER position to get the scope moving in the clockwise direction. Plausible because the Speed Control is the switch need to be operated but placing it in LOWER is the opposite of the needed operation.

C. Incorrect, Placing the Voltage Control to RAISE would not correct the synchroscope movement. Plausible because the Voltage Control is used in establishing conditions to allow the DG to be synchronized to a shutdown board.

D. Incorrect, Placing the Voltage Control to LOWER would not correct the synchroscope movement. Plausible because the Voltage Control is used in establishing conditions to allow the DG to be synchronized to a shutdown board.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 49 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 064 A4.12 Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

Synchroscope Importance Rating: 2.7*/ 2.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8 10CFR55.42.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires the applicant to understand the synchroscope oepation while monitoring and then operate the diesel generator system controls to establish desired operationing conditions.

Technical

Reference:

0-SO-82-1, Diesel Generator 1A-A, Rev 32 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200DG

4. Describe the following items for each major component in the Diesel Generator System:
f. Controls
h. Instrumentation and Indications Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History:

Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 064 K 6.08 050 Given the following:

Both units are in Mode 1.

A leak has developed in the 1A-A Diesel Generator Seven Day Fuel Oil Storage tank.

The tank level decrease is noted by the following times:

  • at 1730 level 5.3 feet (66,600 gallons)
  • at 1745 level 5.1 feet (64,800 gallons)
  • at 1800 level 4.9 feet (62,200 gallons)
  • at 1815 level 4.7 feet (59,400 gallons)
  • at 1830 level 4.5 feet (56,800 gallons)

Which ONE of the following is the EARLIEST discovery time that 1A-A Diesel Generator is inoperable in accordance with Technical Specifications?

A. 1745 B. 1800 C~ 1815 D. 1830 DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, the level is above the 4.8 ft (62,000 gallon) minimum. Plausible if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalled correctly.

B. Incorrect, the level is above the 4.8 ft (62,000 gallon) minimum. Plausible if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalleo correctly.

C. Correct, In accordance with 0-SO-82-1, Standby Mode Parameters, the minimum Tech Spec level is 4.8 ft (62,000 gallons). At 1815, level is first level noted below the minimum. Plausible if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalled correctly.

D. Incorrect, the level is below the 4.8 ft (62,000 gallon) minimum but not the earliest time the level is below the minimum. Plausible since the recent change to minimum level up to 4.8 ft from 4. 7ft. if the minimum level for operability is not known or recalled correctly.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 50 Tier: _2_ Group 1 KIA: 064 K 6.08 Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ED/G system:

Fuel oil storage tanks Importance Rating: 3.2 / 3.3 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires the applicant to determine the impact a leak in a Diesel Generator fuel oil storage tanks would have on the ED/G system.

Technical

Reference:

Technical Specification LCO 3.8.1, A.C. Sources, Amendment 241 0-SO-82-1, Diesel Generator 1A-A, Rev 33 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200. DG B.5. Describe the administrative controls and limits for the DG system:

a. State Tech Specs/TRM LeOs that govern the DGs Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: Vogtle bank question from 2009 exam with numbers changed for Sequoyah Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: VOGTLE2009 Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 073 A4.02 051 Given the following:

U-1 operating at 100% power.

0900 RA-90-119A, "CNDS VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD" alarms.

0905 - The following radiation monitor trends are noted:

Condenser Vacuum Exhaust Rad Monitor, 1-RM-90-119 trending up.

In service SGBD Rad Monitor, 1-RM-90-120 stable.

0910 - Reactor Trip and Safety Injection are manually initiated due to rapidly lowering Pressurizer level.

Which ONE of the following identifies ...

(1) why 1-RM-90-120 trend would be stable at 0905.

and (2) how SGBD Containment Isolation Valves would be positioned to allow Chemistry to take a sample after the safety injection occurred?

A. (1) Because SGBD isolates on High Radiation.

(2) Closed.

B. (1) Because SGSD isolates on High Radiation.

(2) Open.

C. (1) Because of the SGBD piping transport time.

(2) Closed.

D~ (1) Because of the SGBD piping transport time.

(2) Open.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since High Radiation as seen on the SG blowdown Rad monitors does isolate blowdown. However, SG blowdown flow is delayed from Condenser off gas flow rate. Thus in this short time the SG blowdown flow would not have caused the Rad monitor to trend up before the CNMT Phase A. The SG blowdown valve must be to allow sampling of SG.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since High Radiation as seen on the SG blowdown Rad monitors does isolate blowdown. However, SG blowdown flow is delayed from Condenser off gas flow rate. Thus in this short time the SG blowdown flow would not have caused the Rad monitor to trend up before the CNMT Phase A which would isolate blowdown.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since the first part of question is correct, however the isolation valves must be opened to allow the sampling of the SGs since they were isolated by CNMT PhaseA.~~------~----- ___~e"e __ e D. Correct, Due to the delay time for SG blowdown flow to reach the blowdown rad monitor there would not be any expected increase in trend and the isolation valves must be open to allow chemistry to take a sample.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 51 Tier: ~ Group 1 KIA: 073 Process Radiation Monitoring System A4.02 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

Radiation monitoring system control panel Importance Rating: 3.7 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the"monitor" in the control room portion of the radiation monitoring system control panel since RM-90-120 trend recorder that is monitored for indications of SGTR is located on panel RM-12 in the control room.

Technical

Reference:

ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, Appendix A, Rev 1 1,2-47W801-2 Rev 49 1,2-47W611-15-1 Rev 8 1,2-47W611-15-2 Rev 8 1,2-47W881-5 Rev 27 1,2-47W610-90-2 Rev 78 1,2-47W831-3 Rev 17 OPT200.RM, Rev 2 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Object.ive: OPT200.RM enabling Obj. 5. Decribe the operation of the Rad Monitoring System; c. Alarms and alarm response.

Question Source:

New X Modified Bank Bank Question History: New question for 02-10 ILT exam Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 076 A3.02 052 Given the following:

Boths units are at 100% rated thermal power with all components in normal alignment.

- A Safety injection occurs on Unit 1.

Which ONE of the following describes the automatic response of the ERCW system?

A. 0-FCV-67-151, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB1' Disch to Hdr A CLOSES and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B Throttles Closed to 35% position.

B. 0-FCV-67-151, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB1' Disch to Hdr A remains AS IS and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B remains CLOSED.

C~ 0-FCV-67-151, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB1' Disch to Hdr A remains AS IS and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B Throttles Closed to 35% position.

D. 0-FCV-67 -151, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB l' Disch to Hdr A OPENS fully and 0-FCV-67-152, CCS Heat Exchanger 'OB2' Alt Disch to Hdr B remains CLOSED.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, louring normal plant operation O-FCV-62-151 is closed and 152 is open, Plausible if the candidate does not recognizelhat O-FCV-62-151 will remain as is (closed) but O-FCV-62-152 will go open to the 35% position.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since the normal position of O-FCV-62-151 is closed, however O-FCV-62-152 will go the 35% open position.

C. Correct, O-FCV-62-151 will remain as is (closed with the power removed from valve motor) and O-FCV-62-152 will automatically go the the 35% throttled position.

D. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that OFCV-62-151 will go open on an Unit 1 SI signal (it does not), O-FCV-62-152 will go to the 35% open position.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 52 Tier: _2__ Group _1_

KIA: 076 A3.02 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the SWS, including:

Emergency heat loads.

Importance Rating: 3.7 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This is a KIA match because it requires the operator to be able recognize the emergency alignment of ERCW given that the system would be aligned for normal operation.

Technical

Reference:

1,2-47W611-67-5 Rev 35 1,2-45N779-38 Rev 6 1,2-47W845-2 Rev 101 0-M-27 A-31.JPG OPT200.ERCW R5 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.ERCW B.4.e Describe the following characteristics of each major component of ERCW system: component operation.

Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: Last used on 2007 SEQ Audit exam Comments: Added statement to stem indicating that both units were at 100% pwr, normal plant alignment.

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 078 K2.02 053 The breaker for Auxiliary Air Compressor B is located on which ONE of the following electrical boards?

A. 480v Reactor Vent Board 1B-B B. 480v Reactor Vent Board 2B-B C. 480v C & A Vent Board 1B1-B D-r 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B, not the 480v Reactor Vent Board 1B-B. Plausible because the Unit 1 480v Reactor Vent Board is a vital power supply and the board is located in the Shutdown Board room.

B. Incorrect, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B, not the 480v Reactor Vent Board 2B-B. Plausible because the Unit 2 480v Reactor Vent Board is a vital power supply and the board is located in the Shutdown Board room.

C. Incorrect, Incorrect, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B, not the 480v C and A Vent board 1B1-B.

Plausible because a Unit 1 C & A Vent Board is the power supply to Auxiliary Air Compressor A.

D. Correct, 480v C & A Vent Board 2B1-B is the power supply to the Auxiliary Air compressor B.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 53 Tier: _2_ Group _1_

KIA: 078 Instrument Air System K2.02 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: Emergency air compressor Importance Rating: 3.3* / 3.5*

10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidate to recall the power supply for the Auxiliary Air compressor (used as emergency source of air)

Technical

Reference:

0-SO-32-1, Attachment 1, Control Air System Power Checklist 0-SO-32-1.01, 6/26/2007.

0-SO-32-2, Attachment 1, Auxiliary Compressed Air System Power Checklist 0-SO-32-2.01, Rev 2.

Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.CSA BA.b Describe the following items for. each major component in the CSA.

b. Power supply (including control power as appropriate ).

Question Source:

New Modified Bank x Bank Question History: SON Exam 1/2009 question modified.

Comments:

Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 103 A2.04 054 Given the following:

Refueling is in progress on Unit 1 when a report is made to the control room that an irradiated fuel assembly has been dropped.

The following alarms are received on 0-XA-55-12A:

- "1-RA-90-112A CNMT BLDG UP COMPT AIR MON HIGH RAD"

- "1-RA-90-59A RX BLDG AREA RAD MON HIGH RAD" Which ONE of the following identifies the required actions to be taken per AOP-M.04, "Refueling Malfunctions?"

A. Evacuate non-essential personnel only, and if RM-90-400, "Shield Bldg" and/or 0-RM-90-1 01, "Aux Bldg Vent" rad monitors are trending up, manually initiate Containment Ventilation Isolation.

B!'" Evacuate all personnel from Containment and Ensure Containment Ventilation Isolation has Actuated.

C. Evacuate the Fuel Handling Area and maintain SFP and Rx cavity levels as directed by Fuel Handling SRO.

D. Evacuate the immediate area and Verify that Auxiliary Building Isolation has Actuated.

DIS TRA CTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since "Evacuate non-essential personnel" is the direction given for Reactor Cavity Seal Failure, in that case personnel are needed to stay in containment and perform actions. On fuel assembly drop/damage Containment is directed to be completely evacuated. Second part also is incorrect. If rad levels are rising operators are directed to Obtain gas release rate data.

B. Correct, For the given Rad Monitor alarms, the Containment is directed to be evacuated. Also 1-RA-90-112A will cause automatic Containment Ventilation isolation. Operators are directed to verify isolation.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since "Evacuate Fuel Handling area" is direction in AOP-M.04 but for dropped fuel assembly in the Spent Fuel pit area not inside CNMT. Also second part of distractor is direction for reactor cavity seal failure.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since "Evacuate the immediate area" is direction in AOP-M.04 but for dropped or damaged new fuel assembly. Also second part of distractor is wrong since Aux building Isolation would have to be manually initiated with the given rad monitor alarms.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 54 Tier: _2__ Group _1_

KIA: 103 Containment A2.04 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or oeperations on the following and (b) based on those predictions use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of the those malfunctions or operations:

Containment evacuation (including recognition of the alarm)

Importance Rating: 3.5*/3.6*

10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking if the candidate can determine the effect of the conditions and alarms given in the stem on whether or not CNMT evacuation will be required and actions directed by AOP-M.04.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, section 2.2, Rev 7 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-M.04 Obj 8 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: Indian Point 3 2007 exam # 49 Comments: Question written to have operators select the (b) mitigation strategy for the given conditions.

Source: BANK Source If Bank: INDIAN POINT 3 Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 103 A3.01 055 Given the following plant conditions:

- -.::-Unit 2 experienced a Manual Safety Injection (SI).

Containment Purge Rad Monitor, 2-RM-90-130, was in high rad alarm but has been reset.

C~~tainr:nent Purge Rad Monitor, 2-RM-90-131, indicates normal.

Containment Vent Isolation occurred on Train A.

Containment Vent Isolation did NOT occur on Train B.

Phase A has been RESET.

SI signal has NOT been RESET.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the status of the Containment Vent Isolation (CVI) system?

The CVI _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ and A'! should have occurred on A and B Train; the CVI can be reset with the SI signal present.

B. should have occurred on A and B Train; the SI signal must be reset before the CVI can be reset.

C. should NOT have occurred on B Train')

the CVI can be reset with the SI signal present.

D. should NOT have occurred on B Train;l the SI signal must be reset before the CVI can be reset.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, A SI signal will initiate CVI on both trains. A reset switch exists that is self sealing which will allow CVI to be reset with a SI signal still present.

B. Incorrect, First part correct, should have occurred on both trains. Second part incorrect. Plausible if candidate believes since an SI signal initiates a CVI that the SI must be cleared before resetting the CVI can be accomplished.

C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know an SI signal will initiate CVI on both trains, and concludes since radiation levels did not go up on the B Train Rad monitor CVI Train B should not have occurred.

D. Incorrect, Plausible to conclude that with radiation levels normal on the B Train Rad monitor, CVI Train B should not have occured. Second part plausible if candidate concludes since an SI signal initiates isolation signals that the SI must be cleared before resetting the CVI can be accomplished.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 55 Tier: _2__ Group _1_

KIA: 103 Containment System __

A3.01 Ability to monitor automatic operation'pf the containment system, including: Containment lsoratiofl- ~~~ __--

Importance Rating: 3.9/4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.5 10CFR55.43.b:

KIA Match: This question matches KIA by having the candidate determine status of CNMT isolation given the conditions in the stem and the actions necessary to reset the signal.

Technical

Reference:

2-47W611-63-1 R3,2-47W611-88-1R17 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.RPS, Obj. B.4.f & 9 OPT200.PIS, Obj. B.4.f & g Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank X Question History: Bank Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2120lO Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 001 K2.05 056 Given the following:

Unit 1 at 100% power.

480v Common Emergency Transformer out of service.

Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the Control Rod Drive MG Sets if 6900v Unit Board 1D is de-energized by relay operation?

A. Both MG sets lose power to the motor.

B. Neither MG set loses power to the motor.

C. Only 1A MG set loses power to the motor.

D~ Only 1B MG set loses power to the motor.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible because the condition will cause a reactor trip but will not cause the Control Rod MG sets to trip.

B. Incorrect, Plausible because if the board loss had been the B or C board neither of the MG sets would have lost power.

C. Incorrect, Plausible because if the board loss had been the A board the 1A MG set would have lost power.

D. Correct, the 1B MG set is supplied from 480v Unit board 1B which is supplied from the 6900v Unit Board 1D.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 56 Tier: _2_ Group _2_

KIA: 001 Control Rod Drive System K2.05 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:

MIG sets Importance Rating: 3.1*/3.5 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Question matches KIA because knowledge of Bus power supply to MIG sets are required to answer the question.

Technical

Reference:

1,2-45N715 Rev 7 1,2-45N747-1 Rev 15 1,2-45N747-2 Rev 21 OPT200-AC480V, Rev 1 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200RDCNT

4. Describe the following items for each major component in the Rod Control System as described in this lesson:
b. Power supply (include control power as applicable)

Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: WBN bank question Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: WBN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 014 A4.01 057 Given the following:

Unit 1 is at 100% rated thermal power.

Control bank 0 group 2 rod H-8 has dropped into the core.

The operating crew is performing steps in AOP-C.01, "Rod Control System Malfunctions."

Prior to withdrawing H-8, the OATC is directed to adjust the group step counter for Control Bank D group 2 to ZERO steps.

Which ONE of the following describes the reason the group step counter is adjusted to ZERO?

A. Ensures that Bank Overlap Unit will be updated during rod retrieval.

B. Restores low insertion limit alarm function associated with M-4B Window A-7, "ROD CONTROL BANKS LIMIT LOW."

C. Restores rod to rod misalignment alarm function associated with M-4B Window D-4 "COMPUTER ALARM ROD DEV AND SEQ NIS PWR RANGE TILTS."

D~ Allows the operator to determine that rod control system is attempting to withdraw the dropped rod and enables the operator to match individual rod position to bank position.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that by resetting the step counter that the bank overlap unit is reset and will accurately maintain the desired overlap.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if operator thinks that steps counters reset would change Low limit setpoint, however this alarm will clear when rod is restored above the low insertion limit.

C. Incorrect, Plausible however the rod-to-rod misalignment function is independent of group demand position.

D. Correct, by resetting the group demand to zero the operators can monitor that the rod control system is sending correct signals to the rod and this can also be used to ensure the the dropped rod is returned to the position of the other rods in that group.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 57 Tier: _2__ Group 2 KIA: 014 Rod Position Indication System A4.01 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

Rod selection control Importance Rating: 3.3/3.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine why the groups step counters are needed positioned the way they are during Rod Control operation to recover a dropped rod. This will allow proper monitoring of RPls during manual rod motion.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-C.01, Rod Control System Malfunctions, Sect 2.3, Rev. 20 0-SO-85-1, Control Rod Drive System, rev 33 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-C.01, Obj. B.6 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: question originally AOP-C.01-BA 001 Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 015 A3.05 058 Given the following:

Unit 1 has just tripped from 100% power.

Which ONE of the following identifies when the Audio Count rate will re-energize?

A'I When both N-35 & N-36 read < 10-4 % power.

B. When 3/4 of the Power range detectors are < 10%.

C. When the Level Trip Bypass switches are taken to Normal.

D. When the High Flux At Shutdown switches are taken to Normal.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, When both N-35 & N-36 read < 10-4 % power, P-6 is reset and the SR detectors are re-energized, this will restart Audio count rate.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since this will remove the P-10 interlock which blocks the SR detectors from being energized. However this does not re-energize the SR detectors.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since this is an action the operators can take on the SR drawers but does !!Ei!.5Z::§Jlergize_tbeJietectors.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since this is an action that the operators will take later after SR counts have stabilized but does not re-e!lftfSJlze~lb~deteGtors.~

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 58 Tier: _2__ Group 2 KIA: 015 Nuclear Instrumentation System A3.05 Ablitiy to monitor automatic operation of NIS including:

Recognition of Audio output expected for a given plant condition.

Importance Rating: 2.6/2/7*

10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidtate when the Audio Count Rate is expected to start and provide indication in the Control room following a Rx trip.

Technical

Reference:

OPT200.NIS rev4, Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.NIS Obj 8.5 Question Source:

New X Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 016 K5.01 059 Which ONE of the following explains the purpose of the Isolation Amplifier associated with the Pressurizer Pressure Transmitter?

A. Amplifies the pressure output signal between containment and the instrument racks.

B. Isolates the pressure transmitter from the impacts of changing containment pressures.

C. Protects the control signal from perturbation due to backfeed from a disturbance in the Reactor Protection System.

D~ Protects the Reactor Protection signal from a perturbation due to a backfeed from a disturbance in the control circuit.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate thinks that a signal boost is needed since there is a long run of cable between Containment and the Instrument racks.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since, during accident conditions, changing Containment pressures effect the output of PZR pressure transmitters.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since protection and control signals are isolated from one another, however Reactor Protection is what is being protected not Control signal.

D. Correct, Isolation Amplifiers protect the RPS from signal perturbations that could arrise in the control portion of the circuit.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 59 Tier: _2__ Group 2 KIA: 016 Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System K5.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the NNIS:~ .

Seperation of control and protection circuits.

Importance Rating: 2.7*/2.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA because it asks the candidate to recall the purpose of the Isolation amplifiers in this portion of NNIS.

Technical

Reference:

OPT200.PZRPCS, 2, 9.a OPT200.EAGLE21, Obj 13 Proposed references None

.to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRPCS Obj B.3 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: modified from bank question PZR Press-B.2 006 Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 017 A2.01 060 Given the following:

Unit 1 is operating at 100% power The following alarm is received on 1-M4-B:

- A-3, "INCORE TEMP MONITORING SYSTEM TROUBLE."

Which ONE of the following identifies ...

(1) the indication on the Exosensor Plasma Display if an incore thermocouple was outside it electrical limits due to an electrical short in the circuit and (2) the minimum number of thermocouples required to be operable in accordance with Tech Specs without relying on an Action Statement?

Plasma Display Indication Tech Spec Requirement A':' "? " Each train must have a minimum of one operable thermocouple in each core quadrant.

B. "XXX" Each train must have a minimum of one operable thermocouple in each core quadrant.

C. "? " Each train must have a minimum of two operable thermocouples in each core quadrant.

D. '*XXX" Each train must have a minimum of two operable thermocouples in each core quadrant.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, a "?" displayed on the subcooled margin monitor indicates that the TC is outside of its electrical limits and TIS require each train to have 1 operable thermocouple in each quadrant.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since "xxx" is a valid reading on the subcooled margin monitor however this symbol indicates that the TC has been manually removed from scan and because TISs requiring each train to have 1 operable thermocouple in each quadrant is correct.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since first part of answer is correct, but 2 thermocouples being required is not correct. Plausible because the "?

" readout is correct and TISs do require 2 Trains but not 2 thermcouples.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since XXX is a valid reading on the subcooled margin monitor however this symbol indicates that the TC has been manually removed from scan and TISs do require 2 Trains but not 2 thermcouples.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 60 Tier: _2__ Group 2 KIA: 017 In-Core Temperature Monitoring System A2.01 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ITM system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

Thermocouple open and short circuits.

Importance Rating: 3.1/3.5 10 CFR Part 55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate how an electrical malfunction (short or open) will be identified in the control room and what action is necessary to mitigate the failure.

Technical

Reference:

OPT200.lncore, Rev 3 1-AR-M4B-A-7, Incore Temp Monitor System Trouble, Rev 28 GOI-6, Apparatus Operations, sect P, Rev 130 Tech Spec 3.3.3.7, Accident Monitoring Instrumentation, Amendment 149 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL200.lncore Obj B.5 d & f Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank::

Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 029 Al.02 061 Given the following plant conditions:

Unit 1 is operating at 100% power.

- A lower containment purge is in progress.

- A RCS leak develops in the raceway in lower containment.

1-RM-90-106, Lower Containment Radiation Monitor and 1-RM-90-131, Containment Purge Radiation Monitor are detecting increasing radiation and are trending up.

Which ONE of the following identifies ...

(1) the monitor(s) reaching the HIGH RAD setpoint that will cause the containment isolation signal which will isolate the purge and (2) the expected response on 1-RM-90-1 06 after the isolation signal was generated?

Rad Monitor causing isolation 1-RM-90-106 after Isolation A. ONLY 1-RM-90-131 would continue to rise B~ ONLY 1-RM-90-131 would start to drop C. Either 1-RM-90-106 or would continue to rise 1-RM-90-131 D. Either 1-RM-90-106 or would start to drop 1-RM-90-131

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YS/S:

A. Incorrect, The HI RAD condition sensed by the Containment Purge Rad Monitor 1-RM-90-131 will result in the containment vent isolation but because 1-RM-90-106 is isolated it indicated radiation level will start dropping. Plausible since RE-90-106 monitors containment air and provide indication and alarm in the Control room and because its indication would continue to rise if the monitor were not isolated.

B. Correct, The HI RAD condition sensed by the Containment Purge Rad Monitor 1-RM-90-131 will result in the containment vent isolation which isolates the purge and causes the 1-RM-90-106 flowpath to isolate. With the flowpath isolated, 1-RM-90-106 indication will start dropping.

C. Incorrect, 1-RM-90-106 will not cause a Containment Isolation signal but it s affected by the signal by having its flow path isolated causing the detected radiation level to start dropping not continuing to rise. Plausible because both of the monitors are monitoring lower containment conditions and because 1-RM-90-106 would continue to rise if it were not isolated.

D. Incorrect, 1-RM-90-106 will not cause a Containment Isolation signal but it s affected by the signal by having its flow path isolated causing the detected radiation level to start dropping as stated in the distractor. Plausible because both of the monitors are monitoring lower containment conditions and because 1-RM-90-106 indication dropping after isolation is correct.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 61 Tier: _2__ Group 2 KIA: 029 Containment Purge System A1.02 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the Containment Purge System controls including:

Radiation Levels Importance Rating: 3.4 / 3.4 10CFRPart55: 41.5 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant must predict how radiation monitors increasing will affect the containment purge system and determine the resulting effect on a radiation monitor dueto the containment isolation signal being generated.

Technical

Reference:

OPT200.RM, Radiation Monitoring System, Rev 2 0-AR-M12-A, Unit 1 and Common Radiation Monitor 0-XA-55-12A, Rev 52; Windows A-4 and C-7 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.RM Obj. 4 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History:

Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Banle WBN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 033 G2.4.21 062 In accordance with AOP-M.06, "Loss of Spent Fuel Cooling," which ONE of the following identifies ...

(1) The basis for the 40°F minimum spent fuel pit (SFP) temperature limit and (2) The condition that could result if the SFP temperature exceeded 192°F?

A. (1) SFP criticality analysis lower limit.

(2) Excessive gassing from the SFP.

B~ (1) SFP criticality analysis lower limit.

(2) Spent Fuel Pool Cooling pump cavitation.

C. (1) Minimum temperature for refueling.

(2) Excessive gassing from the SFP.

D. (1) Minimum temperature for refueling.

(2) Spent Fuel Pool Cooling pump cavitation.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible because the SFP criticality analysis being 40°F is correct and gassing from the spent fuel pool is a concern at higher temperatures but inadequate pump suction pressure is the reason stated in the AOP for the 192°F limit.

B. Correct, the minimum spent fuel pit (SFP) temperature allowed by the SFP criticality analysis is 40°F and the maximum SFP temperature above which Spent Fuel Cooling Pumps may have inadequate suction head and could cavitate is 192°F.

C. Incorrect, Plausible because there is a minimum temperature maintained in the SFP during refueling of 50°F and gassing from the spent fuel pool is a concern at higher temperatures but inadequate pump suction pressure is the reason stated in the AOP for the 192°F limit.

D. Incorrect, Plausible because there is a minimum temperature maintained in the SFP during refueling of 50°F and maintaining the temperature less than 192°F to prevent cavitation of the cooling pumps is correct.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 62 Tier: _2__ Group 2 KIA: 033 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System G2.4.21 Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status of safety functions, such as reactivity control, core cooling and heat removal, reactor coolant system integrity, containment conditions, radioactivity release control, etc.

Importance Rating: 4.0/4.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate identify the temperature limts of the Spent Fuel Pool as related to reactivity in spent fuel in the pool and a possible effect of high temperature on the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling pumps.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-M.06, Loss of Spent Fuel Cooling, Rev 4 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.SFFC, obj B 6 OPL271AOP-M.06 Obj B 6 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: From bank question SFPS-2 003 2004 NRC exam Comments:

Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 034 K6.02 063 Given the following:

Unit 1 core has been off-loaded.

Irradiated fuel shuffles are in progress in the spent fuel pool.

Main Control Room Radiation Monitor, O-RM-90-125, fails due to an instrument malfunction.

Which ONE of the following identifies if the radiation monitor failure would require an LCO entry on Unit 1 and the effect the failure would have on the movement of irradiated fuel in the spent fuel pit?

LCO entry Fuel Movement A'! Required Can continue B. Required Must be stopped C. NOT required Can continue D. NOT required Must be stopped

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, both Main Control Room Radiation Monitors 1-RM-90-125 and 1-RM-90-126 are required during the movement of irradiated fuel. If one failed an LCO entry would be required which would require action but fuel movement could continue.

B. Incorrect, both Main Control Room Radiation Monitors 1-RM-90-125 and 1-RM-90-126 are required during the movement of irradiated fuel. If one failed an LCO entry would be required which would require action but fuel movement would not be required to be stopped due to the failure. Plausible because the LCO entry being required is correct and other conditions in the LCO would have required the fuel movement to be stopped.

C. Incorrect, an LCO entry is required due to the failure of the radiation monitor and irradiated fuel movement in the spent fuel pool can continue. Plausible because there are other main control room radiation monitors that could fail without causing an LCO entry and fuel movement continuing is correct.

D. Incorrect, an LCO entry is required due to the failure of the radiation monitor but irradiated fuel movement in the spent fuel pool is not required to be stopped.

Plausible because there are other main control room radiation monitors that could fail without causing an LCO entry and other conditions in the LCO would have required the fuel movement to be stopped.

Question Number: 63 Tier: _2_ Group 2 KIA: 034 Fuel Handling K6.02 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the Fuel Handling System:

Radiation monitoring systems Importance Rating: 2.6 / 3.3 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7/45.7 10CFR55.42.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires knowledge of the radiation monitoring system requirements during irradiation fuel movement in accordance with Technical Specifications thus requiring the knowledge that a malfunction of a monitor would require compliance with required action of the LCO (Le. the effect of the loss)

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Technical

Reference:

Technical Specification LCO 3.3.3.1, Radiation Monitoring Instrumentation, Amendment 322 0-AR-MI2-A,Unit 1 and Common Radiation Monitor 0-XA-55-12A, Rev 52 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.FH

6. Describe the administrative controls and limits for the Fuel Handling system as explained in this lesson:
a. State Tech Specs/TRM LCOs that govern the Fuel Handling Systems.
b. State the =1 hour action limit TS LCOs OPT200.CBVENT
5. Describe the operation of the Control Building Ventilation System:
f. How a instrument failure will affect system operation
6. Describe the administrative controls and limits for the Control Building Ventilation System:
a. State Tech Specs/TRM LCOs that govern the system.
b. State the =1 hour action limit TS LCOs Question Source:

New Modified Bank x Bank Question History: SON question 034 K6.02 061(used on 2009 retake exam) modified.

Comments:

Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 035 K4.01 064 Which ONE of the following identifies ...

(1) two of the design bases criteria for the steam generator level control program and (2) the signal that is used to program the level control program setpoint ?

A. (1) Minimize moisture carry over to the turbine blading and maintain a constant mass in the steam generator at all power levels.

(2) Main Steam Header pressure.

B. (1) Minimize moisture carry over to the turbine blading and maintain a constant mass in the steam generator at all power levels.

(2) Main turbine impulse pressure.

C. (1) Minimize RCS cooldown following a steam break accident and maintain sufficient mass in the steam generator to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level following a turbine load reduction.

(2) Main Steam Header pressure.

D¥' (1) Minimize RCS cooldown following a steam break accident and maintain sufficient mass in the steam generator to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level following a turbine load reduction.

(2) Main turbine impulse pressure.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, the level control system is designed to minimize moisture carryover to the turbine but is not designed to maintain a constant mass in the steam generators at all power levels and the program setpoint level is not supplied from a transmitter measuring the main steam pressure header pressure. Plausible because the one of the two listed is a correct design criteria and the main steam header pressure is used to control the speed of the main feed pump turbines which work in conjunction with the steam generator level control program.

B. Incorrect, the level control system is designed to minimize moisture carryover to the turbine but is not designed to maintain a constant mass in the steam generators at all power levels. The program setpoint level is supplied from a transmitter measuring the main turbine impulse pressure. Plausible because the one of the two listed is a correct design criteria and the main turbine impulse pressure being used in the steam generator level control program is correct.

C. Incorrect, the level control system is designed to minimize the RCS cooldown following a steam line break while maintaining sufficient mass to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level due to shrink on a load rejection but the program setpoint level is not supplied from a transmitter measuring the main steam pressure header pressure. Plausible because the design criteria is correct and the main steam header pressure is used to control the speed of the main feed pump turbines which work in conjunction with the steam generator level control program.

D. Correct, the level control system is designed to minimize the RCS cooldown following a steam line break while maintaining sufficient mass to prevent a reactor trip on 10-10 level due to shrink on a load rejection. The program setpoint level is supplied from a transmitter measuring the main turbine impulse pressure.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 64 Tier: _2_ Group _2_

KIA: 035 Steam Generator System (S/GS)

K4.01 Knowledge of S/GS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:

S/G level control Importance Rating: 3.6 / 3.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.7 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires knowledge of the design features of the steam generator level control system and the sourceorthe signal providing the controlling setpoint for the automatic level control system while the unit is operating at power.

Technical

Reference:

OPT200.SG, Steam Generators, Rev 3 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.SG

1. State the purpose/functions of the S/G system as described in the FSAR.
2. State the design basis of the S/G system in accordance with the SQN FSAR.
4. Describe the following characteristics of each major component in the S/G system:
d. Normal operating parameters
f. Controls
g. Interlocks (including setpoints)

Question Source:

New Modified Bank x Bank Question History: SQN bank questions S/G-B.6 001 & S/G-B.12.A 001 combined.

Comments: Used parts of both questions identified above to develop this question.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam 056 Kl.03 065 Given the following:

Unit 1 is operating at 50% rated thermal power.

- Both MFW pumps are in service.

- A problem with the MFW pump Seal Water Injection System resulted in:

- Seal water injection pressure decreasing to 210 psig.

1A MFP seal water differential pressure dropping to 9 psid. ,

1B MFP seal water differential pressure dropping to 7 psid.

- The following alarms are received:

1-XA-55-3B "MFPT 1A &1B INJECTION SEAL WATER PRESS LOW" 1-XA-55-3C "PDIS-54-4C LOW DIFF PRESS MFP 1A SEAL WATER" 1-XA-55-3C "PDIS-54-4C LOW DIFF PRESS MFP 1B SEAL WATER"

- All seal water injection parameters returned to normal after 23 seconds.

Which ONE of the following identifies ...

(1) the impact of the conditions on the MFW pumps and (2) the condition that caused the pump(s) to trip?

A. (1) Only one of the MFW pumps would trip.

(2) Low seal water differential pressure.

B~ (1) Only one of the MFW pumps would trip.

(2) Low seal water injection supply pressure.

C. (1) Both of the MFW pumps would trip.

(2) Low seal water differential pressure.

D. (1) Both of the MFW pumps would trip.

(2) Low seal water injection supply pressure.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since the first part of the question is correct, however the MFP tirp is caused by seal supply pressure not seal differential pressure.

B. Correct, Inaccordance with alarm response procedure for low Seal pressure, seal supply pressure low, <220psi, starts a timer that will trip B MFW after 20 sees and A MFW pump after 28 sees assuming pressure remains less than the alarm setpoint. If pressure returns after 23 sees then only 1 MFP would have tripped.

C. Incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that there is time delay of 20 sees and 28 sees to trip both MFPs vs just one. Also the trip Signal comes from seal injection supply pressure not seal differential pressure.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since the second part of distractor is correct, however only 1 MFP would trip after 23 sees not both.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 65 Tier: _2__ Group 2 KIA: 056 K1.03 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the Condensate System and the following systems: MFW Importance Rating: 2.6 /2.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.2 to 41.9 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This is a KIA match because it askes the candidate to identify the cause-effect relationship between high pressure seal injection (which take suction from condensate system piping downstream of the condensate demineralizer booster pumps) and MFW pumps.

Technical

Reference:

1-AR-M3-8, Main Feedwater System 1-XA-55-38, Rev 18 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.MFW R4, Obj 5. Describe the normal, abnormal and emergency operation of the MFW system as it relates to the following: c. Alarms and alarm response.

Question Source:

New X Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.1.19 066 Given the following:

Unit 1 is at 100% power.

Plant conditions required a rapid load reduction to 65% using AOP-C.03, "Rapid Shutdown or Load Reduction."

18 minutes elapsed since the Plant Computer AFD Monitor alarm indicated outside acceptable operation region of the COLR on ~ 2 channels.

Which ONE of the following describes actions necessary to comply with Technical Specifications?

A. No action is required.

B:t Reduce plant power to less than 50% and reduce NI trip setpoints to 55% RTP.

C. Reduce plant power 3% for each 1% AFD is outside the target band and reduce NI trip setpoints to 5% above the current power level.

D. Monitor and log AFD once per hour for the first 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> and at least once per 30 minutes thereafter until AFD is within the target band.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not recognize that the ICS alarm indicates that at least 2 NIS AFD channels indicate> 50% RTP and outside the acceptable AFD region. Therefore, T.S. 3.2.1 applies.

B. Correct, The ICS alarm indicates that at least2 NISAFD chglJl1SZLsLflQicate > 50%

.RTP andoutsii:iffoHlieacceptabfeAFDregion. ~the~AFD~monitor alarmforTcSls considered operi§f5I(rprovided~thatthe~*coffrj5Titer is not failed and the calculated values are not flagged by NCAL. No information in the root/stem indicates that ICS has failed. Therefore, TS. 3.2.1 Action a applies. Operation in not allowed outside the operating band; reduce RTP to <50% if AFD cannot be restored to within the acceptable band within 15 minutes. 18 minutes have passed since the valid alarm condition of SR 4.2. 1.2.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since this would be a required operator action, however this is for QPTR out of spec, not AFD. Both conditions require power reduction and PRNI resetting based on severity of condition/time since initiation.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since this action is required for an AFD condition, however this action is for AFD monitor alarm Inoperable not AFD out of spec.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 66 Tier: _3__ Group KIA: Sect 2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.19 Ability to use plant computers to evaluate system or component status.

Importance Rating: 3.9/3.8 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Questions requires applicant to evaluate AFD as indicated on the plant computer and take actions following a computer alarm.

Technical

Reference:

AOP-C.03, Rapi<;l Shutdown or Load Reduction, Rev 19 Tech Spec 3.2.1, Ammendment 213 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 AOP-C.03 Obj 8 OPL271 C346, Obj 3 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: previous bank # AOP-C.03-B.3 001 Comments: last modified 8/06 Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.1.32 067 Given the following:

Unit 2 is in Mode 4 with plant heatup in progress.

2A-A Diesel Generator is being rolled locally to check for water in the cylinders prior to performance of a monthly surveillance run.

Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the 2A-A Diesel Generator while it is being rolled and the maximum time frame that the start of the diesel generator can be delayed before the diesel generator must be re-rolled?

DG Status Maximum time A. Operable 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> B. Operable 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> C. Inoperable 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> D~ Inoperable 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, the diesel generator is not operable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders and after rolling, the DG is not required to be started within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> the prevent a re-roll from being required. Plausible because the DG can be considered operable for during other local activities and 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> is the time period per 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period the DG can be allowed exceed 100% loading.

B. Incorrect, the diesel generator is not operable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders and after rolling, the DG is required to be started within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> the prevent a re-roll from being required. Plausible because the DG can be considered operable for during other local activities and the 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> time period without requiring a re-roll is correct.

C. Incorrect, the diesel generator is inoperable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders but after rolling, the DG is not required to be started within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> the prevent a re-roll from being required. Plausible because the DG being inoperable is correct and 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> is the time period per 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period the DG can be allowed exceed 100% loading.

D. Correct, As identified in the precaution in the System Operating Procedure the diesel generator is inoperable while it is being rolled to check for water in the cylinders and after rolling, the DG must be started within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or a re-roll is required.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 67 Tier: _3_ Group n/a KIA: G 2.1.32 Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.

Importance Rating: 3.8/4.0 10 CFR Part 55: 0-SO-82-2 P&L 10CFR55.42.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant is required to apply a precaution in the procedure as to how an activity affects a diesel generator and the time limits Technical

Reference:

0-SO-82-3, Diesel Generator, Rev 32 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPT200.DG

5. Describe the operation of the Diesel Generator (DG) system as it relates to the following:
a. Precautions and limitations Question Source:

New Modified Bank X Bank Question History: SON Bank D/G-B.11 001 modified Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Banle SQN BANK Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.1.40 068 According to 0-GO-9, "Refueling Procedure", the pressurizer manway must be open with air flow unobstructed whenever reactor head is in place and S/G U-tubes drained or pressurizer level off scale low.

This ensures ....

A. that on a loss of level in the RCS rapid refill capability using RHR pumps would be available.

B. that a steam void in the RCS piping would NOT prevent natural circulation flow.

C~ an adequate vent exists to allow gravity fill from RWST on a station blackout.

D. that on a rapid loss of RCS level, a negative pressure (vacuum) would NOT develop in the RCS piping.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that a vent the size of PZR manway needed to prevent RCS pressurization to point that RHR could not be used.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate thinks that natural circulation could be developed for these cases, however S/Gs could be drained thus prohibiting Nat Circ.

C. Correct, From sect 3.2 Limitations C. "PZR manway must be open with airflow unobstructed whenever reactor head is in place and S/G U-tubes drained or PZR level off scale low. This ensures that adequate RCS vent exists to allow gravity fill from RWST on a SBO event without natural circulation capability. "

D. Incorrect, Plausible if operators think that a possible steam bubble could uncover the core on a SBO.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 68 Tier: _3__ Group 1 KIA: G 2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative requirements.

Importance Rating: 2.8/3.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by asking the candidate to indentify the refueling operations administrative requirement associated with the PZR manway.

Technical

Reference:

0-GO-9, Refueling Procedure, Rev 34 Sect 3.2 Limitations, C .

. Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 GO-9, Obj 2 Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.2.40 069 While performing a cooldown on Unit 1 from Mode 3 to Mode 4 the following parameters were logged:

Time ReS Press ReS Temp PZR L1Q Space Temp 0200 2200 psig 553°F 650°F 0230 1550 psig 52rF 606°F 0300 1135 psig 505°F 560°F 0330 765 psig 44rF 494°F 0400 400 psig 402°F 440°F Which ONE of the following describes the Tech Spec / TRM implications of these conditions?

A':' ReS cooldown rate limits were exceeded; Tech Spec action is required within a maximum of 30 minutes.

B. RCS cooldown rate limits were exceeded; Tech Spec action is required within a maximum of 60 minutes.

C. PZR cooldown rate limits were exceeded; TR action is required within a maximum of 30 minutes.

D. PZR cooldown rate limits were exceeded; TR action is required within a maximum of 60 minutes.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, Greater than 100°F in one hour exceeds the limit, action is required within 30 minutes.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since RCS cooldown greater than 100°F in one hour, however action time of 60 minutes is too long.

C. Incorrect, PZR cooldown rate limit is 200°F in anyone hour. Plausible if candidate applies the 100°F per hour rate.

D. Incorrect, PZR cooldown rate limit is 200°F in anyone hour. Plausible if candidate applies the 100°F per hour rate. Also action required in 30 minutes.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 69 Tier: _3__ Group n/a KIA: G 2.2 Equipment Control 2.2.40 Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a system.

Importance Rating: 3.4/4.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by having the candidate determine if a Tech Spec was violated by determining the rate of cooldown and the required actions if cooldown was violated.

Technical

Reference:

0-GO-7, Unit Shutdown From Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown, Rev 0055 T.S. 3.4.9.1 RCS Pressure and Temperature Limits, Ammendment 297 T.R. 3.4.9.2 Pressurizer Temperature Limits, Rev 42 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 GO-7 Obj 1 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: From McGuire 2006 ILT exam Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: MCQUIRE 2006 Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.2.6 070 Given the. following:

The Unit 1 TB AUO calls the Unit 1 OATC concerning a continuous use procedure currently in use.

He reports that the procedure as written does work, but is poorly organized and has him frequently enter and exit contaminated areas.

- The AUO requests to perform all of the steps that are in the contaminated area first and then finish the rest of the procedure.

- The AUO reports doing the steps in a different order will not affect the performance of the procedure.

Which ONE of the following is the correct action to take in this circumstance?

A. This is an Operator Burden. The Unit Supervisor may authorize the AUQjo~perf0rm the procedure in the order requested by the AUO. Operator Burdens must be logged and tracked to determine if compensatory actions are needed.

B. This is an Operator Challenge. The Unit Supervisor may authorize the AUO to perform the procedure in the order requested by the AUO. Operator Challenges are tracked to quantify the time spent by operators on low level deficiencies.

C. A Unit Supervisor can authorize changing the level of use to Reference Use, since neither the technical content nor the outcome of the procedure will be altered. This will allow the AUO to perform the procedure in two sections, ensuring that each section gets signed off at the completion of that section.

D~ A procedure change must be drafted, reviewed by an IQR and qualified 50.59 reviewer. The Shift manager may sign as the approver of the procedure change to allow performance of the steps in the order requested by the AUO.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since the definition of an Operator Burden in OPDP-1, "an equipment or program deficiency that provides an obstacle to normal plant operation by requiring operations personnel to take compensatory actions to comply with procedures. " However this would require a formal procedure change.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since the definition of an Operator Challenge in OPDP-1, "is taking compensatory actions such as additional monitoring or leak cleanup. " If operator determines that frequently crossing a radiation boundry is unnecessay.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since, from SPP-2.2, a reference use procedure can be performed in sections and then reviewed and signed off as sections. The circle-slash method of procedure use is the standard method used to ensure that procedures are completed. The Unit Supervisor does not have the autority to change the level of use of a procedure.

D. Correct, From SPP-2.2, and OPDP-1 procedures are required to be performed in order unless otherwise stated in the procedure. SPP-2.2 allows a SRO from the affected unit to sign as approval authority for minor/editorial changes.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 70 Tier: _3__ Group n/a KIA: G 2.2 Equipment Control 2.2.6 Knowledge of the process for making changes to procedures.

r Importance Rating: 3.0/3.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Question matches KIA because it requires the candidate to have specific knowledge of the procedure change process as outlined in SPP-2.2 and OPDP-1 Technical

Reference:

SPP-2.2, Administration of Site Technical Procedures, Rev 0016 OPDP-1, Conduct of Operations, Rev 0013 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 SPP-2.2 Obj 5 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History:

Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.3.12 071 Prior to an entry into lower containment being made, which ONE of the following identifies the verifications that are required relative to the incore flux detector placement and tagging?

Detector Placement Tagged with a ...

A. Storage position, only. Caution Order B. Storage position, only. Hold Order

c. Storage position or inserted Caution Order to within 10 feet of the core.

D't Storage position or inserted Hold Order to within 10 feet of the core.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Storage is not he only position allowed for the incore flux detectors, they can also be inserted to within 10 feet of the core. A Caution Order cannot be used to maintain the configuration control. Plausible because storage is one of the two approved positions and a Caution Order is one of the types of clearances used for tagging equipment.

B. Incorrect, Storage is not he only position allowed for the incore flux detectors, they can also be inserted to within 10 feet of the core. A Hold Order is used to maintain the configuration control. Plausible because storage is one of the two approved positions and tagging with a Hold Order is correct.

C. Incorrect, the incore flux detectors must be verified to be in the storage position or inserted to within 10 feet of the core and tagged out. A Caution Order cannot be used to maintain the configuration control. Plausible because the two locations are approved positions and a Caution Order is one of the types of clearances used for tagging equipment.

D. Correct, In accordance with O-SI-OPS -000-011.0, the incore flux detectors must be verified to be in the storage position or inserted to within 10 feet of the core and tagged out. A Hold Order is used to maintain the configuration control.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 71 Tier: _3_ Group n/a KIA: G2.3.12 Radiation control Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.

Importance Rating: 3.2 / 3.7 10 CFR Part 55: 41.12/45.9/45.10 10CFR55.42.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Question requires knowledge that the Incore flux detectors pose radiation hazards and must be properly positioned and controlled to protect personnel inside lower containment.

Technical

Reference:

0-SI-OPS-000-011.0, Containment Access Control During Modes 1 through 4, Rev 34 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective:

OPT200.INCORE

5. Describe the operation of the liS system:
a. Precautions and limitations Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History: New question Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.3.5072 Given the following:

Unit 2 was operating at 100% power when a SG tube rupture develops.

The reactor is tripped and SI is initiated.

Annunciator '2-RA-90-119ACNDS VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD' is in alarm.

Which ONE of the following radiation monitors could be used to determine the specific SG that developed the rupture?

A. Observing 2-RM-90-120 (SG blowdown liquid rad).

B. Observing 2-RM-90-124 (SG sample line monitor).

C. Observing 2-RM-90-255 (Cond vacuum pump exhaust hi rad).

D~ Observing 2-RM-421, 422, 423, 424 (Main steamline high rad).

D/STRACTOR ANAL YS/S:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since this monitors SG rad., however point monitored is common to all SGs. Once hi rad is detected SG blowdown isolates, and rad monitor would have to be flushed with demin water to clear alarm to allow rad monitor to be placed in service again.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since this monitors SG liquid, however this monitor is common to all SGs.

C. Incorrect, Plausible since this monitors SG liquid, however this monitor is common to all SGs.

D. Correct, Operators are directed by procedure to monitor steam line rad monitors for trends to help identify affected SG.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 72 Tier: _3__ Group n/a KIA: G 2.3 Radiation Control 2.3.5 Ability to use radiaiton monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.

Importance Rating: 2.9/2.9 10 CFR Part 55: 41.11 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This question matches the KIA by requiring the candidate to use the fixed radiation monitoring equipment to determine specific SG that has ruptured.

Technical

Reference:

1-AR-M30A, Post Accident Radiation Monitoring 1-XA-55-30, Rev 16 E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev 17 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-R.01 Obj 8 Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History:

Comments: From question E-O-B.5.C Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.3.7073 The following events have occurred on Unit 2:

Unidentified RCS leakage has increased to 1.2 gpm.

Unit 2 has been placed in Mode 3.

A team is being readied to enter lower containment (non-scheduled entry) to search for leaks.

The team will require access to all of lower containment (including RCS loops 1 and 2).

The RWP request has been submitted to Rad Protection.

Which ONE of the following lists required approvals per RCI-10. "ALARA PROGRAM,"

under these circumstances?

A. Shift Manager approval is required.

B. Rad Ops Shift Supervisor approval is required.

C~ Rad Protection Manager (or designee) approval is required.

D. Forced Outage Recovery Team approvals are required.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since the Plant Manager is required to approve all Lower Containment entries but only if Unit is operating in Mode 1. Given plant condition is Mode 3.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since Rad Protection Ops Shift Supervisor is the one who the RWP is submitted to, however Rad Protection Manager is required to approve all Containment Entries that are outside the pre-determined Containment Building entry schedule.

C. Correct, RCI-10, ALARA PROGRAM, General Requirement 'N', identifies that the Rad Protection Manager shall approve all Containment Building entries during periods which are outside the pre-determined Containment Building entry schedule.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since Rad Protection Manager approval is required, however Plant Manager approval only required if Unit is in Mode 1.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 73 Tier: _3_ Group n/a KIA: G 2.3.7 Ability to comply with radiation work permit requirements during normal or abnormal conditions.

Importance Rating: 3.5 / 3.6 10 CFR Part 55: 41.12 10CFR55.42.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Applicant must be have knowledge of requirements for approvals of emergenct RWPs that would require entry into containment either at power or when Shutdown (Mode 3).

Technical

Reference:

RCI-1 0, Alara Program, rev 31, General Requirement 'N',

Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: ~PL271 C260, Obj B.9]

Question Source:

New Modified Bank Bank x Question History: Old bank question number RADCON 009 Comments:

Source: BANK Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 212010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.4.28074 Which ONE of the following describes a condition requiring implementation of the Two-Person Line-of-Sight rule?

A. Report of a hostile force approaching the site.

B. Civil disturbance within the Exclusion Area boundary.

C-r Security receives report of a credible insider threat.

D. Unavailability of security force that threatens plant operation.

DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Incorrect, Plausible since a Hostile force on-site would be a very dangerous situation, however Two Man Line-of-Site rule applies to specific insider threat according to SPP-1.3.

B. Incorrect, Plausible since a civil disturbance in a condition identified in the Radiological Emergency Plan that requires actions.

C. Correct, Per SPP-1. 3, Access Authorization and Nuclear Security, 3. 10.11, Nuclear Security shall request that two-person Line-of-Site rule be implemented after receipt of a credible insider threat.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since the unavailability of the security force is a condition identified in the Radiological Emergency Plan that requires actions.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 74 Tier: _3__ Group n/a KIA: G 2.4 Emergency Procedures IPlan 2.4.28 Knowledge of procedures relating to a security event (non-safeguards information).

Importance Rating: 3.2/4.1 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: Question matches KIA by testing candidates knowledge of Non-safeguards level of knowledge for security event on site.

Technical

Reference:

EPIP-8, Personnel Accountability and Evacuation, Rev 17, Appendix 0, SPP-1.3, Access Authorization and Nuclear Security, Rev 0013, Sect 3.10.11 Credible Insider Threat Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 C198, Obj. 1.d Question Source:

New x Modified Bank Bank Question History: Developed for 02/10 ILT exam Comments:

Source: NEW Source If Bank:

Cognitive Level: LOWER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam G 2.4.46 075 Given the following:

- A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 resulting in a Reactor Trip and Safety-Injection.

- The crew is responding in accordance with E-1, "Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant."

- Annunciator window E-3 on 1-XA-55-6E 'LS-63-50A RWST LVL LO' alarms.

- Containment Sump Level indicates 50%.

1-FCV-74-3 and 1-FCV-74-21, RHR PUMP SUCTION ISOL valves are open.

1-FCV-63-72 and 1-FCV-63-73, CNTMT SUMP SUCT TO RHR PUMP valves remain closed.

Which ONE of the following identifies the status of the ECCS system and the correct operator response to the conditions?

A'I The automatic swapover has failed. Place 1-HS-63-72 and 1-HS-63-73, ) 6S~ I. 3

'CNMT SUMP SUCT TO RHR PUMP' valves to OPEN to initiate the transfer -r~.jt:,

of the RHR pump suction to the containment sump. ,-- (Vff;..:t 5u1" B. The automatic swapover has failed. Place 1-HS-74-3 and 1-HS-74-21, 'RHR PUMP SUCTION ISOL' valves to CLOSE to initiate the transfer of the RHR pump suction to the containment sump.

C. The valves are aligned correctly. The RWST level is above the automatic swapover setpoint. Monitor that swapover occurs when annunciator

'LS-63-50B RWST LVL LO-LO' alarms.

D. The valves are aligned correctly. The containment sump level is below the automatic swapover setpoint. Monitor that swapover occurs when annunciator 'LS-63-1 04 CNTMT SUMP FULL' alarms.

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam DISTRACTOR ANAL YSIS:

A. Correct, the automatic transfer should be in progress. All required conditions (RWST level, containment sump level, and SI present) are met. The transfer is manually initiated by placing the containment sump valve control switches to OPEN.

B. Incorrect, the automatic transfer should be in progress. All required conditions (RWST level, containment sump level, and SI present) are met but the transfer is not manually initiated by placing the RHR suction valve control switches to CLOSE.

C. Incorrect, the valves are not aligned correctly, the containment sump valves should be traveling open. The RWST level alarm in the stem is at the auto transfer setpoint for RWST level. Plausible because the RWST alarm in the distractor is another alarm on RWS T level but it is not the alarm received when the level reaches the swapover setpoint.

D. Incorrect, the valves are not aligned correctly, the containment sump valves should be traveling open. Plausible because the containment sump level is an interlock in the swapover logic but the alarm in the distractor is not the alarm associated with the sump level reaching at the required setpoint. The 'LS-63-104 CNTMT SUMP FULL' alarm is set much higher than the 11% req~/redfeveT-~-~~~-~~~~~-~~-

QUESTIONS REPORT for 2010 Feb RO exam Question Number: 75 Tier: _3__ Group n/a KIA: G 2.4 Emergency Procedures/ Plan 2.4.46 Ability to verify that the alarms are consistent with plant conditions.

Importance Rating: 4.2/4.2 10 CFR Part 55: 41.10 10CFR55.43.b: Not applicable KIA Match: This is a KIA match since it asks the candidate as to whether the the plant conditons are as expected for the alarm and the appropriate crew response to the alarm.

Technical

Reference:

ES-1.3, Transfer to RHR Containment Sump, Rev 16 Proposed references None to be provided:

Learning Objective: OPL271 ES-1.3 Obj 2 Question Source:

New Modified Bank X Bank Question History:

Comments:

Source: BANK MOD Source If Bank: SQN Cognitive Level: HIGHER Difficulty:

Job Position: RO Plant: SEQUOYAH Date: 2/2010 Last 2 NRC?: NO

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML101230157&oldid=2649665"